Science 08

CONTENTS
Agriculture & Forestry Biology

Forestry Biology
Dendrology..........................................................................15 - Multimedia.....................................................................76
Forest Resources................................................................15 - Supplements.................................................................77
Mensuration Measurement..................................................16 General Biology Majors
Agriculture - Laboratory.....................................................................73
Agricultural Business...........................................................16 - Textbook........................................................................70
Agricultural Economics........................................................17 General Biology - Non Majors
Agricultural Education.........................................................18 - Laboratory.....................................................................66
Animal Science....................................................................19 - Textbook........................................................................59
General Biology Non Majors & Majors Combined
- Laboratory.....................................................................69
******************** - Textbook........................................................................68
Human Biology - Laboratory................................................76
Anatomy & Physiology Human Biology - Textbook...................................................75
Anatomy & Physiology - Supplements................................39

Biology of Aging...................................................................55
********************
Histology..............................................................................56
Human Anatomy
- Lab................................................................................43 Cellular Molecular,
- Multimedia.....................................................................46
Microbiology & Genetics
- Textbooks......................................................................41
Biotechnology......................................................................99
Human Physiology
Developmental Biology / Embryology..................................94
- Lab................................................................................50
General Genetics................................................................95
- Multimedia.....................................................................53
Human Genetics..................................................................98
- Textbooks......................................................................48
Immunology.........................................................................94
One and Two - Semester Anatomy & Physiology
Introductory Microbiology - Laboratory................................86
- Multimedia.....................................................................35
Introductory Microbiology - Majors Text...............................81
One-Semester Anatomy & Physiology
Introductory Microbiology - Non Majors - Multimedia.......... 92
- Lab................................................................................25
Introductory Microbiology - Non Majors Text
- Textbooks......................................................................23
- Allied Health Emphasis.................................................83
Pathophysiology..................................................................56
Microbiology Printed - Supplements....................................92
Reproductive Biology..........................................................56
Molecular Biology................................................................93
Two-Semester Anatomy & Physiology
STDs / AIDS........................................................................92
- Lab................................................................................30
Virology................................................................................92
- Textbooks......................................................................27
********************
********************
HED 08 Science Content & New Tit1 1 11/13/2007 2:11:15 PM

CONTENTS
Nutrition Physics & Astronomy

Introduction to Nutrition College Physics.................................................................132
- Multimedia...................................................................106 Conceptual Physics...........................................................131
- Supplements...............................................................106 Electricity & Magnetism.....................................................140
- Textbook......................................................................103 Integrated Sciences...........................................................129
Nutrition and Sport............................................................109 Introduction to Astronomy..................................................142
Nutritional Assessment......................................................109 Intro to Physical Science...................................................127
Nutrition Through the Life Cycle - Nutrition & Human Mathematical Physics........................................................140
Development.................................................................108 Medical Physics.................................................................139
Modern Physics.................................................................139
Optics................................................................................142
******************** Quantum Mechanics.........................................................141
Technical Physics..............................................................137
Plants & Animals University Physics.............................................................137
Animal Behavior................................................................ 116

Botany (Economic)............................................................ 115
********************
Botany - Non Majors
- Lab Manuals................................................................ 114
- Textbook...................................................................... 113 Chemistry
Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy..................................... 119 Allied Health/Nursing Chemistry (General, Organic and
Invertebrate Biology.......................................................... 118 Biochemistry)
Mammalogy....................................................................... 116 - Lab Manuals................................................................154
Marine Biology................................................................... 117 - Supplements...............................................................155
Parasitology....................................................................... 118 - Textbooks....................................................................152
Vertebrate Biology Analytical Chemistry..........................................................170
- Laboratory................................................................... 119 Biochemistry - 1 Semester - Textbooks.............................163
- Textbook...................................................................... 119 General Chemistry
Zoology - Lab..............................................................................160
- Laboratory Majors.......................................................123 - Multimedia...................................................................162
- Supplements...............................................................122 - Supplements...............................................................159
- Textbook......................................................................120 - Textbooks....................................................................156
Kinetics and Reaction Mechanics.....................................171
Liberal Arts Chemistry (Non Science Majors)
******************** - Textbook......................................................................149
Organic Chemistry - 1 Semester - Textbooks.................... 164
Organic Chemistry - 2 Semester
- Lab Manuals................................................................166
- Multimedia...................................................................167
- Supplements...............................................................167
- Textbooks....................................................................165

CONTENTS
Physical Chemistry
Geology
- Lab..............................................................................169
Dinosaurs..........................................................................195
- Supplements...............................................................170
Earh Science.....................................................................195
- Textbooks....................................................................168
Environmental Geology.....................................................197
Prep/Basic Chemistry
General Geology...............................................................198
- Supplements...............................................................152
Geomorphology.................................................................198
- Textbooks....................................................................151
Hazards / Natural Disasters..............................................198
Historical Geology.............................................................199
Hydrogeology....................................................................200
********************
Meteorology.......................................................................200
Oceanography...................................................................200
Environmental Science & Paleontology......................................................................202
Ecology
Petrology...........................................................................203
Physical Geology
Biostatistics.......................................................................180
- Laboratory...................................................................206
Ecology..............................................................................179
- Textbook......................................................................203
- Laboratory...................................................................179
Environmental Science
- Introductory Texts........................................................175
********************
- Media..........................................................................178
Evolution............................................................................181
Limnology..........................................................................181
********************
Geography
GIS....................................................................................185
Human / Cultural Geography.............................................186
Intro to Geography............................................................187
Latin America.....................................................................191
Map use / Cartography......................................................189
Meteorology.......................................................................189
Physical Geography Lab...................................................188
US & Canada....................................................................192
World Regional Geography...............................................190
********************

CONTENTS
Allied Health Dushkin/McGraw-Hill

Allied Health Titles..............................................................245
Advanced First Aid............................................................ 211
Blood and Airborne Pathogens.......................................... 211
BLS/CPR for the Professional Rescuer............................. 211 ********************
Certification Exam Review for Medical Assisting............... 212
Computers in the Medical Office.......................................212
Indexes
CPR and AED....................................................................213
Author Indexes................................................................. 260
EKG/ECG/Electrocardiology.............................................214
Title Indexes..................................................................... 249
Electronic Medical Records...............................................216
First Aid.............................................................................217
Massage Therapy..............................................................217
Math for Health Professions..............................................220
Medical Assisting - Administrative and Clinical.................. 220
Medical Billing and Coding................................................226
Medical Insurance.............................................................227
Medical Law & Ethics........................................................229
Medical Office Procedures................................................229
Medical Terminology..........................................................229
Nurse Assisting / Long Term Care.....................................234
Pediatric First Aid, CPR, AED............................................234
Pharmacology for Health Professions...............................235
Phlebotomy.......................................................................236
********************
Fire & Emergency Services

Emergency Medical Services
ACLS/Advanced Cardiac Life Support..............................243
EMT Paramedic.................................................................240
First Responder.................................................................240
Homeland Security............................................................239
Firefighting.......................................................................244
********************

NEW TITLES
AGRICULTURE & FORESTRY

2008 Author ISBN-13 MHID Page
Farm Management, 6e Kay 9780073028293 0073028290 16, 17, 18
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

2009
Workbook to accompany Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Broyles 9780073378145 0073378143 25, 30, 39, 43,51
Version 2 CD
Fundamentals of Human Physiology Fox 9780077226350 0077226356 48
Laboratory Exercises in Human Physiology: A Clinical and Lutterschmidt 9780077229733 0077229738 50
Experimental Approach with Ph.I.L.S 3.0, 2e
Laboratory Manual to accompany Hole’s Essentials of Martin 9780072965674 0072965673 25
Human Anatomy & Physiology, 10e
Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Version 2.0 Online Medical College of Ohio 9780073378039 0073378038 35, 46, 53
Hole’s Essentials of Human Anatomy & Physiology, 10e Shier 9780077221355 0077221354 23
Atlas of Skeletal Muscles, 6e Stone 9780073049687 0073049689 39
Seeley’s Principles of Anatomy & Physiology Tate 9780077226480 0077226488 27
Lab Manual to accompany Seeley’s Principles of Anatomy Wise 9780077216900 0077216903 30
& Physiology
2008
Workbook to accompany Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Broyles 9780073403540 0073403547 51
Human Anatomy Lab Manual to accompany Human Anatomy Eckel 9780072863130 0072863137 44
by McKinley
Human Physiology, 10e Fox 9780073312934 0073312932 49
Laboratory Guide to Human Physiology: Concepts and Clinical Fox 9780073347240 0073347248 52
Applications, 12e
Regional Human Anatomy: A Laboratory Workbook for use Grine 9780073051284 0073051284 44
with Models and Prosections, 3e
Mader’s Understanding Human Anatomy & Physiology, 6e Longenbaker 9780073288864 0073288861 23
Human Anatomy, 2e McKinley 9780077213404 0077213408 41
Anatomy and Physiology Revealed Version 2.0 CD Medical College of Ohio 9780073378077 0073378070 36, 47, 53
Human Anatomy, 2e Saladin 9780073293691 0073293695 42
Anatomy & Physiology, 8e Seeley 9780073293684 0073293687 28

NEW TITLES

PH.I.L.S Version 3.0 CD-ROM Stephens 9780073349336 007334933X 36, 54
Vander’s Human Physiology: The Mechanisms of Body Function Widmaier 9780077216092 0077216091 49
with ARIS, 11e
Human Anatomy Laboratory Manual, 2e Wise 9780073347202 0073347205 45
Laboratory Manual to accompany Seeley’s Anatomy and Wise 9780073347257 0073347256 31
Physiology, 8e
BIOLOGY
2009
Concepts in Biology, 13e Enger 9780077229962 0077229967 59
Laboratory Manual to accompany Concepts in Biology, 13e Enger 9780073377926 0073377929 66
Biology: Concepts and Investigations Hoefnagels 9780073342528 0073342521 59
Concepts of Biology Mader 9780077229979 0077229975 60
2008
Biology Brooker 9780073268071 0073268070 70
Biological Investigations Lab Manual, 8e Dolphin 9780072992878 0072992875 73
Essentials of the Living World, 2e Johnson 9780073309354 0073309354 62
The Living World, 5e Johnson 9780073256535 0073256536 62
Human Biology, 10e Mader 9780072986860 0072986867 75
Inquiry into Life, 12e Mader 9780073309330 0073309338 63
Laboratory Manual to accompany Human Biology, 10e Mader 9780072986907 0072986905 76
Laboratory Manual to accompany Inquiry Into Life, 12e Mader 9780072986822 0072986824 66
Biology: Dimensions of Life Presson 9780073227368 0073227366 64
Biology, 8e Raven 9780073227399 0073227390 72
Biology Laboratory Manual, 8e Vodopich 9780072995220 007299522X 74

NEW TITLES
CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENETICS

Genetics: Analysis and Principles, 3e Brooker 9780077229726 007722972X 95
Benson’s Microbiological Applications: Laboratory Manual Brown 9780073522555 0073522554 86
in General Microbiology, Complete Version, 11e
in General Microbiology, Short Version, 11e
Microbiology: A Systems Approach, 2e Cowan 9780077224776 0077224779 83
Introduction to Genetics Hyde 9780073224817 0073224812 96
Human Genetics, 8e Lewis 9780077221270 0077221273 98
AIDS Update 2008, 2e Stine 9780073375281 0073375284 92
Prescott’s Principles of Microbiology Willey 9780077213411 0077213416 81
2008
Microbiology Lab Manual, 7e Harley 9780072992939 007299293X 88
Genetics: From Genes to Genomes, 3e Hartwell 9780073227382 0073227382 96
Laboratory Manual and Workbook in MIcrobiology: Applications Morello 9780072995756 0072995750 89
to Patient Care, 9e
Foundations in Microbiology, 6e Talaro 9780073305400 0073305405 84
Foundations in Microbiology: Basic Principles, 6e Talaro 9780073309477 0073309478 85
Molecular Biology, 4e Weaver 9780073319940 0073319945 93
Prescott/Harley/Klein’s Microbiology, 7e Willey 9780073302089 0073302082 82
NUTRITION
2009
NutritionCalc Plus 3.0 CD-ROM ESHA Research 9780073328652 0073328650 106
NutritionCalc Plus 3.0 Online Access Card ESHA Research 9780073375526 0073375527 107
Nutrition for Healthy Living Schiff 9780077224851 007722485X 103
Contemporary Nutrition, 7e Wardlaw 9780077211660 0077211669 104
Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach Wardlaw 9780077227784 0077227786 105

NEW TITLES
PLANTS & ANIMALS

Marine Biology, 7e Castro 9780077221249 0077221249 117
Integrated Principles of Zoology, 14e Hickman 9780077221263 0077221265 120
Plants and Society, 5e Levetin 9780077221256 0077221257 115
2008
Laboratory Studies in Integrated Principles of Zoology, 14e Hickman 9780072970050 0072970057 123
Introductory Plant Biology, 11e Stern 9780073314211 0073314218 113
Laboratory Manual to accompany Introductory Plant Biology, 11e Stern 9780072830682 0072830689 114
PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY

2008
Explorations: An Introduction to Astronomy, with Starry Night Arny 9780073347226 0073347221 142
Pro DVD, Version 5.0, 5e
Astronomy: Journey to the Cosmic Frontier, with Starry Night Fix 9780073347219 0073347213 143
Physics Giambattista 9780073327501 0073327506 132
The Physical Universe, 12e Krauskopf 9780073312750 0073312754 127
Integrated Science, 4e Tillery 9780073404486 0073404489 129
Lab Manual to accompany Integrated Science, 4e Tillery 9780073357386 0073357383 130

NEW TITLES
CHEMISTRY
Chemistry in Context, 6e American Chem. Soc. 9780077221348 0077221346 149
Laboratory Manual to accompany Chemistry in Context: American Chem. Soc. 9780073048772 0073048771 149
Applying Chemistry to Society, 6e
Chemistry Burdge 9780077221324 007722132X 156
Cooperative Chemistry Lab Manual, 4e Cooper 9780073050232 0073050237 160
General, Organic & Biochemistry, 6e Denniston 9780077221416 0077221419 152
Experiments in Physical Chemistry, 8e Garland 9780072828429 0072828420 169
University Chemistry Laird 9780077221331 0077221338 156
Physical Chemistry, 6e Levine 9780072538625 0072538627 168
Chemistry: The Molecular Nature of Matter and Change, 5e Silberberg 9780077216504 0077216504 157
2008
Organic Chemistry, 7e Carey 9780073311845 0073311847 165
General Chemistry: The Essential Concepts, 5e Chang 9780073311852 0073311855 157
Foundations of General, Organic and Biochemistry Denniston 9780073311838 0073311839 153
A Laboratory for General, Organic & Biochemistry, 6e Henrickson 9780073226835 0073226831 154
Organic Chemistry,2e Smith 9780073327495 0073327492 166
Aris for General Chemistry Access Card WCB/McGraw-Hill 9780073375601 0073375608 167
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE & ECOLOGY

2008
Environmental Science: A Global Concern, 10e Cunningham 9780077221225 0077221222 175
Principles of Environmental Science: Inquiry and Applications, 4e Cunningham 9780073304465 0073304468 176
Environmental Science: A Study of Interrelationships, 11e Enger 9780073304472 0073304476 177
Introduction to Biological Evolution, 2e Kardong 9780073050775 0073050776 181
Environmental Science Kaufmann 9780073311869 0073311863 178
Ecology: Concepts and Applications, 4e Molles 9780073309767 0073309761 179

NEW TITLES
GEOGRAPHY
Physical Geography Laboratory Manual Lemke 9780072873641 0072873647 188
2008
Essentials of World Regional Geography Bradshaw 9780073359380 0073359386 190
Introduction to Geographic Information Systems, 4e Chang 9780073312798 0073312797 185
Human Geography, 10e Fellman 9780077216047 0077216040 186
Introduction to Geography, 11e Getis 9780073256498 0073256498 187
Mastering ArcGIS with Video Clips CD-ROM, 3e Price 9780073312804 0073312800 185
GEOLOGY
2008
Natural Disasters, 6e Abbott 9780073292328 007329232X 198
Physical Geology, 7e Carlson 9780073256481 007325648X 203
Exploring the World Ocean Chamberlin 9780073312767 0073312762 200
Lab Manual to accompany Physical Geology, 6e (Revised) Jones 9780077218942 0077218949 206
Laboratory Studies in Earth History, 9e Levin 9780073050720 0073050725 199
The Good Earth: Introduction to Earth Sciences McConnell 9780073256504 0073256501 195
Environmental Geology, 8e Montgomery 9780077216054 0077216059 197
Physical Geology, 12e Plummer 9780077216061 0077216067 204
Exploring Geology Reynolds 9780073256511 007325651X 205
Introduction to the Worlds Oceans, 9e Sverdrup 9780073254838 0073254835 201
10

NEW TITLES
ALLIED HEALTH
Administrative Procedures for Medical Assisting for Student CD, 3e Booth 9780073261270 0073261270 220
Anatomy, Physiology, and Pathophysiology for Allied Heatlh, 2e Booth 9780073373959 0073373958 221
Clinical Procedures for Medical Assisting with Student CD, 3e Booth 9780073259871 007325987X 222
Medical Assisting: Administrative and Clinical Competencies Booth 9780073259888 0073259888 223
with Student CD-ROMS, 3e
Medical Assisting: Administrative and Clinical Procedures Booth 9780073373997 0073373990 224
(without A&P Chapters), 3e
Phlebotomy for Health Care Personnel with Student CD-ROM, 2e Booth 9780073309774 007330977X 236
Electronic Health Records Hamilton 9780073374000 0073374008 216
Medical Assisting Review: Passing the CMA, RMA & CCMA Moini 9780073309798 0073309796 212
Exams with Student CD, 3e
HIPAA for Allied Health Careers Newby 9780073374123 0073374121 227
Bloodborne and Airborne Pathogens, 2e NSC 9780073382883 0073382884 211
The Complete Diagnosis Coding Book Safian 9780073373942 007337394X 226
Pocket ECGs: A Quick Information Guide Shade 9780073519760 0073519766 215
Practical Reflexology: Interpretation and Techniques Watson 9780073510958 0073510955 217
2008
Medical Language for Modern Health with Student CD-ROM Allan 9780073272948 0073272949 229
Massage Therapy Review: Passing the NCETMB and NCETM Abbott 9780077227777 0077227778 218
with Student CD-ROM
Electrocardiography for Health Care Personnel with Student Booth 9780073302096 0073302090 214
CD, 2e
Intravenous Therapy for Health Care Personnel with Booth 9780073281124 0073281123 225
Student CD-ROM
Medical Terminology: A Programmed Approach with Student CD/ Bostwick 9780073335056 0073335053 230
Flashcards/Online Learning Center
McGraw-Hill Medical Dictionary for Allied Health Dumith 9780073510965 0073510963 231
Administering Medications, 6e Gauwitz 9780073520858 0073520853 235
From Patient to Payment: Insurance Procedures for the Medical Newby 9780073254791 0073254797 227
Office with Student Data CD, 5e
Medical Insurance Coding Workbook 2007-2008, 4e Newby 9780073522050 0073522058 228
11

NEW TITLES
ALLIED HEALTH
CPR & AED Skills Refresher Card NSC 9780073513645 0073513644 213
Pediatric First Aid, CPR and AED, 2e NSC 9780073297019 0073297011 234
New Foundations in Therapeutic Massage and Bodywork with Saeger 9780073025827 0073025828 219
Student CD-ROM
Praciticing ECGs Shade 9780073314181 0073314188 215
Nursing Spectrum Drug Handbook 2009, 4e Schull 9780071548779 0071548777 235
Medical Terminology Word Builder and Communications Thierer 9780073315447 0073315443 232
Workbook with Flashcards
FIRE & EMERGENCY SERVICES

2009
The Paramedic Chapleau 9780073520711 0073520713 240
The Paramedic Workbook with Student CD Hsieh 9780073205328 007320532X 241
2008
Homeland Security and Emergency Medical Response Campbell 9780073044378 0073044377 239, 242
Paramedic Review DVD and CD-ROM Delve Productions 9780073220697 0073220698 243
ACLS Basics and More with Student CD & DVD McKenna 9780073019710 0073019712 243
Catastrophe Preparation and Prevention for Law Enforcement Palin 9780073317748 0073317748 239
Professionals with Student CD
12

FORESTRY

Dendrology..........................................................................................................15
Forest Resources................................................................................................15
Mensuration Measurement..................................................................................16
AGRICULTURE
Agricultural Business...........................................................................................16
Agricultural Economics........................................................................................17
Agricultural Education.........................................................................................18
Animal Science....................................................................................................19
13
HED 08 Agriculture & Forestry(1)13 13 11/13/2007 2:14:08 PM

NEW TITLES

Farm Management, 6e Kay 9780073028293 0073028290 16, 17, 18
14

Forestry INTRODUCTION TO FOREST AND

RENEWABLE RESOURCES
7th Edition
Dendrology
By Grant Sharpe, University of Washington, Clare Hendee, Formerly Uni-
versity of Maryl, Wenonah Sharpe, Washington Chapter of Federal Women
in Timber and John Hendee, University of Idaho
2003 / 640 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-366172-8 / MHID: 0-07-366172-4
HARLOW AND HARRAR’S TEXTBOOK OF http://www.mhhe.com/earthsci/

DENDROLOGY CONTENTS
9th Edition Part 1 Economic Scope, Organization, and Problems of Agri-
By James Hardin, North Carolina State University-Raleigh, Donald culture
Leopold, State University of New York at Syracuse and Fred White, Chief Chapter..1.Economics.of.Resources,.Agriculture,.and.Food.
Forester with the Forester Group
Part 2 Microeconomic Concepts.
2001 / 544 pages Chapter..2.Economics.of.Demand..
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-366171-1 / MHID: 0-07-366171-6 Chapter..3.Production.Functions.and.Product.Curves.
CONTENTS Chapter..4.Costs,.Returns,.ans.Profit.Maximization.
Part 3 Markets.
Chapter.1.Introduction.
Chapter..5.Theory.of.Markets..
Chapter.2.Classification.
Chapter..6.Multiple.Inputs.and.Outputs.
Chapter.3.Nomenclature.
Chapter..7.Forms.of.Market.Competition.
Chapter.4.Identification.
Chapter..8.International.Trade..
Chapter.5.Variation.
Chapter. . 9.Agribusinesses. Organization,. Management,. . and. Fi-
Chapter.6.Habitat,.Range,.and.Communities.
nance..
Chapter.7.Vegetative.and.Reproductive.Morphology.
Chapter..10.Economic.Performance.of.Agribusiness.
Chapter.8..Pinophyta.(Gymnosperms).
Part 4 Macroeconomic Relationships
Chapter.9.Magnoliophyta.(Angiosperms).
Chapter..11.Introduction.to.Macroeconomics.
Chapter.10.Dendrochronology.
Chapter..12.Gross.Domestic.Product.and.Fiscal.Policy
Chapter.11.After.Dendrology,.What?..
Chapter.13.Gross.Domestic.Product.and.Monetary.Policy.
Glossary..
Chapter..14.Gross.Domestic.Product,.International.Transactions,.and.
References.
Macroeconomic.Policy.
Index
Part 5 Public Policy and Agriculture..
Chapter..15.Resource.and.Environmental.Management..
Chapter..16.Agriculture.and.Development..
Chapter..17.Agricultural.Price.and.Income.Policy..
Chapter..18.Putting.It.All.Together:.The.Economic.System
Forest Resources
International Edition
GIS APPLICATIONS IN FORESTRY AND
NATURAL RESOURCES
By Pete Bettinger, Oregon State University
2004 / 256 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-256242-2 / MHID: 0-07-256242-0
(Out of Print)
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-121590-9 / MHID: 0-07-121590-5 [IE]
http://www.mhhe.com/earthsci
Complimentary desk copies are available for
CONTENTS course adoption only. Kindly contact your
1.GIS.Data.Structures.. local McGraw-Hill Representative or fax the
2.GIS.Databases..
Examination Copy Request Form available on
3.MapsTablesSpatial.Analyses..
4.Forest.Thinning.Opportunities.. the back pages of this catalog.
5.Delineating.Variable.Width.Riparian.Areas..
6.Buffer.Owl.Nest.Sites.. Visit McGraw-Hill Education
7.Forest.Fertilization.Plan..
Website: www.mheducation.com
8.Forest.Pruning.Plan..
9.Recreation.Opportunity.Spectrum..
10.Land.Classification.. COMPLIMENTARY COPIES
11.Integration.of.GIS.and.Forest.Inventories..
12.Soil.Loss.Potential..
13.Tactical.Issues.with.Forest.Harvest.Schedule
15

Mensuration Measurement Agriculture
Agricultural Business
FOREST MEASUREMENTS
5th Edition
By Thomas Eugene Avery and Harold Burkhart
2002 / 480 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-366176-6 / MHID: 0-07-366176-7
http://www.mhhe.com/catalogs/sem/agriculture/burkhart.mhtml NEW
CONTENTS International Edition
Preface..
1..Introduction..
2..Statistical.Methods.. FARM MANAGEMENT
3..Sampling.Designs.. 6th Edition
4..Land.Measurements...
5..Cubic.Volume,.Cord.Meaure,.and.Weight.Scaling.. By Ronald Kay, Texas A&M University
6..Log.Rules,.Scaling.Practices,.and.Specialty.Wood.Products..
7..Measuring.Standing.Trees..
8..Volumes.and.Weights.of.Standing.Trees..
9..Forest.Inventory.
10..Inventories.with.Sample.Strips.or.Plots..
2008 (April 2007) / 480 pages
11..Inventories.with.Point.Samples..
12..Inventories.with.3P.Sampling.. ISBN-13: 978-0-07-302829-3 / MHID: 0-07-302829-0
13..Using.Aerial.Photographs.. ISBN-13: 978-0-07-125953-8 / MHID: 0-07-125953-8 [IE]
14..Geographic.Information.Systems. www.mhhe.com/kay6
15..Site,.Stocking,.and.Stand.Density..
16..Tree—Growth.and.Stand-Table.Projection.. This text was developed for the first course in Farm Management,
typically. taken. by. a. junior/senior. level. student.. It. was. designed. to.
17..Growth.and.Yield.Models..
introduce.students.to.the.key.concepts.on.how.to.effectively.manage.
18..Assessing. Rangeland,. Wildlife,. Water. and. Recreational. Re- a.farm.business..The.sixth.edition.provides.students.with.the.basic.
sources.. information needed to measure management performance, financial
Answers.to.Selected.Problems.. progress, and the financial condition of the farm business.
Glossary
FEATURES
 Chapter.1.on.“Farm.Management.in.the.21st.Century”.responds.
to.changes.coming.in.the.farm.business.that,.“will.require.a.new.type.
of. manager..able. to. absorb,. organize,. and. use. large. amounts. of.
information,.particularly.that.related.to.new.technologies.”.This.gets.
students.thinking.about.farm.management.practices.in.a.way.that.will.
allow.them.to.compete.in.the.future..
 “Chapter.Objectives”,.“Chapter.Summaries”,.as.well.as.“Ques-
tions.for.review”.are.helpful.learning.tools.for.students..
 Terminology.and.Guidelines.in.Part.2,.(the.accounting.section),.
are.based.on.standards.maintained.by.the.Farm.Financial.Standards.
INVITATION TO PUBLISH
Council..
 More.emphasis.on.Strategic.Planning.in.chapter.1.
McGraw-Hill is interested in
 As.with.the.previous.edition,.this.book.is.divided.into.five.parts..
reviewing manuscript for Part.One.begins.with.the.chapter.“Farm.Management.in.the.Twenty-
publication. Please contact your first.Century”..It.describes.some.of.the.forces.and.technology,.which.
local McGraw-Hill office or email to are. driving. the. changes. we. see. in. agriculture.. We. hope. that. by.
asiapub@mcgraw-hill.com reading.this.chapter.students.will.find.both.an.incentive.to.study.farm.
management.and.an.appreciation.for.the.management.skills.modern.
farm.managers.must.have.or.acquire..Part.One.concludes.with.an.
Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) explanation.of.the.concept.of.management.and.the.decision-making.
Website: www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg process.with.an.increased.emphasis.on.the.importance.of.strategic.
decision-making..
 Part. Two. presents. the. basic. information. needed. to. measure.
management. performance,. financial. progress,. and. the. financial.
condition.of.the.farm.business..It.discusses.how.to.collect.and.or-
ganize.accounting.data.and.how.to.construct.and.analyze.balance.
sheets.and.income.statements..In.response.to.several.suggestions,.
income.tax.depreciation.(MACRS).has.been.added.to.the.chapter.on.
depreciation.methods.and.asset.valuation..
16

Agricultural Economics
 As.in.the.fifth.edition,.Part.Three.contains.three.chapters.on.basic.
microeconomic.principles.and.four.on.budgeting.and.planning.tools..
The.topics.in.this.part.provide.the.basic.tools.needed.to.make.good.
management.decisions..Students.will.learn.how.and.when.economic.
principles.can.be.used.in.management.decision-making.along.with.
the.importance.of.the.different.types.of.economic.costs..The.discus-
sion.of.economies.of.size.has.been.revised.and.expanded..Practical.
use.of.budgeting.is.emphasized.in.the.chapters.on.enterprise,.partial,.
whole.farm,.and.cash.flow.budgets..An.expanded.discussion.on.using. NEW
sensitivity.analysis.with.partial.budgets.has.been.added.and.linear. International Edition
programming.is.covered.in.more.detail.than.in.previous.editions..
 Topics.necessary.to.increase.a.manager’s.decision-making.skills.
are. included. in. Part. Four.. Farm. business. organization,. analyzing. FARM MANAGEMENT
investments,. managing. risk,. income. tax. management,. and. whole. 6th Edition
farm. business. analysis. are. discussed..The. chapter. on. income. tax.
management.has.been.updated.with.the.latest.changes.available.. By Ronald Kay, Texas A&M University
Data.from.an.actual.farm.is.now.used.to.demonstrate.the.analysis.
process.in.the.chapter.on.whole.farm.business.analysis..The.chapter.
on.investment.analysis.includes.a.new.discussion.of.the.concepts.of.
annual.equivalent.and.capital.recovery.values..
 Part.Five.discusses.the.management.alternatives.and.decisions. 2008 (April 2007) / 480 pages
related.to.acquiring.the.resources.needed.on.farms.and.ranches..This. ISBN-13: 978-0-07-302829-3 / MHID: 0-07-302829-0
part.includes.chapters.on.capital.and.credit,.land,.human.resources,. ISBN-13: 978-0-07-125953-8 / MHID: 0-07-125953-8 [IE]
and.machinery..The.human.resource.chapter.includes.new.sections.
on.improving.managerial.capacity.and.bridging.the.cultural.barriers. www.mhhe.com/kay6
that.may.be.encountered.in.managing.agricultural.labor. This text was developed for the first course in Farm Management,
typically. taken. by. a. junior/senior. level. student.. It. was. designed. to.
CONTENTS introduce.students.to.the.key.concepts.on.how.to.effectively.manage.
1 Management a.farm.business..The.sixth.edition.provides.students.with.the.basic.
1.Farm.Management.in.the.Twenty-First.Century. information needed to measure management performance, financial
2 Management. progress, and the financial condition of the farm business.
2.Measuring.Management.Performance.
3.Acquiring.and.Organizing.Management.Information. FEATURES
4.Depreciation.and.Asset.Valuation.  Chapter.1.on.“Farm.Management.in.the.21st.Century”.responds.
5.The.Balance.Sheet.and.Its.Analysis to.changes.coming.in.the.farm.business.that,.“will.require.a.new.type.
6.The.Income.Statement.and.Its.Analysis. of. manager..able. to. absorb,. organize,. and. use. large. amounts. of.
3 Developing Basic Management Skills information,.particularly.that.related.to.new.technologies.”.This.gets.
7.Economic.Principles--Choosing.Production.Levels. students.thinking.about.farm.management.practices.in.a.way.that.will.
8.Economic.Principles--Choosing.Input.and.Output.Combinations. allow.them.to.compete.in.the.future..
9.Cost.Concepts.in.Economics.
10.Enterprise.Budgeting.  “Chapter.Objectives”,.“Chapter.Summaries”,.as.well.as.“Ques-
11.Partial.Budgeting. tions.for.review”.are.helpful.learning.tools.for.students..
12.Whole-Farm.Planning.  Terminology.and.Guidelines.in.Part.2,.(the.accounting.section),.
13.Cash.Flow.Budgeting. are.based.on.standards.maintained.by.the.Farm.Financial.Standards.
4 Improving Management Skills Council..
14.Forms.of.Farm.Business.Organization.
15.Managing.Risk.and.Uncertainty.  More.emphasis.on.Strategic.Planning.in.chapter.1.
16.Managing.Income.Taxes..
17.Investment.Analysis.
Part.One.begins.with.the.chapter.“Farm.Management.in.the.Twenty-
18.Farm.Business.Analysis.
first.Century”..It.describes.some.of.the.forces.and.technology,.which.
5 Acquiring Resources for Management
are. driving. the. changes. we. see. in. agriculture.. We. hope. that. by.
19.Capital.and.the.Use.of.Credit.
reading.this.chapter.students.will.find.both.an.incentive.to.study.farm.
20.Land--Control.and.Use.
21.Human.Resource.Management.
22.Machinery.Management.
explanation.of.the.concept.of.management.and.the.decision-making.
Appendix
process.with.an.increased.emphasis.on.the.importance.of.strategic.
decision-making..
 Part. Two. presents. the. basic. information. needed. to. measure.
management.performance,.financial.progress,.and.the.financial.con-
dition.of.the.farm.business..It.discusses.how.to.collect.and.organize.
accounting.data.and.how.to.construct.and.analyze.balance.sheets.and.
income.statements..In.response.to.several.suggestions,.income.tax.
depreciation.(MACRS).has.been.added.to.the.chapter.on.depreciation.
methods.and.asset.valuation..
 As.in.the.fifth.edition,.Part.Three.contains.three.chapters.on.basic.
management.decisions..Students.will.learn.how.and.when.economic.
17

Agricultural Education
principles.can.be.used.in.management.decision-making.along.with.the.
importance.of.the.different.types.of.economic.costs..The.discussion.
of.economies.of.size.has.been.revised.and.expanded..Practical.use.
of. budgeting. is. emphasized. in. the. chapters. on. enterprise,. partial,.
whole.farm,.and.cash.flow.budgets..An.expanded.discussion.on.using.
sensitivity.analysis.with.partial.budgets.has.been.added.and.linear.
 Topics.necessary.to.increase.a.manager’s.decision-making.skills. NEW
are. included. in. Part. Four.. Farm. business. organization,. analyzing.
investments,. managing. risk,. income. tax. management,. and. whole.
farm.business.analysis.are.discussed..The.chapter.on.income.tax.
management.has.been.updated.with.the.latest.changes.available..
Data.from.an.actual.farm.is.now.used.to.demonstrate.the.analysis. FARM MANAGEMENT
process.in.the.chapter.on.whole.farm.business.analysis..The.chapter. 6th Edition
on.investment.analysis.includes.a.new.discussion.of.the.concepts.of.
annual.equivalent.and.capital.recovery.values.. By Ronald Kay, Texas A&M University
 Part.Five.discusses.the.management.alternatives.and.decisions.
related.to.acquiring.the.resources.needed.on.farms.and.ranches..This.
part.includes.chapters.on.capital.and.credit,.land,.human.resources,.
on.improving.managerial.capacity.and.bridging.the.cultural.barriers. 2008 (April 2007) / 480 pages
that.may.be.encountered.in.managing.agricultural.labor. ISBN-13: 978-0-07-302829-3 / MHID: 0-07-302829-0
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-125953-8 / MHID: 0-07-125953-8 [IE]
CONTENTS
1 Management www.mhhe.com/kay6
1.Farm.Management.in.the.Twenty-First.Century. This text was developed for the first course in Farm Management,
2 Management. typically. taken. by. a. junior/senior. level. student.. It. was. designed. to.
2.Measuring.Management.Performance. introduce.students.to.the.key.concepts.on.how.to.effectively.manage.
3.Acquiring.and.Organizing.Management.Information. a.farm.business..The.sixth.edition.provides.students.with.the.basic.
4.Depreciation.and.Asset.Valuation. information needed to measure management performance, financial
5.The.Balance.Sheet.and.Its.Analysis progress, and the financial condition of the farm business.
6.The.Income.Statement.and.Its.Analysis.
3 Developing Basic Management Skills FEATURES
7.Economic.Principles--Choosing.Production.Levels.  Chapter.1.on.“Farm.Management.in.the.21st.Century”.responds.
8.Economic.Principles--Choosing.Input.and.Output.Combinations. to.changes.coming.in.the.farm.business.that,.“will.require.a.new.type.
9.Cost.Concepts.in.Economics. of. manager..able. to. absorb,. organize,. and. use. large. amounts. of.
10.Enterprise.Budgeting. information,.particularly.that.related.to.new.technologies.”.This.gets.
11.Partial.Budgeting. students.thinking.about.farm.management.practices.in.a.way.that.will.
12.Whole-Farm.Planning. allow.them.to.compete.in.the.future..
13.Cash.Flow.Budgeting.
4 Improving Management Skills  “Chapter.Objectives”,.“Chapter.Summaries”,.as.well.as.“Ques-
14.Forms.of.Farm.Business.Organization. tions.for.review”.are.helpful.learning.tools.for.students..
15.Managing.Risk.and.Uncertainty.  Terminology.and.Guidelines.in.Part.2,.(the.accounting.section),.
16.Managing.Income.Taxes.. are.based.on.standards.maintained.by.the.Farm.Financial.Standards.
17.Investment.Analysis. Council..
18.Farm.Business.Analysis.
5 Acquiring Resources for Management  More.emphasis.on.Strategic.Planning.in.chapter.1.
19.Capital.and.the.Use.of.Credit.
20.Land--Control.and.Use.
Part.One.begins.with.the.chapter.“Farm.Management.in.the.Twenty-
21.Human.Resource.Management.
first.Century”..It.describes.some.of.the.forces.and.technology,.which.
22.Machinery.Management.
are. driving. the. changes. we. see. in. agriculture.. We. hope. that. by.
Appendix
reading.this.chapter.students.will.find.both.an.incentive.to.study.farm.
explanation.of.the.concept.of.management.and.the.decision-making.
process.with.an.increased.emphasis.on.the.importance.of.strategic.
decision-making..
course adoption only. Kindly contact your  Part. Two. presents. the. basic. information. needed. to. measure.
local McGraw-Hill Representative or fax the management. performance,. financial. progress,. and. the. financial.
condition.of.the.farm.business..It.discusses.how.to.collect.and.or-
Examination Copy Request Form available on ganize.accounting.data.and.how.to.construct.and.analyze.balance.
the back pages of this catalog. sheets.and.income.statements..In.response.to.several.suggestions,.
income.tax.depreciation.(MACRS).has.been.added.to.the.chapter.on.
Visit McGraw-Hill Education depreciation.methods.and.asset.valuation..
Website: www.mheducation.com  As.in.the.fifth.edition,.Part.Three.contains.three.chapters.on.basic.
COMPLIMENTARY COPIES management.decisions..Students.will.learn.how.and.when.economic.
principles.can.be.used.in.management.decision-making.along.with.
18

Animal Science
the.importance.of.the.different.types.of.economic.costs..The.discus-
sion.of.economies.of.size.has.been.revised.and.expanded..Practical.
use.of.budgeting.is.emphasized.in.the.chapters.on.enterprise,.partial,.
whole.farm,.and.cash.flow.budgets..An.expanded.discussion.on.using.
sensitivity.analysis.with.partial.budgets.has.been.added.and.linear.
 Topics.necessary.to.increase.a.manager’s.decision-making.skills. International Edition
are. included. in. Part. Four.. Farm. business. organization,. analyzing.
investments,. managing. risk,. income. tax. management,. and. whole. ANIMAL SCIENCES
farm. business. analysis. are. discussed..The. chapter. on. income. tax. The Biology, Care, and Production of
management.has.been.updated.with.the.latest.changes.available..
Data.from.an.actual.farm.is.now.used.to.demonstrate.the.analysis.
Domestic Animals, 4th Edition
process.in.the.chapter.on.whole.farm.business.analysis..The.chapter. By John R. Campbell, Oklahoma State U—Oklahoma City, M. Douglas
Kenealy, Iowa State University and Karen L. Campbell, University of Il-
on.investment.analysis.includes.a.new.discussion.of.the.concepts.of. linois-Urbana-Champaign
annual.equivalent.and.capital.recovery.values.. 2003 / 528 pages
 Part.Five.discusses.the.management.alternatives.and.decisions. ISBN-13: 978-0-07-366175-9 / MHID: 0-07-366175-9
related.to.acquiring.the.resources.needed.on.farms.and.ranches..This. (Out of Print)
part.includes.chapters.on.capital.and.credit,.land,.human.resources,. ISBN-13: 978-0-07-121732-3 / MHID: 0-07-121732-0 [IE]
http://www.mhhe.com/campbell
on.improving.managerial.capacity.and.bridging.the.cultural.barriers.
that.may.be.encountered.in.managing.agricultural.labor. CONTENTS
1.Animal.Agriculture..
CONTENTS
2.Breeds.and.Life.Cycles.of.Livestock.and.Poultry..
1 Management 3.Animal.Products..
1.Farm.Management.in.the.Twenty-First.Century. 4.Companion.Animals..
2 Management. 5.Horses..
2.Measuring.Management.Performance. 6.Aquaculture..
3.Acquiring.and.Organizing.Management.Information. 7.State.of.Being.of.Domestic.Animals..
4.Depreciation.and.Asset.Valuation. 8.Fundamental.Principles.of.Genetics..
5.The.Balance.Sheet.and.Its.Analysis 9.Principles.of.Selecting.and.Mating.Farm.Animals..
6.The.Income.Statement.and.Its.Analysis. 10.Anatomy.and.Physiology.of.Farm.Animals.
3 Developing Basic Management Skills 11. The.Application. of. Endocrinology. to. Selected.Animals. and. Hu-
7.Economic.Principles--Choosing.Production.Levels. mans.
8.Economic.Principles--Choosing.Input.and.Output.Combinations. 12.The.Physiology.of.Growth.and.Senescence..
9.Cost.Concepts.in.Economics. 13.Anatomy.and.Physiology.of.Reproduction.and.Related.Technolo-
10.Enterprise.Budgeting. gies.in.Farm.Mammals..
11.Partial.Budgeting. 14.Artificial.Insemination..
12.Whole-Farm.Planning. 15.Physiology.of.Lactation..
13.Cash.Flow.Budgeting. 16.Physiology.of.Egg.Laying..
4 Improving Management Skills 17.Ecology.and.Environmental.Physiology..
14.Forms.of.Farm.Business.Organization. 18.Principles.of.Nutrition:.Plant.and.Animal.Composition..
15.Managing.Risk.and.Uncertainty. 19.The.Physiology.of.Digestion.in.Nutrition..
16.Managing.Income.Taxes.. 20. The. Nutritional.Application. of. Vitamins. to. Human. and.Animal.
17.Investment.Analysis. Health..
18.Farm.Business.Analysis. 21. The. Nutritional. Contributions. of. Minerals. to. Humans. and.Ani-
5 Acquiring Resources for Management mals..
19.Capital.and.the.Use.of.Credit. 22.Animal.Disease.and.the.Health.of.Humans..
20.Land--Control.and.Use. 23. Selected. Insects. and. Parasites. of. Significance. to.Humans. and.
21.Human.Resource.Management. Animals.
22.Machinery.Management. 24.Ethology.and.Animal.Behavior..
Appendix Appendix.A:. Common. Terms. or. Names.Applied. to. Selected. Farm.
Animals.
Appendix.B:.Convenient.Conversion.Data..
Appendix.C:.Tables.of.Weights.and.Measures..
Appendix. D:.Agricultural. Colleges. and. Experiment. Stations. in. the.
United.States.and.Its.Territories..
Appendix.E:.Alphabetical.List.of.Elements.and.Symbols
19

20

Anatomy & Physiology - Supplements................................................................39

Biology of Aging...................................................................................................55
Histology..............................................................................................................56
Human Anatomy
- Lab................................................................................................................43
- Multimedia.....................................................................................................46
- Textbooks......................................................................................................41
Human Physiology
- Lab................................................................................................................50
- Multimedia.....................................................................................................53
- Textbooks......................................................................................................48
One & Two - Semester Anatomy & Physiology Multimedia.................................35
One-Semester Anatomy & Physiology
- Lab................................................................................................................25
- Textbooks......................................................................................................23
Pathophysiology..................................................................................................56
Reproductive Biology..........................................................................................56
Two-Semester Anatomy & Physiology
- Lab................................................................................................................30
- Textbooks......................................................................................................27
21
HED 08 Anatomy & Physiology(2).i21 21 11/13/2007 2:15:28 PM

NEW TITLES

Workbook to accompany Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Broyles 9780073378145 0073378143 25, 30, 39, 43,51
Version 2 CD
Fundamentals of Human Physiology Fox 9780077226350 0077226356 48
Laboratory Exercises in Human Physiology: A Clinical and Lutterschmidt 9780077229733 0077229738 50
Experimental Approach with Ph.I.L.S 3.0, 2e
Laboratory Manual to accompany Hole’s Essentials of Martin 9780072965674 0072965673 25
Human Anatomy & Physiology, 10e
Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Version 2.0 Online Medical College of Ohio 9780073378039 0073378038 35, 46, 53
Hole’s Essentials of Human Anatomy & Physiology, 10e Shier 9780077221355 0077221354 23
Atlas of Skeletal Muscles, 6e Stone 9780073049687 0073049689 39
Seeley’s Principles of Anatomy & Physiology Tate 9780077226480 0077226488 27
Lab Manual to accompany Seeley’s Principles of Anatomy Wise 9780077216900 0077216903 30
& Physiology
2008
Workbook to accompany Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Broyles 9780073403540 0073403547 51
Human Anatomy Lab Manual to accompany Human Anatomy Eckel 9780072863130 0072863137 44
by McKinley
Human Physiology, 10e Fox 9780073312934 0073312932 49
Laboratory Guide to Human Physiology: Concepts and Clinical Fox 9780073347240 0073347248 52
Applications, 12e
Regional Human Anatomy: A Laboratory Workbook for use Grine 9780073051284 0073051284 44
with Models and Prosections, 3e
Mader’s Understanding Human Anatomy & Physiology, 6e Longenbaker 9780073288864 0073288861 23
Human Anatomy, 2e McKinley 9780077213404 0077213408 41
Anatomy and Physiology Revealed Version 2.0 CD Medical College of Ohio 9780073378077 0073378070 36, 47, 53
Human Anatomy, 2e Saladin 9780073293691 0073293695 42
Anatomy & Physiology, 8e Seeley 9780073293684 0073293687 28
PH.I.L.S Version 3.0 CD-ROM Stephens 9780073349336 007334933X 36, 54
Vander’s Human Physiology: The Mechanisms of Body Function Widmaier 9780077216092 0077216091 49
with ARIS, 11e
Human Anatomy Laboratory Manual, 2e Wise 9780073347202 0073347205 45
Laboratory Manual to accompany Seeley’s Anatomy and Wise 9780073347257 0073347256 31
Physiology, 8e
22

One-Semester Anatomy &

CONTENTS
Unit 1 Levels of Organization
Physiology - Textbooks 1 Introduction to Human Anatomy and Physiology
2 Chemical Basis of Life
3 Cells
4 Cellular Metabolism
5 Tissues
Unit 2 Support and Movement
6 Integumentary System
NEW 7 Skeletal System
8 Muscular System
International Edition Unit 3 Integration and Coordination
9 Nervous System
10 The Senses
HOLE’S ESSENTIALS 11 Endocrine System
OF HUMAN ANATOMY & Unit 4 Transport
PHYSIOLOGY 12 Blood
13 Cardiovascular System
10th Edition 14 Lymphatic System and Immunity
Unit 5 Absorption and Excretion
By David N. Shier, Washtenaw Community Col- 15 Digestion and Nutrition
lege, Jackie l. Butler, Grayson County College and
Ricki Lewis, Contributing Editor, “The Scientist” 16 Respiratory System
17 Urinary System
18 Water, Electrolyte, and Acid-Base Balance
2009 (January 2008)
Unit 6 The Human Life Cycle
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-722135-5 / MHID: 0-07-722135-4
19 Reproductive Systems
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128352-6 / MHID: 0-07-128352-8 [IE] 20 Pregnancy, Growth, and Development
http://www.mhhe.com/shieress10
Designed for the one-semester anatomy and physiology course,
Hole’s Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology assumes no
prior science knowledge and supports core topics with clinical ap-
plications, making difficult concepts relevant to students pursuing
careers in the allied health field. The unparalleled teaching system
is highly effective in providing students with a solid understanding of NEW
the important concepts in anatomy and physiology.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
 An Outcomes and Assessments format has been incorporated MADER’S UNDERSTANDING
throughout the text. The chapter starts with a list of outcomes for
instructors and students. Outcomes and then directly tied to assess-
HUMAN ANATOMY &
ments found at the end of the chapter. PHYSIOLOGY
6th Edition
 A new section called “Foundations for Success” has been added
to the beginning of the text. This section was specifically designed
By Susannah Longenbaker, Columbus State
to help students LEARN how to study at the collegiate level and ef- Community College
ficiently use the tools available to them.
 McGraw-Hill’s ARIS for “Hole’s Essentials of Human Anatomy 2008 (January 2007)
& Physiology” is a complete electronic homework and course man- ISBN-13: 978-0-07-328886-4 / MHID: 0-07-328886-1
agement system, designed for greater ease of use than any other ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110208-7 / MHID: 0-07-110208-6 [IE]
system available. Free on adoption of “Hole’s Essentials of Human
Anatomy & Physiology”, instructors can create and share course http://aris.mhhe.com
materials and assignments with colleagues with a few clicks of the Renowned for her effective learning systems, respected author
mouse. Instructors can edit questions and algorithms [if applicable], Sylvia Mader has helped thousands of entry-level students under-
import their own content, and create announcements and due dates stand and enjoy the principles of human anatomy and physiology.
for assignments. ARIS has automatic grading and reporting of easy- Now, Susannah Longenbaker is building on Dr. Mader’s format and
to-assign algorithmically generated [if applicable] homework, quizzing, engaging writing style while adding her own personal touch to this
successful title. The writing is still clear, direct and user-friendly,
and testing. Once a student is registered in the course, all student
but is now enriched with new clinical information, terminology and
activity within McGraw-Hill’s ARIS is automatically recorded and classroom-tested features such as “Focus on Forensics” readings
available to the instructor through a fully integrated grade book that and in-text “Content Check-Up” questions. Drawing on over twenty
can be downloaded to Excel. years of teaching experience, Sue Longenbaker writes for the next
generation of students that will learn anatomy and physiology from
 Anatomy and Physiology Revealed (APR)! This multimedia tool this classic textbook.
is designed to help students learn and review using a virtual human
cadaver! Detailed cadaver photos layered upon one another provide NEW TO THIS EDITION
an interactive dissection experience! Anatomy & Physiology Revealed
includes 4 major areas: dissections, animations, imaging, anatomy  Logical, accessible writing style (without being overly “chatty”)
terms and an incredible self testing program. All sections combine to for the one-semester course that includes lots of relevant examples,
make study time efficient and lectures unforgettable. artwork and analogies.
 APR Correlation Guide to assist instructors by giving them infor-  Excellent pedagogy written to capture the interest of the student
mation specific to this text. and expand upon the Chapter concepts. Examples include; Focus
23

on Forensics, Medical Focus, Visual Focus and What’s New boxed 10 Endocrine System
readings. 11 Blood
12 Heart
 Direct Application to Careers in Health-Related Fields.
13 Blood Vessels and Circulation
 Anatomy and Physiology Revealed (APR)--This text has the op- 14 Lymphatic System and Immunity
portunity to be packaged with the most unique and popular student 15 Respiratory System
tutorial CD in the anatomy & physiology market today. 16 Digestive System
17 Nutrition, Metabolism, and Body Temperature Regulation
CONTENTS 18 Urinary System and Fluid Balance
Part I Human Organization 19 Reproductive System
1 Organization of the Body 20 Development, Heredity, and Aging
2 Chemistry of Life Appendixes
3 Cell Structure and Function A Table of Measurements
4 Body Tissues and Membranes B Some Reference Laboratory Values
Part II Support and Movement C Solution Concentrations
5 The Integumentary System D Answers to Critical Thinking Questions
6 The Skeletal System
7 The Muscular System
Part III Integration and Coordination
8 The Nervous System
9 The Sensory System
10 The Endocrine System International Edition
Part IV Maintenance of the Body
11 Blood
12 The Circulatory System
ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY WITH
13 The Lymphatic System and Body Defense INTEGRATED STUDY GUIDE
14 The Respiratory System 3rd Edition
15 The Digestive System By Stanley E. Gunstream, Emeritus, Pasadena City College
16 The Urinary System and Excretion 2006 (Jan 2005) / 544 pages
Part V Reproduction and Development ISBN-13: 978-0-07-235111-8 / MHID: 0-07-235111-X
17 The Reproductive System ISBN-13: 978-0-07-111703-6 / MHID: 0-07-111703-2 [IE]
18 Human Development and Birth
19 Human Genetics http://www.mhhe.com/gunstream3
Appendix A Reference Figures: The Human Organism Designed for an introductory, one-semester course, the scope,
Appendix B Understanding Medical Terminology organization, writing style, depth of presentation, and pedagogical
aspects of this text have been tailored to meet the needs of students
preparing for a career in allied health. This text does not assume any
prior science knowledge on the part of the student and effectively
presents students with the fundamentals of anatomy and physiol-
ogy. It’s the only one-semester text available with a built-in study
guide/workbook.
CONTENTS
ESSENTIALS OF ANATOMY AND Part 1 Organization of the Body
PHYSIOLOGY 1 Introduction to the Human Body
6th Edition 2 Chemical Aspects of Life
3 The Cell
By Rod R Seeley and Trent D Stephens of Idaho State University and
Philip Tate, Phoenix College 4 Tissues and Membranes
2007 (March 2006) Part 2 Covering, Support, and Movement of the Body
5 The Integumentary System
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-322805-1 / MHID: 0-07-322805-2
6 The Skeletal System
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110805-8 / MHID: 0-07-110805-X [IE]
http://www.mhhe.com/seeleyess6 Part 3 Integration and Control
Designed for the one-semester course, Seeley/Stephens/Tate’s
Essentials of Anatomy and Physiology is written to allow instructors 9 The Senses
the ability to accomplish one overall goal: to teach the basics of A&P 10 The Endocrine System
while fostering the skill of problem solving. Through learning how Part 4 Maintenance of the Body
to solve problems and think critically, students learn A&P based on 11 Blood
two themes: the relationship between structure and function, and 12 Heart and Blood Vessels
homeostasis. 13 The Lymphatic System and Defenses Against Disease
14 The Respiratory System
CONTENTS 15 The Digestive System
1 Human Organism 16 Urinary System
2 Chemical Basis of Life Part 5 Reproduction
3 Cell Structures and Their Functions 17 The Reproductive Systems
4 Tissues, Glands, and Membranes 18 Pregnancy, Prenatal Development, and Genetics
5 Integumentary System Part 6 Study Guides
6 Skeletal System: Bones and Joints Appendix A Keys to Medical Terminology
7 Muscular System Appendix B Answers to Check Your Understanding Questions
8 Nervous System
9 Senses
24

One-Semester
Anatomy & Physiology - Lab NEW
LABORATORY MANUAL
TO ACCOMPANY HOLE’S
NEW ESSENTIALS OF HUMAN
10th Edition
WORKBOOK TO ACCOMPANY By Terry R. Martin, Kishwaukee College

2009 (February 2008) / 384 pages
REVEALED VERSION 2 CD
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-296567-4 / MHID: 0-07-296567-3
By Robert Broyles, Butler County Community This full-color manual is designed for students with minimal back-
College grounds in science who are pursuing careers in allied health fields.
Designed to support the tenth edition of Hole’s Essentials of Human
A&P by Shier, Butler, and Lewis, this manual contains 49 laboratory
exercises and reports, which are integrated closely to the textbook.
2009 (January 2008) / 480 pages Exercises are planned to illustrate and review the anatomical and
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-337814-5 / MHID: 0-07-337814-3 physiological facts and principles presented in the text and to help
students investigate some of these ideas in greater detail.
The Workbook to Accompany Anatomy and Physiology Revealed,
Version 2 by Robert Broyles is a workbook/study guide designed to
help students get the most they can out of the Anatomy and Physiology NEW TO THIS EDITION
Revealed (APR), and out of their anatomy and physiology course. The  To meet the request of many professors, a NEW Genetics lab
Table of Contents closely follows both the new DVD set and the online
has been added.
adaptation, and is organized along the lines of a typical Anatomy and
Physiology course. The individual exercises include art from APR and CONTENTS
also have review questions, tables, coloring exercises, terminology
quiz questions, and reminders on key content. Fundamentals of Human Anatomy and Physiology
1 Scientific Method and Measurements
NEW TO THIS EDITION 2 Body Organization and Terminology
3 Chemistry of Life
 A new chapter, Histology, has been added to this workbook, cor- 4 Care and Use of the Microscope
responding to the new content on histology in APR, Version 2. Cells
 A new chapter, The Integumentary System, has been included 5 Cell Structure and Function
in the workbook, correlating to the new section on the same in APR, 6 Movements Through Cell Membranes
Version 2. 7 Cell Cycle
Tissues
 New content on articulations has been added to the chapter on 8 Epithelial Tissues
the Skeletal System, reflecting similar updates to APR, Version 2. 9 Connective Tissues
 New content on insertions and origins has been included in The 10 Muscle and Nervous Tissues
Muscular System chapter, based on new additions to APR, Version Integumentary System
2. 11 Integumentary System
Skeletal System
 More coloring exercises on structure are included in the work- 12 Bone Structure
book. 13 Organization of the Skeleton
14 Skull
 All changes to the interface of version two of APR have conse-
15 Vertebral Column and Thoracic Cage
quently been noted and updated via directions to the student in the
16 Pectoral Girdle and Upper Limb
workbook.
17 Pelvic Girdle and Lower Limb
CONTENTS 18 Joint Structure and Movements
Muscular System
Chapter 1: Introduction: Becoming Familiar with Anatomy and Physi-
19 Skeletal Muscle Structure
ology Revealed
20 Muscles of the Face, Head, and Neck
Chapter 2: Histology (Detailed information to come)
21 Muscles of the Chest, Shoulder, and Upper Limb
Chapter 3: The Integumentary System (Detailed information to
22 Muscles of the Abdominal Wall and Pelvic Outlet
come)
23 Muscles of the Hip and Lower Limb
Chapter 4: The Skeletal System with Articulations (Detailed informa-
24 Surface Anatomy
tion on articulations to come)
Nervous System
Chapter 5: The Muscular System
25 Nervous Tissue and Nerves
Chapter 6: The Nervous System
26 Spinal Cord and Meninges
Chapter 7: The Cardiovascular System
27 Reflex Arc and Reflexes
Chapter 8: The Lymphatic System
28 Brain and Cranial Nerves
Chapter 9: The Respiratory System
29 Dissection of the Sheep Brain
Chapter 10: The Digestive System
Special Senses
Chapter 11: The Urinary System
30 Ear and Hearing
Chapter 12: The Reproductive System
31 Eye Structure
Chapter 13: The Endocrine System
25

32 Visual Tests and Demonstrations Exercise 20, The Physiology of Muscle Contraction: Using the Narco
Endocrine System Bio-Systems Physiograph
33 Endocrine Histology and Diabetic Physiology Exercise 21, The Physiology of Muscle Contraction: Using the In-
Cardiovascular System* telitool Physiograph
34 Blood Cells and Blood Typing Part 4, The Nervous System
35 Heart Structure Exercise 22, The Spinal Cord and Reflex Arcs
36 Cardiac Cycle Exercise 23, Brain Anatomy: External
37 Blood Vessel Structure, Arteries, and Veins Exercise 24, Brain Anatomy: Internal
38 Pulse Rate and Blood Pressure Exercise 25, The Eye
Lymphatic System Exercise 26, The Ear
39 Lymphatic System Part 5, The Circulatory System
Digestive System Exercise 27, Blood Tests
40 Digestive Organs Exercise 28, The Heart
41 Action of a Digestive Enzyme Exercise 29, Blood Vessels, Fetal Circulation, and Lymphatic System
Respiratory System Exercise 30, Cardiovascular Phenomena
42 Respiratory Organs Part 6, The Respiratory System
43 Breathing and Respiratory Volumes and Capacities Exercise 31, The Respiratory Organs
Urinary System Exercise 32, Respiratory Physiology
44 Kidney Structure Part 7, The Digestive System
45 Urinalysis Exercise 33, The Digestive Organs
Reproductive System Exercise 34, Digestio
46 Male Reproductive System Part 8, The Urinary System
47 Female Reproductive System Exercise 35, The Urinary System
48 Genetics Exercise 36, Urine and Urinalysis
*Supplemental Laboratory Exercise Part 9, The Endocrine and Reproductive Systems
49 Blood Testing--A Demonstration (this lab is available on the Shier Exercise 37, The Endocrine Glands
text website at aris.mhhe.com) Exercise 38, The Reproductive Organs Histology Atlas Laboratory
Appendix 1 Preparation of Solutions Reports
Appendix 2 Assessments of Laboratory Reports Appendix A: Caliberating the Physiograph
Appendix B: Sample Physiograph Records
Appendix C: Vital Capacities
Appendix D: Microorganisms
ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY LABORATORY

TEXTBOOK
Essentials Version, 4th Edition
By Stanley E Gunstream, Pasadena City College
LABORATORY MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY
2007 (Feb 2006) / 352 pages ESSENTIALS OF ANATOMY AND
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-246470-2 / MHID: 0-07-246470-4 PHYSIOLOGY
Gunstream’s manual presents the fundamentals of human anatomy
6th Edition
and physiology in an easy-to-read manner appropriate for allied By Kevin T Patton, St Charles Community College
health students. Designed especially for a one-semester course, the 2007 (May 2006) / 352 pages
Essentials Version features a concise writing style, 37 self-directing ISBN-13: 978-0-07-294594-2 / MHID: 0-07-294594-X
exercises, full-color photomicrographs in the Histology Atlas, and
numerous illustrations in each exercise. Kevin Patton divides the lab activities typically covered in A&P lab
into 42 subunits, allowing instructors the flexibility to choose the units
and sequence that integrates with lecture material. Basic content is
CONTENTS
introduced first, and gradually more complex activities are developed.
Part 1, Fundamentals Features include procedure check lists, coloring exercises, boxed
Exercise 1, Introduction to Human Anatomy hints, safety alerts, separate lab reports, and a full-color histology
Exercise 2, Body Organization mini-reference.
Exercise 3, The Microscope
Exercise 4, Cell Anatomy CONTENTS
Exercise 5, Mitotic Cell Division Welcome to Anatomy and Physiology Laboratory
Exercise 6, Diffusion and Osmosis Histology Minireference
Exercise 7, Epithelial and Connective Tissues The Basics
Exercise 8, The Integument 1 The Microscope
Part 2, The Skeletal System 2 Cell Anatomy
Exercise 9, The Skeletal Plan 3 Transport through Cell Membranes
Exercise 10, The Skull 4 The Cell’s Life Cycle
Exercise 11, The Vertebral Column and Thorax 5 Epithelial Tissue
Exercise 12, The Appendicular Skeleton 6 Connective Tissue
Exercise 13, Articulations 7 Muscle and Nerve Tissue
Part 3, The Muscle System 8 Organization of the Body
Exercise 14, Muscle Organization and Body Movements Support and Movement
Exercise 15, Head and Trunk Muscles 9 The Skin
Exercise 16, Muscles of the Upper Limb 10 Overview of the Skeleton
Exercise 17, Muscles of the Lower Limb 11 The Skull
Exercise 18, Muscle and Nerve Tissues 12 The Vertebral Column and Thoracic Cage
Exercise 19, The Nature of Muscle Contraction 13 The Appendicular Skeleton
26

14 Joints FEATURES
15 Organization of the Muscular System
16 Muscle Identification  A Problem-Solving theme ties the pedagogy in this first edition
17 Muscular Contractions all together. The Case in Point scenarios and the Clinical Relevance
Integration and Control readings are written to be consistent with the In-Text Review, Predict,
18 Nerves and Reflexes and Critical Thinking Questions. All of these elements are designed
19 The Spinal Cord and Spinal Nerves to encourage students to learn to think critically. In some cases they
20 The Brain and Cranial Nerves bring information from previous chapters together to address sample
21 The Eye and Vision problems and encourage more than just rote memorization.
22 The Ear, Hearing, and Equilibrium  A beautiful art program depicts and supports the textual copy,
23 Endocrine Glands including just the right amount of detail. Macro-to-micro drawings,
24 Hormones Regulation and Maintenance micrographs side by side with line art, up-to-date photographs,
25 Blood physiological Process Figures, and beautiful renderings of anatomi-
26 Structure of the Heart cal structures all work together to effectively illustrate anatomy and
27 Electrical Activity of the Heart physiology for students.
28 The Pulse and Blood Pressure
29 The Circulatory Pathway  Histology Tables are presented in table format to allow both
30 The Lymphatic System and Immunity descriptions and illustrations of the major tissue types found in the
31 Respiratory Structures body to be viewed together.
32 Pulmonary Volumes and Capacities  Homeostasis Figures succinctly map out key homeostatic events,
33 Digestive Structures giving students a brief, yet complete and effective summary of the
34 Enzymes and Digestion mechanisms described in the text. “Start Here” icons and color-coded
35 Urinary Structures 36 Urinalysis arrows to make it easier for students to follow the events occurring
Reproduction when a variable increases or decreases.
37 The Male Reproductive System
38 The Female Reproductive System  Process Figures provide well-organized, self-contained visual
39 Development explanations of how physiological mechanisms work. These help
40 Genetics and Heredity students learn physiological processes by combining illustrations with
Major Dissection parallel descriptions of the major steps of each process.
41 The Laboratory Rat
 Each of the “A Case in Point” Readings explain how material just
42 The Fetal Pig
presented in the text can be used in understanding anatomical and
43 The Human
physiological concepts, especially in a clinical setting. They are de-
Appendix
signed to be interesting as well as instructional because they present
information as small news-like clips taken from real life scenarios.
 Systems Interactions pages are found at the end of each system
chapter, and represent a condensed look at how each of the other body
systems are influenced by the system in that particular chapter.
 “Clinical Relevance” boxed essays include pathologies, current
Two-Semester Anatomy & research, sports medicine, exercise physiology, pharmacology and/or
clinical applications—all designed to not only illustrate the chapter
Physiology - Textbooks content but also to stimulate interest relevant to many student’s
future careers.
 A hallmark of the Seeley texts, critical thinking Predict Ques-
tions are embedded throughout each chapter, converting the passive
reader into an active learner by requiring them to use newly acquired
information to solve a problem. The answer to this kind of question is
not a mere restatement of a fact, but rather a prediction and analysis
NEW of the data, the synthesis of an experiment, or the evaluation and
weighing of important variables of a problem.
 Process Figures are self-contained art pieces that break down
SEELEY’S PRINCIPLES OF physiological processes into a series of smaller steps, allowing stu-
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY dents to track the key occurrences and learn them as they navigate
through the figure. Numbered steps are correlated to numbered
explanations.
By Philip Tate, Phoenix College, Rod Seeley and
Trent D Stephens of Idaho State University  In-text Review Questions follow major sections of text and help
students test comprehension before reading on in the chapter.
 The End-of-Chapter material includes a bulleted Chapter Sum-
mary; Review and Comprehension questions; and carefully con-
structed Critical Thinking questions.
2009 (January 2008)
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-722648-0 / MHID: 0-07-722648-8 CONTENTS
http://aris.mhhe.com 1. The Human Organism
2. The Chemical Basis of Life
This new textbook will compete in both the “slim” segment and the
3. Cell Structures and Their Functions
full two-semester market. It will be a briefer, less-expensive alterna-
tive for instructors who have always liked Seeley et al’s Anatomy and 4. Tissues, Glands, and Membranes
Physiology, but struggled with the depth of the textbook, covering all 5. Integumentary System
of the necessary basics of anatomy and physiology. 6. Histology and Physiology of Bones
7. Anatomy of Bones and Joints
27

8. Histology and Physiology of Muscles  Resource Reference Guide directs instructors to all relevant
9. Gross Anatomy and Functions of Muscles A& P resources for each Chapter of the text. -Bound into instructor’s
10. Functional Organization of Nervous Tissue copies, this foldout chart is indispensable for instructors planning
11. Peripheral and Central Nervous Systems their class lectures.
12. Integration of Sensory and Motor Functions
 Online Prep Center includes Digital Content Manager content.
13. Autonomic Nervous System
The digital assets formerly on this cross-platform CD-ROM are now
14. Special Senses
organized online and can be easily searched and downloaded. -Art
15. Endocrine System
Library: Full-color digital files of all illustrations in the book (745 im-
16. Blood
ages), plus the same art saved in gray scale (745 images). These
17. Heart
images are also pre-inserted into blank PowerPoint slides for ease of
18. Blood Vessels and Circulation
use. Unlabeled versions of 164 figures are included in both color and
19. Lymphatic System and Immunity
grayscale formats. -Photo Library: Digital files of 160 instructionally
20. Respiratory System
significant photographs from the text- including cadaver, bone, histol-
21. Digestive System
ogy, and surface anatomy images. Also includes 34 photos saved in
22. Nutrition, Metabolism, and Body Temperature
unlabeled versions. -Table Library: Every table that appears in the
23. Urinary System and Fluid Balance
text is provided in electronic form (195 tables). -PowerPoint Lecture
24. Reproductive System
Outlines: Ready-made presentations that combine art and lecture
25. Development, Growth, Aging, and Genetics
notes are provided for each of the 29 Chapters of the text. -Active
Art Library: 41 pieces included (30 new, book specific/11 repurposed
pieces from other texts) -Animations Library: 45 full-color animations
illustrating physiological processes are provided (30 new, book spe-
cific/15 repurposed animations from 6th edition).
NEW CONTENTS
Part 1 Organization of the Human Body
International Edition 1 The Human Organism
2 The Chemical Basis of Life
3 Cell Biology and Genetics
ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY 4 Histology: The Study of Tissues
8th Edition Part 2 Support and Movement
By Rod Seeley and Trent Stephens of Idaho State 6 Skeletal System: Bones and Bone Tissue
University and Philip Tate, Phoenix College 7 Skeletal System: Gross Anatomy
8 Articulations and Movement
9 Muscular System: Histology and Physiology
10 Muscular System: Gross Anatomy
Part 3 Integration and Control Systems
2008 (February 2007) 11 Functional Organization of Nervous Tissue
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-329368-4 / MHID: 0-07-329368-7 12 Spinal Cord and Spinal Nerves
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110210-0 / MHID: 0-07-110210-8 [IE] 13 Brain and Cranial Nerves
14 Integration of Nervous System Functions
http://aris.mhhe.com 15 The Special Senses 16 Autonomic Nervous System
Anatomy and Physiology is designed to help students develop a 17 Functional Organization of the Endocrine System
solid, basic understanding of anatomy and physiology without an 18 Endocrine Glands
encyclopedic presentation of detail. Great care has been taken to Part 4 Regulations and Maintenance
select important concepts and to perfectly describe the anatomy of 19 Cardiovascular System: Blood
cells, organs, and organ systems. The plan that has been followed for 20 Cardiovascular System: The Heart
eight editions of this text is to combine clear and accurate descriptions 21 Cardiovascular System: Peripheral Circulation and Regulation
of anatomy with precise explanations of how structures function and
22 Lymphatic System and Immunity
examples of how they work together to maintain life. To emphasize the
concepts of anatomy and physiology, the authors provide explanations 23 Respiratory System
of how the systems respond to aging, changes in physical activity, 24 Digestive System
and disease, with a special focus on homeostasis and the regulatory 25 Nutrition, Metabolism, and Temperature Regulation
mechanisms that maintain it. Timely and interesting examples dem- 26 Urinary System
onstrate the application of knowledge in a clinical context. 27 Water, Electrolytes, and Acid-Base Balance
Part 5 Reproduction and Development
NEW TO THIS EDITION 28 Reproductive System
29 Development, Growth, and Aging
 Comprehensive coverage without encyclopedic detail. Exam-
Appendix A Table of Measurements
ples include: Homeostasis Summaries-summarize entire process
Appendix B Scientific Notation
explained in susurrounding text. Tables with Illustrative Art. Process
Appendix C Solution Concentrations
Art.
Appendix D pH
 More Clinical Coverage--In direct response to reviewer feedback Appendix E Reference Laboratory Values
case studies have been added to the eighth edition. These will be an Appendix F Answers to Review and Comprehension Questions
excellent addition to the clinical material also found in the Homeosta- Appendix G Answers to Critical Thinking Questions
sis Summaries, Systems Pathology boxed readings, Clinical Asides, Appendix H Answers to Predict Questions
Clinical Focuses, NEW Clinical Genetics and/or Process Figures.
 New Genetic Material -Chapter 3 & 29 have been completely
rewritten to include new findings in this exciting and relevant field.
-New Genetics boxed readings address some of the most significant
discoveries and how they affect diseases.
28

International Edition International Edition

ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY HOLE’S HUMAN ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY
The Unity of Form and Function 11th Edition
By David N Shier, Washtenaw Community College, Jackie L Butler, Gray-
4th Edition son County College and Ricki Lewis, SUNY-at Albany
By Kenneth S Saladin, Georgia College and State University 2007 (March 2006)
2007 (August 2006) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-331609-3 / MHID: 0-07-331609-1 (with ARIS)
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-331608-6 / MHID: 0-07-331608-3 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110747-1 / MHID: 0-07-110747-9 [IE]
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110737-2 / MHID: 0-07-110737-1 [IE]
http://www.mhhe.com/shier11
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110804-1 / MHID: 0-07-110804-1
[IE with Aris Bi-Card] Shier et al., continue the unparalleled tradition of Hole in the 11th edi-
tion. Hole was created for the introductory level student and assumes
http://www.mhhe.com/saladin no prior science knowledge by placing emphasis on the fundamentals.
From the completely new, exceptional art program, to the complete This new edition updates a great A&P classic while offering greater ef-
integration of the text with technology, Saladin has formed a teach- ficiencies to the user. The 11th edition of Hole also offers never before
ing solution that will both motivate and enable your students to technology that combined with the text offer users an incredible Course
understand and appreciate the wonders of anatomy and physiology. Solution! Technology like Anatomy and Physiology Revealed and the
This distinctive text was developed to stand apart from all other A&P new online Homework Manager bring unprecedented opportunities
texts with unparalleled art, a writing style that has been acclaimed to the classroom whether on campus or at home!
by both users and reviewers and clinical coverage that offers the
perfect balance without being too much. Saladin’s well-accepted CONTENTS
organization of topics is based upon the most logical physiological Unit One Levels of Organization
ties between body systems. The text requires no prior knowledge of 1 Introduction to Human Anatomy and Physiology
college chemistry or cell biology, and is designed for a two-semester 2 Chemical Basis of Life
A&P college course.
3 Cells
4 Cellular Metabolism
CONTENTS
5 Tissues
Part 1 Organization of the Body Unit Two Support and Movement
1 Major Themes of Anatomy and Physiology 6 Skin and the Integumentary System
2 The Chemistry of Life 7 Skeletal System
3 Cellular Form and Function Joints of the Skeletal System
4 Genetics and Cellular Function 9 Muscular System
5 Histology Unit Three Integration and Coordination
Part 2 Support and Movement 10 Nervous System I: Basic Structure and Function
6 The Integumentary System 11 Nervous System II: Divisions of the Nervous System
7 Bone Tissue 12 Somatic and Special Senses
8 The Skeletal System 13 Endocrine System
9 Joints Unit Four Transport
10 The Muscular System 14 Blood
11 Muscular Tissue 15 Cardiovascular System
Part 3 Integration and Control 16 Lymphatic System and Immunity
12 Nervous Tissue Unit Five Absorption and Excretion
13 The Spinal Cord, Spinal Nerves, and Somatic Reflexes 17 Digestive System
14 The Brain and Cranial Nerves 18 Nutrition and Metabolism
15 The Autonomic Nervous System and Visceral Reflexes 19 Respiratory System
16 Sense Organs 20 Urinary System
17 The Endocrine System 21 Water, Electrolyte, and Acid-Base Balance
Part 4 Regulation and Maintenance Unit Six The Human Life Cycle
18 The Circulatory System: Blood 22 Reproductive System
19 The Circulatory System: The Heart 23 Pregnancy, Growth, and Development
20 The Circulatory System: Blood Vessels and Circulation 24 Genetics and Genomics
21 The Lymphatic and Immune Systems
23 The Urinary System
24 Water, Electrolyte, and Acid-Base Balance
25 The Digestive System
26 Nutrition and Metabolism
Part 5 Reproduction and Development
28 The Female Reproductive System course adoption only. Kindly contact your
29 Human Development local McGraw-Hill Representative or fax the
the back pages of this catalog.
Visit McGraw-Hill Education

COMPLIMENTARY COPIES
29

DICTIONARY OF BIOSCIENCE  More coloring exercises on structure are included in the work-
2nd Edition book.
By McGraw-Hill  All changes to the interface of version two of APR have conse-
2003 / 662 pages quently been noted and updated via directions to the student in the
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-141043-4 / MHID: 0-07-141043-0 workbook.
A Professional Publication
CONTENTS
CONTENTS Chapter 1: Introduction: Becoming Familiar with Anatomy and Physi-
Preface ology Revealed
Staff Chapter 2: Histology (Detailed information to come)
How to Use the Dictionary Chapter 3: The Integumentary System (Detailed information to
Fields and Their Scope come)
Pronunciation Key Chapter 4: The Skeletal System with Articulations (Detailed informa-
A-Z Terms tion on articulations to come)
Appendix Chapter 5: The Muscular System
Two-Semester
Anatomy & Physiology - Lab
NEW
NEW
LAB MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY SEELEY’S
PRINCIPLES OF ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY
By Eric Wise, Santa Barbara City College
WORKBOOK TO ACCOMPANY 2009 (March 2008) / 576 pages
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY ISBN-13: 978-0-07-721690-0 / MHID: 0-07-721690-3
REVEALED VERSION 2 CD Written by Eric Wise of Santa Barbara City College, this compre-
hensive manual contains 43 laboratory exercises that are integrated
closely with the textbook. Each exercise demonstrates key anatomical
By Robert Broyles, Butler County Community
College and physiological facts and principles presented in Seeley’s Principles
of Anatomy and Physiology by directing students to investigate specific
concepts in greater detail. An instructor’s manual for the laboratory
manual is available online at www.mhhe.com/labcentral.
2009 (January 2008) / 480 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-337814-5 / MHID: 0-07-337814-3 FEATURES
The Workbook to Accompany Anatomy and Physiology Revealed,  Step-by-step explanations and a complete materials list for
Version 2 by Robert Broyles is a workbook/study guide designed to each experiment.
help students get the most they can out of the Anatomy and Physiology
Revealed (APR), and out of their anatomy and physiology course. The  Precisely labeled, full-color drawings.
Table of Contents closely follows both the new DVD set and the online
adaptation, and is organized along the lines of a typical Anatomy and  Numerous full-color photomicrographs and dissection photo-
Physiology course. The individual exercises include art from APR and graphs.
quiz questions, and reminders on key content.  Self-contained presentations with the essential background
information needed to complete each exercise—material is not just
NEW TO THIS EDITION repeated from the text.
 A new chapter, Histology, has been added to this workbook, cor-  Integrated use of cat dissection specimen with material on hu-
responding to the new content on histology in APR, Version 2. man anatomy.
 A new chapter, The Integumentary System, has been included  Extensive lab reports at the end of every exercise challenge
in the workbook, correlating to the new section on the same in APR, students to review and apply what they have learned.
Version 2.  Data collection embedded in each exercise as opposed to in a
 New content on articulations has been added to the chapter on table at the back of the manual.
the Skeletal System, reflecting similar updates to APR, Version 2.  Laboratory Safety Guidelines prominently displayed on inside
 New content on insertions and origins has been included in front cover and caution symbols appear throughout manual where
The Muscular System chapter, based on new additions to APR, appropriate.
Version 2.
30

CONTENTS
1. Organs, Systems, and Organization of the Body
2. Microscopy
3. Cell Structure and Function
NEW
4. Tissues
5. Integumentary System
6. Introduction to the Skeletal System LABORATORY MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY
7. Appendicular Skeleton SEELEY’S ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
8. Axial Skeleton: Vertebrae, Ribs, Sternum, Hyoid 8th Edition
9. Axial Skeleton: Skull By Eric Wise, Santa Barbara City College
10. Articulations 2008 (March 2007) / 560 pages
11. Muscle Physiology
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-334725-7 / MHID: 0-07-334725-6
12. Introduction to the Study of Muscles and Muscles of the Shoulder
and Upper Extremity CONTENTS
13. Muscles of the Hip, Thigh, Leg, and Foot 1. Organs, Systems, and Organization of the Body
14. Muscles of the Head and Neck 2. Microscopy
15. Muscles of the Torso 3. Cell Structure and Function
16. Introduction to the Nervous System 4. Tissues
17. Brain and Cranial Nerves 5. Integumentary System
18. Spinal Cord and Somatic Nerves 6. Introduction to the Skeletal System
19. Nervous System Physiology: Stimuli and Reflexes 7. Appendicular Skeleton
20. Introduction to Sensory Receptors 8. Axial Skeleton: Vertebrae, Ribs, Sternum, Hyoid
21. Taste and Smell 9. Axial Skeleton: Skull
22. Eye and Vision 10. Articulations
23. Ear, Hearing, and Balance 11. Muscle Physiology
24. Endocrine System 12. Introduction to the Study of Muscles and Muscles of the Shoulder
25. Blood and Upper Extremity
26. Blood Tests and Typing 13. Muscles of the Hip, Thigh, Leg, and Foot
27. Structure of the Heart 14. Muscles of the Head and Neck
28. Electrical Conductivity of the Heart 15. Muscles of the Torso
29. Functions of the Heart 16. Introduction to the Nervous System
30. Introduction to Blood Vessels and Arteries of the Upper Body 17. Brain and Cranial Nerves
31. Arteries of the Lower Body 18. Spinal Cord and Somatic Nerves
32. Veins and Special Circulations 19. Nervous System Physiology: Stimuli and Reflexes
33. Function of Vessels and the Lymphatic System 20. Introduction to Sensory Receptors
34. Blood Vessels and Blood Pressure 21. Taste and Smell
35. Structure of the Respiratory System 22. Eye and Vision
36. Respiratory Function, Breathing, and Respiration 23. Ear, Hearing, and Balance
37. Physiology of Exercise and Pulmonary Health 24. Endocrine System
38. Anatomy of the Digestive System 25. Blood
39. Digestive Physiology 26. Blood Tests and Typing
40. Anatomy of the Urinary System 27. Structure of the Heart

41. Urinalysis 28. Electrical Conductivity of the Heart

42. Male Reproductive System 29. Functions of the Heart
43. Female Reproductive System Appendix A Measurement Conver- 30. Introduction to Blood Vessels and Arteries of the Upper Body
sions Appendix B Preparation of Materials Appendix C Lab Reports

31. Arteries of the Lower Body

Index 32. Veins and Special Circulations
33. Function of Vessels and the Lymphatic System
34. Blood Vessels and Blood Pressure
35. Structure of the Respiratory System
36. Respiratory Function, Breathing, and Respiration
37. Physiology of Exercise and Pulmonary Health
38. Anatomy of the Digestive System
39. Digestive Physiology

40. Anatomy of the Urinary System
41. Urinalysis
McGraw-Hill is interested in 42. Male Reproductive System
43. Female Reproductive System
reviewing manuscript for
Appendix A Measurement Conversions
publication. Please contact your Appendix B Preparation of Materials
local McGraw-Hill offi ce or email to Appendix C Lab Reports
asiapub@mcgraw-hill.com Index
Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)

Website: www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg
31

human anatomy & physiology 44 Arteries and Veins

laboratory manual 45 Fetal Pig Dissection: Cardiovascular System
Lymphatic System
Fetal Pig Dissection, 3rd Edition 46 Lymphatic System
By Terry R Martin, Kishwaukee College Digestive System
2007 (March 2006) / 496 pages 47 Digestive Organs
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-282734-7 / MHID: 0-07-282734-3 48 Fetal Pig Dissection: Digestive System
Human Anatomy and Physiology Laboratory Manual: Fetal Pig Dissec- 49 Action of a Digestive Enzyme
tion is designed for one- or two-semester A&P lab courses that utilize Respiratory System
the pig as the primary dissection specimen. This lab manual offers 50 Respiratory Organs
excellent, full color dissection photos of the fetal pig with matching, 51 Fetal Pig Dissection: Respiratory System
corresponding labeled art. Web site activities found in numerous labs 52 Breathing and Respiratory Volumes and Capacities
give students additional resources for learning. This laboratory manual 53 Control of Breathing
contains sixty-two laboratory exercises and reports. The exercises
Urinary System
illustrate and review anatomical and physiological facts and principles
presented in an A&P textbook and help students investigate these 54 Kidney Structure
ideas in greater detail. 55 Urinalysis
56 Fetal Pig Dissection: Urinary System
Contents Reproductive Systems and Development
57 Male Reproductive System
Fundamentals of Human Anatomy and Physiology
58 Female Reproductive System
1 Scientific Method and Measurements
59 Fetal Pig Dissection: Reproductive Systems
2 Body Organization and Terminology
60 Fertilization and Early Development
3 Chemistry of Life
61 Genetics
4 Care and Use of the Microscope
Online Laboratory Exercises
Cells
62 Skeletal Muscle Contractions
5 Cell Structure and Function
63 Nerve Impulse Stimulation
6 Movements Through Cell Membranes
64 Factors Affecting the Cardiac Cycle
7 Cell Cycle
Appendix 1 Preparation of Solutions
Tissues
Appendix 2 Assessments of Laboratory Reports
8 Epithelial Tissues
9 Connective Tissues
10 Muscle and Nervous Tissues
Integumentary System
Skeletal System
12 Bone Structure and Classification LABORATORY MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY
13 Organization of the Skeleton
14 Skull
HOLE’S HUMAN ANATOMY AND
15 Vertebral Column and Thoracic Cage PHYSIOLOGY
16 Pectoral Girdle and Upper Limb 11th Edition
17 Pelvic Girdle and Lower Limb By Terry R Martin, Kishwaukee College
18 Joints 2007 (March 2006) / 528 pages
Muscular System ISBN-13: 978-0-07-282957-0 / MHID: 0-07-282957-5
19 Skeletal Muscle Structure
20 Muscles of the Face, Head, and Neck http://www.mhhe.com/shier10
21 Muscles of the Chest, Shoulder, and Upper Limb This best-selling Laboratory Manual, written by Terry R. Martin, has
22 Muscles of the Deep Back, Abdominal Wall, and Pelvic Outlet 23 been updated throughout. The new 11th edition of this effective
Muscles of the Hip and Lower Limb manual is organized into units that correlate directly with the text
24 Fetal Pig Dissection: Musculature and include new and updated art to match Hole’s Human Anatomy
Nervous System and Physiology, 11e.
25 Nervous Tissue and Nerves
26 Meninges and Spinal Cord Contents
27 Reflex Arc and Reflexes Fundamentals of Human Anatomy and Physiology
28 Brain and Cranial Nerves 1 Scientific Method and Measurements
29 Dissection of the Sheep Brain 2 Body Organization and Terminology
Somatic and Special Senses 3 Chemistry of Life
30 Receptors and Somatic Senses 4 Care and Use of the Microscope
31 Smell and Taste Cells
32 Ear and Hearing 5 Cell Structure and Function
33 Equilibrium 6 Movements Through Cell Membranes
34 Eye Structure 7 Cell Cycle
35 Visual Tests and Demonstrations Tissues
Endocrine System 8 Epithelial Tissues
36 Endocrine Histology and Diabetic Physiology 9 Connective Tissues
Cardiovascular System 10 Muscle and Nervous Tissues
37 Blood Cells Integumentary System
38 Blood Testing – A Demonstration 11 Integumentary System
39 Blood Typing Skeletal System
40 Heart Structure 12 Bone Structure and Classification
41 Cardiac Cycle 13 Organization of the Skeleton
42 Blood Vessels 14 Skull
43 Pulse Rate and Blood Pressure 15 Vertebral Column and Thoracic Cage
32

16 Pectoral Girdle and Upper Limb ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY LABORATORY

17 Pelvic Girdle and Lower Limb MANUAL T/A SALADIN
18 Joints
Muscular System
4th Edition
19 Skeletal Muscle Structure By Eric Wise, Santa Barbara City College
20 Muscles of the Face, Head, and Neck 2007 (April 2006) / 672 pages
21 Muscles of the Chest, Shoulder, and Upper Limb ISBN-13: 978-0-07-287509-6 / MHID: 0-07-287509-7
22 Muscles of the Deep Back, Abdominal Wall, and Pelvic Outlet http://www.mhhe.com/saladin3
23 Muscles of the Hip and Lower Limb
24 Cat Dissection: Musculature This manual (utilizing the cat as the primary dissection specimen)
uses the same four-color art program as the fourth edition of Saladin’s
Nervous System
Anatomy & Physiology and follows the same order of presentation.
25 Nervous Tissue and Nerves The 47 exercises provide a comprehensive overview of the human
26 The Meninges and Spinal Cord body and present the core elements of the subject matter.
27 Reflex Arc and Reflexes
28 Brain and Cranial Nerves Contents
29 Dissection of the Sheep Brain
Laboratory Exercises
Somatic and Special Senses
1 Measurement in Science
30 Receptors and Somatic Senses
2 Organs, Systems, and Organization of the Body
31 Smell and Taste
3 Microscopy
32 Ear and Hearing
33 Equilibrium
5 Some Functions of Cell Membranes
34 Eye Structure
6 Tissues
35 Visual Tests and Demonstrations
Endocrine System
8 Introduction to the Skeletal System
36 Endocrine Histology and Diabetic Physiology
9 Appendicular Skeleton
Cardiovascular System
10 Axial Skeleton, Vertebrae, Ribs, Sternum, Hyoid
37 Blood Cells
11 Axial Skeleton--Skull
38 Blood Testing – A Demonstration
12 Articulations
39 Blood Typing
13 Introduction to the Study of Muscles and Muscles of the Shoulder
40 Heart Structure
and Arm
41 Cardiac Cycle
14 Muscles of the Forearm and Hand
42 Blood Vessels
15 Muscles of the Hip and Thigh
43 Pulse Rate and Blood Pressure
16 Muscles of the Leg and Foot
44 Arteries and Veins
17 Muscles of the Head and Neck
45 Cat Dissection: Cardiovascular System
18 Muscles of the Trunk
Lymphatic System
19 Muscle Physiology
46 Lymphatic System
20 Introduction to the Nervous System
Digestive System
21 Structure and Function of the Brain and Cranial Nerves
47 Digestive Organs
22 Structure and Function of the Spinal Cord and Nerves
48 Cat Dissection: Digestive System
23 Nervous System Physiology-Stimuli and Reflexes
49 Action of a Digestive Enzyme
24 Introduction to Sensory Receptors
Respiratory System
25 Taste and Smell
50 Respiratory Organs
26 Eye and Vision
51 Cat Dissection: Respiratory System
27 Ear, Hearing, and Balance
52 Breathing and Respiratory Volumes and Capacities
28 Endocrine System
53 Control of Breathing
29 Blood Cells
Urinary System
30 Blood Tests and Typing
54 Kidney Structure
31 Structure of the Heart
55 Urinalysis
32 Electrical Conductivity of the Heart
56 Cat Dissection: Urinary System
33 Functions of the Heart
Reproductive Systems and Development
34 Introduction to Blood Vessels and Arteries of the Upper Body
35 Arteries of the Lower Body
36 Veins and Fetal Circulation
59 Cat Dissection: Reproductive Systems
37 Functions of Vessels, Lymphatic System
60 Fertilization and Early Development
38 Blood Vessels and Blood Pressure
61 Genetics
39 Structure of the Respiratory System
Online Laboratory Exercises
40 Respiratory Function, Breathing, Respiration
62 Skeletal Muscle Contractions
41 Physiology of Exercise
63 Nerve Impulse Stimulation
42 Anatomy of the Digestive System
64 Factors Affecting the Cardiac Cycle
43 Digestive Physiology
Appendix 1 Preparation of Solutions
44 Urinary System
Appendix 2 Assessments of Laboratory Reports
45 Urinalysis
Appendix A Measurement Conversions
Appendix B Periodic Table of the Elements
Appendix C Preparation of Materials and Solutions
Appendix D Lab Reports
33

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY LABORATORY ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY LABORATORY

TEXTBOOK TEXTBOOK
Complete Version, 8th Edition Short Version, 8th Edition
By Harold Benson, Stanley Gunstream, Arthur Talaro and Kathleen By Harold Benson, Stanley Gunstream, Arthur Talaro and Kathleen
Talaro of Pasadena City College Talaro of Pasadena City College
2005 (Jan 2004) / 672 pages 2005 (March 2004) / 528 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-235107-1 / MHID: 0-07-235107-1 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-235109-5 / MHID: 0-07-235109-8
CONTENTS CONTENTS
Part 1 Some Fundamentals Part 1 Some Fundamentals
Part 2 Cells and Tissues 1 Anatomical Terminology
Part 3 The Skeletal System 2 Body Cavities & Membranes
Part 4 The Nerve-Muscle Relationship 3 Organ Systems: Rat Dissection
Part 5 Instrumentation Part 2 Cells & Tissues
Part 6 Skeletal Muscle Physiology 4 Microscopy
Part 7 The Major Skeletal Muscles 5 Basic Cell Structure
Part 8 The Nervous System 6 Mitosis 7 Osmosis & Cell Membrane Integrity
Part 9 The Sense Organs: The Histology Atlas 8 Epithelial Tissues
Part 10 Hematology 9 Connective Tissues
Part 11 The Cardiovascular System 10 The Integument
Part 12 The Respiratory System Part 3 The Skeletal System
Part 13 Autonomic Responses to Physical and Psychological Factors 11 The Skeletal Plan
Part 14 The Digestive System 12 The Skull
Part 15 The Excretory System 13 The Vertebral Column & Thorax
Part 16 The Endocrine and Reproductive Systems 14 The Appendicular Skeleton
Histology Self-Quizzes 15 Articulation
Answer Keys to Self-Quizzes Part 4 Skeletal Muscle Physiology
16 Electronic Instrumentation
17 Muscle Structure
18 Body Movements
19 Nerve and Muscle Tissues
20 The Neuromuscular Junction
21 The Physicochemical Nature of Muscle Contraction
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY LABORATORY 22 Muscle Contraction Experiments: Using Chart Recorders
TEXTBOOK 23 Muscle Contraction Experiments
Intermediate Version, CAT, 6th Edition 24 Electromyography
By Harold Benson, Stanley Gunstream, Arthur Talaro and Kathleen Part 5 The Major Skeletal Muscles
Talaro of Pasadena City College 25 Head and Neck Muscles
2005 (Feb 2004) / 560 pages 26 Trunk and Shoulder Muscles
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-247663-7 / MHID: 0-07-247663-X 27 Upper Extremity Muscles
28 Abdominal and Pelvic Muscles
CONTENTS 29 Lower Extremity Muscles
Part 1 Some Fundamentals Part 6 The Nervous System
Part 2 Cells and Tissues 30 The Spinal Cord, Spinal Nerves, and Reflex Arcs
Part 3 The Skeletal System 31 Somatic Reflexes
Part 4 Skeletal Muscle Physiology 32 The Patellar Reflex: A Computerized Evaluation
Part 5 The Major Skeletal Muscles 33 Brain Anatomy: External
Part 6 The Nervous System 34 Brain Anatomy: Internal
Part 7 The Sense Organs Part 7 The Sense Organs
The Histology Atlas 35 Anatomy of the Eye
Part 8 Hematology 36 Visual Tests
Part 9 The Cardiovascular System 37 The Ear: Its Role in Hearing
Part 10 Respiratory System 38 The Ear: Its Role in Equilibrium
Part 11 The Digestive System The Histology Atlas
Part 12 The Excretory System Part 8 Hematology
Part 13 The Endocrine and Reproductive Systems 39 A White Blood Cell Study: The Differential WBC Count
Histology Self-Quizzes 40 Total Blood Cell Counts
Answer Keys to Self-Quizzes 41 Hemoglobin Percentage Measurement
42 Packed Red Cell Volume Blood Typing
43 Coagulation Time
Part 9 The Circulatory System
44 Anatomy of the Heart
45 Cardiovasular sounds
46 Electrocardiogram Monitoring: Using Chart Recorders
47 Electrocardiogram Monitoring: Using Computerized Hardware
48 Pulse Monitoring
49 Blood Pressure Monitoring
50 Peripheral Circulation Control (Frog)
51 The Arteries and Veins
52 Fetal Circulation
53 The Lymphatic System and the Immune Response
34

One & Two - Semester

Part 10 The Respiratory System
54 The Respiratory Organs
Anatomy & Physiology

55 Hyperventilation and Rebreathing
56 The Diving Reflex
57 the Valsalva Maneuver
58 Spirometry: Lung Capacities Multimedia
59 Spirometry: The FEVt Test
60 Spirometry: Using Computerized Hardware
Part 11 The Digestive System
61 Anatomy of the Digestive System
62 The Chemistry of Hydrolysis
63 Factors Affecting Hydrolysis NEW
Part 12 The Excretory System
64 Anatomy of the Urinary System
65 Urine: Composition and Tests
Part 13 The Endocrine and Reproductive System ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY REVEALED
66 The Endocrine Glands VERSION 2.0 ONLINE
67 The Reproductive System By Medical College of Ohio
Laboratory Reports 2009 (January 2008)
Appendixes ISBN-13: 978-0-07-337803-9 / MHID: 0-07-337803-8
A Tables
B Solutions and Reagents Anatomy & Physiology Revealed is the ultimate interactive cadaver
C Tests and Methods dissection experience. This state-of-the-art program uses cadaver
photos combined with a layering technique that allows the student
D Physiograph Sample Records
to peel away layers of the human body to reveal structures beneath
E Microorganisms the surface. Anatomy & Physiology Revealed also offers animations,
F “Slife of Life” Bar Codes histologic and radiologic imaging, audio pronunciations, and a com-
prehensive quizzing tool. It can be used as part of any one or two
semester undergraduate anatomy & physiology or human anatomy
course; it is available as a stand-alone or can be combined with any
of McGraw-Hill’s Anatomy & Physiology textbooks.
BIOLOGY DEMYSTIFIED
By Dale Layman FEATURES
2003 / 401 pages  New Organ System Added -- The Integumentary System has
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-141040-3 / MHID: 0-07-141040-6 been added to the list of organ systems included in this program.
A Professional Publication All layers of the skin will be included and this new section will also
feature histology images and full coverage of the dermis, epidermis,
CONTENTS
hair shaft, specific glands, etc.
PREFACE
PART 1: GETTING READY FOR BIOLOGY  Expanded Skeletal and Joint Coverage -- The Skeletal System
Chapter 1. The Coming of Biology and Muscular System have been separated into each their own system
Chapter 2. Patterns of Life allowing for substantially expanded information to be provided in each.
Chapter 3. Evolution: From Dawn to Darwin Test: Part 1 The Skeletal System will now include full coverage of joint dissections.
PART 2: THE UNIVERSAL BUILDING BLOCKS OF LIFE 75 NEW photos of disarticulated bones have been added.
Chapter 4. Chemicals: The Tiniest Blocks  NEW Histology Section! -- Version 2.0 of Anatomy & Physiology
Chapter 5. Cells: The “Little Chambers” in Plants and Animals Test: Revealed includes a new button for histology views to support every
Part 2 body system. Students can access this information by clicking on the
PART 3: THE FIVE KINGDOMS OF LIFE, PLUS VIRUSES microscope icon located on the navigation bar.
Chapter 6. Bacteria and the “Homeless” Viruses
Chapter 7. The Protists: “First of All”  NEW! Expanded Quizzing Types and Options -- Physiology ani-
Chapter 8. The Fungi: Not Just Mushrooms! mation quizzes have been added to Skeletal, Muscular and Nervous
Chapter 9. The Plants: “Kings and Queens” of the World of Green Systems. In addition, the user can now select the number of questions
Chapter 10. Invertebrates As Special Animals: “Have You No he/she wants included in each quiz (10, 25 or ALL).
Spine?”
 NEW! Navigation and Interface changes!
Chapter 11. The Arthropods: No Jointed Backbone, but “Jointed
Feet”  System selection menu makes it easy to hop between sys-
Chapter 12. The Chordata: Animals with a “Chord” In Their “Back” tems.
Test: Part 3
 A new “Smart” (Google-like) search button has been added and
PART 4: ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF ANIMALS
integrated across all systems.
Chapter 13. Skins and Skeletons
Chapter 14. The Neuromuscular (Nerve-Muscle) Connection  Tags are now color coded. All tags pertaining to the given system
Chapter 15. Glands and Their Hormone Messengers are one color and reference structures that are not part of that system
Chapter 16. Blood and the Circulatory System are another color.
Chapter 17. Immune and Lymphatic Systems: “The Best Survival
Offense Is a Good Defense!” CONTENTS
Chapter 18. The Respiratory System: Breath of Life Integumentary System
Chapter 19. “Getting the Goodies”: Nutrition and the Digestive Skeletal System
System Muscular System
Chapter 20. Urine and (Gulp!) Sex in Animals Test: Part 4 Nervous System
Final Exam Endocrine System
Appendix: Answers to Quiz, Test, and Final Exam Questions Cardiovascular System
Index Respiratory System
35

Lymphatic System
Digestive System
Urinary System
Reproductive System
NEW
PH.I.L.S VERSION 3.0 CD-ROM

By Phillip J Stephens, Villanova University
2008 (July 2007)
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-334933-6 / MHID: 0-07-334933-X
NEW Ph.I.L.S (Physiology Interactive Lab Simulations) 3.0 offers a new
interface which makes it easier to maneuver throughout the system.
There are also new post lab quizzes offering more assessment op-
ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY REVEALED portunities! Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 is the perfect way to reinforce key physiology
VERSION 2.0 CD concepts with powerful lab experiments. Created by Dr. Phil Stephens
at Villanova University, this program offers 37 laboratory simulations
By Medical College of Ohio that may be used to supplement or substitute for wet labs. All 37 labs
2008 (July 2007) are self-contained experiments - no lengthy instruction manual re-
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-337807-7 / MHID: 0-07-337807-0 quired. Users can adjust variables, view outcomes, make predictions,
draw conclusions, and print lab reports. This easy-to-use software
Anatomy & Physiology Revealed is the ultimate interactive cadaver
offers the flexibility to change the parameters of the lab experiment
dissection experience. This state-of-the-art tutorial uses cadaver
- there is no limit!
photos combined with a layering technique that allows the student to
peel away layers of the human body to reveal structures beneath the
surface. Anatomy & Physiology Revealed offers animations, radio- FEATURES
logic imaging, audio pronunciations, and a comprehensive quizzing  Includes 37 Lab simulations - 12 NEW simulations!
tool. This tutorial can be used as part of any one or two semester
undergraduate Anatomy & Physiology course; it is available as a  New interface makes it easier to maneuver throughout the
stand-alone or can be combined with any of McGraw-Hill’s Anatomy system.
& Physiology textbooks.
 New post lab quizzes offer more assessment opportunities.
FEATURES
 Features
 New Organ System Added -- The Integumentary System has
 All 37 labs are self-contained experiments- no lengthy instruc-
been added to the list of organ systems included in this program.
tion manual required! And have printable lab reports with instructor
All layers of the skin will be included and this new section will also
answer key.
hair shaft, specific glands, etc.  Students can change the parameters or variables of the lab
experiments with no limits.
 Expanded Skeletal and Joint Coverage -- The Skeletal System
and Muscular System have been separated into each their own sys-  Students work through labs, adjust variables, view outcomes,
tem allowing for substantially expanded information to be provided in make predictions, and draw conclusions.
each. The Skeletal System will now include full coverage of joint dis-
sections. 75 NEW photos of disarticulated bones have been added. CONTENTS
Osmosis and Diffusion
 NEW Histology Section! -- Version 2.0 of Anatomy & Physiology
1. Varying Extracellular Concentration
Revealed includes a new button for histology views to support every
Metabolism
body system. Students can access this information by clicking on the
2. Size and Basal Metabolic Rate
microscope icon located on the navigation bar.
3. Cyanide and Electron Transport
 NEW! Expanded Quizzing Types and Options -- Physiology ani- Skeletal Muscle Function
mation quizzes have been added to Skeletal, Muscular and Nervous 4. Stimulus Dependent Force Generation
Systems. In addition, the user can now select the number of questions 5. The Length-Tension Relationship
he/she wants included in each quiz (10, 25 or ALL). 6. Principles of Summation and Tetanus
7. EMG and Twitch Amplitude
 NEW! Navigation and Interface changes! Resting Potentials
 A new “Smart” (google-like) search button has been added and 8. Resting Potential and External
integrated across all systems. Potassium Concentration
9. Resting Potential and External
 Tags are now color coded. All tags pertaining to the given sys- Sodium Concentration
tem one color and reference structures not part of that system are Action Potentials
another color. 10. The Compound Action Potential
11. Conduction Velocity and Temperature
CONTENTS
12. Action Potentials and Refractory Periods
Integumentary System 13. Measuring Ion Currents
Skeletal System Synaptic Potentials
Muscular System 14. Facilitation & Depression
Nervous System 15. Temporal Summation of EPSPs
Cardiovascular System 16. Spatial Summation of EPSPs
Lymphatic System Endocrine Function
Respiratory System 17. Thyroid Gland and Metabolic Rate
Urinary System Frog Heart Function
Digestive System 18. Thyroid and Chemical Effects
Endocrine System 19. Refractory Period of the Heart
Reproductive System 20. Starling’s Law of the Heart
36

21. Heart Block MEDIAPHYS VERSION 3.0

ECG and Heart Function An Introduction to Human Physiology,
22. ECG and Exercise
23. The Meaning of Heart Sounds
3rd Edition
24. ECG and Finger Pulse By Tom Stavraky, University of Western Ontario
25. Electrical Axis of the Heart 2006 (June 2005)
26. ECG and Heart Block ISBN-13: 978-0-07-294582-9 / MHID: 0-07-294582-6
27. Abnormal ECGs (Stand-Alone)
Circulation http://www.mhhe.com/mediacentral
28. Cooling and Peripheral Blood Flow
29. Blood Pressure and Gravity McGraw-Hill is proud to introduce MediaPhys 3.0, the most compre-
30. Blood Pressure and Body Position hensive physiology study tool available. MediaPhys is a multimedia
educational CD-ROM that offers cross-platform compatibility (Windows
Blood
or Macintosh systems). This dynamic program offers 16 complete
31. pH & Hb-oxygen Binding modules featuring detailed explanations, high-quality illustrations, and
32. DPG & Hb-oxygen Binding animations to provide students with a thorough introduction into the
Respiration world of physiology. MediaPhys is filled with interactive activities and
33. Altering Body Position quizzes to help reinforce physiology concepts that are often difficult
34. Altering Airway Volume to understand. Now students can learn and study on their own while
35. Exercise-Induced Changes using a powerful tool that challenges them to succeed!
36. Deep Breathing and Cardiac Function
Digestion CONTENTS
37. Glucose Transport 1. Introduction to Physiology
2. Body Fluids
3. Human Cell
4. Nerve Cells
5. Muscles
6. Nervous System
7. Sensory Systems
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY REVEALED CDS 8. Cardiovascular System I- The Heart
1-4 COMPLETE SERIES 9. Cardiovascular System II- Blood Vessels
By Medical College of Ohio 10. Respiratory System
2007 (May 2006) 11. Renal System, Water and Electrolyte Balance
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-321553-2 / MHID: 0-07-321553-8 12. Acid-Base Balance
13. Endocrine System
Anatomy & Physiology Revealed is the ultimate interactive cadaver 14. Reproductive System
dissection experience. This state-of-the-art tutorial uses cadaver
15. Digestive System
peel away layers of the human body to reveal structures beneath the 16. Metabolism
surface. Anatomy & Physiology Revealed offers animations, radio-
logic imaging, audio pronunciations, and a comprehensive quizzing
undergraduate Anatomy & Physiology course; it is available as a
stand-alone or can be combined with any of McGraw-Hill’s Anatomy
& Physiology textbooks.
CARDIOLOGY ATLAS CD-ROM
FEATURES 2nd Edition
 DISSECTION: Using actual cadaver photographs blended to- By Blausen Medical Communications
gether with a state of the art layering technique, Anatomy Revealed 2005 (September 2004)
allows students to partake in an interactive dissection of a human ISBN-13: 978-0-07-304272-5 / MHID: 0-07-304272-2
cadaver. Students can literally peel away layers of the human body
(Details unavailable at press time)
to reveal structures beneath the surface.
 ANIMATION: Compelling animations demonstrate muscle ac-
tions, clarify anatomical relationships, or explain difficult concepts.
 IMAGING: Labeled x-ray, MRI, and CAT scan images are avail-
able by system.
 SELF-TEST: Challenging quizzes allow students to test their HUMAN ATLAS (FORMERLY INTERACTIVE
ability to identify anatomical structures in a timed practical exam CLINICAL RESOURCE CD-ROM)
format.
2nd Edition
By Blausen Medical Communications
2005 (Jan 2005)
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-294580-5 / MHID: 0-07-294580-X
Created by Blausen Communications Inc., the Interactive Clinical
Resource CD-ROM offers NEW animations, one hundred and fifty
3D animations and 3D models of human disease and disorders. It
also contains 13 sections of clinical content (and nearly every body
system) including Urinary, Skeletal, Reproductive, Nervous, Muscular,
Immune, Digestive, Circulatory and Endocrine. The Interactive Clini-
cal Resource CD ROM may be used as a classroom lecture tool or
study guide for students post lecture. Students can use the Interactive
Clinical Resource CD-ROM to play the 3D animations, explore the
37

3D models, print the associated text and view the slides with labels Shoulder/back
and definitions of key structures related to the disease/disorder. Stu- Shoulder/back, deep
dents will learn how the various diseases/disorders affect the human Abdomen
body system along with possible treatments. The Interactive Clinical Arm, flexors
Resource CD-ROM is the perfect way to reinforce and relate the Arm, flexors, deep
physiological concepts taught in the classroom to real life.
Arm, extensors
Antebrachium, extensors
Hind region, lateral
Hind region, lateral, deep
Leg, medial
Leg, medial, deep
Shank, lateral
ORTHOPEDIC ATLAS CD-ROM Shank, medial Gastrointestinal System Mouth and Throat
2nd Edition Abdominal cavity, general view
By Blausen Medical Communications Liver
2005 (September 2004) Small intestines
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-304271-8 / MHID: 0-07-304271-4 Large intestines Respiratory System Larynx and Trachea
Lungs Cardiovascular System Cranial vessels, general view
(Details unavailable at press time) Cranial vessels, shoulder and arm
Caudal vessels, general view
Caudal vessels, hip and leg
Sheep heart, external view
Sheep heart, interior, right side
Sheep heart, interior, left side Urogenital System Reproductive
system, male
REPRODUCTION ATLAS CD-ROM Reproductive system, female
2nd Edition Sheep kidney Nervous System Sheep brain, lateral view
By Blausen Medical Communications Sheep brain, inferior view
Sheep brain, posterior view
2005 (Jan 205)
Sheep brain, sagital section
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-304273-2 / MHID: 0-07-304273-0
Sheep eye, external view
(Details unavailable at press time) Sheep eye, internal view
Inner ear (model)
VIRTUAL ANATOMY DISSECTION REVIEW

A&P ANIMATIONS COLLECTION (CD-ROM)
CD-ROM By McGraw-Hill
Version 2.0 2004
By John R. Waters, Pennsylvania State University – University Park ISBN-13: 978-0-07-288990-1 / MHID: 0-07-288990-X
2004
Enables instructors to demonstrate physiological processes in motion
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-297431-7 / MHID: 0-07-297431-1
by importing full-color animation files into classroom presentations or
(Stand-Alone Version) online course materials.
CONTENTS
Features
Skeletal System (Axial Skeleton) Skull, anterior view
Skull, lateral view  This CD-ROM contains three types of Animations (210 total),
Skull, inferior view covering key A&P concepts!
Skull, interior view
Atlas  Mac and PC compatible
Axis  Clinical Animations- 151 clinical animations highlighting human
Cervical vertebra diseases and disorders.
Thoracic vertebra
Lumbar vertebra  Interactive Physiology Animations- 29 interactive physiology
Sacrum animations based on the artwork from Vander (Widmaier) 9/e.
Sternum  Physiology Animations- 30 physiology animations based on the
Rib (Appendicular Skeleton) Clavicle artwork from McGraw-Hill’s market leading A&P texts.
Scapula
Humeus
Ulna
Radius
Wrist and Hand
Os coxa
Femur
Tibia
Fibula
Ankle and Foot Muscular System Chest
Chest, deep
Neck
38

Anatomy & Physiology

- Supplements NEW
ATLAS OF SKELETAL
MUSCLES
NEW 6th Edition
By Robert Stone and Judeith Stone of Suffolk

County Community College
WORKBOOK TO ACCOMPANY
REVEALED VERSION 2 CD 2009 (January 2008) / 256 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-304968-7 / MHID: 0-07-304968-9
College The 6th edition includes changes reflecting modern understanding,
terminology and teaching of the musculoskeletal system. There are
changes on 42 different pages including many new or enhanced notes
on function and 20 new descriptions or explanations of anatomical
2009 (January 2008) / 480 pages relationships.
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-337814-5 / MHID: 0-07-337814-3
The Workbook to Accompany Anatomy and Physiology Revealed, NEW TO THIS EDITION
 Major improvements in the 6th edition! The 6th edition includes
Revealed (APR), and out of their anatomy and physiology course. The changes reflecting modern understanding, terminology and teaching
Table of Contents closely follows both the new DVD set and the online of the musculoskeletal system. There are changes on 42 different
adaptation, and is organized along the lines of a typical Anatomy and pages including many new or enhanced notes on function and 20 new
Physiology course. The individual exercises include art from APR and descriptions or explanations of anatomical relationships.
quiz questions, and reminders on key content. A Summary of these changes are:
NEW TO THIS EDITION  Enhanced explanation of motions (e.g. captions of figs 2.19,
2.20)
 A new chapter, Histology, has been added to this workbook, cor-
responding to the new content on histology in APR, Version 2.  Many additional notes describing the relationships of muscles
tendons and nerves (e.g. VMO, page 180)
 A new chapter, The Integumentary System, has been included
in the workbook, correlating to the new section on the same in APR,  Helpful descriptions used in real classroom teaching (e.g. ana-
Version 2. tomical snuffbox, page 150, Tom, Dick and Harry, page 207)
 New content on articulations has been added to the chapter on  Updated terminology (e.g. fibularis for peroneus)
the Skeletal System, reflecting similar updates to APR, Version 2.  Several upgraded illustrations.(e.g. page 3)
 New content on insertions and origins has been included in The
CONTENTS
Muscular System chapter, based on new additions to APR, Version
2. Chapter 1: The Skeleton
Chapter 2: Movements of the Body
 More coloring exercises on structure are included in the work- Chapter 3: Muscles of the Face and Head
book. Chapter 4: Muscles of the Neck
Chapter 5: Muscles of the Trunk
Chapter 6: Muscles of the Shoulder and Arm
Chapter 7: Muscles of the Forearm and Hand
workbook.
Chapter 8: Muscles of the Hip and Thigh
CONTENTS Chapter 9: Muscles of the Leg and Foot
ology Revealed
Chapter 2: Histology (Detailed information to come) Complimentary desk copies are available for
Chapter 3: The Integumentary System (Detailed information to
course adoption only. Kindly contact your
come)
Chapter 4: The Skeletal System with Articulations (Detailed informa- local McGraw-Hill Representative or fax the
tion on articulations to come) Examination Copy Request Form available on
Chapter 5: The Muscular System the back pages of this catalog.
Chapter 8: The Lymphatic System Visit McGraw-Hill Education
Chapter 9: The Respiratory System Website: www.mheducation.com
39

SOLVE SALADIN: ANATOMY &

PHYSIOLOGY CROSSWORD PUZZLES
LABORATORY ATLAS OF ANATOMY AND SPECIALLY PREPARED FOR ANATOMY &
PHYSIOLOGY PHYSIOLOGY
5th Edition The Unity of Form and Function, 4th
By Douglas J Eder, Southern Illinois University, John W Bertram and Edition By Ken Saladin
Shari Lewis Kaminsky By Greg Reeder, Broward Community College
2007 (October 2005) / 192 pages 2007 (May 2006) / 200 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110648-0 / MHID: 0-07-110648-0 [IE] (Details unavailable at press time)
This full-color atlas is intended to effectively supplement the A&P
laboratory course and aid students in their studies. Eder’s high-qual-
ity visuals, in combination with its unique tables, make it a valuable
supplement in any lab course. Tables include terms and definitions
as well as descriptions of the origin, insertion, action, and innervation
of muscles. This atlas illustrates the dissection structures as they A VISUAL ATLAS FOR ANATOMY &
actually exist, so students will be able to easily recognize the parts PHYSIOLOGY TO ACCOMPANY SALADIN’S
when they are dissecting or taking an exam.
A&P
CONTENTS 3rd Edition
By McGraw-Hill
1 Histology
2004
2 Human Skeletal Anatomy
3 Human Muscular Anatomy ISBN-13: 978-0-07-294394-8 / MHID: 0-07-294394-7
4 Dissections CONTENTS
5 Reference Tables Unit 1 Axial Skeleton
Table 5.1 Structure and Function of Some Cellular Components Unit 2 Appendicular Skeleton
Table 5.2 Some Membrane Transport Processes Unit 3 Articulations
Table 5.3 Formed Elements of Blood Unit 4 Muscular System
Table 5.4 Terms for Bone Structure Unit 5 Nervous System
Table 5.5 Bones of the Human Skeleton Unit 6 Eye and Ear
Table 5.6 Comparison of Female and Male Skeletons Unit 7 Heart and Lungs
Table 5.7 Extrinsic Muscles of the Eye
Table 5.8 Facial Muscles
Table 5.9 Chewing Muscles
Table 5.10 Muscles of the Throat
Table 5.11 Muscles of the Tongue SCHAUM’S EASY OUTLINE OF HUMAN
Table 5.12 Muscles of the Pharynx and Palate
Table 5.13 Muscles That Move the Head
ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
Table 5.14 Muscles That Move the Shoulder By Kent M. Van De Graaff, Weber State University and R. Ward Rhees,
Brigham Young University—Provo
Table 5.15 Muscles That Move the Upper Arm
2001 / 160 pages
Table 5.16 Muscles That Move the Lower Arm
Table 5.17 Muscles That Move the Wrist and Hand ISBN-13: 978-0-07-136976-3 / MHID: 0-07-136976-7
Table 5.18 Muscles That Move the Chest Wall: Breathing A Schaum’s Publication
Table 5.19 Muscles That Move the Abdominal Wall http://doi.contentdirections.com
Table 5.20 Muscles of the Pelvic Floor: The Pelvic Diaphragm
Table 5.21 Muscles of the Vertebral Column: Muscles of Erect What could be better than the bestselling Schaum’s Outline series?
Posture For students looking for a quick nuts-and-bolts overview, it would have
to be Schaum’s Easy Outline series. Every book in this series is a
Table 5.22 Muscles Located in the Lateral Hip
pared-down, simplified, and tightly focused version of its predeces-
Table 5.23 Muscles Located in the Anterior Hip sor. With an emphasis on clarity and brevity, each new title features
Table 5.24 Muscles Located in the Posterior Hip a streamlined and updated format and the absolute essence of the
Table 5.25 Muscles Located in the Anterior Thigh subject, presented in a concise and readily understandable form.
Table 5.26 Muscles Located in the Medial Thigh Graphic elements such as sidebars, reader-alert icons, and boxed
Table 5.27 Muscles Located in the Posterior Thigh highlights stress selected points from the text, illuminate keys to learn-
Table 5.28 Muscles Located in the Lower Leg ing, and give students quick pointers to the essentials.
Table 5.29 The Cranial Nerves
Table 5.30 Spinal Nerves and Their Branches • Designed to appeal to underprepared students and readers turned
Table 5.31 Events of the Cardiac Cycle T off by dense text
able 5.32 Major Blood Vessels and Their Branches
• Cartoons, sidebars, icons, and other graphic pointers get the mate-
Table 5.33 Major Hormones of the Pituitary Gland rial across fast
6 Specialized Heart, Kidney, and Brain
• Concise text focuses on the essence of the subject
• Delivers expert help from teachers who are authorities in their

fields
• Perfect for last-minute test preparation
• So small and light that they fit in a backpack!
40

International Edition Human Anatomy - Textbooks

AN ATLAS TO HUMAN ANATOMY
By Dennis Strete, McLennan Community College
2000 / 208 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-697-38793-6 / MHID: 0-697-38793-3
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-115591-5 / MHID: 0-07-115591-0 [IE]
NEW
www.mhhe.com/biosci/abio
CONTENTS HUMAN ANATOMY
Part 1 Cells and Tissues 2nd Edition
Chapter 1 Anatomy at the Cellular Level
Chapter 2 Tissue Organization: Epithelial, Connective, Muscle, and By Michael McKinley, Glendale Community Col-
Nervous Tissue lege and Valerie O’Loughlin, Indiana University-
Part 2 Organ Systems Bloomington
Chapter 3 Integumentary System
Chapter 4 Skeletal System
Chapter 5 Muscular System
Chapter 6 Nervous System 2008 (October 2007)
Chapter 7 Special Senses: Olfactory, Gustation, Auditory, Visual ISBN-13: 978-0-07-721340-4 / MHID: 0-07-721340-8
Chapter 8 Endocrine System ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128320-5 / MHID: 0-07-128320-X [IE]
Chapter 9 Cardiovascular System
Chapter 10 Lymphatic System http://www.mhhe.com/mckinley2
Chapter 11 Respiratory System With its unrivaled art program and accessible writing style, McKinley/
Chapter 12 Digestive System O’Loughlin’s Human Anatomy stands apart from other anatomy texts.
Chapter 13 Urinary System High-quality photographs paired with brilliantly rendered illustrations
Chapter 14 Male Reproductive System help students visualize, understand, and appreciate the wonders of
Chapter 15 Female Reproductive System human anatomy. Student-friendly Study Tips, Clinical View boxes,
and progressive question sets motivate students to internalize and
apply what they’ve learned. The second edition has been refined
based on reviewer feedback to offer an even stronger version of this
highly acclaimed textbook.
FEATURES
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF HUMAN ANATOMY  A separate embryology chapter (Ch. 3). The inclusion of an
AND PHYSIOLOGY embryology chapter sets the stage for an appropriate discussion of
2nd Edition developmental anatomy. Knowing how the body forms is important
By Kent Van De Graaf, Brigham Young University in understanding structural organization. In addition, system-specific
embryology coverage is included in relevant chapters.
1997 / 453 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-066887-4 / MHID: 0-07-066887-6  Developmental anatomy topical theme integrated throughout
A Schaum’s Publication the text.
http://books.mcgraw-hill.com/cgi-bin/getbook.pl?=0070668876&adkey  Cutting–edge photo and art programs. For many students, an

=W02003 important part of their knowledge of anatomy emanates from excellent
photographs and art work with succinct, yet thorough descriptions.
CONTENTS Chapter pedagogy and textual content will developed around large
Introduction to the Human Body. teaching illustrations. The art program is also complemented with very
Cellular Chemistry. descriptive figure legends--such that they can stand on their own.
Cell Structure and Function.
 Special Topic Boxes will be utilized to describe in some detail
Tissues.
topics that are slightly clinically oriented (such as ‘Bell’s Palsy’ ), or
Integumentary System.
of general interest (such as ‘relationship of sun exposure to skin
Skeletal System.
cancer’).
Muscle Tissue and Mode of Contraction.
Muscular System.  Effective use of cadaver photos at strategic locations in specific
Nervous Tissue. chapters to enhance the artwork there and extend the learning capa-
Central Nervous System. bilities of the student. Interative CD can also have dissections on CD
Peripheral and Autonomic Nervous Systems. that directly correspond with presentation in the text.
Sensory Organs.
Endocrine System.  Clinical applications appear throughout. Each is isolated and
Cardiovascular System: Blood. identified with a symbol to indicate to the reader the nature of that
Cardiovascular System: The Heart. content material.
Cardiovascular System: Vessels and Blood Circulation.  Concept reinforcement:
Lymphatic System and Body Immunity.
Respiratory System.  Concept check questions at appropriate places through out the
Digestive System. text to permit the student to assess understanding.
Metabolism, Nutrition, and Temperature Regulation.  Critical thinking questions typically associated with a figure.
Urinary System. These will be used to stimulate the reader to assimilate text content
Water and Electrolyte Balance. and art work content to elevate understanding to a higher level.
Reproductive System.
41

 End of chapter summaries of the salient points presented signed for a one-semester college anatomy course, Saladin requires
throughout the chapter. It will be organized parallel to the organiza- no prior knowledge of college chemistry or cell biology.
tion of the chapter.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
 End of chapter questions prepared at different levels of un-
derstanding. Answers will be provided to students for immediate  Revamped Art Program--We’ve made this unparalleled, com-
feed-back. pletely digitized from the groundwork up, art program even better
with the use of a more colorful and 3-dimensional style; and many of
CONTENTS the figures will be larger than in previous editions.
1 A First Look at Anatomy  Anatomy & Physiology Revealed!--Anatomy & Physiology Re-
2 The Cell: Basic Unit of Structure and Function vealed! is a unique multimedia tool designed to help students learn
3 Embryology and review using a virtual human cadaver! Detailed cadaver photos
4 Tissue Level of Organization layered upon one another provide an interactive dissection experi-
5 Integumentary System ence! The program includes 5 major areas: dissections, animations,
Skeletal System imaging, anatomy terms and an incredible self testing program. All
6 Cartilage and Bone Connective Tissue sections combine to make study time efficient and lectures unforget-
7 Axial Skeleton table.
8 Appendicular Skeleton
9 Articulations  Correlations to Anatomy & Physiology Revealed! multimedia tool-
Muscular System -The new edition will feature basic Anatomy & Physiology Revealed!
10 Muscle Tissue and Organization correlations throughout the book, as well as specific correlations
11 Axial Muscles offered on the website.
12 Appendicular Muscles
 A.R.I.S.--McGraw-Hill’s ARIS (Assessment, Review, and Instruc-
13 Surface Anatomy
tion System) is an electronic homework and course management
Nervous System
system which is designed for greater flexibility, power, and ease of
14 Nervous Tissue
use than any other system. Homework is easy-to-assign, automati-
15 Brain and Cranial Nerves
cally graded, and recorded in a robust grade book. Instructors can
16 Spinal Cord and Spinal Nerves
even share their course materials and assignments with colleagues.
17 Pathways and Integrative Functions
Whether you are looking for a “ready-to-use-straight-out-of-the-box”
18 Autonomic Nervous System
system or one you can customize to fit your specific course needs,
19 Senses: General and Special
ARIS is your solution. Contact your local McGraw-Hill Publisher’s
20 Endocrine System
representative for more information on getting started with ARIS.
21 Blood  More Critical Thinking Questions--These new critical thinking
22 Heart questions are found near Figure Legends throughout the text.
23 Vessels and Circulation
24 Lymphatic System CONTENTS
25 Respiratory System Part One: Organization of the Human Body
26 Digestive System 1 The Study of Human Anatomy Atlas A Survey of the Human Body
27 Urinary System 2 Cytology—The Study of Cells
28 Reproductive System 3 Histology—The Study of Tissues
4 Human Development
Part Two: Support and Movement
6 Bone Tissue
7 The Axial Skeleton
NEW 8 The Appendicular Skeleton
9 Joints
International Edition 10 The Muscular System—Introduction
11 The Axial Musculature
HUMAN ANATOMY 12 The Appendicular Musculature Atlas B Surface Anatomy
Part Three: Integration and Control
2nd Edition 13 Nervous Tissue
14 The Spinal Cord and Spinal Nerves
By Kenneth S Saladin, Georgia College and State 15 The Brain and Cranial Nerves
University
16 The Autonomic Nervous System and Visceral Reflexes
17 Sense Organs
18 The Endocrine System
Part Four: Maintenance
19 The Circulatory System I—Blood
2008 (January 2007) / 864 pages 20 The Circulatory System II—The Heart
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-329369-1 / MHID: 0-07-329369-5 21 The Circulatory System III—Blood Vessels
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110209-4 / MHID: 0-07-110209-4 [IE] 22 The Lymphatic System and Immunity
http://aris.mhhe.com 24 The Digestive System
From the most pedagogically sound organization to the exceptional 25 The Urinary System
art, to the complete integration of the text with technology, Saladin has Part Five: Reproduction
formed a teaching system that will both motivate and enable students 26 The Reproductive System
to understand and appreciate the wonders of human anatomy. This
distinctive text was developed to stand apart from all other anatomy
texts with an approach borne out of 25 years of teaching, unparalleled
art, and a writing style that has been acclaimed by reviewers. De-
42

International Edition Human Anatomy Lab

HUMAN ANATOMY
6th Edition
By Kent Van De Graaf, Weber State University
2002
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-248665-0 / MHID: 0-07-248665-1 NEW
(Mandatory Package)
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-112284-9 / MHID: 0-07-112284-2 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/vdg
CONTENTS WORKBOOK TO ACCOMPANY
Historical Perspective: ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY
1 History of Anatomy Terminology, Organization, and the Human REVEALED VERSION 2 CD
Organism
2 Body Organization and Anatomical Nomenclature Microscopic By Robert Broyles, Butler County Community
Structure of the Body College
3 Cytology
4 Histology Support and Movement
5 Integumentary System 2009 (January 2008) / 480 pages
6 Skeletal System: Introduction and the Axial Skeleton ISBN-13: 978-0-07-337814-5 / MHID: 0-07-337814-3
7 Skeletal System: The Appendicular Skeleton
8 Articulations The Workbook to Accompany Anatomy and Physiology Revealed,
9 Muscular System
10 Surface and Regional Anatomy Integration and Coordination Revealed (APR), and out of their anatomy and physiology course. The
11 Nervous Tissue and the Central Nervous System Table of Contents closely follows both the new DVD set and the online
12 Peripheral Nervous System adaptation, and is organized along the lines of a typical Anatomy and
13 Autonomic Nervous System Physiology course. The individual exercises include art from APR and
14 Endocrine System also have review questions, tables, coloring exercises, terminology
15 Sensory Organs Maintenance of the Body quiz questions, and reminders on key content.
16 Circulatory System
17 Respiratory System NEW TO THIS EDITION
18 Digestive System
 A new chapter, Histology, has been added to this workbook, cor-
19 Urinary System Reproduction and Development
responding to the new content on histology in APR, Version 2.
21 Female Reproductive System  A new chapter, The Integumentary System, has been included
22 Developmental Anatomy, Postnatal Growth, and Inheritance in the workbook, correlating to the new section on the same in APR,
Appendix A Answers to Objective Questions with Explanations Version 2.
 New content on articulations has been added to the chapter on
the Skeletal System, reflecting similar updates to APR, Version 2.
 New content on insertions and origins has been included in The
Muscular System chapter, based on new additions to APR, Version
2.
 More coloring exercises on structure are included in the work-
book.
workbook.
CONTENTS
ology Revealed
reviewing manuscript for Chapter 2: Histology (Detailed information to come)
publication. Please contact your Chapter 3: The Integumentary System (Detailed information to
local McGraw-Hill offi ce or email to come)
asiapub@mcgraw-hill.com Chapter 4: The Skeletal System with Articulations (Detailed informa-
tion on articulations to come)
Chapter 5: The Muscular System
Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Chapter 6: The Nervous System
Website: www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg Chapter 7: The Cardiovascular System
43

 Each chapter includes a Pre-Laboratory Worksheet to prompt

students to review relevant background information prior to the lab
NEW session and a Post-Laboratory Worksheet to assess understanding
of lab activities.
 Lab exercises consistently incorporate surface anatomy observa-
tion and palpation activities to make anatomy relevant on a personal
level. Competing lab manuals typically isolate surface anatomy to a
HUMAN ANATOMY LAB single chapter.
MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY
HUMAN ANATOMY BY CONTENTS
MCKINLEY Chapter 1 The Human Anatomy Laboratory
Chapter 2 The Microscope
By Christine M Eckel, Salt Lake Community Chapter 3 Cellular Anatomy
Chapter 4 Introduction to Histology
College
Chapter 5 Integument
Chapter 6 The Skeletal System – Bone Anatomy
2008 (December 2007) / 544 pages Chapter 7 The Skeletal System –Axial Skeleton
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-286313-0 / MHID: 0-07-286313-7 Chapter 8 The Skeletal System –Appendicular Skeleton
Human Anatomy Laboratory Manual by Christine Eckel is a hands- Chapter 9 Arthrology
on learning tool designed to guide students through human anatomy Chapter 10 The Muscular System – Muscle Tissue
concepts through observation, touch, dissection, and practical activi- Chapter 11 The Muscular System – Axial Musculature
ties such as sketching, labeling, and coloring. Exquisite dissection Chapter 12 The Muscular System – Appendicular Musculature
photographs capture anatomical details, and a student-friendly writing Chapter 13 The Nervous System – Nervous Tissue
style uses relevant examples to engage students in concept appli- Chapter 14 The Nervous System – The Brain
cation. It focuses on human specimens, and also includes common
Chapter 15 The Nervous System –Cranial Nerves
animal specimens such as cow eye, sheep brain, and sheep heart.
This manual was expressly written to supplement and expand upon Chapter 16 The Nervous System – Spinal Cord and Spinal Nerves
content covered in the lecture course, not to repeat it. It accompa- Chapter 17 The Nervous System – General and Special Senses
nies McKinley/O’Loughlin Human Anatomy 2nd edition, but is also Chapter 18 The Endocrine System
a stand alone product that works well with any 1-semester human Chapter 19 The Cardiovascular System – Blood
anatomy text. Chapter 20 The Cardiovascular System – Heart
Chapter 21 The Cardiovascular System – Blood Vessels
FEATURES Chapter 22 The Lymphatic System
Chapter 23 The Respiratory System
 The Eckel lab manual emphasizes the cadaver as the main dem-
Chapter 24 The Digestive System
onstration specimen, and also includes activities and photos centered
Chapter 25 The Urinary System
around anatomical models as well as animal specimens such as fresh
Chapter 26 The Reproductive Systems
cow bone, cow eye, sheep brain, and sheep heart.
Appendix
 The manual includes Christine Eckel’s outstanding cadaver and Credits
animal dissection photos that surpass the quality of any other manual Index
on the market. She is an experienced cadaver prosectionist and bio-
medical photographer, and has dissected and photographed images
expressly designed to coordinate with her lab activities.
 The Eckel lab manual strives to avoid repeating textbook mate-
rial. It includes art and textual material that is unique to and geared
for laboratory use.
NEW
 Although it is intended primarily to accompany McKinley/
O’Loughlin Human Anatomy 2e, this laboratory manual is appropriate
REGIONAL HUMAN ANATOMY
for use with any 1-semester human anatomy text.
 The manual serves as a hands-on guide to learning human A Laboratory Workbook
anatomy through touch, dissection, critical thinking exercises, and ob- for use with Models and
servation. It includes numerous practical activities such as sketching,
labeling and coloring exercises, and table completion exercises.
Prosections, 3rd Edition
 Eckel is written in a student-friendly, conversational style that By Frederick Edward Grine, Stony Brook Univer-
incorporates analogies and everyday examples. Chapters begin with sity
captivating introductions that pique student interest in the topics to
be covered. Study Tips throughout the chapters provide practical,
student-oriented ideas for remembering information. 2008 (December 2006) / 416 pages
 The exercises in Eckel are presented as numbered modules ISBN-13: 978-0-07-305128-4 / MHID: 0-07-305128-4
and are divided into two main categories: Histology and Gross The Grine Lab Workbook is designed for the Human Anatomy Lab
Anatomy. course and takes a REGIONAL approach as opposed to a systems
approach. This approach is becoming more and more popular as
 Pedagogical devices applied throughout the lab manual include: a way to teach Human Anatomy. Instructors who use a lab book
chapter outlines with embedded learning objectives; pre- and post with a “regional approach” and combine it with a text that takes a
laboratory worksheets; What Do You Think? critical thinking questions; “systems” approach offer their students a combination that serves
Study Tip! boxes; Focus boxes; structure identification checklists; word to reinforce anatomical knowledge since it forces the student to see
origin guides; optional activities incorporating Anatomy & Physiol- each anatomical structure from two perspectives. Grine can be used
ogy Revealed; and various hands-on activities such as sketching, effectively in conjunction with a lab course that uses human cadav-
labeling, and coloring. ers since the content is presented in the regional sequence typically
practiced in dissection.
44

NEW TO THIS EDITION

 Currently, there is no other manual on the market that takes this NEW
approach that is NOT a dissection guide. This approach mimics the
dissection of a human cadaver, and the order of the Chapters is such
that most cadaveric dissections follow the same sequence.
HUMAN ANATOMY
 The regional perspective allows students to think about ana-
LABORATORY MANUAL
tomical structures (the heart for example) not only in terms of their
relationship within a body system (cardiovascular), but also in terms of 2nd Edition
their relationship to organs located in the immediate vicinity (thoracic
structures for example). By Eric Wise
 Exquisite collection of precisely rendered black and white illustra-

tions intended for students to color them in and add labels.
 Labels are keyed to text explanations, so student reads text and
then matches structure numbers to fill in the labels. 2008 (June 2007) / 320 pages
 Boxed activities including critical thinking questions, prompts to ISBN-13: 978-0-07-334720-2 / MHID: 0-07-334720-5
examine lab specimens or models, palpation exercises, etc. This laboratory manual is expressly written to coincide with the Chap-
ters of Human Anatomy, 2/e by Kenneth Saladin. This lab manual has
 Boxed clinical asides note important clinical connections. clear explanations of anatomy experiments. Other features include
a set of review questions at the end of each lab, plus numerous
CONTENTS outstanding color photographs and artwork.
Laboratory 1: Anatomical Terminology, General Osteology, and
General Arthrology 1.1 Anatomical Terminology 1.2 General Osteol- FEATURES
ogy 1.3 General Arthrology
 The cat is the main dissection specimen in this laboratory manual,
however, it is integrated with material on human anatomy, so that
Laboratory 2: The Back 2.1 The Integument 2.2 The Vertebral Col-
animals do not have to be relied upon as dissection specimens.
umn 2.3 Spinal Cord and Spinal Nerves 2.4 Muscles of the Back
 Instructors can down load Instructors Manual’s and other materi-
Laboratory 3: The Upper Limb 3.1 Bones of the Upper Limb 3.2 als at: www.mhhe.com/labcentral
Joints of the Upper Limb 3.3 Innervation of the Upper Limb 3.4 Muscles
of the Upper Limb 3.5 Blood Vessels of the Upper Limb  Review sections at the end of each exercise assist students in
assessing thier understanding. This lab manual includes about 20
Laboratory 4: The Lower Limb 4.1 Bones of the Lower Limb 4.2 review questions per exercise!
Joints of the Lower Limb 4.3 Innervation of the Lower Limb 4.4 Muscles  Review questions include short answer exercises as well as
of the Lower Limb 4.5 Blood Vessels of the Lower Limb application questions and labeling activities.
Laboratory 5: The Neck 5.1 Bones and Cartilages of the Neck 5.2  All experiments presented in numbered list format making it
Nerves of the Neck 5.3 Muscles of the Neck 5.4 Blood Vessels of the easier for students to follow the steps required to set up and complete
Neck 5.5 Thyroid and Parathyroid Glands each experiment.
 Collection of data is imbedded within each exercise as opposed
Laboratory 6: The Head 6.1 The Skull 6.2 The Dentition 6.3 Mus-
to a separate table in the back of the manual.
cles of the Head 6.4 Nasal and Oral Cavities 6.5 Blood Vessels of
the Head  Study Hints are located in selected exercises where additional
information is provided to help students comprehend and retain dif-
Laboratory 7: The Brain and Cranial Nerves 7.1 The Brain 7.2 ficult material presented.
Cranial Nerves
CONTENTS
Laboratory 8: The Eye and The Ear 8.1 The Eye 8.2 The Ear 1 Organs, Systems, and Organization of the Body
2 Microscopy
Laboratory 9: The Thorax 9.1 The Breast 9.2 The Thoracic Skel- 3 Cell Structure
eton 9.3 Skeletal Muscles of the Thorax 9.4 The Thoracic Cavity 4 Tissues
9.5 The Mediastinum 9.6 The Respiratory Apparatus 9.7 The Heart 5 Integumentary System
9.8 Lymphatics in the Thorax 9.9 Blood Vessels of the Thorax 9.10 6 Introduction to the Skeletal System
Nerves of the Thorax 7 Appendicular Skeleton
8 Axial Skeleton: Vertebrae, Ribs, Sternum, Hyoid
Laboratory 10: The Abdomen 10.1 The Abdominal Skeleton 10.2 9 Axial Skeleton--Skull
Skeletal Muscles of the Abdomen 10.3 Abdominal Cavity and peri- 10 Articulations
toneum 10.4 Digestive Canal and Organs 10.5 Blood Vessels of the 11 Introduction to the Study of Muscles and Muscles of the Shoulder
Gut 10.6 Lymphatic Organs and Lymph Drainage 10.7 The Kidneys and Upper Extremity
and Adrenal Glands 10.8 Gonadal Blood Vessels 10.9 Nerves in the 12 Muscles of the Hip, Thigh, Leg and Foot
Abdomen 13 Muscles of the Head and Neck
14 Muscles of the Torso
Laboratory 11: The Pelvis 11.1 The Pelvic Skeleton 11.2 Muscles of 15 Introduction to the Nervous System
the Pelvis 11.3 Peritoneum in the Pelvic Cavity 11.4 Common Pelvic 16 Brain and Cranial Nerves
Viscera 11.5 Male Genitalia 11.6 Female Genitalia 11.7 Blood Vessels 17 Spinal Cord and Somatic Nerves
of the Pelvis 11.8 Nerves of the Pelvis 18 Introduction to Sensory Receptors
19 Endocrine System
20 Blood Cells
21 The Heart
22 Introduction to Blood Vessels and Arteries of the Upper Body
45

Human Anatomy - Multimedia

23 Arteries of the Lower Body
24 Veins, Fetal Circulation, and the Lymphatic System
25 Respiratory System
26 Digestive System
27 Urinary System
Appendix Preparation of Materials
NEW
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY REVEALED

VERSION 2.0 ONLINE
HUMAN ANATOMY LABORATORY By Medical College of Ohio
2009 (January 2008)
TEXTBOOK
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-337803-9 / MHID: 0-07-337803-8
7th Edition
By Harold Benson and Kathleen Talaro of Pasadena City College Anatomy & Physiology Revealed is the ultimate interactive cadaver
dissection experience. This state-of-the-art program uses cadaver
2005 (May 2004) / 416 pages photos combined with a layering technique that allows the student
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-247579-1 / MHID: 0-07-247579-X to peel away layers of the human body to reveal structures beneath
CONTENTS the surface. Anatomy & Physiology Revealed also offers animations,
histologic and radiologic imaging, audio pronunciations, and a com-
1 Some Fundamentals prehensive quizzing tool. It can be used as part of any one or two
1 Anatomical Terminology 2 Body Cavities and Membranes 3 Organ semester undergraduate anatomy & physiology or human anatomy
Systems: Rat Dissection course; it is available as a stand-alone or can be combined with any
2 Cells and Tissues
4 Microscopy 5 Basic Cell Structure 6 Mitosis 7 Epithelial Tissues 8 FEATURES
Connective Tissues 9 The Integument  New Organ System Added -- The Integumentary System has
3 The Skeletal System All layers of the skin will be included and this new section will also
10 The Skeletal Plan 11 The Skull 12 The Vertebral Column and feature histology images and full coverage of the dermis, epidermis,
Thorax 13 The Appendicular Skeleton 14 Articulations hair shaft, specific glands, etc.
4 The Skeletal Muscles  Expanded Skeletal and Joint Coverage -- The Skeletal System
15 Muscle Tissue 16 Muscle Structure 17 Body Movements 18 Cat and Muscular System have been separated into each their own sys-
Dissection: Skin Removal 19 Head and Neck Muscles 20 Trunk and tem allowing for substantially expanded information to be provided in
Shoulder Muscles 21 Upper Extremity Muscles 22 Abdominal and each. The Skeletal System will now include full coverage of joint dis-
Pelvic Muscles 23 Lower Extremity Muscles sections. 75 NEW photos of disarticulated bones have been added.
24 Nerve Tissue 25 The Spinal Cord, Spinal Nerves, and Reflex Arcs
26 The Neuromuscular Junction 27 Brain Anatomy: External 28 Brain
Anatomy: Internal 29 The Eye 30 The Ear The Histology Atlas
 NEW! Expanded Quizzing Types and Options -- Physiology ani-
6 Metabolic Support mation quizzes have been added to Skeletal, Muscular and Nervous
31 The Blood 32 The Heart 33 The Arteries and Veins 34 Fetal Cir- Systems. In addition, the user can now select the number of questions
culation 35 The Lymphatic System and the Immune Response 36 he/she wants included in each quiz (10, 25 or ALL).
The Respiratory System 37 The Digestive System 38 The Urinary
System  NEW! Navigation and Interface changes!
 System selection menu makes it easy to hop between sys-
7 The Endocrine and Reproductive Systems tems.
39 The Endocrine System 40 The Reproductive System Histology
Self-Quizzes Laboratory Reports  A new “Smart” (Google-like) search button has been added and
Appendix A Answer Keys to Histology Self-Quizzes  Tags are now color coded. All tags pertaining to the given system
for
Appendix B Slice of Life Videodisc Directory are one color and reference structures that are not part of that system
r
are another color.
he
on CONTENTS
Integumentary System
Skeletal System
Muscular System
Nervous System
Endocrine System
ES Respiratory System
Lymphatic System
Digestive System
Urinary System
Reproductive System
46

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY REVEALED CDS

1-4 COMPLETE SERIES
NEW By Medical College of Ohio
2007 (May 2006)
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-321553-2 / MHID: 0-07-321553-8
ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY REVEALED Anatomy & Physiology Revealed is the ultimate interactive cadaver
VERSION 2.0 CD dissection experience. This state-of-the-art tutorial uses cadaver
By Medical College of Ohio
2008 (July 2007) surface. Anatomy & Physiology Revealed offers animations, radio-
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-337807-7 / MHID: 0-07-337807-0 logic imaging, audio pronunciations, and a comprehensive quizzing
Anatomy & Physiology Revealed is the ultimate interactive cadaver tool. This tutorial can be used as part of any one or two semester
dissection experience. This state-of-the-art tutorial uses cadaver undergraduate Anatomy & Physiology course; it is available as a
photos combined with a layering technique that allows the student to stand-alone or can be combined with any of McGraw-Hill’s Anatomy
peel away layers of the human body to reveal structures beneath the & Physiology textbooks.
surface. Anatomy & Physiology Revealed offers animations, radio-
logic imaging, audio pronunciations, and a comprehensive quizzing FEATURES
 DISSECTION: Using actual cadaver photographs blended to-
undergraduate Anatomy & Physiology course; it is available as a
stand-alone or can be combined with any of McGraw-Hill’s Anatomy gether with a state of the art layering technique, Anatomy Revealed
& Physiology textbooks. allows students to partake in an interactive dissection of a human
cadaver. Students can literally peel away layers of the human body
FEATURES to reveal structures beneath the surface.
 New Organ System Added -- The Integumentary System has  ANIMATION: Compelling animations demonstrate muscle ac-
been added to the list of organ systems included in this program. tions, clarify anatomical relationships, or explain difficult concepts.
All layers of the skin will be included and this new section will also  IMAGING: Labeled x-ray, MRI, and CAT scan images are avail-
feature histology images and full coverage of the dermis, epidermis, able by system.
 SELF-TEST: Challenging quizzes allow students to test their
 Expanded Skeletal and Joint Coverage -- The Skeletal System ability to identify anatomical structures in a timed practical exam
and Muscular System have been separated into each their own system format.
allowing for substantially expanded information to be provided in each.
The Skeletal System will now include full coverage of joint dissections.
75 NEW photos of disarticulated bones have been added.
microscope icon located on the navigation bar. A&P ANIMATIONS COLLECTION (CD-ROM)
By McGraw-Hill
2004
mation quizzes have been added to Skeletal, Muscular and Nervous
Systems. In addition, the user can now select the number of questions ISBN-13: 978-0-07-288990-1 / MHID: 0-07-288990-X
he/she wants included in each quiz (10, 25 or ALL). Enables instructors to demonstrate physiological processes in motion
 NEW! Navigation and Interface changes! online course materials.
 A new “Smart” (google-like) search button has been added and
integrated across all systems. FEATURES
 Tags are now color coded. All tags pertaining to the given sys-  This CD-ROM contains three types of Animations (210 total),
tem one color and reference structures not part of that system are covering key A&P concepts!
another color.  Mac and PC compatible
CONTENTS  Clinical Animations- 151 clinical animations highlighting human
Integumentary System diseases and disorders.
Skeletal System  Interactive Physiology Animations- 29 interactive physiology
Muscular System animations based on the artwork from Vander (Widmaier) 9/e.
Nervous System
Cardiovascular System  Physiology Animations- 30 physiology animations based on the
Lymphatic System artwork from McGraw-Hill’s market leading A&P texts.
Respiratory System
Urinary System
Digestive System
Endocrine System
Reproductive System
47

VIRTUAL ANATOMY DISSECTION REVIEW

CD-ROM Human Physiology - Textbooks
VERSION 2.0
By John R. Waters, Pennsylvania State University – University Park
2004
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-297431-7 / MHID: 0-07-297431-1
(Stand-Alone Version)
NEW
CONTENTS
Skeletal System (Axial Skeleton) Skull, anterior view
Skull, lateral view
Skull, inferior view
Skull, interior view FUNDAMENTALS OF HUMAN
Atlas PHYSIOLOGY
Axis
Cervical vertebra By Stuart Ira Fox, Los Angeles Pierce CLG
Thoracic vertebra
Lumbar vertebra
Sacrum
Sternum
Rib (Appendicular Skeleton) Clavicle
2009 (January 2008)
Scapula
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-722635-0 / MHID: 0-07-722635-6
Humeus
Ulna ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128791-3 / MHID: 0-07-128791-4 [IE]
Radius Fundamentals of Human Physiology was conceived to meet the
Wrist and Hand needs of students and professors struggling with the complexity and
Os coxa depth of the larger, more detailed human physiology textbooks cur-
Femur rently available. In addition to being more concise and focusing on
Tibia the basics of human physiology, this text is smaller in physical size,
allowing for a cheaper, easier choice for instructors.
Fibula
Ankle and Foot Muscular System Chest
FEATURES
Chest, deep
Neck  Proven author Stuart Fox is known for his accessible writing style
Shoulder/back and years of classroom experience.
Shoulder/back, deep
Abdomen  Clinical Investigation Case Studies are based on homeostasis
Arm, flexors and appear at the beginning of every chapter. These are coupled with
Arm, flexors, deep a brief scenario that describes what happens if homeostasis fails.
Arm, extensors  Clinical Investigation Clues throughout the rest of the chapter
Antebrachium, extensors point out material relevant to the initial case study, increasing com-
Hind region, lateral prehension through application.
Hind region, lateral, deep
Leg, medial  Select “Pyramid Paragraphs” alert students that the information
Leg, medial, deep about to be presented is a key building block or fundamental concept
Shank, lateral that future physiological topics will be built upon.
Shank, medial Gastrointestinal System Mouth and Throat  A special “Chemistry Refresher” in Chapter 1 allows students
Abdominal cavity, general view with prior knowledge to review chemistry basics; students with no
Liver chemistry prerequisite can read the entire chapter.
Small intestines
Large intestines Respiratory System Larynx and Trachea  “Before You Read On” questions test comprehension after major
Lungs Cardiovascular System Cranial vessels, general view sections of the chapter text.
Cranial vessels, shoulder and arm
 “Clinical Applications” boxes emphasize relevance of chapter
Caudal vessels, general view
topics via clinical examples.
Caudal vessels, hip and leg
Sheep heart, external view  Readings entitled “Physiology in Health and Disease” build on
Sheep heart, interior, right side chapter content and offer more in-depth clinical detail.
Sheep heart, interior, left side Urogenital System Reproductive
system, male  “FYI” footnotes engage student interest and present interesting
facts connected to chapter content.
Reproductive system, female
Sheep kidney Nervous System Sheep brain, lateral view  End-of-chapter review questions build in complexity based on
Sheep brain, inferior view Bloom’s taxonomy.
Sheep brain, posterior view
Sheep brain, sagital section  “Physiology in Balance” pages close every chapter and illustrate
Sheep eye, external view how the chapter relates to other chapters, emphasizing once again
Sheep eye, internal view the importance of homeostasis.
Inner ear (model)
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Human Physiology
2. From Cells to Systems
3. Interactions Between Cells and Their Environment
4. Nervous System: Neurons and Synapses
48

5. Central Nervous System clarity and ease of learning.

6. Peripheral Nervous System
7. Sensory System CONTENTS
8. Endocrine System Homeostasis: A Framework for Human Physiology
9. Muscle Physiology Chemical Composition of the Body
10. Blood and Circulation Cellular structure, proteins, and Metabolism
11. The Immune System Movement of Molecules Across Cell Membranes
12. The Lungs, Gas Transport, and Acid/Base Balance Control of Cells by Chemical Messengers
13. The Kidneys and Urinary System Neuronal Signaling and the Structure of the Nervous System
14. The Digestive System Sensory Physiology
15. The Reproductive System Consciousness, the Brain, and Behavior
Appendix 1: Calculations of chemical concentrations. Muscle
Appendix 2: Pathways of cell respiration. Control of Body Movement
Appendix 3: Mathematical concepts of selected topics in physiol- The Endocrine System
ogy. Cardiovascular Physiology
Appendix 4: Answers to multiple choice questions. Respiratory Physiology
The Kidneys and Regulation of Water and Inorganic Ions
The Digestion and Absorption of Food
Regulation of Organic Metabolism and Energy Balance
Reproduction
Defense Mechanisms of the Body
Medical Physiology: Integration Using Clinical Cases
NEW
VANDER’S HUMAN
PHYSIOLOGY NEW
The Mechanisms of Body International Edition
Function with ARIS,
11th Edition
By Eric P Widmaier, Boston University, Hershel HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY
Raff, Medical College of Wisconsin and Kevin T
Strang, University of Wisconsin Madison 10th Edition
2008 (November 2007) By Stuart Ira Fox, Los Angeles Pierce CLG
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-721609-2 / MHID: 0-07-721609-1
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128366-3 / MHID: 0-07-128366-8 [IE]
http://www.mhhe.com/widmaier11e
Eric Widmaier (Boston University), Hershel Raff (Medical College of 2008 (January 2007) / 800 pages
Wisconsin), and Kevin Strang (University of Wisconsin) have taken on ISBN-13: 978-0-07-331293-4 / MHID: 0-07-331293-2
the challenge of maintaining the strengths and reputation of Vander’s
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110207-0 / MHID: 0-07-110207-8 [IE]
Human Physiology: The Mechanisms of Body Function. Moving be-
yond the listing of mere facts, it stressed the causal chains of events http://aris.mhhe.com
that constitute the mechanisms of body function. The fundamental
purpose of this textbook is to present the principles and facts of human Human Physiology, Tenth Edition, is intended for the one-semester
physiology in a format that is suitable for undergraduates regardless Human Physiology course often taken by allied health and other
of academic background or field of study. Vander’s Human Physiol- biology students. The beginning Chapters introduce basic chemical
ogy, eleventh edition, carries on the tradition of clarity and accuracy, and biological concepts to provide students with the framework they
while refining and updating the content to meet the needs of today’s need to comprehend physiological principles. The Chapters that follow
instructors and students. The eleventh edition features a streamlined, promote conceptual understanding rather than rote memorization of
clinically oriented focus to the study of human body systems. It has facts. Health applications are included throughout the book to heighten
also responded to reviewer requests for more clinical applications. interest, deepen understanding of physiological concepts, and help
Chapter 19 is new and contains three complete case studies. Physi- students relate the material to their individual career goals. Every
ology Inquiries have also been added to many figures throughout effort has been made to help students integrate related concepts
the chapters. These critical-thinking questions are just one more and understand the relationships between anatomical structures
opportunity to add to the student’s learning experience. and their functions.
NEW TO THIS EDITION NEW TO THIS EDITION
 New Chapter 19 - In response to reviewer requests for more  Inovative Clinical Pedagogical Techniques--The innovative peda-
clinical applications, a new chapter has been added. It contains three gogical techniques utilized in Human Physiology helps students to
indepth clinical case studies using integrative, whole-body responses make the most of the information in the text. Each Chapter includes
to challenges involving homeostasis of the human body --- three the following clinical learning aids:
complete clinical case studies.
1) “Clinical Investigations” are brief case studies presented at the
 Physiological Inquiries - You will now find critical-thinking and beginning of the Chapters to present a fascinating puzzle. Clues to
quantitative based questions integrated into many figures found in solving the case are given along the way, as each relevant piece of
information is presented.
each chapter.
 Section on Calcium Homeostasis Moved to Chapter 11 - In re- 2) “Clinical and Fitness Applications” boxes help students understand
sponse to reviewer requests, this section has been moved to improve physiological concepts through medical and exercise applications.
49

Human Physiology Lab

 A new and updated art program helps clarify difficult concepts.
18 new figures and 3 new tables are indcluded in the text. The new
figures are: 1.6, 1.24, 5.1, 6.18, 6.27, 6.29, 6.30, 7.15, 7.16, 7.25,
8.24, 10.11, 10.22, 11.12, 12.17, 12.23, 14.13, 16.36, 16.43
 Revisions and content updates have been made in every Chap-

ter, keeping the text current with the latest research, and incorporating
new and recently modified physiological concepts. NEW
 New Text Specific Website!--McGraw-Hill’s ARIS (Assessment,
Review, and Instruction System) is an electronic homework and
course management system which is designed for greater flex-
ibility, power, and ease of use than any other system. Homework LABORATORY EXERCISES IN
is easy-to-assign, automatically graded, and recorded in a robust
grade book. Instructors can even share their course materials and
HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY
assignments with colleagues. Whether you are looking for a “ready- A Clinical and Experimental
to-use-straight-out-of-the-box” system or one you can customize to Approach with Ph.I.L.S. 3.0,
fit your specific course needs, ARIS is your solution. Contact your 2nd Edition
local McGraw-Hill Publisher’s representative for more information on By William Lutterschmidt and Deborah Lutter-
getting started with ARIS. schmidt, Oregon State University
CONTENTS
2009 (January 2008)
1 The Study of Body Function2 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-722973-3 / MHID: 0-07-722973-8
Chemical Composition of the Body
3 Cell Structure and Genetic Control This stand-alone laboratory text has been developed as an intro-
duction to fundamental concepts in physiology. The text has been
4 Enzymes and Energy
designed to emphasize an experimental approach to teaching physi-
5 Cell Respiration and Metabolism ology and is therefore designed for a particular type of student and
6 Interactions Between Cells and the Extracellular Environment curriculum. Many of the exercises will help students develop their
7 The Nervous System: Neurons and Synapses clinical knowledge of physiology, plus help them gain an appreciation
8 The Central Nervous System for the clinical techniques as would be needed by students studying
9 The Autonomic Nervous System nursing, physical therapy, and other health-oriented fields. Although
10 Sensory Physiology this laboratory text may be used independently, its presentation and
11 Endocrine Glands: Secretion and Action of Hormones formal of material will closely follow that of Vander’s Human Physiol-
12 Muscle: Mechanisms of Contraction and Neural Control ogy, 11th Edition.
13 Blood, Heart and Circulation
14 Cardio Output, Blood Flow, and Blood Pressure NEW TO THIS EDITION
15 The Immune System  Exercise on Scientific Investigation -- A Laboratory exercise on
16 Respiratory Physiology Scientific Investigation is included to introduce basic data analyses
17 Physiology of the Kidneys used in physiology. Each laboratory exercise is also organized in a
18 The Digestive System format of a scientific publication having An Introduction, Materials and
19 Regulation of Metabolism Methods, Results, and Discussion sections.
20 Reproduction
Appendix A Solutions to Clinical Investigations  Pre-Lab Exercises -- Each laboratory presents an introduction
Appendix B Answers to Test Your Knowledge of Terms and Facts and a series of pre-lab exercises that students should complete before
Questions each laboratory session. These pre-lab exercises may be collected
by the instructor at the beginning of the laboratory session in addi-
tion to or in lieu of a pre-lab quiz. A brief introduction to the exercise
presents the essential information for understanding the physiological
significance of each laboratory.
 Offering “Comparative Notes” -- The study of physiology is
most intriguing to both students and instructors when particular
physiological processes are placed in the broader context of physi-
ological adaptation. Each lab exercises offers a “Comparative Note”
to introduce the student to a variety of physiological solutions to the

unique challenges of a species’ environment.
McGraw-Hill is interested in  Expectations Clearly Defined -- Each laboratory has a clear and
reviewing manuscript for consistent organization: A concise statement of Purpose, Learning
Objectives, Materials List, and a brief Introduction.
publication. Please contact your
local McGraw-Hill offi ce or email to  Physiology Interactive Lab Simulations (Ph.I.L.S.) 3.0 -- This
asiapub@mcgraw-hill.com laboratory text utilizes Ph.I.L.S. where no appropriate alternative to
classical animal-based experiments are available.
Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)  Lab Reports -- A laboratory report follows each exercise to
examine a student’s understanding of the physiological concepts
Website: www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg investigated in the laboratory.
 Instructor’s Manual -- An instructor’s manual is provided online
at www.mhhe.com/lutterschmidt1. Simply contact your local Mc-
Graw-Hill sales representative to obtain the appropriate user name
and password.
50

 Artwork corresponds to Vander’s Human Physiology 11th edi- CONTENTS

tion. Chapter 1: Introduction: Becoming Familiar with Anatomy and Physi-
ology Revealed
CONTENTS
Chapter 2: Histology (Detailed information to come)
1 Scientific Investigation Chapter 3: The Integumentary System (Detailed information to
2 Homeostasis come)
3 Diffusion, Osmosis, and Tonicity Chapter 4: The Skeletal System with Articulations (Detailed informa-
4 Enzyme Activity tion on articulations to come)
5 Action Potentials Chapter 5: The Muscular System
6 Reflexes Chapter 6: The Nervous System
7 Sensory Physiology Chapter 7: The Cardiovascular System
8 Functional Anatomy of Muscle and Mechanics of Contraction Chapter 8: The Lymphatic System
9 Physiology of Muscle Contraction Chapter 9: The Respiratory System
10 Endocrine Physiology Chapter 10: The Digestive System
11 Cardiovascular Physiology Chapter 11: The Urinary System
12 Physiology of Blood Chapter 12: The Reproductive System
13 Respiratory Physiology Chapter 13: The Endocrine System
14 Renal Physiology
15 Metabolic Rate
NEW
NEW
REVEALED
REVEALED VERSION 2 CD By Robert Broyles, Butler County Community
College
College
2008 (January 2007) / 480 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-340354-0 / MHID: 0-07-340354-7
2009 (January 2008) / 480 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-337814-5 / MHID: 0-07-337814-3 The Workbook to Accompany Anatomy and Physiology Revealed by
Robert Broyles is a workbook/study guide designed to help students
The Workbook to Accompany Anatomy and Physiology Revealed, get the most they can out of the Anatomy and Physiology Revealed
Version 2 by Robert Broyles is a workbook/study guide designed to (APR) CD, and out of their anatomy and physiology course. The Table
help students get the most they can out of the Anatomy and Physiology of Contents closely follows the 4-CD APR set and is organized along
Revealed (APR), and out of their anatomy and physiology course. The the lines of a typical Anatomy and Physiology course. The individual
Table of Contents closely follows both the new DVD set and the online exercises include art from APR and also have review questions, tables,
adaptation, and is organized along the lines of a typical Anatomy and terminology quiz questions, and reminders on key content.
Physiology course. The individual exercises include art from APR and
also have review questions, tables, coloring exercises, terminology FEATURES
quiz questions, and reminders on key content.
 The inside front cover includes a step-by-step quick reference
NEW TO THIS EDITION chart covering the initial steps needed to access main sections of
APR. The author refers students back to this chart when appropriate
 A new chapter, Histology, has been added to this workbook, cor- at different points in the workbook.
responding to the new content on histology in APR, Version 2.
 Each Chapter is numbered; exercises reflect the Chapter number,
 A new chapter, The Integumentary System, has been included followed by the sequential exercise number (e.g. Exercise 4.1, Ex-
in the workbook, correlating to the new section on the same in APR, ercise 4.2, etc.), making it easy for instructors to assign portions of
Version 2. the workbook.
 New content on articulations has been added to the chapter on  The introductory Chapter includes an overview of tools, views,
the Skeletal System, reflecting similar updates to APR, Version 2. etc., to help students navigate within APR.
 New content on insertions and origins has been included in The  “Check Point” questions within many of the exercises help
Muscular System chapter, based on new additions to APR, Version students make the connection between content in APR and lec-
2. ture/lab.
 More coloring exercises on structure are included in the work-  “Heads-Up” notes let students know that the content is important
book. and related to information or exercises to come.
 All changes to the interface of version two of APR have conse-  Many exercises include tables to help students visually compre-
quently been noted and updated via directions to the student in the hend various anatomical groupings. A “Bonus Question” on root words
workbook. and/or terminology is included at the end of the tables.
51

 The workbook includes coloring figures to identify bony land- CONTENTS

marks. 1 Introduction: Structure and Physiological Control Systems
 “What Have I Learned?” questions summarize each exercise 2 Cell Function and Biochemical Measurements
and may be assigned as a quiz or homework activity. 3 The Nervous System and Sensory Physiology
CONTENTS 5 Skeletal Muscles
Volume One: Skeletal and Muscular Systems 6 Blood: Gas Transport, Immunity, and Clotting Functions
Skeletal System 7 The Cardiovascular System
Muscular System 8 Respiration and Metabolism
Volume Two: Nervous System 9 Renal Function and Homeostasis
Volume Three: Cardiovascular, Lymphatic and Respiratory 10 Digestion and Nutrition
Systems 11 Reproductive System
Cardiovascular System Appendix 1 Basic Chemistry
Lymphatic System Appendix 2 Sources of Equipment and Solutions
Respiratory System Appendix 3 Multimedia Correlations to the Laboratory Exercises
Volume Four: Digestive, Urinary, Reproductive and Endocrine
Systems
Digestive System
Urinary System
Reproductive System
Endocrine System
EXPERIMENTAL AND APPLIED
PHYSIOLOGY LABORATORY MANUAL
8th Edition
By Richard G Pflanzer, Iupui - Indianapolis
2007 (Sept 2005) / 384 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-250077-6 / MHID: 0-07-250077-8
NEW Experimental and Applied Physiology Laboratory Manual, Eighth
Edition, is a comprehensive, stand-alone laboratory manual for the
one-semester physiology course taught at the undergraduate level. It
can accompany any physiology textbook on the market, and reinforces
those principles that are fundamental to all courses on physiology.
LABORATORY GUIDE TO The strengths of this lab manual are its emphasis on hands-on ex-
HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY periments, a practical balance of background information, and clear
Concepts and Clinical procedural instructions.
Applications, 12th Edition CONTENTS
1 Metrics, Measurements, Computations
By Stuart Ira Fox
2 Bioinstrumentation
3 Compound Light Microscopy
4 Physical Processes of Biological Importance
2008 (January 2007) / 132 pages 5 Neural Control of Skeletal Muscle
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-334724-0 / MHID: 0-07-334724-8 6 Contractility of Skeletal Muscle I: The Twitch and Motor Unit Sum-
(with ARIS Sticker) mation
A Laboratory Guide to Human Physiology, Twelfth Edition, is a stand- 7 Contractility of Skeletal Muscle II: Mechanical Summation, Con-
alone human physiology manual that can be used in conjunction with tracture, Tetanus, and Fatigue
any human physiology textbook. It includes a wide variety of exercises 8 Contractility of Skeletal Muscle III: Isotonic Contraction and Initial
that support most areas covered in a human physiology course, al- Length versus Work
lowing instructors the flexibility to choose those exercises best suited 9 Electromyography and Dynamometry
to meet their particular instructional goals. Background information 10 Neuromuscular Reflexes of the Spinal Cord and Brain Stem
that is needed to understand the principles and significance of each 11 Somatic Sensation
exercise is presented in a concise manner, so that little or no support
12 Cranial Nerves: Assessment of Functions
is needed from the lecture text.
13 Visual Acuity, Accommodation, Peripheral Vision, Color Vision,
and Ophthalmoscopy
NEW TO THIS EDITION
14 Hearing and Equilibrium
 Procedures Revised--Many of the exercises have updated 15 Electroencephalography I: Relaxation and Brain Rhythms
explanations of basic physiology and clinical applications, as well as 16 Electroencephalography II: Occipital Lobe Alpha Rhythms
procedures that have been updated for newer equipment. 17 Blood Cells and Blood Types
18 Red Blood Cell Count
 15 NEW EXERCISES IN Ph.I.L.S.! The Physiology Interactive
19 Hemoglobin Content, Hematocrit, and Red Cell Indices
Lab Simulations (Ph.I.L.S.) 2.0 CD-ROM now contains 26 simulated
20 Hemostasis: The Platelet Count, Bleeding Time, and Coagula-
lab exercises that can be performed in addition to, or instead of, the
tion
noted exercises in the Fox laboratory guide. This easy to use software
21 White Blood Cell Count
offers students the flexibility to change the parameters of every lab
22 Microcirculation
experiment, with no limit to the amount of times a student can repeat
23 The Cardiac Cycle
experiments or modify the variables.
24 Heart Sounds, Pulse Rate, and Systemic Blood Pressure
 Revised Review Activities--The review activities have been 25 Plethysmography and the Peripheral Pressure Pulse
revised for almost all of the exercises in order to improve clarity and 26 Electrical Activity of the Heart: The Electrocardiogram
coverage. 27 Electrical Activity of the Heart: Vectorcardiography
28 The Respiratory Cycle
52

29 Pulmonary Function Tests: Volumes and Capacities  A new “Smart” (Google-like) search button has been added and
30 Pulmonary Function Tests: Forced Expiratory Volume and Maximal integrated across all systems.
Voluntary Ventilation
 Tags are now color coded. All tags pertaining to the given system
31 Analysis of Urine
are one color and reference structures that are not part of that system
32 Digestion
are another color.
33 Metabolic Rates: Indirect Calorimetry
34 Maintenance and Regulation of Body Temperature CONTENTS
35 Glucose Tolerance
Appendix A Preparation of Agar Plates and Pipettes Integumentary System
Appendix B Preparation of the Egg Osmometer Skeletal System
Appendix C Pithing the Frog Muscular System
Appendix D Preparing the Freshwater Turtle for Heart Experiments Nervous System
Appendix E Jones Pulmonor Disinfectant Procedure Endocrine System
Respiratory System
Lymphatic System
Digestive System
Urinary System
Reproductive System
Human Physiology - Multimedia
NEW
NEW ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY REVEALED
VERSION 2.0 CD
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY REVEALED 2008 (July 2007)
VERSION 2.0 ONLINE ISBN-13: 978-0-07-337807-7 / MHID: 0-07-337807-0
Anatomy & Physiology Revealed is the ultimate interactive cadaver
2009 (January 2008) dissection experience. This state-of-the-art tutorial uses cadaver
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-337803-9 / MHID: 0-07-337803-8 photos combined with a layering technique that allows the student to
Anatomy & Physiology Revealed is the ultimate interactive cadaver peel away layers of the human body to reveal structures beneath the
dissection experience. This state-of-the-art program uses cadaver surface. Anatomy & Physiology Revealed offers animations, radio-
photos combined with a layering technique that allows the student logic imaging, audio pronunciations, and a comprehensive quizzing
to peel away layers of the human body to reveal structures beneath tool. This tutorial can be used as part of any one or two semester
the surface. Anatomy & Physiology Revealed also offers animations, undergraduate Anatomy & Physiology course; it is available as a
histologic and radiologic imaging, audio pronunciations, and a com- stand-alone or can be combined with any of McGraw-Hill’s Anatomy
prehensive quizzing tool. It can be used as part of any one or two & Physiology textbooks.
semester undergraduate anatomy & physiology or human anatomy
course; it is available as a stand-alone or can be combined with any FEATURES
 New Organ System Added -- The Integumentary System has
FEATURES
 New Organ System Added -- The Integumentary System has feature histology images and full coverage of the dermis, epidermis,
been added to the list of organ systems included in this program. hair shaft, specific glands, etc.
 Expanded Skeletal and Joint Coverage -- The Skeletal System
and Muscular System have been separated into each their own system
 Expanded Skeletal and Joint Coverage -- The Skeletal System The Skeletal System will now include full coverage of joint dissections.
and Muscular System have been separated into each their own system 75 NEW photos of disarticulated bones have been added.
The Skeletal System will now include full coverage of joint dissections.
75 NEW photos of disarticulated bones have been added.
 NEW Histology Section! -- Version 2.0 of Anatomy & Physiology microscope icon located on the navigation bar.
Systems. In addition, the user can now select the number of questions
 NEW! Expanded Quizzing Types and Options -- Physiology ani- he/she wants included in each quiz (10, 25 or ALL).
Systems. In addition, the user can now select the number of questions
he/she wants included in each quiz (10, 25 or ALL).  A new “Smart” (google-like) search button has been added and
 Tags are now color coded. All tags pertaining to the given sys-
 System selection menu makes it easy to hop between sys-
tem one color and reference structures not part of that system are
tems.
another color.
53

CONTENTS Sodium Concentration

Integumentary System Action Potentials
Skeletal System 10. The Compound Action Potential
Muscular System 11. Conduction Velocity and Temperature
Nervous System 12. Action Potentials and Refractory Periods
Cardiovascular System 13. Measuring Ion Currents
Lymphatic System Synaptic Potentials
Respiratory System 14. Facilitation & Depression
Urinary System 15. Temporal Summation of EPSPs
Digestive System 16. Spatial Summation of EPSPs
Endocrine System Endocrine Function
Reproductive System 17. Thyroid Gland and Metabolic Rate
Frog Heart Function
18. Thyroid and Chemical Effects
19. Refractory Period of the Heart
20. Starling’s Law of the Heart
21. Heart Block
ECG and Heart Function
NEW 22. ECG and Exercise
23. The Meaning of Heart Sounds
24. ECG and Finger Pulse
25. Electrical Axis of the Heart
PH.I.L.S VERSION 3.0 CD-ROM 26. ECG and Heart Block
By Phillip J Stephens, Villanova University 27. Abnormal ECGs
2008 (July 2007) Circulation
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-334933-6 / MHID: 0-07-334933-X 28. Cooling and Peripheral Blood Flow
29. Blood Pressure and Gravity
Ph.I.L.S (Physiology Interactive Lab Simulations) 3.0 offers a new 30. Blood Pressure and Body Position
interface which makes it easier to maneuver throughout the system.
Blood
There are also new post lab quizzes offering more assessment op-
portunities! Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 is the perfect way to reinforce key physiology 31. pH & Hb-oxygen Binding
concepts with powerful lab experiments. Created by Dr. Phil Stephens 32. DPG & Hb-oxygen Binding
at Villanova University, this program offers 37 laboratory simulations Respiration
that may be used to supplement or substitute for wet labs. All 37 labs 33. Altering Body Position
are self-contained experiments - no lengthy instruction manual re- 34. Altering Airway Volume
quired. Users can adjust variables, view outcomes, make predictions, 35. Exercise-Induced Changes
draw conclusions, and print lab reports. This easy-to-use software 36. Deep Breathing and Cardiac Function
offers the flexibility to change the parameters of the lab experiment Digestion
- there is no limit!
37. Glucose Transport
FEATURES
 Includes 37 Lab simulations - 12 NEW simulations!
 New interface makes it easier to maneuver throughout the
system.
 New post lab quizzes offer more assessment opportunities. ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY REVEALED CDS
1-4 COMPLETE SERIES
 Features
 All 37 labs are self-contained experiments- no lengthy instruc- 2007 (May 2006)
tion manual required! And have printable lab reports with instructor ISBN-13: 978-0-07-321553-2 / MHID: 0-07-321553-8
answer key. Anatomy & Physiology Revealed is the ultimate interactive cadaver
 Students can change the parameters or variables of the lab dissection experience. This state-of-the-art tutorial uses cadaver
experiments with no limits. photos combined with a layering technique that allows the student to
 Students work through labs, adjust variables, view outcomes, surface. Anatomy & Physiology Revealed offers animations, radio-
make predictions, and draw conclusions. logic imaging, audio pronunciations, and a comprehensive quizzing
CONTENTS undergraduate Anatomy & Physiology course; it is available as a
stand-alone or can be combined with any of McGraw-Hill’s Anatomy
Osmosis and Diffusion & Physiology textbooks.
1. Varying Extracellular Concentration
Metabolism FEATURES
2. Size and Basal Metabolic Rate
3. Cyanide and Electron Transport  DISSECTION: Using actual cadaver photographs blended to-
Skeletal Muscle Function gether with a state of the art layering technique, Anatomy Revealed
4. Stimulus Dependent Force Generation allows students to partake in an interactive dissection of a human
5. The Length-Tension Relationship cadaver. Students can literally peel away layers of the human body
6. Principles of Summation and Tetanus to reveal structures beneath the surface.
7. EMG and Twitch Amplitude
 ANIMATION: Compelling animations demonstrate muscle ac-
Resting Potentials
tions, clarify anatomical relationships, or explain difficult concepts.
8. Resting Potential and External
Potassium Concentration  IMAGING: Labeled x-ray, MRI, and CAT scan images are avail-
9. Resting Potential and External able by system.
54

 SELF-TEST: Challenging quizzes allow students to test their A&P ANIMATIONS COLLECTION (CD-ROM)
ability to identify anatomical structures in a timed practical exam By McGraw-Hill
format. 2004
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-288990-1 / MHID: 0-07-288990-X
Enables instructors to demonstrate physiological processes in motion
online course materials.
Features
MEDIAPHYS VERSION 3.0
An Introduction to Human Physiology,  This CD-ROM contains three types of Animations (210 total),
3rd Edition covering key A&P concepts!
By Tom Stavraky, University of Western Ontario  Mac and PC compatible
2006 (June 2005)
 Clinical Animations- 151 clinical animations highlighting human
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-294582-9 / MHID: 0-07-294582-6
diseases and disorders.
(Stand-Alone)
 Interactive Physiology Animations- 29 interactive physiology
http://www.mhhe.com/mediacentral animations based on the artwork from Vander (Widmaier) 9/e.
McGraw-Hill is proud to introduce MediaPhys 3.0, the most compre-
hensive physiology study tool available. MediaPhys is a multimedia  Physiology Animations- 30 physiology animations based on the
educational CD-ROM that offers cross-platform compatibility (Windows artwork from McGraw-Hill’s market leading A&P texts.
or Macintosh systems). This dynamic program offers 16 complete
modules featuring detailed explanations, high-quality illustrations, and
animations to provide students with a thorough introduction into the
world of physiology. MediaPhys is filled with interactive activities and
quizzes to help reinforce physiology concepts that are often difficult
to understand. Now students can learn and study on their own while
using a powerful tool that challenges them to succeed!
CONTENTS Biology of Aging

1. Introduction to Physiology
2. Body Fluids
3. Human Cell
4. Nerve Cells HUMAN AGING
5. Muscles
6. Nervous System
Biological Perspectives, 2nd Edition
7. Sensory Systems By Augustine G Digiovanna, Salisbury State University
8. Cardiovascular System I- The Heart 2000 / 408 pages
9. Cardiovascular System II- Blood Vessels ISBN-13: 978-0-07-292691-0 / MHID: 0-07-292691-0
10. Respiratory System http://www.biologyofhumanaging.com
11. Renal System, Water and Electrolyte Balance
12. Acid-Base Balance CONTENTS
13. Endocrine System Chapter 1 Introduction
14. Reproductive System Chapter 2 Molecules, Cells, and Theories of Aging
15. Digestive System Chapter 3 The Integumentary System
16. Metabolism Chapter 4 Circulatory System
Chapter 5 Respiratory System
Chapter 6 Nervous System
Chapter 7 Eyes and Ears
Chapter 8 Muscle System
Chapter 10 Digestive System
Chapter 11 Diet and Nutrition
Chapter 12 Urinary System
Chapter 13 Reproductive Systems
Chapter 14 Endocrine System
Chapter 15 Immune System
Complimentary desk copies are available for Chapter 16 About the Future
local McGraw-Hill Representative or fax the

55

Histology
Chapter 2 Inflammation
Chapter 3 Fever
Chapter 4 Healing
Chapter 5 Disease of Immunity
Chapter 6 Neoplasis
Part 2 Systemic Pathophysiology
Chapter 7 Blood Disorders
International Edition Chapter 8 Hemodynamic Disorders
Chapter 9 Vascular Disorders
BASIC HISTOLOGY Chapter 10 Cardiac Pathophysiology
Chapter 11 Circulatory Shock
Text & Atlas, 11th Edition Chapter 12 Respiratory Pathophysiology
By Luiz Carlos Junqueira and Jose Carneiro of University of San Paulo, Chapter 13 Gastrointestinal Pathophysiology
Brazil
Chapter 14 Hepatobiliary and Pancreatic Pathophysiology
2005 / 544 pages
Chapter 15 Renal Pathophysiology
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-144091-2 / MHID: 0-07-144091-7 Chapter 16 Fluid and Electrolyte Imbalances
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-111888-0 / MHID: 0-07-111888-8 [IE with CD] Chapter 17 Endocrine Pathophysiology
CONTENTS Chapter 18 Skeletal and Muscular Pathophysiology
Chapter 19 Reproductive Pathophysiology
1. Histology & Its Methods of Study
Chapter 20 Disorders of Central ervous System Development, Vas-
2. The Cytoplasm
cular Support, and Protection
3. The Cell Nucleus
Chapter 21 Disorders of Movement, Sensation, and Mental Func-
4. Epithelial Tissue
tion
5. Connective Tissue
Chapter 22 Seizures and Epilepsy
6. Adipose Tissue
Chapter 23 Pain and Pain Management Chapter 24 Trauma
7. Cartilage
8. Bone
9. Nerve Tissue & the Nervous System
10. Muscle Tissue
11. The Circulatory System
12. Blood Cells
13. Hematopoiesis
14. The Immune System & Lymphoid Organs
15. Digestive Tract Reproductive Biology
16. Organs Associated with the Digestive Tract
17. The Respiratory System
18. Skin
19. The Urinary System HUMAN REPRODUCTIVE BIOLOGY
20. Hypophysis
21. Adrenals, Islets of Langerhans, Thyroid, Parathyroids, & Pineal
3rd Edition
Gland By Sylvia S Mader
22. The Male Reproductive System 2005 (April 2004) / 288 pages
23. The Female Reproductive System ISBN-13: 978-0-07-287234-7 / MHID: 0-07-287234-9
24. Photoreceptor & Audioreceptor Systems http://www.mhhe.com/maderrepro3
CONTENTS
Part I- Human Inheritance
1 Chromosomes and Chromosomal Inheritance
2 Genes and Medical Inheritance
3 DNA and Molecular Genetics
Pathophysiology
4 Genetic Counseling
Part II- Human Reproduction
5 Reproductive Hormones and Sexual Maturation
6 Human Reproductive Systems
7 Human Sexual Response
8 Fertilization, Development, and Birth
9 Birth Control and Infertility
International Edition 10 Sexually Transmitted Diseases
AIDS SUPPLEMENT
PATHOPHYSIOLOGY Part III- Evolution, Behavior, and Population Concerns
Concepts and Applications for Health Care 11 Evolution
12 Behavior
Professionals, 3rd Edition 13 Population Concerns
By Thomas J Nowak and A Gordon Handford of British Columbia Insti-
tute of Tech.
2004 / 752 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-027255-2 / MHID: 0-07-027255-7
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-121497-1 / MHID: 0-07-121497-6 [IE]
CONTENTS
Part 1 Foundation Concepts of Pathophysiology
Chapter 1 Cell Injury
56

Biology
BIOLOGY
- Multimedia.....................................................................................................76
- Supplements.................................................................................................77
General Biology Majors
- Laboratory.....................................................................................................73
- Textbook........................................................................................................70
General Biology Non Majors
- Laboratory.....................................................................................................66
- Textbook........................................................................................................59
General Biology Non Majors & Majors Combined
- Laboratory.....................................................................................................69
- Textbook........................................................................................................68
Human Biology
- Laboratory.....................................................................................................76
- Textbook........................................................................................................75
57
HED 08 Biology(3).indd 57 11/13/2007 2:16:55 PM

NEW TITLES
BIOLOGY
Concepts in Biology, 13e Enger 9780077229962 0077229967 59
Laboratory Manual to accompany Concepts in Biology, 13e Enger 9780073377926 0073377929 66
Biology: Concepts and Investigations Hoefnagels 9780073342528 0073342521 59
Concepts of Biology Mader 9780077229979 0077229975 60
2008
Biology Brooker 9780073268071 0073268070 70
Biological Investigations Lab Manual, 8e Dolphin 9780072992878 0072992875 73
Essentials of the Living World, 2e Johnson 9780073309354 0073309354 62
The Living World, 5e Johnson 9780073256535 0073256536 62
Human Biology, 10e Mader 9780072986860 0072986867 75
Inquiry into Life, 12e Mader 9780073309330 0073309338 63
Laboratory Manual to accompany Human Biology, 10e Mader 9780072986907 0072986905 76
Laboratory Manual to accompany Inquiry Into Life, 12e Mader 9780072986822 0072986824 66
Biology: Dimensions of Life Presson 9780073227368 0073227366 64
Biology, 8e Raven 9780073227399 0073227390 72
Biology Laboratory Manual, 8e Vodopich 9780072995220 007299522X 74
58

BIOLOGY
General Biology but can be used by instructors for classroom purposes.
- Non Majors Contents

Part I Introduction
1 What is Biology?
Part II Cornerstones: Chemistry, Cells, and Metabolism
Textbook 2 The Basics of Life: Chemistry
3 Organic Molecules-The Molecules of Life
5 Enzymes, Coenzymes, and Energy
6 Biochemical Pathways-Cellular Respiration
7 Biochemical Pathways-Photosynthesis
Part III Molecular Biology, Cell Division and Genetics
NEW 8 DNA and RNA: The Molecular Basis of Heredity
9 Cell Division
International Edition 10 Patterns of Inheritance
11 Applications of Biotechnology
Part IV Evolution and Ecology
CONCEPTS IN BIOLOGY 12 Diversity within Species and Population Genetics
13th Edition 13 Evolution and Natural Selection
14 The Formation of Species and Evolutionary Change
By Eldon Enger, Frederick C Ross and David 15 Ecosystem Dynamics: The Flow of Energy and Matter
Bailey of Delta College 16 Community Interactions
17 Population Ecology
18 Evolutionary and Ecological Aspects of Behavior
Part V The Origin and Classification of Life
19 The Origin of Life and Evolution of Cells
20 The Classification and Evolution of Organisms
2009 (January 2008)
21 The Nature of Microorganisms
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-722996-2 / MHID: 0-07-722996-7
22 The Plant Kingdom
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128789-0 / MHID: 0-07-128789-2 [IE]
23 The Animal Kingdom
http://www.mhhe.com/enger13e Part VI Physiological Processes
24 Materials Exchange in the Body
Enger/Ross/Bailey: Concepts in Biology is a relatively brief introduc-
tory general biology text written for students with no previous science 25 Nutrition: Food and Diet
background. The authors strive to use the most accessible vocabulary 26 The Body’s Control Mechanisms and Immunity
and writing style possible while still maintaining scientific accuracy. The 27 Human Reproduction, Sex, and Sexuality
text covers all the main areas of study in biology from cells through
ecosystems. Evolution and ecology coverage are combined in Part
Four to emphasize the relationship between these two main subject
areas. The new, 13th edition is the latest and most exciting revision
of a respected introductory biology text written by authors who know
how to reach students through engaging writing, interesting issues
and applications, and accessible level. Instructors will appreciate
the book’s scientific accuracy, complete coverage and extensive NEW
supplement package. International Edition
neW to tHIs eDItIon
 McGraw-Hill’s ARIS – Assessment, Review, and Instruction BIOLOGY
System is a complete, online tutorial, electronic homework, and Concepts and Investigations
course management system, designed for greater ease of use than
any other system available. For students, ARIS contains self-study
By Marielle Hoefnagels, University of Oklahoma-
tools such as animations, interactive quizzes, and more. This program Norman
enables students to complete their homework online, as assigned
by their instructors. ARIS provides all instructor resources online, as
well provides the ability to create or edit questions from the question
bank, import your own content, and automatically grade and report
2009 (January 2008)
easy-to-assign homework, quizzing, and testing. Go to www.aris.
mhhe.com to learn more. ISBN-13: 978-0-07-334252-8 / MHID: 0-07-334252-1
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128801-9 / MHID: 0-07-128801-5 [IE]
 Presentation Center - Build instructional materials wherever,
whenever, and however you want! Presentation Center is an online http://aris.mhhe.com
digital library containing assets such as photos, artwork, animations, This new non-majors biology textbook offers an engaging writing
PowerPoints, and other types of media that can be used to create style, strong focus on scientific inquiry and evolution, an emphasis
customized lectures, visually enhanced tests and quizzes, compelling on applications and a superior pedagogical system within a concepts
course websites, or attractive printed support materials. Access to your format.
book, access to all books! This ever-growing resource gives instructors
the power to utilize assets specific to their adopted textbook as well Content: This text takes a concepts approach, with up-to-date content
delivered at a nonmajors level. Each chapter is built around a set of
as content from other McGraw-Hill books in the library. Presentation
core concepts.
Center’s dynamic search engine allows you to explore by discipline,
course, textbook chapter, asset type, or keyword. Simply browse, Authorship: This is the only single-authored, non-majors text written
select, and download the files you need to build engaging course by a Ph.D. biologist, who is an active, tenured, award-winning teacher
materials. All assets are copyrighted by McGraw-Hill Higher Education from a well-respected research university.
59

BIOLOGY
Scientific Inquiry: This text emphasizes science as a process and 15. Evidence for Evolution
how scientists do their work. 16. The Origin and History of Life
Unit 4: The Diversity of Life
Evolution: Evolution is the central theme of the text and addressed 17. Viruses and Simple Infectious Agents
in multiple way throughout. 18. Bacteria and Archaea
19. Protista
Media: This text includes a multitude of media assets include learning
20. Plants
outcomes, animations, videos, and quizzing.
21. Fungi
Applications: The text several features that highlight the relevance 22. Animals I – Invertebrates
of topics to readers, including an opening essays, Burning Questions 23. Animals II – Vertebrates
boxed readings, Can You Relate boxed readings, and applications Unit 5: Plant Life
woven throughout all chapters in the narrative. 24. Plant Form and Function
25. Plant Nutrition and Transport
Art/Visuals: This text includes a brand new art program with a 3- 26. Reproduction and Development of Flowering Plants
dimensional look and feel, using consistent color and style through- Unit 6: Animal Life
out. 27. Animal Tissues, Organ Systems and Homeostasis
28. The Nervous System
Pedagogy: Leaning tools in this text include two-page chapter open- 29. The Sensory System
ers, numbered concepts, boxed readings, Mastering Concepts ques-
30. The Endocrine System
tions at the end of major sections, and substantive end-of-chapter
assessment material. 31. The Musculoskeletal System
32. The Circulatory System
Features 33. The Respiratory System
34. Digestion and Animal Nutrition
 Marielle Hoefnagels is an assistant professor on the faculty of the 35. Regulation of Temperature and Body Fluids
departments of Botany/Microbiology and Zoology at The University 36. The Immune System
of Oklahoma. She received her Ph.D in plant pathology from Oregon 37. Animal Reproduction and Development
State University in 1997. She is an award-winning teacher. Unit 7: The Ecology of Life
38. Animal Behavior
 Investigating Life: each chapter’s capstone concept focuses on a
39. Populations
scientific study that shed light on an evolutionary topic. In each case,
40. Communities and Ecosystems
the emphasis is on how scientists developed and tested a specific
41. The Biosphere
hypothesis. Often illustrating the work of global teams of researchers,
42. Conserving Biodiversity
these reinforce the connections between multiple fields of biology.
 Beautiful color-coordinated art and photo program, developed
with the purpose of addressing student learning styles. Each art figure
has been thoroughly analyzed by the development team, our faculty
consultant group, and by the author.
 Content. This new text offers a modern approach to genetics
and comprehensive units on evolution and biological diversity. Unit
NEW
4 includes a unique feature, “Focus on Model Organisms,” that are International Edition
frequently used in biological research.
 Ancillary Program. The instructor and student supplements pack-
age will be in this non-majros market. You will find all illustrations ( over CONCEPTS OF BIOLOGY
500) in the transparency set, all art and photographs from the text on
a Instructors Presentation CD ROM, over 300 life science animations By Sylvia S Mader
for classroom presentation, Active Art, Animations developed from text
specific illustrations, Student and Instructor Online Learning Center
and a Course Solutions staff who can help you pull it all together.
 Chapter by Chapter color customization -Professors now have
the option to select only the chapters they cover in lecture and lab
allowing students savings in book costs. 2009 (January 2008)
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-722997-9 / MHID: 0-07-722997-5
Contents ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128315-1 / MHID: 0-07-128315-3 [IE]
Unit 1: The Cellular Basis of Life
http://aris.mhhe.com
1. What is Life?
2. The Chemistry of Life Instructors consistently ask for a textbook that helps students under-
3. The Dynamic Cell stand the relationships between the main concepts of biology, so they
4. The Energy of Life are not learning facts about biology in isolation. Mader’s Concepts of
Biology was developed to fill this void. Organized around the main
5. Photosynthesis
themes of biology, Concepts of Biology guides students to think
6. How Cells Release Energy conceptually about biology and the world around them. Just as the
Unit 2: The Molecular Basis of Life levels of biological organization flow from one level to the next, themes
7. DNA Structure and Replication and topics in Concepts of Biology are tied to one another throughout
8. The Cell Cycle the chapter, and between the chapters and parts. Combined with Dr.
9. Sexual Reproduction and Meiosis Mader’s hallmark writing style, exceptional art program, and peda-
10. Patterns of Inheritance gogical framework, difficult concepts become easier to understand
11. Chromosomes and Human Inheritance Patterns and visualize, allowing students to focus on understanding how the
12. Gene Function, Gene Regulation, and Biotechnology concepts are related.
Unit 3: The Evolution of Life
13. The Forces of Evolutionary Change
14. Speciation and Extinction
60

BIOLOGY
Features Chapter 4: Structure and Function of Cells

Chapter 5: Dynamic Activities of Cells
 Relationships Between Concepts Are Emphasized. The content Chapter 6: Pathways of Photosynthesis
in Mader’s Concepts of Biology is organized around the main themes Chapter 7: Pathways of Cellular Respiration
of biology (Cells, Genes, Evolution, Homeostasis, and Ecology), and Part II: Genes Control the Traits of Organisms
relationships among the concepts are highlighted in several key Chapter 8: Cell Division and Reproduction
ways: careful transitions between the sections, chapters, and parts; Chapter 9: Patterns of Genetic Inheritance
the Connecting the Concepts feature at the end of each chapter that Chapter 10: Molecular Biology of Inheritance
ties together the concepts of the chapter and explains how they relate Chapter 11: Regulation of Gene Activity
to the concepts of the next chapter; and the Biological Viewpoints Chapter 12: Biotechnology and Genomics
feature at the end of each Part that gives students a take-home Part III: Organisms are Related and Adapted to their Environ-
message about the major concepts of the Part. ment
 Learning System. The pedagogical tools in Concepts of Biology Chapter 13: Darwin and Evolution
were developed to help students organize the content and to further Chapter 14: Speciation and Evolution
the goal of showing relationships among concepts. A short reading Chapter 15: The History and Classification of Life on Earth
opens the chapter and engages students with interesting information Chapter 16: Evolution of Microbial Life
that they may not readily know. The information is tied to the concepts Chapter 17: Evolution of Protists
that will be covered in the chapter. Learning Outcomes give students Chapter 18: Evolution of Plants and Fungi
a snapshot of the key concepts they will need to understand, and the Chapter 19: Evolution of Animals
outcomes are referred to throughout the chapter. Within the chapter, Chapter 20: Evolution of Humans
full-phrase headings are used to clearly capture the main concepts. Part IV: Plants are Homeostatic
An introduction at the beginning of each main section orients stu- Chapter 21: Plant Organization and Homeostasis
dents to the material that follows. Check Your Progress questions Chapter 22: Nutrition and Transport in Plants
appear at the end of each section so students can self-assess how Chapter 23: Regulation of Growth and Responses in Plants
well they understood the material, and when effective, the questions Chapter 24: Reproduction and Development of Plants
relate back to the chapter-opening reading to help students relate Part V: Animals are Homeostatic
the concepts to an example. Each chapter ends with an illustrated, Chapter 25: Animal Organization and Homeostasis
bulleted summary, and review questions. The review questions Chapter 26: Coordination by Neural Signaling
include multiple-choice questions and open-ended, critical thinking Chapter 27: Sense Organs
questions organized by the main headings of the chapter to help Chapter 28: Locomotion and Support Systems
students more efficiently organize their study. Chapter 29: Circulation and Cardiovascular Systems
Chapter 30: Lymph Transport and Immunity
 Relevancy. Two types of readings appear periodically in Chapter 31: Digestive Systems and Nutrition
each chapter--How Biology Impacts Our Lives and How Science Chapter 32: Gas Exchange and Transport in Animals
Progresses—to present concepts in the context of real-life events. Chapter 33: Osmoregulation and Excretion
In addition, analogies, a strength of Dr. Mader’s writing style, aid Chapter 34: Coordination by Hormone Signaling
students in understanding difficult concepts. Chapter 35: Reproduction and Development
 Writing Style. Continuing with the Mader tradition, reviewers Part VI: Organisms Live in Ecosystems
tout the writing style of Concepts of Biology as logical, easy to read, Chapter 36: Population Ecology
and at a level appropriate to the non-major student. Chapter 37: Behavioral Ecology
Chapter 38: Community and Ecosystem Ecology
 Art Program. The artwork in Mader’s Concepts of Biology is dy- Chapter 39: Major Ecosystems of the Biosphere
namic and dimensional to engage students. Some of the key features Chapter 40: Conservation of Biodiversity
include: clarity and effectiveness of presentation, consistent use of
color, inclusion of figures with multi-level perspective (macroscopic
to microscopic), use of process figures to break down complex
processes, and placement of all art and photos on the same page
as the associated text.
 Media: Teaching and Learning with Technology. Mader’s Con-
cepts of Biology is accompanied by a vast array of electronic teaching
and learning tools, including animations and videos with quizzing,
pre-tests, practice quizzes, post-tests, and on-line labs. The ARIS
website for Concepts of Biology is organized by the main headings in
the textbook to further help students build upon the learning outcomes
in the textbook and assess performance. A vast array of presentation
and course management tools are also provided for use by instructors
to enhance their lectures and manage their classrooms more effec- McGraw-Hill is interested in
tively. Finally, we at McGraw-Hill are committed to offering electronic reviewing manuscript for
book and customized print options to best fit your needs.
 Full-Color Customization. Professors have the option of creating local McGraw-Hill office or email to
a customized version of the text by selecting only the chapters they asiapub@mcgraw-hill.com
cover in lecture, providing students with significant savings in book
costs. Customization can occur in two ways: -- Chapter-by-chapter
color customized printed book or a full-color Primis eBook. Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)
Contents
Chapter 1: Biology is the Study of Life
Part I: Organisms are Composed of Cells
Chapter 2: Basic Chemistry and Cells
Chapter 3: Organic Molecules and Cells
61

BIOLOGY
Part 6 Animal Life

24 The Animal Body and How It Moves
NEW 25 Circulation
26 Respiration
International Edition 27 The Path of Food Through the Animal Body
28 Maintaining the Internal Environment
ESSENTIALS OF THE LIVING 29 How the Body Defends Itself
WORLD 30 The Nervous System
2nd Edition 31 Chemical Signaling Within the Animal Body
32 Reproduction and Development
Part 7 Plant Life
By George Johnson and Jonathan Losos of Wash- 33 Plant Form and Function
ington University -St Louis
34 Plant Reproduction and Growth
2008 (October 2006)

ISBN-13: 978-0-07-330935-4 / MHID: 0-07-330935-4
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-330570-7 / MHID: 0-07-330570-7
(with ARIS Instructor QuickStart Guide) NEW
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110211-7 / MHID: 0-07-110211-6 [IE] International Edition
In this Essentials version of George Johnson’s textbook, The Living
World which is often considered to be a student favorite. Dr. John- THE LIVING WORLD
son has written this textbook from the ground up to be an engaging 5th Edition
and accessible learning tool with an emphasis on “how things work
and why things happen the way they do”. This Essentials textbook
features a straightforward, clear writing style and a wide variety of By George Johnson, Washington University-St
media assets to enhance the content of the textbook. The strength of Louis
the second edition is the integration of many tools that are designed
to inspire both students and instructors. The multi-media package
for the new edition stretches students beyond the confines of the
traditional textbook to include high interest video clips and animations 2008 (February 2007)
of key biological concepts.
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-325653-5 / MHID: 0-07-325653-6
neW to tHIs eDItIon ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110212-4 / MHID: 0-07-110212-4 [IE]
 Issues Oriented: The author endeavors to apply biology to cur-

rent issues and students’ lives as much as possible throughout the George Johnson’s textbook, The Living World is often considered to
text. However, he specifically adds boxes entitled “A Closer Look”, be a student favorite. Dr. Johnson has written this non-majors textbook
“Author’s Corner” and “Science in Action” to accomplish this objec- from the ground up to be an engaging and accessible learning tool with
tive as well. an emphasis on “how things work and why things happen the way they
do”. This authoritative textbook features a straightforward, clear writing
Contents style and a wide variety of media assets to enhance the content of the
textbook. The strength of the fifth edition is the integration of many
Part 1 The Study of Life tools that are designed to inspire both students and instructors. The
1 The Science of Biology multi-media package for the new edition stretches students beyond
2 Evolution and Ecology the confines of the traditional textbook to include high interest video
Part 2 The Living Cell clips and animations of key biological concepts.
3 The Chemistry of Life
4 Molecules of Life neW to tHIs eDItIon
5 Cells
 NEW FEATURE! Inquiry and Analysis--This new feature ap-
6 Energy and Life
pears at the end of all chapters and is intended to help students with
7 Photosynthesis: Acquiring Energy from the Sun
developing their skills in analyzing and interpreting data.
8 How Cells Harvest Energy from Food
Part 3 The Continuity of Life  The author provides a 2-page discussion on the presentation of
9 Mitosis data in Chapter 1, introducing the students to the concepts of vari-
10 Meiosis ables, relationships between variables, and presentation of data in
11 Foundations of Genetics various types of graphs. To reinforce this concept, the Inquiry and
12 DNA: The Genetic Material Analysis sections present the student with experimental data and
13 How Genes Work help them analyze the data with a set of questions that walks them
14 The New Biology through the data.
Part 4 The Evolution and Diversity of Life
15 Evolution and Natural Selection  Reorganized Table of Contents--In response to the comments
16 Exploring Biological Diversity of our reviewers, the Table of Contents for the 5th edition will contain
17 Evolution of Microbial Life more, but shorter chapters than the 4th edition. Several of the chapters
18 Evolution of Plants were sited as being too long and containing too much information for
19 Evolution of Animals nonmajors. Six of these longer chapters have been split to form the
Part 5 The Living Environment addition of two more manageable chapters. These two new chapters
20 Ecosystems are Chapters 29 and 30; 29 is devoted to the circulatory system and
21 Populations and Communities 30 is dedicated to the respiratory system.
22 Behavior and the Environment  Art Tie-Ins--Throughout the text, descriptions of the art have been
23 Plant Under Stress incorporated into the textual discussion, encouraging the students to
62

BIOLOGY
look at the art as they are reading the textual descriptions. In many 38 Populations and Communities
cases, the artwork has been revised to make these rat tie-ins in the 39 Behavior and the Environment
text clearer and more meaningful. A numbering system has been 40 Planet Under Stress
placed within the figures allowing the text to guide the student through
particular areas of a figure.
 New Boxed Readings!--The addition of boxes readings in
the previous edition (i.e. Author’s Corner, Science in Action and
A Closer Look) were very well received, so additional topics have
been added.
NEW
 UPDATED TEXT WEBSITE!--McGraw-Hill’s ARIS--Assessment, International Edition
Review, and Instruction System for The Living World, 5/e is a complete
electronic homework and course management system. Instructors can
create and share course materials and assignments with colleagues
with a few clicks of the mouse. Instructors can edit questions and INQUIRY INTO LIFE
algorithms, import their own content, and create announcements and 12th Edition
due dates for assignments. ARIS has automatic grading and reporting
of easy-to-assign algorithmically generated homework, quizzing, and By Sylvia S Mader
testing. Once a student is registered in the course, all student activity
within McGraw-Hill’s ARIS is automatically recorded and available
to the instructor through a fully integrated grade book that can be
downloaded to Excel. Contact your local McGraw-Hill Publisher’s
2008 (February 2007)
Contents ISBN-13: 978-0-07-330933-0 / MHID: 0-07-330933-8
Part 1 The Study of Life ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110213-1 / MHID: 0-07-110213-2 [IE]
1 The Science of Biology http://aris.mhhe.com
2 Evolution and Ecology
From the unique delivery of biology content, to the time tested art
Part 2 The Living Cell
program, to the complete integration of the text with technology, Dr.
3 The Chemistry of Life Sylvia Mader has formed a teaching system that will both motivate
4 Molecules of Life and enable your students to understand and appreciate the wonders
5 Cells of all areas of biology. Inquiry into Life, 12/e emphasizes the applica-
6 Energy and Life tion of all areas of biology to knowledge of human concerns, what the
7 Photosynthesis: Acquiring Energy from the Sun students are able to relate to. This distinctive text was developed to
8 How Cells Harvest Energy from Food stand apart from all other non-majors texts with a unique approach,
Part 3 The Continuity of Life unparalleled art, and a straightforward, succinct writing style that has
9 Mitosis been acclaimed by both users and reviewers.
10 Meiosis
neW to tHIs eDItIon
11 Foundations of Genetics
12 DNA: The Genetic Material  More Critical Thinking Emphasis--Discussion questions have
13 How Genes Work been provided at the end of each “Focus” boxed reading and at the
Part 4 The New Biology end of each chapter. Is it important that your students be able to apply
14 Gene Technology what they’ve learned to real-life applications? Do you think this better
15 Genomics prepares them for the future?
16 The Revolution in Cell Technology
Part 5 The Evolution and Diversity of Life  eInstruction questions are available with this project and can be
17 Evolution and Natural Selection found on the A.R.I.S. site. eInstruction is a wireless student response
18 How We Name Living Things system that allows for the ultimate in classroom participation, giving
19 The First Single-Celled Creatures you immediate feedback from every student.
20 Advent of the Eukaryotes  Content Revised Throughout--Content has been revised through-
21 Fungi Invade the Land out the book by contributing experts in the field.
Part 6 Plant Life
22 Evolution of Plants  Integrated Disease Coverage--More human disease coverage
23 Plant Form and Function will be integrated throughout the text. Each of the systems chapter
24 Plant Reproduction and Growth will ahve a new Disease and Disorder section.
Part 7 Evolution of Animal Life
 A.R.I.S.--McGraw-Hill’s ARIS (Assessment, Review, and Instruc-
25 Evolution of the Animal Phyla
26 History of the Vertebrates
27 How Humans Evolved
Part 8 Animal Life
28 The Animal Body and How It Moves
even share their course materials and assignments with colleagues.
29 Circulation
Whether you are looking for a “ready-to-use-straight-out-of-the-box”
30 Respiration
system or one you can customize to fit your specific course needs,
31 The Path of Food Through the Animal Body
ARIS is your solution. Contact your local McGraw-Hill Publisher’s
32 Maintaining the Internal Environment
33 How the Body Defends Itself
34 The Nervous System  Enhanced Art Program--The content and clarity of the art pro-
35 Chemical Signaling Within the Animal Body gram within Inquiry Into Life have always been a hallmark of the text.
36 Reproduction and Development Great care has been taken to maintain this high standard in making
Part 9 The Living Environment this revision. Vibrant colors and added dimension have been put into
37 Ecosystems place to help create an even more beneficial art program.
63

BIOLOGY
Contents  Applied topics of particular interest to students (e.g. Psychoactive

1 Exploring Life and Science Drugs chapter) are covered in greater detail than normally expected
Part I Human Organization in a text for this course.
2 Chemistry of Life  Modern Biology emphasizes the use of scientific processes to
3 Cell Structure and Function understand nature.
4 Organization and Regulation of Body Systems
Part II Maintenance of the Human Body  Each chapter starts with an interesting story or scenario and then
5 Cardiovascular System: Heart and Blood Vessels ends with a section that returns to the story and asks the question
6 Cardiovascular System: Blood “How Do You Know?” The introductory scenario sets up intriguing
7 Lymphatic System and Immunity issues and questions and, after covering the material in the chapter,
** 8 Digestive System and Nutrition the last section returns to the opening scenario and addresses these
9 Respiratory System issues and questions in detail.
10 Urinary System and Excretion  Key terms are boldfaced when they are first presented and
Part III Movement and Support in Humans formally defined. Then this definition is repeated in the margin space
11 Skeletal System that is close to the relevant text.
12 Muscular System
Part IV Integration and Coordination in Humans  Key questions appear in the margins throughout the text and
13 Nervous System ask students to rephrase what they have learned.
14 Senses
 Illustrations, photos, graphs, and other visual items complement
15 Endocrine System
the written text to provide the most accessible definitions of basic
Part V Reproduction in Humans
biological concepts.
16 Reproductive System
17 Development and Aging  A complete set of instructor and student media ancillaries ac-
Part VI Human Genetics companies Modern Biology, including Students Online Learning
18 Patterns of Chromosome Inheritance Center, Life Science Animations, Instructor’s Digital Content Manager,
** 19 Cancer Instructor’s Testing, and Primis Online customizable digital and print
20 Patterns of Genetic Inheritance versions.
** 21 DNA Biology and Technology
** Part VII Human Evolution and Ecology  Use of analogies and deeper explanations
22 Human Evolution  Added Dimensions
23 Global Ecology
24 Human Population, Planetary Resources, and Conservation  Full applications chapters
 End of Chapter Now You Can Understand
 What Do You Think?
 Quick Checks
Contents
NEW Chapter 1: The Framework of Biology
International Edition Part I: Biological Chemistry, Cells, and Cellular Processes
Chapter 2: Life Emerges from Chemistry: Atoms and Molecules
Chapter 3: Biological Molecules
BIOLOGY Chapter 4: Life is Cellular: Cell Structure and Function
Chapter 5: Life Uses Chemical Energy: Energy and Life
Dimensions of Life Chapter 6: Engine of Life: Photosynthesis and Glucose Metabolism
Part II: Reproduction of Cells and Inheritance
By Joelle C Presson, University of Maryland-Col- Chapter 7: The Master Molecule of Life: DNA: Structure and Func-
lege Park and Janann Jenner
tion
Chapter 8: Life Renews Itself: Reproduction of Cells
Chapter 9: Constructing Life: The Control of Eukaryotic Gene Ex-
pression
2008 (January 2007) Chapter 10: Rules of Inheritance: Classical Genetics
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-322736-8 / MHID: 0-07-322736-6 Part III: Applying Your Knowledge of Cells and Cellular Proc-
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110214-8 / MHID: 0-07-110214-0 [IE] esses
Chapter 11: Biotechnology (Applications chapter)
Chapter 12: The Biology and Treatment of Cancer (Applications
Presson/Jenner: Biology: Dimensions of Life, 1e is a one-semester chapter)
biology text with an engaging, conversational style which encourages Part IV: Evolution and Diversity of Life
basic understanding of biology, issues, and applications leading Chapter 13: Life Evolves: Darwin and the Science of Evolution
students to a greater awareness of how they interact with the world
Chapter 14: All Life is Related: Understanding Biological Diversity
around them. The goal of this text is to help students understand how
biology relates to their lives and why they should develop a desire to Chapter 15: Varieties of Life: Prokaryotes, Single-Celled Eukaryotes,
obtain knowledge about science and biological issues. and Algae
Chapter 16: Varieties of Life: Fungi and Animals
Features Chapter 17: Varieties of Life: Plants
Part V: Applying Your Knowledge of Biological Diversity
 Accessible writing style Chapter 18: The Value of Biological Diversity (Applications chapter)
 Fundamental biological concepts are presented with less com- Part VI: Plant Biology
plexity in terms of detail, but with more attention paid to conveying a Chapter 19: The Living Plant: Plant Structure and Function
deeper understanding that students are sure to grasp. Chapter 20: The Thread of Life: Reproduction of Seed Plants
Part VII: Human Biology
64

BIOLOGY
Chapter 21: Nerves, Senses, Bones, Muscles Contents

Chapter 22: Nutrition and Digestion 1 A View of Life
Chapter 23: Circulation, Respiration, and Excretion Part 1 The Cell
Chapter 24: Hormones, Reproduction, and Early Development 2 The Chemical Basis of Life
Part VIII: Applying Your Knowledge of Human Biology 3 The Organic Molecules of Life
Chapter 25: Human Control of Reproduction (Applications chapter) 4 Inside the Cell
Chapter 26: The Immune System and Emergent Diseases (Applica- 5 The Dynamic Cell
tions chapter) 6 Energy for Life
Part IX: Ecology 7 Energy for Cells
Chapter 27: Ecology: Populations and Communities Part 2 Genetics
Chapter 28: Ecosystems and Biomes 8 Cellular Reproduction
Part X: Applying Your Knowledge of Ecology 9 Sexual Reproduction
Chapter 29: Human Impact Upon the Earth (Applications chapter) 10 Patterns of Inheritance
11 DNA Biology and Technology
12 Gene Regulation and Cancer
Part 3 Evolution
14 Darwin and Evolution
International Edition 15 Evolution on a Small Scale
16 Evolution on a Large Scale
ESSENTIALS OF BIOLOGY Part 4 Diversity of Life
17 The First Forms of Life
By Sylvia S Mader
18 Land Environment: Plants and Fungi
2007 (August 2006)
19 Both Water and Land: Animals
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-330323-9 / MHID: 0-07-330323-2 Part 5 Plant Structure and Function
(with ARIS Bi-Card) 20 Plant Anatomy and Growth
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110696-2 / MHID: 0-07-110696-0 21 Plant Responses and Reproduction
[IE-Text only] Part 6 Animal Structure and Function
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110801-0 / MHID: 0-07-110801-7 22 Being Organized and Steady
[IE with ARIS Card] 23 The Transport Systems
24 The Maintenance Systems
http://www.mhhe.com/maderessentials 25 Human Nutrition
Essentials of Biology is an essentials level introductory general biol- 26 Defenses Against Disease
ogy text for non-majors students that combines Dr. Sylvia Mader’s 27 The Control Systems
superb and accessible writing style with clear visuals, a compre- 28 Sensory Input and Motor Output
hensive learning system, and abundant supplements. Essentials of 29 Reproduction and Development
Biology emphasizes the relevance of biology to students’ lives within
Part 7 Ecology
a framework of biodiversity and basic-concepts coverage of all main
areas of general biology. 30 Ecology of Populations
31 Communities and Ecosystems
The three key features of Essentials of Biology include: 32 Human Impact on the Biosphere
1. Dr. Sylvia Mader’s succinct, precise writing style. Sylvia’s writing
is what has earned her a reputation as one of the most successful
introductory biology textbook author ever, and it is what will be most
compelling in this text.
2. A comprehensive learning system to help students get the most
out of each chapter’s text content and an incredible instructional
visual program. BIOLOGY
3. Our package would not be complete without our robust media An Australian Focus, 3rd Edition
technology package with quality animations, digitized videos, OLC, By Bruce Knox (Deceased), Pauline Ladiges and Barbara Evans of Uni-
and student interactive CD-ROM. versity of Melbourne and Robert Saint, Australian National Univeristy
Each chapter features numerous pedagogical tools that are care- 2004 (Sept 2004) / 1240 pages
fully developed to help students grasp challenging concepts. These ISBN-13: 978-0-07-471325-9 / MHID: 0-07-471325-6
include: McGraw-Hill Australia Title
-A numbered outline at the beginning of each chapter with accompany- http://www.mhhe.com/au/knox3e
ing concept statements for the main topics in each chapter.
- Check Your Progress questions and answers at the end of each major Contents
heading within the chapter to help students assess their understanding Introduction--The nature of biology and science
of the previous section. Part 1 – Cell Biology and Energetics
- The boldface terms in each chapter are page referenced in an Un- 1 Molecules of life
derstanding the Terms list at the end of the chapter, and a matching 2 The chemistry of life
exercise allows students to test their knowledge of the terms. 3 Functioning cells
- A Thinking Scientifically section at the end of each chapter gives 4 Movement across membranes
students the opportunity to use critical thinking skills to respond to 5 Harvesting energy
scientific questions. 6 Cells, tissues and signals
- The Bioethical Issue at the end of each chapter briefly discusses a 7 Cell division
controversial issue confronting society and poses questions to help Part 2 – Genetics and Molecular Biology
students fully consider the issue and arrive at an opinion. 8 Inheritance
-Numbered summary at the end of the chapter to help students 9 Genes, chromosomes and DNA
review. 10 The genetic code
-Testing Yourself objective questions at the end of the chapter to help 11 Gene expression
students prepare for the test.
65

BIOLOGY
12 Genomes, mutation and cancer

13 Genetic engineering and biotechnology
Part 3 – Plant Form and Function NEW
14 Reproduction, growth and development of flowering plants
15 Structure of plants
16 Plant nutrition, transport and adaptation to stress
17 Plant hormones and growth responses
Part 4--Animal Form and Function LABORATORY MANUAL TO
18 Animal reproduction ACCOMPANY INQUIRY INTO
19 Animal development LIFE
20 Animal and human nutrition
12th Edition
21 Gas exchange in animals
22 Circulation
23 Water, solutes and excretion By Sylvia Mader
24 Innate defences and the immune system
25 Hormonal control in animals
26 Nervous systems 2008 (March 2007) / 512 pages
27 Animal movement ISBN-13: 978-0-07-298682-2 / MHID: 0-07-298682-4
28 Animal behaviour The laboratory exercises in this manual are coordinated with Inquiry
29 Animals responding to environmental stress into Life. The text emphasizes how we can apply biological knowl-
Part 5--Evolution and Biodiversity edge to our own lives and to our relationships with other organisms.
30 Evolving life Although each laboratory is referenced to the appropriate chapter in
31 Evolving earth Inquiry into Life, this manual may be used in coordination with other
32 Mechanisms of evolution general biology texts. This manual can be adapted to a variety of
33 Bacteria course orientations and designs. There are a sufficient number of
34 Viruses laboratories to permit a choice of activities over the length of the
course. Many activities may be performed as demonstrations rather
35 The protists
than as student activities, thereby shortening the time required to
36 Plants cover a particular concept.
37 Fungi
38 Simple animals: sponges to flatworms Features
39 Annelids, molluscs, nematodes and arthropods
40 Echinoderms and chordates  Customizable. Inquiry into Life Lab Manual is chapter-by-chapter
Part 6 – Ecology color customizable through Primis Online so you and your students
41 Australian biota use only the exercises you want.
42 Population ecology
 Integrated Opening. Each laboratory begins with a list of learn-
43 Living in communities
ing objectives that are organized according to the major sections of
44 Ecosystems
the laboratory. The major sections of the labs are numbered on the
45 Human impacts
opening page, in the lab material, and in the review.
Appendix 1 Classification of cellular organisms
Glossary  Self-Contained Content. Each lab contains all the background
Credits information necessary to understand the concepts being studied
Index and to answer the questions asked. This feature will reduce student
frustration and increase learning.
 Scientific Method. All laboratories stress the scientific method,
and many opportunities are given for students to gain an appreciation
of the scientific process. The first laboratory of this edition explicitly
explains the steps of the scientific method and gives students an
opportunity to use them.
Laboratory  Student Activities. A color bar is used to designate a student

activity. Some student activities are observations and some are
experimental procedures. An icon appears whenever a procedure
requires a period of time before results can be viewed. Sequentially
numbered steps guide students as they perform an activity.
 Live Materials. Although students work with living material during
NEW some part of almost all laboratories, the exercises are designed to
be completed within one laboratory session. This facilitates the use
of the manual in multiple-section courses.
LABORATORY MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY  Laboratory Safety. Lab safety is of prime importance, and the
CONCEPTS IN BIOLOGY listing on page vii will assist instructors in their efforts to make the
lab experience a safe one.
13th Edition
By Eldon Enger and Frederick Ross of Delta College  A Laboratory Resource Guide--The lab resource guide is avail-
2009 (February 2008) / 320 pages able to instructors and lab assistants via the password protected
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-337792-6 / MHID: 0-07-337792-9 Instructor Center of Mader: Human Biology’s A.R.I.S., text specific
website.
(Details unavailable at press time)
 Each lab exercise is designed to be completed within one
laboratory session.
66

BIOLOGY
 Each lab exercise concludes with review and thought ques- Lab Exercise 9: The Chemistry and Ecology of Yogurt Production
tions. Lab Exercise 10: DNA and RNA: Structure and Function
Lab Exercise 11: Mitosis-Cell Division
CONTENTS Lab Exercise 12: Meiosis
To the Instructor Lab Exercise 13: DNA Extraction
To the Student Laboratory Safety Lab Exercise 14: Genetics Problems
Part 1 Cell Biology Lab Exercise 15: Genetic Ratios and Chi-Square Analysis
1 Scientific Method Lab Exercise 16: Human Variation
2 Metric Measurement and Microscopy Lab Exercise 17: Sensory Abilities
3 Chemical Composition of Cells Lab Exercise 18: Population Demographics
4 Cell Structure and Function Lab Exercise 19: Population Genetics Simulation
5 Mitosis and Meiosis Lab Exercise 20: Bacterial Selection
6 Enzymes Lab Exercise 21: The Effect of Abiotic Factors on Habitat Prefer-
7 Cellular Respiration ence
Part 2 Plant Biology Lab Exercise 22: Successional Changes in Vegetation
8 Photosynthesis Lab Exercise 23: Behavioral Differences in Small Mammals
9 Organization of Flowering Plants Lab Exercise 24: Plant Life Cycles
10 Reproduction in Flowering Plants Lab Exercise 25: Plant Structure and Function
Part 3 Maintenance of the Human Body Lab Exercise 26: Natural Selection
11 Animal Organization Lab Exercise 27: Species Diversity
12 Chemical Aspects of Digestion Lab Exercise 28: Frog Dissection
13 Basic Mammalian Anatomy I Lab Exercise 29: Roll Call of the Animals
14 Cardiovascular System Lab Exercise 30: Intraspecific and Interspecific Competition
15 Features of the Cardiovascular System Appendix A: Chi-Square (Goodness of Fit) Test
16 Basic Mammalian Anatomy II Appendix B: Math Review
17 Homeostasis
Part 4 Integration and Control of the Human Body
18 Nervous System and Senses
19 Musculoskeletal System
Part 5 Continuance of the Species
20 Development
21 Patterns of Inheritance LABORATORY MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY
22 DNA Biology and Technology ESSENTIALS OF BIOLOGY
23 Genetic Counseling By Sylvia Mader
Part 6 Evolution and Diversity 2007 (May 2006) / 304 pages
24 Evidences of Evolution ISBN-13: 978-0-07-340341-0 / MHID: 0-07-340341-5
25 Microbiology
26 Seedless Plants The Laboratory Manual to accompany Sylvia Mader’s Essentials of
Biology reflects all of the exceptional features of the Essentials of
27 Seed Plants
Biology text. Instructors appreciate the refined exercises that are so
28 Introduction to Invertebrates numerous you won’t need to look anywhere else for student activities.
29 Molluscs, Annelids, and Arthropods Author Sylvia Mader’s writing in the laboratory manual, just as in the
30 Echinoderms and Chordates text, emphasizes clarity, with carefully worded study questions that

Part 7 Behavior and Ecology are direct in their intent and purpose. The lab manual’s accessible
31 Sampling Ecosystems writing accompanies unparalleled illustrations to provide students
32 Effects of Pollution on Ecosystems with clear exercises and questions. The visuals have been updated
Appendix A Preparing a Laboratory Report to be even easier for students--both majors and non-majors--to

Laboratory Report Form comprehend. The dramatic illustrations and photographs not only
help students understand concepts and process, but also give them
Appendix B Metric System
an appreciation for the beauty of organisms and biological structure.
Appendix C Classification of Organisms McGraw-Hill’s Biology Digitized Video Clips on the accompanying
DVD will capture students’ interest while illustrating key biological
concepts and processes.
CONTENTS
1 Scientific Method
LABORATORY MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY 2 Metric Measurement and Microscopy
CONCEPTS IN BIOLOGY 4 Enzymes
12th Edition 5 Cellular Respiration
By Eldon Enger and Frederick Ross of Delta College 6 Photosynthesis
2007 (March 2006) / 304 pages 7 Mitosis and Meiosis
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-298663-1 / MHID: 0-07-298663-8 8 Patterns of Inheritance
9 DNA Biology and Technology
CONTENTS
Lab Exercise 1: Metric Measurement and the Scientific Method 11 Evidences of Evolution
Lab Exercise 2: Atoms and Molecules 12 Microbiology
Lab Exercise 3: Diffusion and Osmosis 13 Seedless Plants and Seed Plants
Lab Exercise 4: Structure of Some Organic Molecules 14 Plant Anatomy and Growth
Lab Exercise 5: The Microscope 15 Animal Diversity
Lab Exercise 6: Survey of Cell Types: Structure and Function 16 Basic Mammalian Anatomy I
Lab Exercise 7: Enzymes 17 Cardiovascular System
Lab Exercise 8: Photosynthesis and Respiration 18 Chemical Aspects of Digestion
67

BIOLOGY
19 Basic Mammalian Anatomy II Classroom concepts “come to life” with this exciting new edition of
20 Nervous System and Senses Life by Lewis, Parker, Gaffin and Hoefnagels. For over 15 years, Life
21 Effects of Pollution on Ecosystems has been known for its ability to weave together solid biology content
Appendix A: Metric System Practical Examination Answer Sheet with interesting stories, real-life case studies and applications to stu-
dent life. The sixth edition offers the depth of content, pedagogical
organization, accuracy and visual appeal to serve both majors and
non-majors biology students.
Contents
Unit 1 From Atoms to Cells
INTERACTIVE LABORATORY AND 1 What is Life?
BIOLOGICAL SIMULATIONS 2 Of Atoms and Molecules: Chemistry Basics
3 Life’s Chemistry
Version 2.0, 2nd Edition 4 Cells
By Deanne Raineri, University of Illinois 5 The Cell Surface and Cytoskeleton
2004 6 The Energy of Life
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-285012-3 / MHID: 0-07-285012-4 7 Photosynthesis
(CD and Workbook) 8 How Cells Release Energy
Unit 2 Genetics & Biotechnology
Contents
9 The Cell Cycle
Interactive Laboratories 10 Meiosis
Cystic Fibrosis Lab (Case A) 11 How Inherited Traits are Transmitted
Cystic Fibrosis Lab (Case B) 12 Chromosomes
Sickle Cell Anemia Lab 13 DNA Structure and Function
Huntington’s Disease Lab 14 Genetic Technology
Hemophilia Lab Restriction Mapping Lab Unit 3 Evolution
Solving a Murder Mystery 15 The Evolution of Evolutionary Thought
Lac Operon Exercise 1 16 The Forces of Evolutionary Change--Microevolution
Lac Operon Exercise 2 17 Speciation and Extinction
Biological Simulations 18 Evidence for Evolution
Basic Techniques in Molecular Biology 19 The Origin and History of Life
A Murder Mystery Unit 4 The Diversity of Life
The Romanov Mystery 20 Viruses
DNA Replication 21 Bacteria and Archaea
The Polymerase Chain Reaction 22 Protista
Sequencing 23 Plantae
Transcription 24 Fungi
Viruses 25 Animalia I: Sponges Through Echinoderms
Regulation of Lactose (Lac) Operon 26 Animalia II: Chordates
Unit 5 Plant Life
27 Plant Form and Function
28 Plant Nutrition and Transport
29 Reproduction of Flowering Plants
30 Plant Responses to Stimuli
Unit 6 Animal Life
General Biology
31 Animal Tissues and Organ Systems
Non Majors & Majors 33 The Senses

Combined 35 The Musculoskeletal System

36 The Circulatory System
38 Digestion and Nutrition
Textbook 39 Regulation of Temperature and Body Fluids

40 The Immune System
41 Human Reproduction and Development
Unit 7 Behavior and Ecology
42 Animal Behavior
43 Populations
International Edition 44 Communities and Ecosystems
LIFE 45 Biomes and Aquatic Ecosystems
6th Edition 46 Environmental Challenges
By Ricki Lewis, SUNY-at Albany, Bruce Parker, Utah Valley State Col-
lege-Orem, Douglas Gaffin and Marielle Hoefnagels of University of
Oklahoma-Norman
2007 (Jan 2006) / 1024 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-322480-0 / MHID: 0-07-322480-4
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110690-0 / MHID: 0-07-110690-1 [IE]
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110802-7 / MHID: 0-07-110802-5
[IE with ARIS Bi-Card]
http://www.mhhe.com/life6
68

BIOLOGY
36 Digestive Systems and Nutrition

International Edition 37 Respiratory Systems
38 Body Fluid Regulation and Excretory Systems
BIOLOGY 39 Neurons and Nervous Systems
9th Edition 40 Sense Organs
By Sylvia S Mader 41 Locomotion and Support Systems
2007 (Dec 2005) 42 Hormones and the Endocrine Systems
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-330113-6 / MHID: 0-07-330113-2 43 Reproductive Systems
44 Animal Development
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-320928-9 / MHID: 0-07-320928-7
Part VIII Behavior and Ecology
(with ARIS Bind In Card)
45 Animal Behavior
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110695-5 / MHID: 0-07-110695-2 [IE]
46 Ecology of Populations
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110780-8 / MHID: 0-07-110780-0 47 Community Ecology
[IE with ARIS] 48 Ecosystems and Human Interferences
http://www.mhhe.com/maderbiology9 49 The Biosphere
50 Conservation Biology
Biology is a comprehensive introductory biology textbook for non-
majors or mixed-majors courses that covers biology in a traditional
order from the structure and function of the cell to the organization of
the biosphere. The book, which centers on the evolution and diversity
of organisms, is appropriate for a one- or two-semester course. It’s
no wonder that Sylvia Mader’s Biology continues to be a text that’s
appreciated as much by instructors as it is by the students who use
Laboratory
it. The ninth edition is the epitome of Mader’s expertise: Its concise,
precise writing uses an economy of words to present the material as
succinctly and clearly as possible, thereby enabling students--even
non-majors--to understand the concepts without necessarily asking
the instructor to explain further.
Contents LAB MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY BIOLOGY

1 A View of Life 9th Edition
Part I The Cell By Sylvia S Mader
2 Basic Chemistry
2007 (March 2006) / 528 pages
3 The Chemistry of Organic Molecules
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-298955-7 / MHID: 0-07-298955-6
5 Membrane Structure and Function The Laboratory Manual to accompany Biology reflects all of the excep-
6 Metabolism: Energy and Enzymes tional features of the Biology text. Instructors appreciate the refined
7 Photosynthesis exercises that are so numerous you won’t need to look anywhere else
for student activities. Author Sylvia Mader’s writing in the laboratory
8 Cellular Respiration
manual, just as in the text, emphasizes clarity, with carefully worded
Part II Genetic Basis of Life study questions that are direct in their intent and purpose. The lab
9 The Cell Cycle and Cellular Reproduction manual’s accessible writing accompanies unparalleled illustrations
10 Meiosis and Sexual Reproduction to provide students with clear exercises and questions. The visuals
11 Mendelian Patterns of Inheritance have been updated to be even easier for students--both majors and
12 Chromosomal Patterns of Inheritance non-majors--to comprehend. The dramatic illustrations and photo-
13 DNA Structure and Functions graphs not only help students understand concepts and process,
14 Gene Activity: How Genes Work but also give them an appreciation for the beauty of organisms and
15 Regulation of Gene Activity and Gene Mutations biological structure. McGraw-Hill’s Biology Digitized Video Clips on
the accompanying DVD will capture students’ interest while illustrating
16 Biotechnology and Genomics
key biological concepts and processes.
Part III Evolution
17 Darwin and Evolution
Contents
18 Process of Evolution
19 Origin and History of Life Preface /
20 Classification of Living Things To the Instructor /
Part IV Microbiology and Evolution To the Student /
21 Viruses, Bacteria, and Archaea Laboratory Safety /
22 The Protists 1 Scientific Method
23 The Fungi 2 Metric Measurement and Microscopy
Part V Plant Evolution and Biology 3 Chemical Composition of Cells
24 Evolution and Diversity of Plants 4 Cell Structure and Function
25 Structure and Organization of Plants 5 Enzymes
26 Nutrition and Transport in Plants 6 Photosynthesis
27 Control of Growth and Responses in Plants 7 Cellular Respiration
28 Reproduction in Plants 8 Mitosis and Meiosis
Part VI Animal Evolution 9 Mendelian Genetics
29 Introduction to Invertebrates 10 Human Genetics
30 More Invertebrates 11 DNA and Biotechnology
31 Vertebrates 12 Evidences of Evolution
32 Human Evolution 13 Mechanisms in Evolution: Genetic Drift and Natural Selection
Part VII Comparative Animal Biology 14 Bacteria and Protists
33 Animal Organization and Homeostasis 15 Fungi
34 Circulation and Cardiovascular Systems 16 Nonvascular and Seedless Vascular Plants
35 Lymph Transport and Immunity 17 Seed Plants
18 Organization of Flowering Plants
69

BIOLOGY
19 Water Absorption and Transport in Plants

20 Control of Plant Growth and Responses International Edition
21 Reproduction in Plants
22 Introduction to Invertebrates SCHAUM’S 3000 SOLVED PROBLEMS IN
23 The Protostomes BIOLOGY
24 The Deuterostomes By Stephen Bernstein and Ruth Bernstein of University of Colorado at
25 Animal Organization Boulder
26 Basic Mammalian Anatomy I 1989 / 406 pages
27 Basic Mammalian Anatomy II ISBN-13: 978-0-07-005022-8 / MHID: 0-07-005022-8
28 Chemical Aspects of Digestion (Out of Print)
29 Homeostasis ISBN-13: 978-0-07-099157-6 / MHID: 0-07-099157-X [IE]
30 Nervous System and Senses A Schaum’s Publication
31 Musculoskeletal System
32 Animal Development (International Edition is not for sale in Japan)
33 Symbiotic Relationships
34 Sampling Ecosystems Contents
35 Effects of Pollution on Ecosystems Chemistry of Life.
Molecular Genetics.
Inheritance.
Evolution.
Diversity of Life.
History of Life: Major Patterns.
Plants: Form and Function.
INTERACTIVE LABORATORY AND Animals: Form and Function.
BIOLOGICAL SIMULATIONS Ecology.
Version 2.0, 2nd Edition
By Deanne Raineri, University of Illinois
2004
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-285012-3 / MHID: 0-07-285012-4
(CD and Workbook)
General Biology Majors

Contents
Interactive Laboratories
Cystic Fibrosis Lab (Case A)
Cystic Fibrosis Lab (Case B)
Textbook
Sickle Cell Anemia Lab
Huntington’s Disease Lab
Hemophilia Lab
Restriction Mapping Lab
Solving a Murder Mystery
Lac Operon Exercise 1
Lac Operon Exercise 2 NEW
Biological Simulations International Edition
Basic Techniques in Molecular Biology
A Murder Mystery
The Romanov Mystery
BIOLOGY
DNA Replication
The Polymerase Chain Reaction
Sequencing By Robert Brooker, University of Minnesota-Min-
neapolis, Eric Widmaier, Boston University, Linda
Transcription Graham, University of Wisconsin-Madison and
Viruses Peter Stiling, University of South Florida-Tampa
Regulation of Lactose (Lac) Operon
2008 (March 2007) / 1488 pages

ISBN-13: 978-0-07-326807-1 / MHID: 0-07-326807-0
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110200-1 / MHID: 0-07-110200-0 [IE]
Complimentary desk copies are available for http://aris.mhhe.com
course adoption only. Kindly contact your www.brookerbiology.com
local McGraw-Hill Representative or fax the Coming in January 2007, McGraw-Hill will publish the most carefully
Examination Copy Request Form available on developed NEW biology textbook in the history of our company.
the back pages of this catalog. Brooker et al Biology combines the talent of four active researchers
and experienced textbook authors to create a comprehensive modern
text featuring an evolutionary focus with an emphasis on scientific in-
Visit McGraw-Hill Education quiry.--Four active researchers--Four experienced text authors--Com-
prehensive and modern approach--Evolutionary focus--Emphasizes
Website: www.mheducation.com scientific inquiry--Realistic, integrated (3-D) visual program
70

BIOLOGY
FEATURES 11 Nucleic Acid Structure and DNA Replication

12 Gene Expression at the Molecular Level
 Evolution--A strong evolutionary approach 13 Gene Regulation
The author team delivers a clear theme of evolution through natural 14 Mutation, DNA Repair, and Cancer
selection through out each chapter by use of genomes and proteomes. 15 Eukaryotic Chromosomes, Mitosis, and Meiosis
This engages students who are reading popular press about these 16 Simle Patterns of Inheritance
topics and encourages their study of biology. It sets the stage of future 17 Complex Patterns of Inheritance
biology courses and/or career opportunities. 18 Genetics of Bacteria and Viruses
 Content--Top notch and break through content 19 Developmental Genetics
20 Genetic Technology
Provides the most accurate and up to date reference book on the
21 Genomes, Proteomes, and Bioinformatics
market that will assist students throughout their college career and
Unit 4 Evolution
beyond. The Brooker texts will also provide a useful resource to
22 Origin and History of Life
students.
23 An Introduction to Evolution
 Investigative Approach--From the first chapter, the Brooker 24 Population Genetics
author team guides the reader through how the investigation of living 25 Origin of Species
things leads to discoveries that no one would have imagined. This is 26 Taxonomy and Systematics
emphasized in the Feature Investigation boxes throughout the text. Unit 5 Diversity
Each Feature Investigation highlights important experiments in the 27 The Bacteria and Archaea
various fields of biology and the relevance to the discoveries. 28 Protists
 Art--Instructive visuals 29 The Kingdom Fungi
30 Plants and the Conquest of Land
The student can understand what is going on in the figures/photos
31 The Diversity of Modern Gymnosperms and Angiosperms
with out necessarily reading the narrative. Visual learners will espe-
32 An Introduction to Animal Diversity
cially benefit from the clear and concise art/photos. Brand new art,
33 The Invertebrates
all consistent!
34 Vertebrates
 Integrated Scientific method--You get the traditional TOC, but Unit 6 Plants
the benefit of integrated feature investigations throughout the narrative 35 An Introduction to Flowering Plants
at appropriate areas in every chapter. 36 Flowering Plants: Behavior
37 Flowering Plants: Nutrition
 Strong Author Team--The best education tool is available with
38 Flowering Plants: Transport
this new textbook because this new author team is current research-
39 Flowering Plants: Reproduction and Development
ers, active/award-winning teachers, and experienced authors with
Unit 7 Animals
current textbooks in their field of expertise.
40 Introduction to Animal Form and Function
 Balanced pedagogy--Everything in the book is important and 41 Nutrition, Digestion, and Absorption
the student is not overwhelmed by lots of pedagogy (boxes, tables, 42 Control of Energy Balance, Metabolic Rate, and Body Tempera-
insights…). ture
43 Neuroscience I: Cells of the Nervous System
 360 Degree Development Plan--The development of Brooker
44 Neuroscience II: Evolution and Function of the Brain and Nerv-
Biology has truly gone full circle to guarantee customers the most
ous Systems
accurate, authoritative new majors biology textbook ever launched
45 Neuroscience III: Sensory Systems
in this market. This plan includes:
46 The Muscular-Skeletal System and Locomotion
7 Developmental Focus Groups – 1 for each unit of the book. Never 47 Circulatory Systems
before done in publishing development….Each unit was extensively 48 Gas Exchange
reviewed and critiqued by experts in the field from across the coun- 49 Excretory Systems and Salt and Water Balance
try to make sure the development of this textbook met the needs of 50 Endocrine Systems
instructors/students. This step was taken with the authors present to 51 Animal Reproduction
improve the early draft writing of the manuscript. 52 Animal Development
53 Defense Mechanisms of the Body
6 Freelance Developmental Editors--A monumental undertaking to Unit 8 Ecology
bring in a large staff of developmental editors to make sure the content 54 An Introduction to Ecology and Biomes
was accurate, concise, and well connected between the other authors 55 Behavioral Ecology
and it’s important illustration program. 56 Population Ecology
57 Species Interactions
Steps Taken to Assure Accuracy--*11 Accuracy Checkers *3 Photo 58 Community Ecology
Consultants *Board of Consultants for Textbook *Board of Consult- 59 Ecosystem Ecology
ants for Media 60 Conservation Biology and Biodiversity
CONTENTS
1 An Introduction to Biology
Unit 1 Chemistry
2 The Chemical Basis of Life I: Atoms, Molecules, and Water
3 The Chemical Basis of Life II: Organic Molecules
Unit 2 Cell
4 General Features of Cells
5 Membrane Structure and Transport
6 Systems Biology of Cell Organization
7 Enzymes, Metabolism and Cellular Respiration
8 Photosynthesis
9 Cell Communication and Regulation of the Cell Cycle
10 Multicellularity
Unit 3 Genetics
71

BIOLOGY
on heredity and Mendelian principles, and the expanded explanation

of chromosomal theory of inheritance(12 & 13).
NEW * Evolution Unit--Expanded coverage of Evolution based on latest
International Edition research in molecular biology.
Jonathon Losos of Harvard expanded and updated this key unit of text.
BIOLOGY Moved Systematics & Phylogeny Chapter to this unit from Diversity
8th Edition unit. = new chapter 23. Split old chapter 24 into two new chapters:
24 Genome Evolution
By Peter Raven, Missouri Botanical Gardens, 25 Evolution of Development
George Johnson, Washington University-St Louis,
Kenneth Mason, Purdue University-West Lafayette, * Systematics and the Phylogenetic Revolution Chapter (23) has been
Jonathan Losos, Washington University-St Louis
and Susan Singer, Carleton College greatly expanded creating this new chapter. Systematics
* Expanded Diversity Unit--Chapter 26. This new dedicated chapter on

2008 (January 2007)
diversity coverage was developed by taking content from the previous
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-322739-9 / MHID: 0-07-322739-0
edition, plus adding new information on key events in evolution. This
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110202-5 / MHID: 0-07-110202-7 [IE]
chapter can be used as a stand alone chapter for instructors who are
http://aris.mhhe.com only able to cover a small amount of diversity in their course. Includes
Expanded coverage of new molecular understanding of phylogeny
BIOLOGY is an authoritative majors textbook with evolution as a
unifying theme. In revising the text, McGraw-Hill has consulted exten-
sively with previous users, noted experts and professors in the field. * Animal Unit--Reorganized and expanded coverage of animal biology
It is distinguished from other texts by its strong emphasis on natural starting with Nervous System (like Campbell)
selection and the evolutionary process that explains biodiversity. The
new 8th edition will feature the latest in cutting edge content reflec-  A.R.I.S.--McGraw-Hill’s ARIS (Assessment, Review, and Instruc-
tive of the rapid advances in Biology and will also offer a Dynamic,
Realistic, Accurate New Visual Program.
neW to tHIs eDItIon
 Dynamic Author Team--This new team is comprised of Susan even share their course materials and assignments with colleagues.
Singer, Plant Geneticist--Carleton College, Jonathan Losos, Evo- Whether you are looking for a “ready-to-use-straight-out-of-the-box”
lutionary Biologist--Harvard University, and Ken Mason, Molecular system or one you can customize to fit your specific course needs,
Biologist--Purdue University have joined forces and completely ARIS is your solution. Contact your local McGraw-Hill Publisher’s
overhauled the textbook. They were able to successfully modernize representative for more information on getting started with ARIS.
the content of the material, while maintaining the historical context
to the subject matter. Contents
Part I The Molecular Basis of Life
 Thorough Reorganization of Material--The author team worked
1 The Science of Biology
closely in conjunction with a copy editor to create a sense of unity,
2 The Nature of Molecules
providing a seamless and balanced presentation of the material. The
3 The Chemical Building Blocks of Life
material has been reorganized, including splitting excessively long
Part II Biology of the Cell
chapters into more manageable components where appropriate.
4 Cell Structure
These adjustments were made in response to feedback from our
5 Membranes
many reviewers
6 Energy and Metabolism
Part of the reorganization has been to ensure that a tightly structured 7 How Cells Harvest Energy
pedagogical framework is carried throughout each chapter. This 8 Photosynthesis
consistent flow gives the student a better learning tool. It also allows 9 Cell-Cell Interactions
an instructor ease in assigning or eliminating specific sections from 10 How Cells Divide
a chapter. Part III Genetic and Molecular Biology
 Strengthened Evolutionary Emphasis--From the inception of 11 Sexual Reproduction and Meiosis
Biology, evolution has been the underlying theme of the text. The 12 Patterns of Inheritance
Eighth edition has been written with an even greater focus on evolu- 13 Chromosomes, Mapping and the Meiosis—Inheritance Connec-
tion, beginning with the first chapter and more consistently threaded tion
it throughout the entire text. There has been a significant increase 14 DNA: The Genetic Material
of coverage at the molecular level to create more depth in this area, 15 Genes and How They Work
again balancing the amount of evolutionary coverage throughout. 16 Control of Gene Expression
17 Biotechnology
 Experimental Focus--The authors use existing scientific evidence 18 Genomics
to reinforce biological concepts within the narrative when a particularly 19 Cellular Mechanisms of Development
elegant story exists. Talking about actual experiments within the flow Part IV Evolution
of text, rather than a boxed reading or solitary figure, helps students 20 Genes Within Populations
make the connection between actual people doing science and the 21 The Evidence for Evolution
contents of the textbook they are reading. 22 The Origin of Species
 Updated Molecular Coverage--The team has brought more 23 Systematics and the Phylogenetic Revolution
modern information by incorporating even more molecular informa- 24 Genome Evolution
tion throughout the text, which is most evident in the evolution section 25 Evolution of Development
where two new chapters on molecular evolution have been added. Part V Diversity of Life on Earth
26 Tree of Life
 Organizational Changes 27 Viruses
* Pattern of Inheritance divided into two chapters allowing more focus 28 Prokaryotes
72

BIOLOGY
29 Protists neW to tHIs eDItIon

30 Overview of Plant Diversity
31 Fungi  The instructor’s manual to the lab manual can be found at www.
32 Overview of Animal Diversity mhhe.com/labcentral
33 Noncoelomate Invertebrates  Revised Art Program--More than 90 figures have been reived or
34 Coelomate Invertebrates replaced throughout the textbook.
35 Vertebrates
Part VI Plant Form and Function  How To Evaluate Web Material--Information on evaluating mate-
36 Plant Form rial gathered on the web has been added to Lab Topic 1.
37 Vegetative Plant Development
Contents
38 Transport in Plants
39 Plant Nutrition 1 Science: A Way of Gathering Knowledge
40 Plant Defense Responses 2 Techniques in Microscopy
41 Sensory Systems in Plants 3 Cellular Structure Reflects Function
42 Plant Reproduction 4 Determining How Materials Enter Cells
Part VII Animal Form and Function 5 Using Quantitative Techniques and Statistics
43 The Animal Body and Principles of Regulation 6 Modeling Biological Molecules
44 The Nervous System 7 Determining the Properties of an Enzyme
45 Sensory Systems 8 Measuring Cellular Respiration
46 The Endocrine System 9 Determining Chromosome Number in Mitotic Cells
47 The Musculoskeletal System 10 Observing Meiosis and Determining Cross-Over Frequency
48 The Digestive System 11 Determining Genotypes of Fruit Flies
49 The Circulatory and Respiratory Systems 12 Isolating DNA and Working with Plasmids
50 Temperature, Osmotic Regulation and the Urinary System 13 Testing Assumptions in Microevolution and Inducing Mutations
51 The Integumentary & Immune Systems 14 Working with Diverse Bacteria
52 The Reproductive Systems 15 Diversity Among Protists
53 Animal Development 16 Investigating Plant Phylogeny: Seedless Plants
Part VIII Ecology and Behavior 17 Investigating Plant Phylogeny: Seed Plants
54 Behavioral Biology 18 Observing Fungal Diversity and Symbiotic Relationships
55 Population Ecology 19 Investigating Early Events in Animal Development
56 Community Ecology 20 Animal Phylogeny: Investigating Animal Body Plans
57 Dynamics of Ecosystems 21 Protostomes I: Lophotrochozoans and Development of Complex-
58 The Biosphere ity
59 Conservation Biology 22 Protostomes II: Ecdysozoa and Great Diversity
23 Deuterostomes and the Origins of Vertebrates
24 Investigating Plant Tissues and Primary Root Structure
25 Investigating Primary Roots, Stems and Secondary Growth
26 Investigating Leaf Structure and Photosynthesis
27 Angiosperm Reproduction, Germination, and Development Inter-
chapter Investigating Animal Form and Function
28 Investigating Digestive and Gas Exchange Systems
Laboratory 29 Investigating Circulatory Systems
30 Investigating the Mammalian Urogenital System
31 Investigating the Properties of Muscle and Skeletal Systems
32 Investigating Nervous and Sensory Systems
33 Statistically Analyzing Simple Behaviors
NEW 34 Estimating Population Size and Growth
Appendix A Significant Figures and Rounding
International Edition Appendix B Making Graphs
Appendix C Simple Statistics
Appendix D Writing Lab Reports and Scientific Papers
BIOLOGICAL
INVESTIGATIONS LAB
MANUAL
8th Edition
By Warren Dolphin, Iowa State University
2008 (January 2007) / 512 pages

ISBN-13: 978-0-07-299287-8 / MHID: 0-07-299287-5
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110201-8 / MHID: 0-07-110201-9 [IE]
This independent lab manual can be used for a one or two-semester
majors level general biology lab and can be used with any majors-level
general biology textbook. The labs are investigative and ask students
to use more critical thinking and hands-on learning. The author em-
phasizes investigative, quantitative, and comparative approaches to
studying the life sciences.
73

BIOLOGY
22 Population Growth: Limitations of the Environment

23 Pollution: The Effect of Chemical, Thermal, and Acid Pollution
NEW 24 Survey of Bacteria: Kingdoms Archaebacteria and Bacteria
25 Survey of the Kingdom Protista: The Algae
26 Survey of the Kingdom Protista: Protozoa and Slime Molds
27 Survey of the Kingdom Fungi: Molds, Sac Fungi, Mushrooms,
and Lichens
28 Survey of the Plant Kingdom: Liverworts, Mosses, and Hornworts
BIOLOGY LABORATORY of Phyla Hepaticophyta, Bryophyta, and Anthocerophyta
MANUAL 29 Survey of the Plant Kingdom: Seedles Vascular Plants of Phyla
8th Edition Pterophyta and Lycophyta
30 Survey of the Plant Kingdom: Gymnosperms of Phyla Cycado-
phyta, Ginkgophyta, Coniferophyta, and Gnetophyta
By Darrell S Vodopich, Baylor University and Ran-
dy Moore, University of Minnesota-Minneapolis 31 Survey of the Plant Kingdom: Angiosperms
32 Plant Anatomy: Vegetative Structure of Vascular Plants
33 Plant Physiology: Transpiration
34 Plant Physiology: Tropisms, Nutrition, and Growth Regulators
35 Bioassay: Measuring Physiologically Active Substances
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-299522-0 / MHID: 0-07-299522-X
36 Survey of the Animal Kingdom: Phyla Porifera and Cnidaria
This laboratory manual is designed for an introductory majors biol- 37 Survey of the Animal Kingdom: Phyla Platyhelminthes and
ogy course with a broad survey of basic laboratory techniques. The Nematoda
experiments and procedures are simple, safe, easy to perform, and 38 Survey of the Animal Kingdom: Phyla Mollusca and Annelida
especially appropriate for large classes. Few experiments require 39 Survey of the Animal Kingdom: Phylum Arthropoda
a second class-meeting to complete the procedure. Each exercise
40 Survey of the Animal Kingdom: Phyla Echinodermata, Hemichor-
includes many photographs, traditional topics, and experiments that
help students learn about life. Procedures within each exercise are data, and Chordata
numerous and discrete so that an exercise can be tailored to the 41 Vertebrate Animal Tissues: Epithelial, Connective, Muscular, and
needs of the students, the style of the instructor, and the facilities Nervous Tissues
available. 42 Human Biology: The Human Skeletal System
43 Human Biology: Muscles and Muscle Contraction
neW to tHIs eDItIon 44 Human Biology: Breathing
45 Human Biology: Circulation and Blood Pressure
 Clearer information on Safety--A new safety icon will be used
46 Human Biology: Sensory Perception
throughout the text, replacing the current “CAUTION” that appears
47 Vertebrate Anatomy: External Features and Skeletal System of
in red font. Plus a Laboratory Safety Rules table has been added to
the Rat
the Welcome chapter.
48 Vertebrate Anatomy: Muscles and Internal Organs of the Rat
 Process of Science Exercises--A new exercises on Process of 49 Vertebrate Anatomy: Urogenital and Circulatory Systems of the
Science now appears in Chapter 1. Rat
50 Embryology: Comparative Morphologies and Strategies of De-
 New Figures and Tables--More than 70 tables and figures have velopment
been extended with additions, revisions or replacements. 51 Animal Behavior: Taxis, Kinesis, and Agonistic Behavior
Contents
1 Scientific Methods
2 Measurements in Biology: The Metric System and Data Analysis
3 The Microscope: Basic Skills of Light Microscopy
4 The Cell: Structure and Function
5 Solutions, Acids, and Bases: The pH Scale INTERACTIVE LABORATORY AND
6 Biologically Important Molecules: Carbohydrates, Proteins, Lipids, BIOLOGICAL SIMULATIONS
and Nucleic Acids
7 Separating Organic Compounds: Column Chromatography, Paper
Chromatography, and Gel Electrophoresis
8 Spectrophotometry: Identifying Solutes and Determining Their 2004
Concentration ISBN-13: 978-0-07-285012-3 / MHID: 0-07-285012-4
9 Diffusion and Osmosis: Passive Movements of Molecules in Bi- (CD and Workbook)
ologal Systems Contents
10 Cellular Membranes: Effects of Physical and Chemical Stress
11 Enzymes: Factors Affecting the Rate of Activity
12 Respiration: Aerobic and Anaerobic Oxidation of Organic Mol-
ecules
Sickle Cell Anemia Lab
13 Photosynthesis: Pigment Separation, Starch Production, and
Huntington’s Disease Lab
CO2 Uptake
Hemophilia Lab
14 Mitosis: Replication of Eukaryotic Cells
Restriction Mapping Lab
15 Meiosis: Reduction Division and Gametogenesis
16 Molecular Biology and Biotechnology: DNA Isolation and Bacterial
Transformation
17 Genetics: The Principles of Mendel
Biological Simulations
18 Evolution: Natural Selection and Morphological Change in Green
Algae
A Murder Mystery
19 Human Evolution: Skull Examination
The Romanov Mystery
20 Ecology: Diversity and Interaction in Plant Communities
DNA Replication
21 Community Succession
The Polymerase Chain Reaction
74

BIOLOGY
Sequencing  New Chapter Openers Throughout--Each chapter begins with

Transcription an engaging, real-life vignette that captures the student’s attention.
Viruses The vignette is referenced throughout the chapter with connec-
Regulation of Lactose (Lac) Operon tions/applications woven into the chapter and finally at the end of
the chapter students are asked to consider the vignette in light of the
chapter concepts by discussing critical-thinking questions related to
the chapter opener.
 Human Disease Coverage Expanded--Human Disease coverage
has been enhanced and is covered as each system is discussed.
Additionally each of these chapters will have a Disease and Disorder
Human Biology section.

 Updated Genetics Coverage--The entire genetics chapter has
been updated to include the most recent information possible. This
Textbook
edition now combines genetics and genetic counseling topics in one
chapter.
Contents
1 Exploring Life and Science
Part I Human Organization
2 Chemistry of Life
NEW 4 Organization and Regulation of Body Systems
International Edition Part II Maintenance of the Human Body
5 Cardiovascular System: Heart and Blood Vessels
6 Cardiovascular System: Blood
7 Lymphatic System and Immunity
HUMAN BIOLOGY 8 Digestive System and Nutrition
10th Edition 9 Respiratory System
10 Urinary System and Excretion
By Sylvia Mader Part III Movement and Support in Humans
11 Skeletal System
12 Muscular System
Part IV Integration and Coordination in Humans
13 Nervous System
2008 (February 2007) 14 Senses
15 Endocrine System
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-298686-0 / MHID: 0-07-298686-7
Part V Reproduction in Humans
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-330934-7 / MHID: 0-07-330934-6 (ARIS)
16 Reproductive System
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128579-7 / MHID: 0-07-128579-2 [IE] 17 Development and Aging
This market leading human biology text emphasizes the relationships Part VI Human Genetics
of humans to other living things. Human Biology remains user friendly; 18 Patterns of Chromosome Inheritance
relevancy and pedagogy are among its strengths. In this edition, as 19 Cancer
in previous editions, each chapter presents the topic clearly and dis- 20 Patterns of Genetic Inheritance
tinctly so that students will feel capable of achieving an adult level of 21 DNA Biology and Technology
understanding. Detailed, high-level scientific data and terminology are
Part VII Human Evolution and Ecology
not included because Dr. Mader believes that true knowledge consists
of working concepts rather than technical facility. 22 Human Evolution
23 Global Ecology and Human Interferences
neW to tHIs eDItIon 24 Human Population, Planetary Resources, and Conservation
 New Artwork!--New art will be presented throughout the text.

Several of the new figures have been created specifically for Human
Biology incorporating a new updated style. Chapter summaries will
also be more visually focused with the addition of art and sections of
art brought into the summary.

 A.R.I.S.--McGraw-Hill’s ARIS--Assessment, Review, and In-
struction System for Human Biology, 10/e is a complete electronic McGraw-Hill is interested in
homework and course management system. Instructors can create reviewing manuscript for
and share course materials and assignments with colleagues with a publication. Please contact your
few clicks of the mouse. Instructors can edit questions and algorithms,
local McGraw-Hill offi ce or email to
import their own content, and create announcements and due dates
for assignments. ARIS has automatic grading and reporting of easy- asiapub@mcgraw-hill.com
to-assign algorithmically generated homework, quizzing, and testing.
Once a student is registered in the course, all student activity within Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)
McGraw-Hill’s ARIS is automatically recorded and available to the in-
structor through a fully integrated grade book that can be downloaded
to Excel. Contact your local McGraw-Hill Publisher’s representative
for more information on getting started with ARIS.
75

BIOLOGY
Laboratory INTERACTIVE LABORATORY AND

BIOLOGICAL SIMULATIONS
2004
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-285012-3 / MHID: 0-07-285012-4
NEW (CD and Workbook)

Contents
LABORATORY MANUAL Sickle Cell Anemia Lab
TO ACCOMPANY HUMAN Huntington’s Disease Lab
BIOLOGY Hemophilia Lab
10th Edition Restriction Mapping Lab
By Sylvia Mader
Biological Simulations
2008 (March 2007) / 320 pages A Murder Mystery
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-298690-7 / MHID: 0-07-298690-5 The Romanov Mystery
The Laboratory Manual to accompany Sylvia Mader’s Human Biol- DNA Replication
ogy reflects all of the exceptional features of the Human Biology text. The Polymerase Chain Reaction
Instructors appreciate the refined exercises that are so numerous Sequencing
you won’t need to look anywhere else for student activities. Author Transcription
Sylvia Mader’s writing in the laboratory manual, just as in the text, Viruses
emphasizes clarity, with carefully worded study questions that are Regulation of Lactose (Lac) Operon
direct in their intent and purpose. The lab manual’s accessible writ-
ing accompanies unparalleled illustrations to provide students with
clear exercises and questions. The visuals have been updated to
be even easier for students--both majors and non-majors--to com-
prehend. The dramatic illustrations and photographs not only help
students understand concepts and process, but also give them an
appreciation for the beauty of organisms and biological structure.
McGraw-Hill’s Biology Digitized Video Clips on the accompanying DIGITAL ZOOLOGY VERSION 2.0 CD-ROM
DVD will capture students’ interest while illustrating key biological By Jon Houseman, University of Ottawa
concepts and processes.
2003
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-256481-5 / MHID: 0-07-256481-4
(with Workbook)
Website: www.mhhe.com/digitalzoology
Contents
Unit Names: Annelida
Biology
Apicomplexa
Arthropoda
Cheliceriformes
Ciliophora
Multimedia
Cnidaria
Crustacea
Ctenophora
Echinodermata
Hemichordata
Lophophores
BIOLOGY DIGITIZED VIDEO CLIPS Mesozoa
By McGraw-Hill Microspora
2006 (August 2005) Mollusca
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-312155-0 / MHID: 0-07-312155-X Myxozoa
McGraw-Hill is pleased to offer adopting instructors a new presenta- Nematoda
tion tool— 152 digitized biology video clips on DVD! Licensed from Nemertea
some of the highest-quality science video producers in the world, Other Chordata
these brief segments range from about five seconds to just under Other Pseudocoelomates
three minutes in length and cover all areas of general biology from Placozoa
cells to ecosystems. Engaging and informative, McGraw-Hill’s Biol- Platyhelminthes
ogy Digitized Video Clips will help capture students’ interest while Porifera
illustrating key biological concepts and processes such as mitosis,
Sarcomastigophora
how cilia and flagella work, and how some plants have evolved into
carnivores. Uniramia
Vertebrata
Workbook chapters: Protozoans
Porifera
76

BIOLOGY
Supplements
Cnidaria
Platyhelminthes
Annelida
Mollusca
Nematoda, Gastrotricha, Rotifera, including Acanthocephala
Arthropoda
Bryozoa and Brachiopoda PHOTO ATLAS FOR GENERAL BIOLOGY
Echinodermata Hemichordata 2nd Edition
Urochordata and Cephalochordata By Dennis Strete, McLennan Communiy College and Darrell S. Vodopich,
Agnatha Baylor University
Jawed Fishes 2007 (August 2006) / 288 pages
Amphibia ISBN-13: 978-0-07-284610-2 / MHID: 0-07-284610-0
Mammalia This atlas was developed to support our numerous general biology
titles. It can be used as a supplement for a general biology or labora-
tory course.
Contents
1 Microscopy
2 Plant Cells
MICROBES IN MOTION III 3 Animal Cells and Tissues
CD-ROM 4 Plant Mitosis and Gametogenesis
3rd Edition 5 Animal Cell Mitosis and Meiosis
By Gloria J Delisle, Queen’s University and Lewis L Tomalty, Queen’s 6 Prokaryotes
University/Kingston General Hospital 7 Kingdom Protista
2002 8 Kingdom Fungi
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-233438-8 / MHID: 0-07-233438-X 9 Bryophytes
10 Seedless Vascular Plants
CONTENTS
11 Ferns
Anaerobic Bacteria 12 Gymnosperms
Antimicrobial Action 13 Flowering Plants
Antimicrobial Resistance 14 Invertebrate Phyla
Bacterial Structure & Function 15 Chordates
Control—Physical & Chemical 16 The Vertebrates
Environmental Microbiology 17 Vertebrate Dissections
Epidemiology of Infectious Diseases 18 Human Biology--Histology and Anatomy of Systems
Microbial Genetics 19 Development
Gram Negative Organisms
Gram Positive Organisms
Immunology
Metabolism and Growth
Miscellaneous Bacteria
Mycology
Fungal Structure and Function SCHAUM’S A-Z BIOLOGY
Parasitology By Bill Indge
Parasite Structure and Function 2003 / 320 pages
Microbial Pathogenesis—Specific Immunology ISBN-13: 978-0-07-141934-5 / MHID: 0-07-141934-9
Vaccines
Virology
A Schaum’s Publication
Viral Structure & Function Schaum’s A-Z handbooks make excellent complements to course
Glossary textbooks and test preparation guides. Ideal for ambitious high school
seniors--especially AP students--and college freshmen, they feature
concise, thoroughly cross-referenced definitions of hundreds of key
terms and phrases that help students quickly break through the jargon
barrier. Clear explanations of key concepts, supplemented with lucid
illustrations, help build mastery of theory and provide a ready refer-
ence to supplement class work.
 Each entry begins with a clear, one-sentence definition and is

followed by an explanation and examples.
 A-to-Z format for ready reference
 Clear definitions and explanations, cross-referenced and en-

hanced with numerous worked examples and illustrations
 Extended explanations of more important concepts
 Review lists of entries that relate to main topics in the Appendix

aid review
77

BIOLOGY
HOW TO STUDY SCIENCE SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF BIOLOGY

4th Edition 2nd Edition
By Kristin L.D. Milligan and Frederick W. Drewes, Suffolk Community By George Fried, Brooklyn College
College—Selden 1999 / 455 pages
2003 / 128 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-022405-6 / MHID: 0-07-022405-6
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-234693-0 / MHID: 0-07-234693-0 A Schaum’s Publication
CONTENTS CONTENTS
1 The Study of Science Part I: Fundamentals of Biology.
2 Science Classes and Instructors Part II: Biology of the Cell.
3 Bridging the Learning Pyramid Part III: Genetics and Inheritance.
4 The First Week and the “Two D’s” Part IV: Plant Biology.
5 Listening and Taking Notes Part V: Animal Biology.
6 Time Management Part VI: Evolution and Ecology.
7 Study Sessions Part VII: Biological Diversity.
8 Use of Textbooks
9 Terms, Symbols, and Figures
10 Analyzing Figures
11 Practice Understanding Figures
12 Assignments and Reports
13 Answering Essay and Math-Based Problems
14 Tests
15 Analyzing Results of Tests and Assignments
Appendix A Mnemonics
Appendix B Exercise Resource
SCHAUM’S EASY OUTLINE OF BIOLOGY

By George H. Fried and George J. Hademenos
2001 / 154 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-136971-8 / MHID: 0-07-136971-6

A Schaum’s Publication Complimentary desk copies are available for
CONTENTS
Chapter 1: The Chemistry of Life.
Chapter 2: Cell Structure and Function.
Chapter 3: The Molecular Basis of Inheritance. the back pages of this catalog.
Chapter 4: The Cellular Basis of Inheritance.
Chapter 5: The Mechanism of Inheritance. Visit McGraw-Hill Education
Chapter 6: Classification of Prokaryotes.
Chapter 7: Classification of Eukaryotes.
Chapter 8: Plant STructure and Function.
Chapter 9: Intercellular Communication. COMPLIMENTARY COPIES
Chapter 10: Musculoskeletal System.
Chapter 11: Respiration and Circulation.
Chapter 12: Homeostasis and Excretion.
Chapter 13: Nurition and Digestion.
Chapter 14: Reproduction and Early Human Development.
Chapter 15: Evolution and the Origin of Life.
Chapter 16: Ecology.

local McGraw-Hill office or email to
asiapub@mcgraw-hill.com

78

Biotechnology......................................................................................................99

Developmental Biology / Embryology..................................................................94
General Genetics................................................................................................95
Human Genetics..................................................................................................98
Immunology.........................................................................................................94
Introductory Microbiology Laboratory..................................................................86
Introductory Microbiology - Majors Text...............................................................81
Introductory Microbiology - Non Majors
- Multimedia.....................................................................................................92
Introductory Microbiology - Non Majors Text
- Allied Health Emphasis.................................................................................83
Microbiology Printed - Supplements....................................................................92
Molecular Biology................................................................................................93
STDs / AIDS........................................................................................................92
Virology................................................................................................................92
79
HED 08 Cellular Molecular, Micro79 79 11/13/2007 2:18:29 PM

NEW TITLES

Genetics: Analysis and Principles, 3e Brooker 9780077229726 007722972X 95
in General Microbiology, Complete Version, 11e
in General Microbiology, Short Version, 11e
Microbiology: A Systems Approach, 2e Cowan 9780077224776 0077224779 83
Introduction to Genetics Hyde 9780073224817 0073224812 96
Human Genetics, 8e Lewis 9780077221270 0077221273 98
AIDS Update 2008, 2e Stine 9780073375281 0073375284 92
Prescott’s Principles of Microbiology Willey 9780077213411 0077213416 81
2008
Microbiology Lab Manual, 7e Harley 9780072992939 007299293X 88
Genetics: From Genes to Genomes, 3e Hartwell 9780073227382 0073227382 96
Laboratory Manual and Workbook in MIcrobiology: Applications Morello 9780072995756 0072995750 89
to Patient Care, 9e
Foundations in Microbiology, 6e Talaro 9780073305400 0073305405 84
Foundations in Microbiology: Basic Principles, 6e Talaro 9780073309477 0073309478 85
Molecular Biology, 4e Weaver 9780073319940 0073319945 93
Prescott/Harley/Klein’s Microbiology, 7e Willey 9780073302089 0073302082 82
80

CELLULAR MOLECULAR,
MICROBIOLOGY & GENETICS
Introductory make.the.material.more.comprehendible..The.authors.also.believe.
that.figures.should.be.content-rich,.not.just.pretty.to.look.at..Therefore,.
Microbiology the.art.program.also.includes.pedagogical.features.such.as.concept.
– Majors Text
maps.and.annotation.of.key.pathways.and.processes..
 Learning.Tools.Throughout.the.Text..
-Chapter.Glossary.Each.chapter.begins.with.a.glossary—a.list.of.key.
terms discussed in the chapter. Each is succinctly defined and page
numbers.referenced..
-Cross-Referenced.Notes.In-text.references.with.icons.refer.students.
NEW to.other.parts.of.the.book.to.review..
International Edition -Review and Reflection Questions within Narrative Review questions
throughout.each.chapter.assist.students.in.mastering.section.concepts.
pRESCOTT’S pRINCIpLES OF before.moving.on.to.other.topics..
MICROBIOLOGY
-Special. Interest. Essays. Interesting. essays. on. relevant. topics. are.
included.in.most.chapters..Readings.are.organized.into.these.topics:.
By Joanne Willey Hofstra University, Linda
Sherwood, Montana State University-Bozeman and Historical.Highlights,.Techniques.&.Applications,.Microbial.Diversity.
Chris Woolverton, Kent State University-Kent &.Ecology,.Disease,.and.Microbial.Tidbits..
-End-of-Chapter.Material.End-of-chapter.summaries.are.organized.
by.numbered.headings.and.provide.a.snapshot.of.important.chapter.
concepts. Critical Thinking Questions supplement the questions for
review and reflection found throughout each chapter; they are de-
2009 (January 2008) signed.to.stimulate.analytical.problem.solving.skills..
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-721341-1 / MHID: 0-07-721341-6
 McGraw-Hill’s.ARIS..ARIS.is.a.complete.electronic.homework.
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128367-0 / MHID: 0-07-128367-6 [IE]
and.course.management.system,.designed.for.greater.ease.of.use.
http://www.mhhe.com/prescottprinciples than.any.other.system.available..Instructors.can.create.and.share.
course.materials.and.assignments.with.colleagues.with.a.few.clicks.
Prescott’s.Principles.of.Microbiology.continues.in.the.tradition.of.the.
market.leading.Prescott,.Harley,.and.Klein’s.Microbiology..In.using.the. of.the.mouse..Instructors.can.edit.questions,.import.their.own.content,.
7th.edition.of.PHK’s.Microbiology.as.the.foundation.for.the.develop- and. create. announcements. and. due. dates. for. assignments..ARIS.
ment.of.Principles,.the.authors.have.presented.a.streamlined,.briefer. has. automatic. grading. and. reporting. of. easy-to-assign. homework,.
discussion.of.the.broad.discipline.of.microbiology.and.have.focused.on. quizzing,.and.testing..Once.a.student.is.registered.in.the.course,.all.
readability.and.the.integration.of.several.key.themes.with.an.emphasis. student.activity.within.McGraw-Hill’s.ARIS.is.automatically.recorded.
on.evolution,.ecology.and.diversity.throughout.the.text..To.accomplish. and.available.to.the.instructor.through.a.fully.integrated.grade.book.
this,.each.chapter.focuses.on.key.concepts.and.includes.only.the.most. that.can.be.downloaded.to.Excel..
relevant,.up-to-date.examples..Unique.to.Principles.is.the.inclusion.
of.microbial.pathogens.into.the.diversity.chapters.(chapters.19-24)..  McGraw-Hill.Presentation.Center..ARIS.Presentation.Center.is.
Thus.when.students.read.about.the.metabolic.and.genetic.diversity. an.online.digital.library.containing.assets.such.as.photos,.artwork,.
of.each.bacterial,.protist,.and.viral.taxon,.they.are.also.presented.with. PowerPoints,.animations,.and.other.media.types.that.can.be.used.
the.important.pathogens..In.this.way,.the.physiological.adaptations. to.create.customized.lectures,.visually.enhanced.tests.and.quizzes,.
that.make.a.given.organism.successful.can.be.immediately.related.
compelling.course.websites,.or.attractive.printed.support.materials..
to.its.role.as.a.pathogen.and.pathogens.can.be.readily.compared.to.
phylogenetically.similar.microbes.. Accessed. from. the. instructor. side. of. the. textbook’s.ARIS. website,.
Presentation.Center’s.dynamic.search.engine.allows.instructors.to.
FeAtURes explore.by.discipline,.course,.textbook.chapter,.asset.type,.or.keyword..
Simply.browse,.select,.and.download.the.files.you.need.to.build.en-
 Unique.to.Principles.is.the.inclusion.of.microbial.pathogens.into. gaging.course.materials..All.assets.are.copyright.McGraw-Hill.Higher.
the. diversity. chapters. (chapters. 19-24).. Thus. when. students. read. Education.but.can.be.used.by.instructors.for.classroom.purposes..
about.the.metabolic.and.genetic.diversity.of.each.bacterial,.protist,.
and.viral.taxon,.they.are.also.presented.with.the.important.pathogens.. Contents
In.this.way,.the.physiological.adaptations.that.make.a.given.organ- Part I: Introduction to Microbiology
ism.successful.can.be.immediately.related.to.it.role.as.a.pathogen. Chapter.1:.The.History.and.Scope.of.Microbiology.
and.pathogens.can.be.readily.compared.to.phylogenetically.similar. Chapter.2:.Microscopes.and.the.Study.of.Microbial.Structure.
microbes.. Chapter.3:.Procaryotic.Cell.Structure.
Chapter.4:.Eucaryotic.Cell.Structure.and.Function.
 Thematic.Integration..Because.microbial.evolution,.diversity,.and.
Chapter.5:.Viruses.and.Other.Cellular.Agents
ecology.are.no.longer.subdisciplines.to.be.ignored.by.those.interested.
Part II: Microbial Nutrition, Growth, and Control
in.microbial.genetics,.physiology,.or.pathogenesis,.Principles.strives.
Chapter.6:.Microbial.Nutrition.
to.integrate.these.themes.throughout.the.text..The.authors.begin.in.
Chapter.7:.Microbial.Growth.
chapter.1.with.a.discussion.of.the.universal.tree.of.life.and.whenever.
Chapter. 8:. Control. of. Microorganisms. by. Physical. and. Chemical.
possible,. discuss. diverse. microbial. species. so. that. students. can.
Agents
begin.to.appreciate.the.tremendous.variation.in.the.microbial.world..
Part III: Microbial Metabolism
In.addition,.Principles.uses.the.topics.of.intercellular.communication.
Chapter.9:.Introduction.to.Metabolism.
(chapters. 6. and. 13),. biofilms. (throughout. the. text,. but. specifically.
Chapter.10:.Catabolism:.Energy.Release.and.Conservation.
in. chapters. 6,. 13,. and. 29),. microbial. evolution. (chapter. 17),. and.
Chapter.11:.Anabolism:.The.Use.of.Energy.in.Biosynthesis
polymicrobial. diseases. (chapter. 33). to. emphasize. that. evolution.
Part IV: Microbial Molecular Biology and Genetics
must.be.linked.to.genetics,.physiology.to.diversity,.and.ecology.to.
Chapter.12:.Gene.Structure,.Replication,.and.Expression.
pathogenesis..
Chapter.13:.Regulation.of.Gene.Expression.
 Instructional.Art..Three-dimensional.renderings.help.the.student. Chapter.14:.Mechanisms.of.Genetic.Variation.
appreciate.the.beauty.and.elegance.of.the.cell,.while.at.the.same.time. Chapter.15:.Microbial.Genomics.
81

CELLULAR MOLECULAR,
Chapter.16:.Biotechnology.and.Industrial.Microbiology Chapter.19,.which.now.covers.microbial.evolution.in.greater.depth.
Part V: The Diversity of The Microbial World than.other.texts..The.chapters.that.are.specifically.devoted.to.ecology.
Chapter.17:.Microbial.Evolution,.Taxonomy,.and.Diversity. (27-29).have.also.undergone.significant.revisions..
Chapter.18:.The.Archaea.
 The.most.up-to-date.information.to.maintain.accurate.descrip-
Chapter. 19:. Deinococci. and. Nonproteobacteria. Gram. Negative.
tions.of.structures.and.processes,.as.well.as.provide.exciting.recent.
Bacteria.
discoveries. to. illustrate. essential. points,. has. been. added..A. few.
Chapter.20:.Proteobacteria.
specific.examples.include:.
Chapter.21:.Low.G.+.C.Gram.Positive.Bacteria.
Chapter.22:.High.G.+.C.Gram.Positive.Bacteria. -.a.current.description.of.the.structure.and.function.of.DNA.polymer-
Chapter.23:.Eucaryotic.Microbes. ase.III.
Chapter.24:.Viral.Diversity -.the.role.of.viruses.in.marine.ecosystems.
Part VI: Ecology and Symbiosis -.the.ubiquitous.nature.of.type.III.secretion.systems.
Chapter. 25:. Biogeochemical. Cycling. and. Introductory. Microbial. -.an.updated.coverage.of.the.inflammatory.response.
Ecology. -.the.current.understanding.of.HIV.origins.
Chapter.26:.Microorganisms.in.Natural.Environments. -.the.avian.influenza.epidemiology.
Chapter.27:.Microbial.Interactions  Nearly.200.new.and.300.revised.illustrations.and.photos.featuring.
Part VII: Host Defenses three-dimensional.renditions.and.bright,.attractive.colors.are.part.of.
Chapter.28:.Nonspecific.(Innate).Host.Resistance>. the.extensively.revised.art.program!.The.art.program.also.includes.
Chapter.29:.Specific.(Adaptive).Immunity new.pedagogical.features.such.as.concept.maps.and.annotation.of.
Part.VIII:.Microbial.Diseases.and.Their.Control key.pathways.and.processes..
Chapter.30:.Pathogenicity.of.Microorganisms.
Chapter.31:.Antimicrobial.Chemotherapy.  New.study.aids.have.been.developed.to.help.students.better.
Chapter.32:.Clinical.Microbiology.and.Immunology. understand.the.vast.array.of.microbiology.concepts:.
Chapter.33:.The.Epidemiology.of.Infectious.Disease -.New.questions.that.require.critical.thinking.skills.have.been.added.
Part IX: Applied Microbiology throughout..
Chapter.34:.Microbiology.of.Food. -.Important.names.of.scientists,.techniques,.and.microbes.are.now.
Chapter.35:.Industrial.Microbiology called.out.to.students.by.being.highligted.in.red.font..
-.In.addition.to.every.term.being.page-referenced,.the.updated.glos-
sary.now.also.includes.200.new.and.revised.entries..
 New.instructor.and.student.technology.resources.available.with.
the.7th.edition!.
-. The. 50. high-quality. animations. that. were. available. with. the. 6th.
NEW edition. are. even. more. improved. with. the. 7th. edition!. With. an. ad-
ditional. 25. new. animations. available. (75. total),. students. can. now.
International Edition quiz.themselves.over.each.animation,.receive.automatic.feedback.
on.correct/incorrect.answers,.and.then.submit.their.answers.to.their.
instructors.for.grading..
pRESCOTT/HARLEY/KLEIN’S -.McGraw-Hill’s.ARIS.is.a.new.complete.electronic.homework.and.
MICROBIOLOGY course.management.system,.designed.for.greater.ease.of.use.than.
7th Edition any.other.system.available..Instructors.can.create.and.share.course.
materials.and.assignments.with.colleagues.with.a.few.clicks.of.the.
By Joanne Willey, Hofstra University, Linda mouse..Instructors.can.edit.questions,.import.their.own.content,.and.
Sherwood, Montana State University-Bozeman and create. announcements. and. due. dates. for. assignments..ARIS. has.
Chris Woolverton, Kent State University-Kent automatic. grading. and. reporting. of. homework,. quizzing,. and. test-
ing..Once.a.student.is.registered.in.the.course,.all.student.activity.
within. McGraw-Hill’s.ARIS. is. automatically. recorded. and. available.
2008 (January 2007) to.the.instructor.through.a.fully.integrated. grade.book.that.can.be.
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-330208-9 / MHID: 0-07-330208-2 downloaded.to.Excel..
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110231-5 / MHID: 0-07-110231-0 [IE] Contents
Website: http://aris.mhhe.com Part I Introduction to Microbiology.
The.brand.new.author.team.of.Prescott,.Harley.and.Klein’s.Microbiol- 1.The.History.and.Scope.of.Microbiology.
ogy.continues.the.tradition.of.past.editions.by.providing.a.balanced,. 2. The. Study. of. Microbial. Structure:. Microscopy. and. Specimen.
comprehensive. introduction. to. all. major. areas. of. microbiology.. Preparation.
Because.of.this.balance,.the.Seventh.Edition.of.Microbiology.is.ap- 3.Procaryotic.Cell.Structure.and.Function.
propriate. for. microbiology. majors. and. mixed. majors. courses.. The. 4.Eucaryotic.Cell.Structure.and.Function.
new.authors.have.focused.on.readability,.artwork,.and.the.integration. Part II Microbial Nutrition, Growth, and Control
of. several. key. themes. (including. evolution,. ecology. and. diversity). 5.Microbial.Nutrition.
throughout.the.text,.making.an.already.superior.text.even.better.. 6.Microbial.Growth.
7.Control.of.Microorganisms.by.Physical.and.Chemical.Agents.
neW to tHIs eDItIon
Part III Microbial Metabolism
 The.Seventh.Edition.introduces.a.brand.new.author.team.with. 8.Metabolism:.Energy,.Enzymes,.and.Regulation
over.40.years.of.combined.research.and.teaching.experience..Joanne. 9.Metabolism:.Energy.Release.and.Conservation.
Willey,.Linda.Sherwood,.and.Christopher.Woolverton.focused.on.read- 10.Metabolism:.The.Use.of.Energy.in.Biosynthesis.
ability,.artwork,.and.the.integration.of.several.key.themes.throughout. Part IV Microbial Molecular Biology and Genetics
the.text,.making.an.already.superior.text.even.better.. 11. Microbial. Genetics:. Gene. Structure,. Replication,. and. Expres-
sion.
 Increased.emphasis.on.microbial.evolution.and.diversity..The. 12.Microbial.Genetics.of.Gene.Expression.
themes.of.microbial.evolution,.ecology,.and.diversity.are.now.more. 13.Microbial.Genetics:.Mechanisms.of.Genetic.Variation.
than.ever.integrated.throughout.the.Seventh.Edition..Several.chapters. Part V DNA Technology and Genomics
have.been.revised.and.reorganized.to.reflect.this.integration,.including. 14.Recombinant.DNA.Technology.
82

CELLULAR MOLECULAR,
15.Microbial.Genomics.
Part VI The Viruses Introductory
16.The.Viruses:.Introduction.and.General.Characteristics.
Microbiology
- Non Majors Text
17.The.Viruses:.Viruses.of.Bacteria.and.Archaea.
18. The. Viruses:. Eucaryotic. Viruses. and. Other.Acellular. Infectious.
Agents.
Part VII The Diversity of the Microbial World
19.Microbial.Evolution,.Taxonomy,.and.Diversity. ........
20.The.Archaea
Allied Health Emphasis

21. Bacteria:. The. Deinococci. and. Nonproteobacteria. Gram. Nega-
tives.
22.Bacteria:.The.Proteobacteria.
23.Bacteria:.The.Low.G.+.C.Gram.Positives.
24.Bacteria:.The.High.G.+.C.Gram.Positives
25.The.Protists.
26.The.Fungi.(Eumycota).
Part VIII Ecology and Symbiosis
27.Biogeochemical.Cycling.and.Introductory.Microbial.Ecology. NEW
28.Microorganism.in.Marine.and.Freshwater.Environments. International Edition
29.Microorganisms.in.Terrestrial.Environments.
Part IX Nonspecific (Innate) Resistance and the Immune Re-
sponse
30.Microbial.Interactions.
MICROBIOLOGY
31.Nonspecific.(Innate).Host.Resistance. A Systems Approach,
32.Specific.(Adaptive).Immunity. 2nd Edition
33.Pathogenecity.of.Microorganisms.
Part X Microbial Diseases and Their Control By Marjorie Kelly Cowan, Miami University of
34.Antimicrobial.Chemotherapy.35.Clinical.Microbiology. OH-Oxford and Kathleen Park Talaro, Pasadena
36.The.Epidemiology.of.Infectious.Disease. Area Community College
37.Human.Diseases.Caused.by.Viruses.
38.Human.Diseases.Caused.by.Bacteria. 2009 (January 2008)
39.Human.Diseases.Caused.by.Fungi.and.Protists. ISBN-13: 978-0-07-722477-6 / MHID: 0-07-722477-9
Part XI Food and Industrial Microbiology ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128777-7 / MHID: 0-07-128777-9 [IE]
40.Microbiology.of.Food.
41.Applied.and.Industrial.Microbiology.
http://www.aris.mhhe.com
Appendix.I.A.Review.of.the.Chemistry.of.Biological.Molecules. Microbiology:.A. Systems.Approach. is. a. non-majors/allied. health.
Appendix.II.Common.Metabolic.Pathways microbiology.textbook.that.has.quickly.become.known.for.its.unique.
organization,.appealing.writing.style,.and.current.medical.applications..
Cowan/Talaro.utilizes.an.organ.systems.approach,.but.unlike.any.other.
book, this text first describes the clinical presentation (the particular
set.of.symptoms).and.then.all.of.the.organisms.that.could.cause.the.
symptom. as. opposed. to. just. providing. a. long. list. of. organisms. to.
study..This.treatment.is.unique.and.represents.a.real.difference.in.
the.method.of.teaching.microbiology..
neW to tHIs eDItIon

 Major.revisions.have.occurred.within.several.chapters.to.simplify.
content.and.add.the.latest.research:.
-Chapter 1: Significantly updated and improved; taxonomy has been

updated; evolution discussed improved; 3-Domain figure updated
with.current.understanding..
-Chapter 8: Major reorganization, simplification and clarification of

concepts; better and more complete treatment of photosynthesis.
McGraw-Hill is interested in -Chapter.12:.Major.reorganization.to.better.match.the.opening.sum-

mary figure 12.1; antiviral section much improved.
publication. Please contact your -Chapters.24.&.25:.New.research.and.developments.have.neces-
local McGraw-Hill office or email to sitated breaking Chapter 24 from the first edition into two chapters in
the.second.edition:.Chapter.24.=.Environmental.Microbiology,.and.
asiapub@mcgraw-hill.com Chapter.25.=.Applied.(Industrial).Microbiology..Some.of.the.new.topics.
included.in.these.chapters.are.emphasis.on.microbes.in.earth’s.crust.
miles.below.the.surface,.the.role.of.microbial.consortia.in.bioremedia-
Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) tion,.astrobiology,.and.increased.emphasis.on.greenhouse.gases..
-New coverage on biofilms and polymicrobial diseases has been
integrated.throughout.the.text..
 New.end-of-chapter.material.has.been.added.to.help.reinforce.
key.chapter.concepts:.
-Visual Understanding Questions use images from previous chapters
83

CELLULAR MOLECULAR,
to.ask.integrated.learning.questions..
NEW
-Concept. Mapping. exercises. help. students. learn. and. retain. mate-
rial.. International Edition
-True-False.questions.are.now.included.in.the.end-of-chapter.study.
tools,. in. addition. to. multiple. choice. and. “Writing. to. Learn”. ques- FOUNDATIONS IN
tions.. MICROBIOLOGY
-More Internet Search Topics finish up each chapter to offer stu-
6th Edition
dents.additional.reliable,.informational.sites.for.research.on.chapter.
content.. By Kathleen Park Talaro, Pasadena City College
 Twenty-five. new. animations. have. been. developed. on. key.

microbiological.processes,.bringing.the.total.number.of.animations.
available.to.instructors.and.students.to.over.100..Students.can.now.
2008 (September 2006)
quiz.themselves.over.each.animation,.receive.automatic.feedback.
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-330540-0 / MHID: 0-07-330540-5
instructors.for.grading.. ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110229-2 / MHID: 0-07-110229-9 [IE]
http://www.aris.mhhe.com
 McGraw-Hill.Presentation.Center..ARIS.Presentation.Center.is.
an.online.digital.library.containing.assets.such.as.photos,.artwork,. Written.with.the.non-major/allied.health.student.in.mind,.Foundations.
PowerPoints,.animations,.and.other.media.types.that.can.be.used. in.Microbiology.offers.an.engaging.and.accessible.writing.style.through.
to.create.customized.lectures,.visually.enhanced.tests.and.quizzes,. the.use.of.tools.such.as.case.studies.and.analogies.to.thoroughly.
compelling.course.websites,.or.attractive.printed.support.materials.. explain difficult microbiology concepts. A taxonomic approach is used
for.the.study.of.pathogens..
Accessed. from. the. instructor. side. of. the. textbook’s.ARIS. website,.
neW to tHIs eDItIon
explore.by.discipline,.course,.textbook.chapter,.asset.type,.or.keyword..
Simply.browse,.select,.and.download.the.files.you.need.to.build.en-  The.immunology.chapters.have.been.extensively.reorganized.
gaging.course.materials..All.assets.are.copyright.McGraw-Hill.Higher. and.updated:.
Education.but.can.be.used.by.instructors.for.classroom.purposes.. -.Chapter.14,.now.titled.“Nonspecific.Host.Defenses”,.only.includes.
material.on.nonspecific.immunity..
Contents
-.Chapter.15,.now.titled.“Specific.Immunity.and.Immunization”,.in-
Chapter.1.The.Main.Themes.of.Microbiology. cludes.material.on.specific.immunity.and.immunization..
Chapter.2.The.Chemistry.of.Biology. -.The.previous.edition’s.Chapter.16.material.on.immunization.is.now.
Chapter.3.Tools.of.the.Laboratory:.The.Methods.for.Studying.Micro- placed.in.Chapter.15,.and.previous.material.on.immune.assays.can.
organisms. now.be.found.in.the.new.Chapter.17.on.diagnosing.infections..The.
Chapter.4.Procaryotic.Profiles:.The.Bacteria.and.Archaea. new.Chapter.16.is.“Disorders.in.Immunity”.(old.Chapter.17)..
Chapter.5.Eucaryotic.Cells.and.Microorganisms.
 Chapter. 17,. Diagnosing. Infections,. is. brand. new. to. this. edi-
Chapter.6.An.Introduction.to.the.Viruses.
tion!.Bringing.together.in.one.place.the.methods.used.to.diagnose.
Chapter.7.Elements.of.Microbial.Nutrition,.Ecology,.and.Growth.
infectious.diseases,.the.chapter.starts.with.collecting.samples.from.
Chapter.8.Microbial.Metabolism:.The.Chemical.Crossroads.of.Life.
the. patient. and. details. the. biochemical,. serological. and. molecular.
Chapter.9.Microbial.Genetics.
methods.used.to.identify.causative.microbes..
Chapter.10.Genetic.Engineering:.A.Revolution.in.Molecular.Biology.
Chapter.11.Physical.and.Chemical.Control.of.Microbes.  Each.chapter.now.begins.with.a.“Real.Case.Study.in.Microbiol-
Chapter. 12. Drugs,. Microbes,. Host—The. Elements. of. Chemo- ogy”,.giving.students.an.opportunity.to.appreciate.and.understand.
therapy. how.microbiology.impacts.their.lives.on.a.daily.basis..The.solutions.
Chapter.13.Microbe-Human.Interactions:.Infection.and.Disease. appear.at.the.end.of.the.chapter,.after.the.necessary.elements.have.
Chapter. 14. Nonspecific. Host. Defenses. Cowan’s. Microbiology. 2/e. been.presented..
TOC,.contd..
Chapter.15.Specific.Immunity.and.Immunization.  Over.200.new.and.revised.illustrations.add.to.the.existing.art.
Chapter.16.Disorders.in.Immunity. program’s.display.of.realistic.views.of.microbiology..
Chapter.17.Diagnosing.Infections.  The.boxed.readings.in.previous.editions.have.been.updated.to.
Chapter.18.Infectious.Diseases.Affecting.the.Skin.and.Eyes. “Insight.Boxes”.in.the.6th.edition..These.interesting.boxed.readings.
Chapter.19.Infectious.Diseases.Affecting.the.Nervous.System. found.throughout.each.chapter.include.Historical,.Medical,.Discovery,.
Chapter. 20. Infectious. Diseases.Affecting. the. Cardiovascular. and. and Cultural spotlights on microbiology. Questions at the end of each
Lymphatic.Systems. reading.reinforce.for.students.the.important.material.they.have.just.
Chapter.21.Infectious.Diseases.Affecting.the.Respiratory.System. read.(answers.can.be.found.on.the.ARIS.website)..
Chapter.22.Infectious.Diseases.Affecting.the.Gastrointestinal.Tract.
Chapter.23.Infectious.Diseases.Affecting.the.Genitourinary.System.  Concept Questions found at the ends of chapters now include
Chapter.24.Environmental.Microbiology. page.references,.allowing.students.to.easily.page.back.and.review.
Chapter.25.Applied.Microbiology the.information.they.are.looking.for..
 New.instructor.and.student.technology.resources.available.with.
the.6th.edition!.
-. 100+. animations. available. with. the. Sixth. Edition!. Students. can.
-.McGraw-Hill’s.ARIS.is.a.new.complete.electronic.homework.and.
course.management.system,.designed.for.greater.ease.of.use.than.
any.other.system.available..Instructors.can.create.and.share.course.
84

CELLULAR MOLECULAR,
mouse..Instructors.can.edit.questions,.import.their.own.content,.and. -.Chapter.14,.now.titled.“Nonspecific.Host.Defenses”,.only.includes.
create. announcements. and. due. dates. for. assignments..ARIS. has. material.on.nonspecific.immunity..
automatic. grading. and. reporting. of. homework,. quizzing,. and. test- -. Chapter. 15,. now. titled. “Specific. Immunity. and. Immunization”,. in-
ing..Once.a.student.is.registered.in.the.course,.all.student.activity. cludes.material.on.specific.immunity.and.immunization..
within. McGraw-Hill’s.ARIS. is. automatically. recorded. and. available. -.The.previous.edition’s.Chapter.16.material.on.immunization.is.now.
to. the. instructor. through. a. fully. integrated. grade. book. that. can. be. placed.in.Chapter.15,.and.previous.material.on.immune.assays.can.
downloaded.to.Excel.. now.be.found.in.the.new.Chapter.17.on.diagnosing.infections..The.
new.Chapter.16.is.“Disorders.in.Immunity”.(old.Chapter.17)..
Contents
 Chapter.17,.Diagnosing.Infections,.is.brand.new.to.this.edition!.
Chapter.1.The.Main.Themes.of.Microbiology.
Bringing.together.in.one.place.the.methods.used.to.diagnose.infectious.
Chapter.2.The.Chemistry.of.Biology.
diseases,.the.chapter.starts.with.collecting.samples.from.the.patient.
Chapter.3.Tools.of.the.Laboratory:.The.Methods.for.Studying.Micro-
and.details.the.biochemical,.serological.and.molecular.methods.used.
organisms.
to.identify.causative.microbes..
Chapter. 4.An. Introduction. to. Cells. and. Procaryotic. Cell. Structure.
and.Function.  Each.chapter.now.begins.with.a.“Real.Case.Study.in.Microbiol-
Chapter.5.Eucaryotic.Cells.and.Microorganisms. ogy”,.giving.students.an.opportunity.to.appreciate.and.understand.
Chapter.6.An.Introduction.to.the.Viruses. how.microbiology.impacts.their.lives.on.a.daily.basis..The.solutions.
Chapter.7.Elements.of.Microbial.Nutrition,.Ecology,.and.Growth. appear.at.the.end.of.the.chapter,.after.the.necessary.elements.have.
Chapter.8.Microbial.Metabolism:.The.Chemical.Crossroads.of.Life. been.presented..
Chapter.9.Microbial.Genetics
Chapter.10.Genetic.Engineering:.A.Revolution.in.Molecular.Biology.  Over.200.new.and.revised.illustrations.add.to.the.existing.art.
Chapter.11.Physical.and.Chemical.Control.of.Microbes. program’s.display.of.realistic.views.of.microbiology..
Chapter.12.Drugs,.Microbes,.Host--The.Elements.of.Chemotherapy.  The.boxed.readings.in.previous.have.been.updated.to.“Insight.
Chapter.13.Microbe-Human.Interactions. Boxes”. in. the. 6th. edition..These. interesting. boxed. readings. found.
Chapter.14.Nonspecific.Host.Defenses. throughout.each.chapter.include.historical,.medical,.and.cultural.spot-
Chapter.15.Adaptive,.Specific.Immunity.and.Immunization. lights on microbiology. Questions at the end of each reading reinforce
Chapter.16.Disorders.in.Immunity. for.students.the.important.material.they.have.just.read.(answers.can.
Chapter.17.Diagnosing.Infections. be.found.on.the.ARIS.website)..
Chapter.18.The.Cocci.of.Medical.Importance.
Chapter.19.The.Gram-Positive.Bacilli.of.Medical.Importance.  Concept Questions found at the ends of chapters now include
Chapter.20.The.Gram-Negative.Bacilli.of.Medical.Importance page.references,.allowing.students.to.easily.page.back.and.review.
Chapter.21.Miscellaneous.Bacterial.Agents.of.Disease. the.information.they.are.looking.for..
Chapter.22.The.Fungi.of.Medical.Importance.  New.instructor.and.student.technology.resources.available.with.
Chapter.23.The.Parasites.of.Medical.Importance. the.6th.edition!.
Chapter.24.Introduction.to.Viruses:.The.DNA.Viruses.
Chapter.25.The.RNA.Viruses.that.Infect.Humans. -. The. 50. high-quality. animations. that. were. available. with. the. 5th.
Chapter.26.Environmental.and.Applied.Microbiology edition. are. even. more. improved. with. the. 6th. edition!. With. an. ad-
ditional. 25. new. animations. available. (75. total),. students. can. now.
-.McGraw-Hill’s.ARIS.is.a.new.complete.electronic.homework.and.
NEW course.management.system,.designed.for.greater.ease.of.use.than.
International Edition materials.and.assignments.with.colleagues.with.a.few.clicks.of.the.
mouse..Instructors.can.edit.questions,.import.their.own.content,.and.
create. announcements. and. due. dates. for. assignments..ARIS. has.
FOUNDATIONS IN automatic. grading. and. reporting. of. homework,. quizzing,. and. test-
MICROBIOLOGY ing..Once.a.student.is.registered.in.the.course,.all.student.activity.
Basic principles, 6th Edition within. McGraw-Hill’s.ARIS. is. automatically. recorded. and. available.
to. the. instructor. through. a. fully. integrated. grade. book. that. can. be.
By Kathleen Park Talaro, Pasadena City College downloaded.to.Excel.
Contents
Chapter.1.The.Main.Themes.of.Microbiology.
Chapter.2.The.Chemistry.of.Biology.
2008 (September 2006) Chapter.3.Tools.of.the.Laboratory:.The.Methods.for.Studying.Micro-
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-330947-7 / MHID: 0-07-330947-8 organisms.
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110230-8 / MHID: 0-07-110230-2 [IE] Chapter. 4.An. Introduction. to. Cells. and. Procaryotic. Cell. Structure.
and.Function.
http://www.aris.mhhe.com Chapter.5.Eucaryotic.Cells.and.Microorganisms.
Written.with.the.non-major/allied.health.student.in.mind,.Foundations. Chapter.6.An.Introduction.to.the.Viruses.
in.Microbiology:.Basic.Principles.offers.an.engaging.and.accessible. Chapter.7.Elements.of.Microbial.Nutrition,.Ecology,.and.Growth.
writing.style.through.the.use.of.tools.such.as.case.studies.and.analo- Chapter.8.Microbial.Metabolism:.The.Chemical.Crossroads.of.Life.
gies to thoroughly explain difficult microbiology concepts. This version Chapter.9.Microbial.Genetics.
includes.chapters.1.through.17.of.the.full.Foundations.in.Microbiology. Chapter.10.Genetic.Engineering:.A.Revolution.in.Molecular.Biology.
text,.teaching.only.the.basic.principles.of.microbiology.and.not.cover-
Chapter.11.Physical.and.Chemical.Control.of.Microbes.
ing.the.clinical.aspects.
Chapter. 12. Drugs,. Microbes,. Host—The. Elements. of. Chemo-
neW to tHIs eDItIon therapy.
Chapter.13.Microbe—Human.Interactions.
 The.metabolism.(8).and.immunology.chapters.have.been.exten- Chapter.14.Nonspecific.Host.Defenses.
sively.revised..The.reorganized.and.updated.immunology.chapters. Chapter.15.Adaptive,.Specific.Immunity.and.Immunization.
include:.
85

CELLULAR MOLECULAR,
Chapter.16.Disorders.in.Immunity.
Chapter.17.Diagnosing.Infections Introductory
Microbiology Laboratory
MICROBIOLOGY NEW
A Human perspective, 5th Edition
By Eugene W Nester, Denise G Anderson and C Evans Roberts Jr of
University of Washington, Martha T Nester
BENSON’S MICROBIOLOGICAL
2007 (Nov 2006)
AppLICATIONS
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-321152-7 / MHID: 0-07-321152-4
(with ARIS Bi-Card) Laboratory Manual in General Microbiology,
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110781-5 / MHID: 0-07-110781-9 Complete Version, 11th Edition
[IE with ARIS Bi Card] By Alfred Brown, Auburn University--Auburn
2009 (January 2008) / 576 pages
http://www.mhhe.com/nester4 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-352255-5 / MHID: 0-07-352255-4
Appropriate.for.the.non-major/allied.health.student,.this.authoritative.
The.classic.resource.for.undergraduate.microbiology.laboratory.cours-
text.carefully.explains.the.fundamentals.of.microbiology,.providing.a.
es.just.keeps.getting.better..The.78.self-contained,.clearly.illustrated.
general.overview.of.the.principles.followed.by.more.detailed.explana-
exercises.and.full-color.format.makes.Microbiological.Applications:.
tions..With.its.clear.and.concise.writing.style,.Microbiology:.A.Human.
Laboratory. Manual. in. General. Microbiology,. the. ideal. lab. manual..
Perspective. offers. modern. coverage. on. such. topics. as. genomics,.
Appropriate.for.either.a.majors.or.non-majors.lab.course,.this.manual.
biofilms, and quorum sensing. A body systems approach is used in
assumes.no.prior.organic.chemistry.course.has.been.taken..
the.coverage.of.diseases.
neW to tHIs eDItIon
Contents
1 Life and Death of Microorganisms.  Several.exercises.have.been.updated.and.revised..For.exam-
1.Humans.and.the.Microbial.World. ple:.
2.The.Molecules.of.Life. -The.exercises.on.the.protozoa,.algae,.and.cyanobacteria.(Exercise.
3.Microscopy.and.Cell.Structure. 6).and.the.fungi.(Exercise.8).in.the.Survey.of.Microorganisms.have.
4.Dynamics.of.Prokaryotic.Growth. been.completely.rewritten..The.new.exercises.have.been.updated.with.
5.Control.of.Microbial.Growth. the.current.taxonomy.of.these.two.groups.of.microorganisms..
6.Metabolism:.Fueling.Cell.Growth. -The.introductory.material.in.Exercise.60,.Bacterial.Counts.of.Food,.
7.The.Blueprint.of.Life,.from.DNA.to.Protein. has.been.expanded..The.introductory.section.now.includes.a.discus-
8.Bacterial.Genetics. sion.on.why.and.how.bacteria.become.associated.with.foods..It.also.
9.Biotechnology.and.Recombinant.DNA. addresses.how.foods.are.important.in.food.borne.diseases.and.how.
2 The Microbial World counts.may.or.not.be.important.in.transmission.of.disease..
10.Identification.and.Classification.of.Prokaryotes.  The.inside.front.cover.now.features.a.pronunciation.guide.for.
11.The.Diversity.of.Prokaryotic.Organisms. many.bacteria,.viruses,.fungi,.and.protists..
12.The.Eukaryotic.Members.of.the.Microbial.World.
13.Viruses.of.Bacteria.  The.basic.microbiology.laboratory.safety.rules.have.been.rewrit-
14. Viruses,. Prions. and. Viroids:. Infectious.Agents. of.Animals. and. ten. to. be. more. consistent. with. rules. and. regulations. that. apply. to.
Plants student.laboratories..
3 Microorganisms and Humans
 A. new. table. of. the. organisms. used. in. the. manual. has. been.
15.The.Innate.Immune.Response.
introduced.in.the.preface..The.table.includes.the.current.accepted.
16.The.Adaptive.Immune.Response.
name.of.the.organism,.its.ATCC.number,.gram.stain.and.morphology,.
17.Applications.of.Immune.Responses.
its.habitat,.its.biosafety.level.and.the.exercise.in.which.the.organism.
18.Immunologic.Disorders.
is.used..
19.Host-Microbe.Interactions.
20.Epidemiology.  A.website.for.the.lab.manual.includes.images.from.the.lab.and.
21.Antimicrobial.Medications. an.instructor’s.manual..The.instructor’s.manual.provides.a.materials.
4 Infectious Diseases list. and. guidelines. for. conducting. all. the. experiments,. as. well. as.
22.Skin.Infections. answers.to.the.lab.exercises..
23.Wound.Infections.
24.Respiratory.System.Infections. Contents
25.Alimentary.System.Infections. Part 1 Microscopy
26.Genitourinary.Infections. Exercise.1.Brightfield.Microscopy.
27.Nervous.System.Infections. Exercise.2.Darkfield.Microscopy.
28.Blood.and.Lymphatic.Infections. Exercise.3.Phase-Contrast.Microscopy.
29.HIV.Disease.and.Complications.of.Immunodeficiency. Exercise.4.Fluorescence.Microscopy.
5 Applied Microbiology Exercise.5.Microscopic.Measurements
30.Microbes.and.the.Environment. Part 2 Survey of Microorganisms
31.Applications. of. Environmental. Microbiology:. Water. and. Waste. Exercise.6.Protozoans,.Algae,.and.Cyanobacteria.
Treatment. Exercise.7.Ubiquity.of.Bacteria.
32.Food.Microbiology Exercise.8.The.Fungi:.Yeasts.and.Molds
Part 3 Manipulation of Microorganisms
Exercise.9.Aseptic.Technique.
Exercise.10.Pure.Culture.Techniques
86

CELLULAR MOLECULAR,
Part 4 Staining and Observation of Microorganisms Exercise.66.Mutant.Isolation.by.Replica.Plating.

Exercise.11.Smear.Preparation. Exercise.67.Bacterial.Transformation.
Exercise.12.Simple.Staining. Exercise.68.Polymerase.Chain.Reaction.for.Amplifying.DNA.
Exercise.13.Negative.Staining. Exercise.69.Plasmid.Isolation
Exercise.14.Capsular.Staining. Part 13 Medical Microbiology and Immunology
Exercise.15.Gram.Staining. Exercise.70.The.Staphylococci:.Isolation.and.Identification.
Exercise.16.Spore.Staining:.Two.Methods. Exercise.71.The.Streptococci:.Isolation.and.Identification.
Exercise.17.Acid-Fast.Staining:.Ziehl-Neelsen.Method. Exercise.72.Gram-Negative.Intestinal.Pathogens.
Exercise.18.Motility.Determination Exercise.73.Slide.Agglutination.Test:.Serological.Typing.
Part 5 Culture Methods Exercise. 74. Slide.Agglutination. (Latex).Test:. For. S.. aureus. Identi-
Exercise.19.Culture.Media.Preparation. fication.
Exercise.20.Preparation.of.Stock.Cultures. Exercise.75.Tube.Agglutination.Test:.The.Heterophile.Antibody.Test.
Exercise.21.Cultivation.of.Anaerobes. Exercise.76.White.Blood.Cell.Study:.The.Differential.WBC.Count.
Exercise.22.Enumeration.of.Bacteria:.The.Standard.Plate.Count. Exercise.77.Blood.Grouping.
Exercise.23.Slime.Mold.Culture. Exercise.78.A.Synthetic.Epidemic
Exercise.24.Slide.Culture:.Molds Appendix.A.Tables.
Part 6 Bacterial Viruses Appendix.B.Indicators,.Stains,.Reagents.
Exercise.25.Determination.of.a.Bacteriophage.Titer. Appendix.C.Media.
Exercise.26.Burst.Size.Determination:.A.One-Step.Growth.Curve. Appendix.D.Identification.Charts.
Exercise.27.Isolation.of.Phage.from.Flies. Appendix.E.The.Streptococci:.Classification,.Habitat,.Pathology,.and.
Exercise.28.Phage.Typing Biochemical.Characteristics
Part 7 Enviornmental Influences and Control of Microbial
Growth
Exercise.29.Temperature:.Effects.on.Growth.
Exercise.30.Temperature:.Lethal.Effects.
Exercise.31.pH.and.Microbial.Growth.
Exercise.32.Water.Activity.and.Osmotic.Pressure.
Exercise.33.Ultraviolet.Light:.Lethal.Effects.
Exercise.34.The.Effects.of.Lysozyme.on.Bacterial.Cells. NEW
Exercise.35.Evaluation.of.Alcohol:.Its.Effectiveness.as.an.Antiseptic.
Exercise. 36. Antimicrobic. Sensitivity. Testing:. The. Kirby-Bauer.
Method.
Exercise.37.Evaluation.of.Antiseptics:.The.Filter.Paper.Disk.Method. BENSON’S
Exercise.38.Effectiveness.of.Hand.Scrubbing MICROBIOLOGICAL
Part 8 Identification of Unknown Bacteria AppLICATIONS
Exercise.39.Morphological.Study.of.Unknown.Bacterium.
Laboratory Manual in General
Exercise.40.Cultural.Characteristics.
Exercise.41.Physiological.Characteristics:.Oxidation.and.Fermenta- Microbiology, Short Version,
tion.Tests. 11th Edition
Exercise.42.Physiological.Characteristics:.Hydrolytic.and.Degrada- By Alfred Brown, Auburn University--Auburn
tive.Reactions.
Exercise.43.Physiological.Characteristics:.Multiple.Test.Media.
Exercise.44.Use.of.Bergey’s.Manual 2009 (January 2008) / 480 pages
Part 9 Miniaturized Multitest Systems ISBN-13: 978-0-07-352254-8 / MHID: 0-07-352254-6
Exercise.45.Enterobacteriaceae.Identification:.The.API.20E.System.
Exercise. 46. Enterobacteriaceae. Identification:. The. Enterotube. II. The.classic.resource.for.undergraduate.microbiology.laboratory.cours-
es.just.keeps.getting.better..The.60.self-contained.clearly.illustrated.
System.
exercises,.and.four-color.format.makes.Microbiological.Applications:.
Exercise.47.O/F.Gram-Negative.Rods.Identification:.The.Oxi/Ferm. Laboratory.Manual.in.General.Microbiology,.the.ideal.lab.manual..Ap-
Tube.II.System. propriate.for.either.a.majors.or.non-majors.lab.course,.this.lab.manual.
Exercise. 48. Staphyococcus. Identification:. The. API. Staph-Ident. assumes.no.prior.organic.chemistry.course.has.been.taken..
System
Part 10 Diversity and Environmental Microbiology neW to tHIs eDItIon
Exercise.49.Isolation.of.an.Antibiotic.Producer:.The.Actinomyces.
Exercise.50.Nitrogen.Cycle:.Ammonification.  Several.exercises.have.been.updated.and.revised..For.exam-
Exercise.51.Symbiotic.Nitrogen.Fixation:.Rhizobium. ple:.
Exercise.52.Free-Living.Nitrogen.Fixation:.Azotobacter. -The.exercises.on.the.protozoa,.algae,.and.cyanobacteria.(Exercise.6).
Exercise.53.Denitrification:.Paracoccus.Denitrificans. and.the.fungi.(Exercise.8).in.the.Survey.of.Microorganisms.have.been.
Exercise.54.The.Winogradsky.Column. completely.rewritten..The.new.exercises.have.been.updated.with.the.
Exercise.55.Purple.Nonsulfer.Photosynthetic.Bacteria. current.taxonomy.of.these.two.groups.of.microorganisms..
Exercise.56.Sulfate.Reducing.Bacteria:.Desulfovibrio. -The.introductory.material.in.Exercise.60,.Bacterial.Counts.of.Food,.
Exercise.57.Bacterial.Commensalism. has.been.expanded..The.introductory.section.now.includes.a.discus-
Exercise.58.Bacterial.Synergism. sion.on.why.and.how.bacteria.become.associated.with.foods..It.also.
Exercise.59.Microbial.Antagonism addresses.how.foods.are.important.in.food.borne.diseases.and.how.
Part 11 Applied Microbiology counts.may.or.not.be.important.in.transmission.of.disease..
Exercise.60.Bacterial.Counts.of.Foods.  The.inside.front.cover.now.features.a.pronunciation.guide.for.
Exercise 61 Bacteriological Examination of Water: Qualitative Tests many.bacteria,.viruses,.fungi,.and.protists..
Exercise.62.The.Membrane.Filter.Method.
Exercise.63.Reductase.Test.  The.basic.microbiology.laboratory.safety.rules.have.been.rewrit-
Exercise.64.Microbial.Spoilage.of.Canned.Food. ten. to. be. more. consistent. with. rules. and. regulations. that. apply. to.
Exercise.65.Microbiology.of.Alcohol.Fermentation student.laboratories..
Part 12 Bacterial Genetics and Biotechnology
87

CELLULAR MOLECULAR,
 A. new. table. of. the. organisms. used. in. the. manual. has. been. Exercise.44.O/F.Gram-Negative.Rods.Identification:.The.Oxi/Ferm.
introduced.in.the.preface..The.table.includes.the.current.accepted. Tube.II.System.
name.of.the.organism,.its.ATCC.number,.gram.stain.and.morphology,. Exercise. 45. Staphyococcus. Identification:. The. API. Staph-Ident.
its.habitat,.its.biosafety.level.and.the.exercise.in.which.the.organism. System
is.used.. Part 10 Diversity and Environmental Microbiology
Exercise.46.Bacterial.Counts.of.Foods.
 A.Website.for.the.lab.manual.includes.images.from.the.lab.and.
Exercise 47 Bacteriological Examination of Water: Qualitative Tests
an.instructor’s.manual..The.instructor’s.manual.provides.a.materials.
Exercise.48.The.Membrane.Filter.Method.
list. and. guidelines. for. conducting. all. the. experiments,. as. well. as.
Exercise.49.Reductase.Test.
answers.to.the.lab.exercises..
Exercise.50.Microbial.Spoilage.of.Canned.Food.
Contents Exercise.51.Microbiology.of.Alcohol.Fermentation
Part 11 Medical Microbiology and Immunology
Part 1 Microscopy Exercise.52.The.Staphylococci:.Isolation.and.Identification.
Exercise.1.Brightfield.Microscopy. Exercise.53.The.Streptococci:.Isolation.and.Identification.
Exercise.2.Darkfield.Microscopy. Exercise.54.Gram-Negative.Intestinal.Pathogens.
Exercise.3.Phase-Contrast.Microscopy. Exercise.55.Slide.Agglutination.Test:.Serological.Typing.
Exercise.4.Microscopic.Measurements Exercise.56.Slide.Agglutination. (Latex).Test:.For.S..aureus.Identi-
Part 2 Survey of Microorganisms fication.
Exercise.5.Protozoans,.Algae,.and.Cyanobacteria. Exercise.57.Tube.Agglutination.Test:.The.Heterophile.Antibody.Test.
Exercise.6.Ubiquity.of.Bacteria. Exercise.58.White.Blood.Cell.Study:.The.Differential.WBC.Count.
Exercise.7.The.Fungi:.Yeasts.and.Molds Exercise.59.Blood.Grouping.
Part 3 Manipulation of Microorganisms Exercise.60.A.Synthetic.Epidemic
Exercise.8.Aseptic.Technique.
Exercise.9.Pure.Culture.Techniques
Part 4 Staining and Observation of Microorganisms
Exercise.10.Smear.Preparation.
Exercise.11.Simple.Staining.
Exercise.12.Negative.Staining.
Exercise.13.Capsular.Staining.
Exercise.14.Gram.Staining.
NEW
Exercise.15.Spore.Staining:.Two.Methods.
Exercise.16.Acid-Fast.Staining:.Ziehl-Neelsen.Method.
Exercise.17.Motility.Determination
Part 5 Culture Methods MICROBIOLOGY LAB
Exercise.18.Culture.Media.Preparation.
MANUAL
Exercise.19.Cultivation.of.Anaerobes.
Exercise.20.Enumeration.of.Bacteria:.The.Standard.Plate.Count. 7th Edition
Exercise.21.Slime.Mold.Culture.
Exercise.22.Slide.Culture:.Molds By John Harley, Eastern Kentucky University
Part 6 Bacterial Viruses
Exercise.23.Determination.of.a.Bacteriophage.Titer.
Exercise.24.Isolation.of.Phage.from.Flies.
Exercise.25.Phage.Typing 2008 (February 2007) / 496 pages
Part 7 Enviornmental Influences and Control of Microbial ISBN-13: 978-0-07-299293-9 / MHID: 0-07-299293-X
Growth
Exercise.26.Temperature:.Effects.on.Growth. Laboratory.Exercises.in.Microbiology,.7/e.has.been.prepared.to.ac-
company.Prescott,.Harley.and.Klein’s.Microbiology,.7e,.written.by.new.
Exercise.27.Temperature:.Lethal.Effects.
authors.Joanne.Willey,.Linda.Sherwood,.and.Christopher.Woolverton..
Exercise.28.pH.and.Microbial.Growth. Like.the.text,.the.laboratory.manual.provides.a.balanced.introduction.
Exercise.29.Water.Activity.and.Osmotic.Pressure. to. laboratory. techniques. and. principles. that. are. important. in. each.
Exercise.30.Ultraviolet.Light:.Lethal.Effects. area.of.microbiology.
Exercise.31.Oligodynamic.Action.
Exercise.32.Evaluation.of.Alcohol:.Its.Effectiveness.As.an.Antisep- FeAtURes
tic.
Exercise. 33. Antimicrobic. Sensitivity. Testing:. The. Kirby-Bauer.  The.class-tested.lab.exercises.are.modular.and.short.so.that.
Method. you.can.easily.choose.only.those.that.fit.your.course..
Exercise. 34. Evaluation. of. Antiseptics:. The. Filter. Paper. Disk.  All. experiments. are. correlated. to. the. Prescott. text,. making. it.
Method. easy.to.identify.the.corresponding.text.discussion..
Exercise.35.Effectiveness.of.Hand.Scrubbing
Part 8 Identification of Unknown Bacteria  Full-color.photos.of.lab.experiments.are.included.so.students.
Exercise.36.Morphological.Study.of.Unknown.Bacterium. have.an.immediate.reference.against.which.they.can.compare.their.
Exercise.37.Cultural.Characteristics. results..
Exercise.38.Physiological.Characteristics:.Oxidation.and.Fermenta-  Experiments.follow.the.spirit.of.the.ASM.guidelines.for.labora-
tion.Tests. tory.content..
Exercise.39.Physiological.Characteristics:.Hydrolytic.and.Degrada-
tive.Reactions.  Each.experiment.comes.with.a.complete.set.of.pedagogical.aids-
Exercise.40.Physiological.Characteristics:.Multiple.Test.Media. -materials.per.group.of.students,.learning.objectives,pronunciation.
Exercise.41.Use.of.Bergey’s.Manual guide--so.the.students.understand.the.“hows”.and.“whys”.of.the.labs.
Part 9 Miniaturized Multitest Systems they.participate.in..
Exercise. 42. Enterobacteriaceae. Identification:. The.API. 20E. Sys-
 The.instructor’s.manual.to.the.lab.manual.can.be.found.at.www.
tem.
mhhe.com/labcentral..
Exercise. 43. Enterobacteriaceae. Identification:. The. Enterotube. II.
System.
88

CELLULAR MOLECULAR,
Contents 50.Bacterial.Count.of.a.Food.Product.
1 Microscopic Techniques 51.Examination.of.Milk.for.Bacteria.
1. Bright-Field. Light. Microscope. and. Microscopic. Measurement. of. 9 Medical Microbiology
Organisms. 52.Agglutination.Reactions:.Blood.Groups.
2.The.Hanging.Drop.Slide.and.Bacterial.Motility. 53.Isolation.of.Normal.Microbiota.from.the.Human.Body.
3.Dark-Field.Light.Microscope. 54.Staphylococci.
4.Phase-Contrast.Light.Microscope. 55.Pneumococci.
5.Flourescence.Microscope. 56.Streptococci.
2 Bacterial Morphology and Staining 57.Neisseriae.
6.Negative.Staining. 58.Aerobic.and.Anaerobic.Endospore-Forming.Bacteria.
7.Smear.Preparation.and.Simple.Staining. 10 Survey of Selected Eucaryotic Microorganisms
8.Gram.Stain. 59.Fungi.I:.Yeasts.
9.Acid-Fast.Staining.(Ziehl-Neelsen.and.Kinyoun).Procedures. 60.Fungi.II:.Phycomycetes,.Ascomycetes,.and.Basidiomycetes
10.Endospore.Staining.(Schaeffer-Fulton.or.Wirtz-Conklin). 11 Microbial Genetics and Genomics
11.Capsule.Staining. 61.Bacterial.Mutation.
12.Flagella.Staining:.West.and.Difco’s.SpotTest.Methods. 62.Bacterial.Transformation.
3 Basic Laboratory and Culture Techniques 63.Bacterial.Conjugation:.The.Transfer.of.Antibiotic-Resistant.Plas-
13.Microbiological.Culture.Media.Preparation.and.Sterilization. mids.
14. Culture. Transfer. Instruments,. Techniques,. and. Isolation. and. 64.Isolation.of.Genomic.DNA.from.Saccharomyces.cerevisiae.
Maintenance.of.Pure.Cultures. 65.Isolation.and.Purification.of.Genomic.DNA.from.Escherichia.coli.
15.Spread-Plate.Technique 66.Identifying.Archaea.and.Bacteria.Using.the.Internet.and.Computer-
16.The.Streak-Plate.Technique.and.Different.Media. Assisted.Gene.Analysis.
17.Pour-Plate.Technique. Appendix.A.Dilutions.with.Sample.Problems.
18.Cultivation.of.Anaerobic.Bacteria. Appendix.B.Metric.and.English.Measurement.Equivalents.
19.Determination.of.Bacterial.Numbers. Appendix.C.Transmission-Absorbance.Table.for.Spectrophotometry.
4 Biochemical Activities of Bacteria Appendix.D.Logarithms.
20.Carbohydrates.I:.Fermentation.and.B-Galactosidase.Activity. Appendix.E.pH.and.pH.Indicators.
21.Carbohydrates.II:.Triple.Sugar.Iron.Agar.Tests. Appendix.F.Scientific.Notation.
22.Carbohydrates.III:.Starch.Hydrolysis. Appendix.G.Identification.Charts.
23.Lipids:.Lipid.Hydrolysis. Appendix.H.Reagents,.Solutions,.Stains,.and.Tests.
24.Proteins,.Amino.Acids,.and.Enzymes.I:.Hydrogen.Sulfide.Produc- Appendix.I.Culture.Media.
tion.and.Motility. Appendix. J. Sources. and. Maintenance. of. Microbiological. Stock.
25.Proteins,.Amino.Acids,.and.Enzymes.II:.The.IMViC.Tests. Cultures
26.Proteins,.Amino.Acids,.and.Enzymes.III:.Casein.Hydrolysis.
27.Proteins,.Amino.Acids,.and.Enzymes.IV:.Gelatin.Hydrolysis.
28.Proteins,.Amino.Acids,.and.Enzymes.V:.Catalase.Activity.
29.Proteins,.Amino.Acids,.and.Enzymes.VI:.Coagulase.and.DNase.
Activity.
30.Proteins,.Amino.Acids,.and.Enzymes.VII:.Oxidase.Test
31.Proteins,.Amino.Acids,.and.Enzymes.VIII:.Urease.Activity. NEW
32. Proteins,.Amino.Acids,. and. Enzymes. IX:. Lysine. and. Ornithine.
Decarboxylase.Test.
33.Proteins,.Amino.Acids,.and.Enzymes.X:.Phenylalanine.Deamina-
tion.
34.Proteins,.Amino.Acids,.and.Enzymes.XI:.Nitrate.Reduction.
LABORATORY MANUAL
5 Rapid Multitest Systems AND WORKBOOK IN
35.The.API.20E.System. MICROBIOLOGY
36.The.Enterotube.II.System. Applications to patient Care,
6 Unknown Identification 9th Edition
37.Using.the.First.Edition.of.Bergey’s.Manual.of.Systematic.Bacteriol-
By Josephine A Morello, University of Chicago,
ogy.to.Identify.Bacteria. Paul A Granato, SUNY Health Science Center and
38.General.Unknown. Helen Eckel Mizer, Western CT State University
7 Environmental Factors Affecting Growth of Microorganisms 2008 (September 2007) / 320 pages
39.Temperature. ISBN-13: 978-0-07-299575-6 / MHID: 0-07-299575-0
40.pH.
This.ninth.edition.maintains.its.original.emphasis.on.the.basic.prin-
41.Osmotic.Pressure.
ciples.of.diagnostic.microbiology.for.students.preparing.to.enter.the.
42.The.Effects.of.Chemical.Agents.on.Bacteria.I:.Disinfectants. allied.health.professions..The.students.are.led.through.a.series.of.
43.The.Effects.of.Chemical.Agents.on.Bacteria.II:.Antimicrobial.Agents. exercises. that. allow. them. to. learn. basic. microbiology. techniques.
(Kirby-Bauer.Method). and.to.practice.safety.in.the.laboratory.and.hospital.environment..It.
44. Hand. Washing,. Environmental. Sampling,. and. Microbiological. remains.oriented.primarily.toward.meeting.the.interests.and.needs.
Monitoring. of.those.who.will.be.directly.involved.in.patient.care.and.who.wish.to.
45.Determination.of.a.Bacterial.Growth.Curve:.Classical.and.Two- learn.how.microbiological.principles.should.be.applied.in.the.practice.
Hour.Methods. of.their.professions.
8 Environmental and Food Microbiology
46.Standard.Coliform.Most.Probably.Number.(MPN)Test.and.Pres- neW to tHIs eDItIon
ence-Absence.Coliform.Test.  New.tables.have.been.inserted.or.revised.to.clarify.information.
47 Membrane Filter Technique for Coliform and Fecal Streptococci; in.exercises.on.the.microscope,.Gram.stain,.chemical.compounds.in.
KONFIRM.Test.for.Fecal.Coliforms. disinfection,.and.staphylococci..
48. Isolation. of. Escherichia. coli. Bacteriophages. from. Sewage. and.
Determining.Bacteriophage.Titers.  New.illustrations.include.bacterial.endospores,.methods.for.ob-
49.Enumeration.of.Soil.Microorganisms. taining.a.clean-voided.urine.specimen,.procedures.for.the.agar-disk.
89

CELLULAR MOLECULAR,
diffusion antibiotic assay, and a section on the Etest for antimicrobial microbiology experiments
susceptibility testing. A Health Science Perspective, 5th Edition
 Rather than eleven sections, all exercises are now included in By John Kleyn and Mary Bicknell of University of Washington
five parts, each with an explanatory introduction. 2007 (October 2005) / 352 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-299949-5 / MHID: 0-07-299949-7
 Two simple hand-washing experiments have been introduced
to convey the importance of this critical procedure in the health-care All experiments are correlated to Nester’s Microbiology: A Human
environment. Perspective, 5/e, but can be used with any non-majors/allied health
microbiology textbook.
 The exercise on serodiagnosis of infection has been completely
rewritten. Contents
 Eight case studies have been added to expose students to clini- Part One: Basic Microbiology
cal situations they may encounter. Introduction to Microbiology
Exercise: 1 Ubiquity of Microorganisms
 The questions after each exercise are now formatted so that they Exercise: 2 Bright-field Light Microscopy, Including History and Work-
may be removed from the manual without destroying the exercise. ing Principles
Exercise: 3 Microscopic (Bright-field and Dark-field) Determination
Contents
of Cell Motility, Form, and Viability Using Wet Mount and Hanging
PART 1 Basic Techniques of Microbiology Drop Preparations
1. The Microscope Introduction to Staining of Microorganisms
2. Handling and Examining Cultures Exercise: 4 Simple Stains: Positive and Negative Stains
3. Hanging Drop and Wet-Mount Preparations Exercise: 5 Differential and Special Stains
4. Simple Stains Introduction to Microbial Growth
5. Gram Stain Exercise: 6 Pure Culture and Aseptic Technique
6. Acid-Fast Stain Exercise: 7 Chemically Defined, Complex, Selective and Differential
7. Special Stains Media
8. Culture Media Exercise: 8 Quantification of Microorganisms
9. Streaking Technique to Obtain Pure Cultures Introduction to the Environment and Microbial Growth
10. Pour-Plate and Subculture Techniques Exercise: 9 Aerobic and Anaerobic Growth
11. Culturing Microorganisms from the Environment Exercise: 10 The Effect of Incubation Temperature on Generation
PART 2 Destruction of Microorganisms Time
12. Moist and Dry Heat Introduction to Control of Microbial Growth
13. The Autoclave Exercise: 11 Moist and Dry Heat Sterilization: Thermal Death Point
14. Disinfectants and Thermal Death Time
15. Antimicrobial Agent Susceptibility Testing and Resistance Exercise: 12 Control of Microbial Growth with Ultraviolet Light
PART 3 Diagnostic Microbiology in Action Exercise: 13 Osmotic Pressure, and Its Effect on Rate and Amount
16. Primary Media for Isolation of Microorganisms of Microbial Growth
17. Some Metabolic Activities of Bacteria Exercise: 14 Antiseptics and Antibiotics
18. Activities of Bacterial Enzymes Introduction to Microbial Genetics
19. Principles of Antigen Detection and Nucleic Acid Assays for Detec- Exercise: 15 Selection of Bacterial Mutants Resistant to Antibiotics
tion and Identification of Microorganisms. Exercise: 16 Transformation: A Form of Genetic Recombination
20. Staphylococci Exercise: 17 Bacterial Conjugation
21. Streptococci, Pneumococci, and Enterococci Exercise: 18 Gene Regulation: Induction and Catabolite Repres-
22. Haemophilus, Corynebacteria, and Bordetella sion
23. Clinical Specimens from the Respiratory Tract Part Two: The Other Microbial World
24. The Enterobacteriaceae (Enteric Bacilli) Introduction to the Other Microbial World
25. Clinical Specimens from the Intestinal Tract Exercise: 19 Microscopic Identification of Fungi
26. Urine Culture Techniques Exercise: 20 Parasitology: Protozoa and Helminths
27. Neisseria and Spirochetes Exercise: 21 Titering Prokaryotic Viruses
PART 4 Microbial Pathogens Requiring Special Laboratory Tech- Part Three: Microbes and Humans
niques; Serological Identification of Patients’ Antibodies Introduction to Medical Microbiology
28. Anaerobic Bacteria Exercise: 22 Normal Skin Flora
29. Mycobacteria Exercise: 23 Respiratory Microorganisms
30. Mycoplasmas, Rickettsiae, Chlamydiae, Viruses, and Prions Exercise: 24 Identification of Enteric Gram-Negative Rods
31. Fungi: Yeast and Molds Exercise: 25 Clinical Unknown Identification
32. Protozoa and Animal Parasites Part Four: Immunology
33. Serodiagnosis of Infectious Disease Introduction to Some Immunological Principles and Tech-
PART 5 Applied (Sanitary) Microbiology niques
34. Bacteriological Analysis of Water Exercise: 26 Differential White Blood Cell Stains
35. Bacteriological Analysis of Milk Exercise: 27 Lysozyme, an Enzymatic Form of Natural Resistance
Exercise: 28 Lancefield Grouping of Pathogenic Streptococci with a
Latex Slide Agglutination Test
Exercise: 29 Use of an Enzyme-Linked Immunosorbent Assay (ELISA)
Test for Coccidioides immitis Identification
Exercise: 30 An Ouchterlony Double Immunodiffusion Test for Coc-
cidioides immitis Identification
Part Five: Public Health
Introduction to the Prevention and Control of Communicable
Diseases
Exercise: 31 Epidemiology: A Staphylococcus Carrier Study
Exercise: 32 Bacteriological Examination of Water: Multiple-Tube
90

CELLULAR MOLECULAR,
Fermentation.and.Membrane.Filter.Techniques. Identification.of.a.Non-clinical.Bacterial.Unknown.
PART.SIX:.APPLICATIONS.OF.BIOTECHNOLOGY.
Introduction to Biotechnology Section V Medical Microbiology.
Exercise:.33.Identifying.DNA.with.Restriction.Enzymes Part.A.Bacteria.of.the.Human.Body:.21.Isolation.and.Identification.of.
Exercise:. 34. Identification. of. Bacteria. Using. the. Ribosomal. Data. Staphylococci.from.the.Skin.22.Isolation.and.Identification.of.Strepto-
Project. cocci.from.the.Throat.23A.Identification.of.Enteric.Bacteria.Including.
PART.SEVEN:.PROJECTS the.Intestinal.pathogens.Salmonella.and.Shigella.23B.Enterotubes,.
Introduction to the Individual Projects a. Rapid. Test. System. to. Identify. Enteric. Bacteria. 24. Isolation. and.
Exercise:. 35. Hydrocarbon-Degrading. Bacteria,. Cleaning. Up.After. Identification.of.a.Bacteria.from.the.Urinary.Tract./.Part.B.Treatment.
Oil.Spills. of. Bacterial. Infections:. 25.Assessing.Antibiotic. Effectiveness:. The.
Exercise:.36.Luminescent.Bacteria:.Bacteria.That.Produce.Light. Kirby-Bauer.Method./.Part.C.Application:.26.The.Identification.of.a.
Exercise:.37.Methylotrophs,.Organisms.That.Grow.on.One-Carbon. Clinical.Bacterial.Unknown
Compounds.
Exercise:. 38. Deinococcus,. Bacteria. with. Out-Of-This-World. Capa- Section VI Controlling the Risk and Spread of Bacterial Infec-
bilities. tions
Appendices Part.A.Food.Handling:.27.Killing.Bacteria.Using.High.Temperatures./.
1..Living.Microorganisms.(Bacteria,.Fungi,.Protozoa,.and.Helminths). Part.B.Disinfecting.Skin.and.Countertops:.28.Skin.Disinfection:.Evalu-
Chosen.for.Study.in.this.Manual. ating.Antiseptics.and.Hand.Sanitizers.29.Cleaning.Countertops.with.
2..Dilution.Practice.Problems. Disinfectants./.Part.C.Testing.Drinking.Water.Safety:.30.Bacteriological.
3..Metric.System,.Use.of.with.Conversions.to.the.English.System.of. Examination.of.Drinking.Water.Using.the.MPN.Method.
Measurement.
4..Alternative.Procedures. Section VII Bacterial Genetics.
5..Use.of.the.Ocular.Micrometer.for.Measurement.of.Relative.and. Part.A.Bacterial.Genomic.DNA:.31.Bacterial.DNA.Fingerprinting.32.
Absolute.Cell.Size. Mutagenesis.in.Bacteria:.The.Ames.Test./.Part.B.Plasmid.DNA:.33.
6..Use.of.the.Hemocytometer.for.Determining.Total.Cell.Number.in. Plasmid.Isolation.and.Restriction.Mapping./.Part.C.The.Transfer.of.
a.Liquid.Suspension. Drug.Resistance:.34.Transformation./.35.Conjugation
7..Preparation.of.Covered.Slide.Cultures.for.Study.of.Intact.Structure.
of.a.Mold.Thallus. Section VIII Viruses.
8..Additional.Reading Part.A. The. Nature. and. Characterization. of. Viruses:. 36. Structural.
Analysis.of.an.Insect.Virus,.NPV./.Part.B.Virus.Propagation:.37.Detec-
tion and Quantification of Viruses of Bacteria 38 The Virus Infection
Cycle.39.Virus.Infection.in.Plants.
Section IX Hematology and Serology

Part. A. Hematology:. 40. Identification. and. Enumeration. of. White.
International Edition Blood.Cells./.Part.B.Serology:.41.Antigen-Antibody.Reactions.and.
LABORATORY ExERCISES IN ORGANISMAL Determination.of.Antibody.Titer./.Part.C.Serological.Techniques:.42.
Agglutination. Reactions:.ABO. Blood. Typing. 43. Immunodiffusion:.
AND MOLECULAR MICROBIOLOGY Antigen-Antibody.Reactions.in.Gels.44.ELISA.(Enzyme-Linked.Im-
By Steve K. Alexander, University of Mary Hardin Baylor, Dennis Strete, munosorbent.Assay).45.Bacterial.Protein.Fingerprinting.and.Western.
McLennan Community College and Mary Jane Niles, University of San
Francisco Blotting.46.Neutralization.of.Viruses.by.Antibodies
2004 / 480 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-248744-2 / MHID: 0-07-248744-5
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-115124-5 / MHID: 0-07-115124-9 [IE]
Contents
Laboratory.Safety.in.the.Microbiology.Laboratory..
Section I Survey of Microscopic Organisms
Part.A.The.Microscope:.1.Structure,.Function,.and.Use.of.the.Micro-
scope.2.Microscopic.Comparisons.of.Microorganisms,.Parasites,.and.
Small.Invertebrates./.Part.B.Microorganisms:.3.Microbial.Prokaryotes:.
Bacteria.and.Cyanobacteria..4.Microbial.Eucaryotes:.Fungi.5.Microbial.
Eucaryotes.:.Protozoa.and.Algae./.Part.C.Multicellulart.Parasites:.6.
Flatworms.and.Roundworms./.Part.D.Microscopic.Invertebrates:.7.
Zooplankton.8.Disease.Vectors.
Section II Staining Techniques. course adoption only. Kindly contact your
Part.A.Morphological.Stains:.9.Negative.Staining.10.Smear.Prepara- local McGraw-Hill Representative or fax the
tion.and.the.Simple.Stain./.Part.B.Differential.Stains:.11.Gram.Stain.12. Examination Copy Request Form available on
Acid-fast.Stain./.Part.C.Structural.Stains:.13.Spore.Stain.14.Capsule.
and.Flagella.Stain./.Part.D.Application:.15.The.Staining.Characteriza-
tion.of.a.Bacterial.Unknown.
Section III Bacterial Cultivation. Website: www.mheducation.com
Part.A.Aseptic.Technique:.16.Bacteria.and.Fungi.in.the.Laboratory.
Environment:.The.Necessity.of.Aseptic.Technique./.Part.B.The.Culture.
of.Bacteria:.17.The.Preparation.and.Inoculation.of.Growth.Media.18. COMPLIMENTARY COPIES
Culture.Characterization.Using.Agar.and.Broth.Media.
Section IV Bacterial Identification

19.Biochemical.Tests.Used.to.Identify.Bacteria./.20.Application:.The.
91

CELLULAR MOLECULAR,
Introductory Virology
Microbiology
- Non Majors Multimedia
HYpERCLINIC 2 CD-ROM FOR WINDOWS THE BIOLOGY OF VIRUSES

2nd Edition 2nd Edition
By Bruce Voyles, Grinnell College
By Lewis L Tomalty and Gloria J Delisle of Queen’s University
2002 /432 pages
2001
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-120477- 4 / MHID: 0-07-120477-6 [IE]
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-232312- 2 / MHID: 0-07-232312-4
HyperClinic. is. an. interactive. multimedia. program. appropriate. for. Contents
undergraduate.microbiology.students.majoring.in.the.health.sciences. 1.Viruses.and.Host.Cells.
or.for.medical.students.studying.clinical.microbiology..It.is.used.very. 2.Getting.In:.Attachment,.Penetration,.and.Uncoating.
differently. in. the. two. modes..Allied. health. students. are. asked. to. 3. Expression. and. Replication. of. the. Viral. Genome. in. Prokaryotic.
evaluate. a. realistic. case. study. that. includes. a. patient. history. and. Hosts.
description. of. signs. and. symptoms. and. to. analyze. the. results. of.
4. Expression. and. Replication. of. the. Viral. Genome. in. Eukaryotic.
physician-ordered.clinical.tests.to.reach.a.diagnosis..Medical.students.
will.evaluate.a.case.study.scenario.and.then.decide.which.clinical. Hosts:.The.RNA.Viruses.
samples.should.be.taken.and.which.diagnostic.tests.run..Immediate. 5. Expression. and. Replication. of. the. Viral. Genome. in. Eukaryotic.
feedback.and.prompts.help.the.students.evaluate.their.decisions..Ani- Hosts:.The.DNA.Viruses.
mations.and.movies.provide.detailed.information.on.how.the.clinical. 6.Assembly,.Maturation,.and.Release.of.Virions.
tests.are.conducted,.providing.the.undergraduate.with.an.excellent. 7.Effects.of.Viral.Infection.on.Host.Cells:.Cytological.and.Inductive.
introduction.to.a.clinical.lab.and.providing.a.solid.review.for.the.more. Effects.
experienced.student. 8. Effects. of. Viral. Infection. on. Host. Cells:. Integrated. Viruses. and.
Persistent.Infections.
9.Subviral.Entities,.Viral.Evolution,.and.Viral.Emergence
Microbiology printed
- Supplements STDs / AIDS
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF MICROBIOLOGY NEW

By Edward Alcamo, SUNY-Farmingdale
1998 / 409 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-000967-7 / MHID: 0-07-000967-8
AIDS UpDATE 2008
A Schaum’s Publication 2nd Edition
Contents By Gerald J Stine, University of North Florida
Introduction.to.Microbiology... 2009 (January 2008) / 480 pages
The.Chemical.Basis.of.Microbiology... ISBN-13: 978-0-07-337528-1 / MHID: 0-07-337528-4
Microbial.Size.and.Microscopy...
http://www.mhcls.com/text-data/catalog/0073375284.mhtml
Prokaryotes.and.Eukaryotes...
Microbial.Growth.and.Cultivation... AIDS.Update.2008.presents.a.balanced.review.of.current.research.
Metabolism.of.Microorganisms... and.information.on.HIV.infection,.HIV.disease,.and.AIDS..AIDS.Update.
DNA.and.Gene.Expression... 2008.places.this.discussion.within.a.biological,.medical,.social,.eco-
nomic.and.legal.framework,.helping.readers.to.more.fully.understand.
Microbial.Genetics...
this.modern-day.pandemic.
Control.of.Microorganisms...
The.Major.Groups.of.Bacteria... Contents
The.Fungi...
The.Protozoa... Chapter.1.AIDS,.Defining.the.Disease.and.Finding.Its.Cause
The.Unicellular.Algae... Chapter.2.What.Causes.AIDS:.Origin.of.the.AIDS.Virus
The.Viruses... Chapter.3.Biological.Characteristics.of.the.AIDS.Virus
The.Host-Parasite.Relationship... Chapter.4.Anti-HIV.Therapy
Host.Resistance.and.the.Immune.System... Chapter.5.The.Immunology.of.HIV.Disease/AIDS
Immune.Tests.and.Disorders... Chapter.6.Opportunistic.Infections.and.Cancers.Associated.with.HIV.
Microbial.Diseases.of.the.Skin.and.Eyes... Disease/AIDS
Microbial.Diseases.of.the.Nervous.System... Chapter. 7.A. Profile. of. Biological. Indicators. for. HIV. Disease. and.
Microbial.Diseases.of.the.Respiratory.System... Progression.to.AIDS
Microbial.Diseases.of.the.Digestive.System... Chapter.8.Epidemiology.and.Transmission.of.the.Human.Immuno-
Microbial.Diseases.of.the.Blood.and.Viscera... deficiency.Virus
Microbial.Diseases.of.the.Urogenital.System... Chapter.9.Preventing.the.Transmission.of.HIV
Food.and.Industrial.Microbiology... Chapter.10.Prevalence.of.HIV.Infections,.AIDS.Cases,.and.Deaths.
Environmental.Microbiology.. Among. Select. Groups. in. the. United. States. and. AIDS. in. Other.
92

CELLULAR MOLECULAR,
Countries  New.material.on.Eukaryotic.RNA--Chapter.10.(Eukaryotic.RNA.
Chapter. 11. Prevalence. of. HIV. Infection. and.AIDS. Cases.Among. Polymerases. and. Their. Promotors). includes. lots. of. new. material,.
Women.and.Children.in.the.United.States inlcuding. Three. Dimensional. Structure. of. RNA. Polymermase. II. in.
Chapter. 12. Prevalence. of. HIV. Infection. and.AIDS.Among. Young. the.Post-Translocation.State.and.info.on.Rpbl’s.interaction.with.the.
Adults,.Ages.13.to.24 DNA-RNA.hybrid..
Chapter.13.Testing.for.Human.Immunodeficiency.Virus
 New.Information.on.Structure.and.Function.of.eIF3--Chapter.17.
Determining. the. Presence. of. Antibody. Produced. When. HIV. Is.
(The.Mechanism.of.Translation.I:Initiation).includes.new.information.
Present.
on. the. Structure. and. Function. of. eIF3. as. well. as. Shifts. in. mRNA.
Chapter.14.AIDS.and.Society:.Knowledge,.Attitudes,.and.Behavior
Secondary.Structure..
HIV/AIDS.Is.a.Story.in.Our.Lifetime.
Summary.  New.Informaton.on.the.X.Chromosome.and.more!--Chapter.24.
Review Questions (Genomics,.Proteomics,.and.Bioinformatics).includes.new.informa-
tion.on.the.X.Chromosome.and.its.role.in.sex-linked.diseases..Also.
discussed.in.this.chapter.is.the.“Barcode.of.Life”,.a.section.connecting.
DNA.to.how.taxonomists.now.classify.organisms..A.few.other.new.
topics.touched.upon.is.Whole.Chromosome.Transcriptional.Mapping,.
Genomic. Functional. Profiling,. Tissue-Specific. Functional. Profiling,.
Molecular Biology and.RNAi.Analysis..
 New.End-of-Chapter.Material--Along.with.the.revision.of.End-of-
Chapter Review Questions and Analytical Questions, new References
and.Suggested.Readings.have.been.added.throughout.the.text..
 Revised.Art. Program!--Many. of. the. illustrations. in. this. edition.
have.been.redrawn.to.further.clarify.details,.make.content.current,.
NEW and.to.create.a.consistent.appearance.
Contents
1 Introduction.
MOLECULAR BIOLOGY
1.A.Brief.History.
2.The.Molecular.Nature.of.Genes.
4th Edition 3.An.Introduction.to.Gene.Function.
2 Methods of Molecular Biology.
By Robert Weaver, University of Kansas-Lawrence 4.Molecular.Cloning.Methods.
5.Molecular.Tools.for.Studying.Genes.and.Gene.Activity.
3 Transcription in Prokaryotes.
6.The.Mechanism.of.Transcription.in.Prokaryotes.
7.Operons:.Fine.Control.of.Prokaryotic.Transcription.
2008 (January 2007) 8.Major.Shifts.in.Prokaryotic.Transcription.
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-331994-0 / MHID: 0-07-331994-5 9.DNA-Protein.Interactions.in.Prokaryotes.
4 Transcription in Eukaryotes.
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110216-2 / MHID: 0-07-110216-7 [IE]
10.Eukaryotic.RNA.Polymerases.and.Their.Promoters.
http://www.mhhe.com/weaver4 11.General.Transcription.Factors.in.Eukaryotes.
Molecular.Biology,.4/e.by.Robert.Weaver,.is.designed.for.an.introduc- 12.Transcription.Activators.in.Eukaryotes.
tory.course.in.molecular.biology..The.text.is.geared.not.only.toward. 13.Chromatin.Structure.and.Its.Effects.on.Transcription.
presenting.concepts.of.molecular.biology,.but.also.the.experiments. 5 Posttranscriptional Events.
that.led.to.those.concepts..Guided.by.this.experimental.approach,. 14.Messenger.RNA.Processing.I:.Splicing.
Dr.. Weaver. has. been. published. by. National. Institutes. as. well. as. 15.Messenger.RNA.Processing.II:.Capping.and.Polyadenylation.
National.Geographic.. 16.Other.RNA.Processing.Events.
6 Translation.
neW to tHIs eDItIon 17.The.Mechanism.of.Translation.I:.Initiation.
 Information.on.Affinity.Chromatography--Chapter.5.(Molecular. 18.The.Mechanism.of.Translation.II:.Elongation.and.Termination.
Tools.for.Studying.Genes.and.Gene.Activity).now.includes.informa- 19.Ribosomes.and.Transfer.RNA.
tion.on.Affinity.Chromatography,.one.of.the.most.powerful.separation. 7 DNA Replication, Recombination, and Transposition
techniques,.and.also.touches.on.Forensic.Uses.of.DNA.Fingerprinting. 20.DNA.Replication.I:.Basic.Mechanism.and.Enzymology.
and.DNA.Typing.. 21.DNA.Replication.II:.Detailed.Mechanism.
22.Homologous.Recombination.
 Thoroughly. Revised. Website--McGraw-Hill’s. ARIS--Assess- 23.Transposition
ment,.Review,.and.Instruction.System.for.Molecular.Biology,.4/e.is. 8 Genomes.
a.complete.electronic.homework.and.course.management.system.. 24.Genomics.and.Proteomics
Instructors.can.create.and.share.course.materials.and.assignments.
with.colleagues.with.a.few.clicks.of.the.mouse..Instructors.can.edit.
questions.and.algorithms,.import.their.own.content,.and.create.an-
nouncements.and.due.dates.for.assignments..ARIS.has.automatic.
grading. and. reporting. of. easy-to-assign. algorithmically. generated.
homework,.quizzing,.and.testing..Once.a.student.is.registered.in.the.
course,.all.student.activity.within.McGraw-Hill’s.ARIS.is.automatically.
recorded. and. available. to. the. instructor. through. a. fully. integrated.
grade. book. that. can. be. downloaded. to. Excel.. Contact. your. local.
McGraw-Hill.Publisher’s.representative.for.more.information.on.get-
ting.started.with.ARIS..
93

CELLULAR MOLECULAR,
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF MOLECULAR 20.Cell.Differentiation.

BIOLOGY 21.Pattern.Formation.and.Embryonic.Fields.
22.Genetic.and.Molecular.Analysis.of.Pattern.Formation.in.the.Dro-
By William Stansfield, California State Polytechnic University
sophila.Embryo.
1996 / 384 pages
23.Genetic.and.Molecular.Analysis.of.Vertebrate.Development.
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-060898-6 / MHID: 0-07-060898-9
24.Genetic.and.Molecular.Analysis.of.Pattern.Formation.in.Plants.
A Schaum’s Publication 25. Experimental. and. Genetic.Analysis. of. Caenorhabditis. elegans.
Contents Development.
26.Sex.Determination.
1..Cells.
27.Hormonal.Control.of.Development.
2..Biomacromolecules..
28.Organismic.Growth.and.Oncogenes
3..Chromosomes.
4..Transcription.and.Gene.Regulation..
5..Translation..
6..Mutations.
7..The.Genetics.of.Bacteria.and.Their.Viruses..
8..Genetic.Engineering./.Recombinant.DNA.Technology..
9..Nucleic.Acid.Manipulations..
10..Eukaryotic.Cells.and.Their.Viruses..
11..Cellular.Communication. Immunology
12..Development.in.Multicellular.Organisms..
13..The.Immune.System.
14..Molecular.Evolution.
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF IMMUNOLOGY

By George Pinchuk
2002 / 304 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-137366-1 / MHID: 0-07-137366-7
Developmental Biology / A Schaum’s Publication
Embryology
Contents
1..Overview.of.Immunity.and.the.Immune.System..
2..Cells,.Tissues,.and.Organs.of.the.Immune.System..
3..Antibodies.and.Antigens.
.
4..Maturation.of.B.Lympocytes.and.Expression.of.Immunoglobullin.
Genes..
5..The.Major.Histocompatibility.Complex..
International Edition 6..Antigen.Processing.and.Presentation..
7..T-Lymphocyte.Antigen.Recognition.and.Activation..
ANALYSIS OF BIOLOGICAL DEVELOpMENT 8..B-Lymphocyte.Activation.and.Antibody.Production..
2nd Edition 9..Immunologic.Tolerance..
By Klaud Kalthoff, University of Texas at Austin 10..Cytokines..
2001 /816 pages 11..Innate.Immunity..
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-118078- 8 / MHID: 0-07-118078-8 [IE] 12..Effector.Mechanisms.of.Cell-Mediated.Immunity..
13..Effector.Mechanisms.of.Humoral.Immunity..
www.mhhe.com/kalthoff 14..Immunity.to.Microbes..
Contents 15..Transplantation.Immunology..
Part I From Gametogenesis to Histogenesis 16..Immunity.to.Tumors..
1.Analysis.of.Development. 17..Autoimmunity.and.Autoimmune.Diseases..
2.The.Role.of.Cells.in.Development. 18..Immunodeficiencies.
3.Gametogenesis.
4.Fertilization.
5.Cleavage.
6.Cell.Fate,.Potency.and.Determination.
7.Genomic.Equivalence.and.the.Cytoplasmic.Environment.
8.Localized.Cytoplasmic.Determinants.
9.Axis.Formation.and.Mesoderm.Induction.
10.Gastrulation.
11.Cell.Adhesion.and.Morphogenesis.
12.Organogenesis.
13.Ectodermal.Organs.
14.Endodermal.and.Mesodermal.Organs.
Part II Control of Gene Expression in Development.
15.The.Use.of.Mutants.and.Transgenic.Organisms.in.the.Analysis.
of.Development.
16.Transcriptional.Control.
17.RNA.Processing.
18.Translational.Control.and.Post-translational.Modifications.
19.Genetic.and.Paragenetic.Information.
Part III Current Topics in Developmental Biology.
94

CELLULAR MOLECULAR,
General Genetics Animations Library: 43. full-color. animations. of. key. genetic. prin-
ciples..
 Solutions.to.even-numbered.problems.appear.at.the.back.of.the.
book..Solutions.to.odd-numbered.problems.will.be.available.on.the.
free,.password.protected.OLC..
 Chapter. Concept. statements. keep. the. focus. of. the. text. on.
NEW concepts,. so. students. don’t. get. lost. in. details.. Each.A. head. starts.
with.a.conceptual.statement.in.the.form.of.a.complete.sentence.that.
International Edition emphasizes.the.key.point.of.the.material..
 A. unique. chapter,. Computer.Analysis. of. Genetic. Sequences,.
gives. students. a. glance. at. the. most. modern. techniques. used. by.
GENETICS geneticists.today..
Analysis and principles,
 Unifying.theme.-.the.relationship.between.genes.and.traits.-.ap-
3rd Edition
pears. throughout. the. text. and. reinforces. the. relationship. between.
abstract.concepts.and.concrete.physical.expressions..This.theme.is.
By Robert J Brooker, University of Minnesota--
Minneapolis called.out.with.blue.type.in.several.figure.legends.in.each.chapter.
 Classic.experiments.in.transmission.and.molecular.genetics.are.
highlighted.in.each.chapter,.with.a.strong.emphasis.on.the.scientific.
2009 (January 2008) method..In.each.chapter.1-2.experiments.are.broken.into.five.steps:.
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-722972-6 / MHID: 0-07-722972-X Background.observations,.the.Hypothesis,.Testing.the.Hypothesis,.
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128764-7 / MHID: 0-07-128764-7 [IE] the.Data,.and.Interpreting.the.Data.(denoted.with.gold.bars)..
http://aris.mhhe.com  Conceptual.and.experimental.themes.are.used.in.text.discussions.
(see.Testing.the.Hypothesis.sections.in.each.chapter).and.end-of-
Genetics:.Analysis. and. Principles. is. a. one-semester,. introductory.
chapter.material.(both.in.chapter.summaries.and.problem.sets).
genetics.textbook.that.takes.an.experimental.approach.to.understand-
ing.genetics..By.weaving.one.or.two.experiments.into.the.narrative.  Problem.sets.are.broken.into.three.parts..
of each chapter, students can simultaneously explore the scientific
method.and.understand.the.genetic.principles.that.have.been.learned. 1..Conceptual.questions.test.students’.understanding.of.basic.genetic.
from.these.experiments.. principles..
2..Experimental.questions.test.their.ability.to.analyze.data,.design.
FeAtURes experiments,. and. appreciate. the. relevance. of. experimental. tech-
niques..
 Art. Program!. Every. illustration. has. been. rendered. with. four. 3..Student.discussion/collaboration.questions.
goals.in.mind:.
Contents
1..Completeness.-.For.most.figures,.it.should.be.possible.to.under-
stand.an.experiment.or.genetic.concept.by.looking.at.the.illustration. Ch..1:.Overview.of.Genetics
alone.. Ch..2:.Mendelian.Inheritance
2..Clarity.-.The.figures.have.been.extensively.reviewed.by.students. Ch..3:.Reproduction.and.Chromosome.Transmission
and.instructors..This.has.helped.avoid.drawing.things.that.may.be. Ch..4:.Extensions.of.Mendelian.Inheritance
confusing.or.unclear.. Ch..5:.Linkage.and.Genetic.Mapping.in.Eukaryotes
3..Consistency.-.Recurring.elements.and.colors.have.all.been.coor- Ch.. 6:. Genetic. Transfer. and. Mapping. in. Bacteria. and. Bacteri-
dinated.to.provide.a.consistent.art.program.. ophages
4..Realism.-.An.important.goal.of.the.second.edition.has.been.to.make. Ch..7:.Non-Mendelian.Inheritance
each.figure.as.realistic.as.possible..For.example,.when.drawing.macro- Ch..8:.Variation.in.Chromosome.Structure.and.Number
scopic.elements.(e.g..fruit.flies,.pea.plants,.etc.),.the.illustrations.have. Ch..9:.Molecular.Structure.of.DNA.and.RNA
been.based.on.real.images,.not.on.cartoon-like.simplifications.. Ch..10:.Chromosome.Organization.and.Molecular.Structure
Ch..11:.DNA.Replication
 Dynamic.Media.Package!.Online.Learning.Center.will.contain.
Ch..12:.Gene.Transcription
extensive. quizzing. for. the. student,. video. lectures,. and. computer.
Ch..13:.Translation.of.mRNA
programs.for.genetic.problem.solving..Student.CD-ROM.will.include.
Ch..14:.Gene.Regulation.in.Bacteria.and.Bacteriophages
extensive.problem.solving.applications.and.interactive.exercises.to.
Ch..15:.Gene.Regulation.in.Eukaryotes
aid.in.the.study.of.learning.genetics..
Ch..16:.Gene.Mutation.and.DNA.Repair
 Digital.Content.Manager!.The.digital.assets.on.this.cross-plat- Ch..17:.Recombination.and.Transposition.at.the.Molecular.Level
form. CD-ROM. are. organized. by. chapter. in. an. easy-to-use. folder. Ch..18:.Recombinant.DNA.Technology
system.. Ch..19:.Biotechnology
Ch..20:.Structural.Genomics
Art Library: Full-color.digital.files.of.all.illustrations.in.the.book.(659.
Ch..21:.Functional.Genomics,.Proteomics,.and.Bioinformatics
images..These.images.are.also.pre-inserted.into.blank.PowerPoint.
Ch..22:.Medical.Genetics.and.Cancer
slides.for.ease.of.use)..
Ch..23:.Developmental.Genetics
Photo Library:.Digital.files.of.206.instructionally.significant.photo-
Ch. 24: Quantitative Genetics
graphs..
Ch..25:.Population.Genetics
Table Library:. Every. table. that. appears. in. the. text. is. provided. in.
Ch..26:.Evolutionary.Genetics
electronic.form..
PowerPoint Lecture Outlines:. Ready-made. presentations. that.
combine.art.and.lecture.notes.are.provided.for.each.of.the.chapters.
of.the.text..
Active Art Library: Each.piece.of.art.can.be.broken.down.to.its.core.
elements,.grouped.or.ungrouped,.and.edited.to.create.customized.
illustrations..100.illustrations.are.available.in.this.format..
95

CELLULAR MOLECULAR,
10.Gene.Expression:.Transcription.
11.Gene.Expression:.Translation.
NEW DNA Technologies
12.Recombinant.DNA.Technology.
International Edition 13.Applications.of.Recombinant.DNA.Technology.
14.Genomics.and.Bioinformatics.
Control of Gene Expression
INTRODUCTION TO 15.Prokaryotic.Genetics.
16.Gene.Expression:.Control.in.Prokaryotes.and.Phages.
GENETICS 17.Gene.Expression:.Control.in.Eukaryotes.
18.DNA.Mutation.and.Repair.
By David Hyde, University of Notre Dame 19.Extranuclear.Inheritance.
Genetics and Biological Processes
20.Mutational.Analysis.
21.Developmental.Genetics.
22.Cancer.Genetics
2009 (January 2008) Population Genetics and Evolution
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-322481-7 / MHID: 0-07-322481-2 23.Population.Genetics.
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110803-4 / MHID: 0-07-110803-3 24 Quantitative Genetics
[IE with OLC] 25.Evolutionary.Genetics
Hyde’s. Introduction. to. Genetics. teaches. the. principles. of. genetics.

with. an. innovative. approach. that. emphasizes. the. basic. concepts.
involved. in. solving. problems. as. well. as. teaching. students. how. to.
manipulate. genetic. data.. While. most. genetics. textbooks. provide.
some.examples.and.several.problems.for.the.student.to.work,.the.
texts.primarily.stress.facts.and.historical.information..It.is.often.left.
to.the.student.to.make.the.connection.from.what.is.in.the.text.to.elu- NEW
cidating.the.approaches.to.solve.problems..Dr..David.Hyde.presents. International Edition
these.skills.to.the.students.throughout.the.narrative.in.a.stepped-out.
fashion,.making.an.explicit.tie.between.the.facts.and.their.application..
This.text.maintains.the.rigor.that.faculty.require.in.a.genetics.book,.
while. incorporating. a. student-friendly. presentation. style. that. helps.
GENETICS
the.reader.comprehend.the.material. From Genes to Genomes,
3rd Edition
FeAtURes
 Innovative,. Problem-Solving-Based.Approach. --. The. author. By Leland Hartwell, University of Washington
maintains.the.connection.between.basic.genetic.principles.and.their.
application.to.problems.using.a.stepped-out.system..The.text.also.links.
specific.portions.of.the.text.with.selected.end-of-chapter.problems.to.
direct.the.student.to.problems.that.will.test.their.comprehension.of.
the.material.they.just.studied.. 2008 (October 2006)
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-322738-2 / MHID: 0-07-322738-2
 Strong. and.Accessible. Molecular. Genetics. Coverage. --. Dr..
Hyde.discusses.in.a.clear.and.basic.manor,.the.latest.information.on. ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110215-5 / MHID: 0-07-110215-9 [IE]
molecular.processes.and.new.techniques.. http://aris.mhhe.com
 Dynamic. Illustration. and. Photo. Program. --. The. art. program. Genetics:.From.Genes.to.Genomes.is.a.cutting-edge,.introductory.
incorporates.vibrant.colors.and.three-dimensional.effects.with.peda- genetics.text.authored.by.an.unparalleled.author.team,.including.Nobel.
gogically.sound.layouts.that.greatly.assist.students.in.visualizing.and. Prize.winner,.Leland.Hartwell..The.Third.Edition.continues.to.build.
understanding.difficult.genetic.processes.. upon.the.integration.of.Mendelian.and.molecular.principles,.providing.
students. with. the. links. between. early. genetics. understanding. and.
 Strong.Pedagogical.Framework.--.A.strong.framework.makes. the new molecular discoveries that have changed the way the field
key.concepts.easier.to.identify..For.example,.all.section.heads.will. of.genetics.is.viewed.
be.written.as.concept.statements..
neW to tHIs eDItIon
 Superior. Media. Package. --. Introduction. to. Genetics. offers.
instructors. full. access. to. textbook. art,. photos. and. tables,. as. well.  Additional.problems.have.been.added.throughout.each.chapter,.
as. high-quality. animations. and. customizable. PowerPoint. lecture. providing. students. and. teachers. with. more. variety. in. the. level. of.
presentations..The. Online. Learning. Center. provides. students. with. problems..At.the.end.of.each.chapter,.the.level.of.difficulty.is.indicated.
additional.study.tools.and.problem-solving.exercises.. for.each.problem,.giving.instructors.the.ability.the.select.problems.to.
assign.based.upon.the.level.of.difficulty..
Contents
 New.“On.Our.Website”.feature,.at.the.end.of.each.chapter,.di-
1.Genetics.and.the.Scientific.Method. rects.students.and.teachers.to.additional,.more.detailed.information.
Patterns and Mechanisms of Classical Inheritance. on.specialized.topics.not.found.in.the.textbook..This.information.is.in.
2.Mendelian.Genetics. the.form.of.content,.references,.or.links,.for.easy.access..
3.Mitosis.and.Meiosis.
4.Sex.Determination.and.Sex.Linkage.  New.Chapter.12:.Systems.Biology.is.included.in.the.new.edi-
5.Modifications.to.Mendelian.Ratios. tion,.giving.students.information.on.a.new.way.of.studying.genetics.
6.Linkage.and.Mapping.in.Eukaryotes. by.looking.at.every.system.of.biology.as.a.whole..
Molecular Basis of Inheritance and Gene Expression
 New. “Internet.Assignments. and. Exercises”. offer. students. an.
7.DNA.Structure.and.Chromosome.Organization.
interactive. way. to. read. and. complete. additional. exercises. beyond.
8.Changes.in.Chromosome.Structure.and.Number
those.offered.in.the.textbook.
9.DNA.Replication.
96

CELLULAR MOLECULAR,
CONTENTS GENETICS DEMYSTIFIED

1 Genetics: The Study of Biological Information By Edward Willet
2 Mendel’s Breakthrough: Patterns, Particles, and Principles of 2006 (September 2005) / 210 pages
Heredity ISBN-13: 978-0-07-145930-3 / MHID: 0-07-145930-8
3 Extensions to Mendel: Complexities in Relating Genotype to A Professional Publication
Phenotype
4 The Chromosome Theory of Inheritance Genetics Demystified offers an up-to-date, highly readable explana-
tion of the basic principles of genetics, covering key topics such as
5 Linkage, Recombination, and the Mapping of Genes on Chromo-
human genetics, DNA, heredity, mutations, traits, chromosomes,
somes and much more. This self-teaching guide comes complete with key
6 DNA: How the Molecule of Heredity Carries, Replicates, and Re- points, background information, quizzes at the end of each chapter,
combines Information and even a final exam. Simple enough for beginners but challenging
7 Anatomy and Function of a Gene: Dissection Through Mutation enough for advanced students, this is a lively and entertaining brush-
8 Gene Expression: The Flow of Genetic Information from DNA to up, introductory text, or classroom supplement.
RNA to Protein
9 Deconstructing the Genome: DNA at High Resolution CONTENTS
10 Reconstructing the Genome Through Genetic and Molecular Chapter 1: Mendelism and Classical Genetics
Analysis Chapter 2: The Cell--The Basic Unit of Life
11 The Direct Detection of Genotype Distinguishes Individual Ge- Chapter 3: DNA--The Chemical Basis of Heredity
nomes Chapter 4: Chromosomes--Organized DNA
12 Systems Biology and Proteomics Chapter 5: Traits--How Genes Are Expressed
13 The Eukaryotic Chromosome: An Organelle for Packaging and Chapter 6: Genomes--Reading the Genetic Code
Managing DNA Chapter 7: Mutations--Misreading the Code
14 Chromosomal Rearrangements and Changes in Chromosome Chapter 8: Cancer--Genetics Gone Awry
Number Reshape Eukaryotic Genomes Chapter 9: Bacteria--A Different Way of Doing Things
15 The Prokaryotic Chromosome: Genetic Analysis in Bacteria Chapter 10: Organelles--Genetics Outside the Nucleus
16 The Chromosomes of Organelles Outside the Nucleus Exhibit Chapter 11: Viruses--Hijacking Heredity
Non-Mendelian Patterns of Inheritance Chapter 12: Genetic Engineering--Sculpting the Code
17 Gene Regulation in Prokaryotes Chapter 13: Evolution--Change Driven by Genetics
18 Gene Regulation in Eukaryotes Chapter 14: Humans--How Genetics Affect Us
19 Cell-Cycle Regulation and the Genetics of Cancer Final Exam
20 Using Genetics to Study Development Answers to Quiz and Final Exam Questions
21 The Genetic Analysis of Populations and How They Evolve Suggested Additonal References
22 Evolution at the Molecular Level Glossary
Index
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF GENETICS

4th Edition
By Susan Elrod, California Polytechnic State University - San Luis Obispo
2002 / 500 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-136206-1 / MHID: 0-07-136206-1
CONTENTS
1. The Physical Basis of Heredity
2. Patterns of Inheritance
3. The Biochemical Basis of Heredity
4. Genetic Interactions
5. The Genetics of Sex
6. Linkage and Chromosome Mapping
7. Cytogenetics
8. Quantitative Genetics
9. Population Genetics and Evolution
10. Genetics of Bacteria
Complimentary desk copies are available for 11. Viruses, Transposable Elements, and Cancer
course adoption only. Kindly contact your 12. Molecular Genetics and Biotechnology
local McGraw-Hill Representative or fax the 13. The Molecular Biology of Eukaryotes.

97

CELLULAR MOLECULAR,
International Edition Human Genetics

pRINCIpLES OF GENETICS
7th Edition
By Robert Tamarin, University of Massachusetts
2002
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-124320-9 / MHID: 0-07-124320-8 NEW
[IE with OLC&CD] International Edition
www.mhhe.com/tamarin7
Contents
I Genetics and the Scientific Method
HUMAN GENETICS
1.Introduction. 8th Edition
II Mendelism and the Chromosomal Theory.
2.Mendel’s.Principles. By Ricki Lewis, SUNY at Albany
3.Mitosis.and.Meiosis.
4.Probability.and.Statistics.
5.Sex.Determination,.Sex.Linkage,.and.Pedigree.Analysis.
6.Linkage.and.Mapping.in.Eukaryotes..
7.Linkage.and.Mapping.in.Prokaryotes.and.Bacterial.Viruses. 2009 (September 2007)
8.Cytogenetics.
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-722127-0 / MHID: 0-07-722127-3
III Molecular Genetics
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128310-6 / MHID: 0-07-128310-2 [IE]
9.Chemistry.of.the.Gene.
10.Gene.Expression:.Transcription. http://www.mhhe.com/lewisgenetics8
11.Gene.Expression:.Translation. Human. Genetics,. Eighth. Edition,. is. a. non-science. majors. human.
12.DNA:.Its.Mutation,.Repair,.and.Recombination. genetics.text.that.clearly.explains.what.genes.are,.how.they.function,.
13.Genomics,.Biotechnology,.and.Recombinant.DNA. how.they.interact.with.the.environment,.and.how.our.understanding.
14.Gene.Expression:.Control.in.Prokaryotes.and.Phages. of. genetics. has. changed. since. completion. of. the. human. genome.
15.The.Eukaryotic.Chromosome. project..It.is.a.clear,.modern,.and.exciting.book.for.citizens.who.will.
16.Gene.Expression:.Control.in.Eukaryotes. be.responsible.for.evaluating.new.medical.options,.new.foods,.and.
17.Non-Mendelian.Inheritance. new.technologies.in.the.age.of.genomics.
IV Quantitative and Evolutionary Genetics
18 Quantitative Inheritance neW to tHIs eDItIon
19.Population.Genetics:.The.Hardy-Weinberg.Equilibrium.and.Mat-  A. Second. Look. section. has. been. added. to. the. EOC. chapter.
ing.Systems. material.. This. section. contains. questions. about. the. opening. case.
20. Population. Genetics:. Processes. That. Change.Allelic. Frequen- study.the.students.can.answer.after.they.have.mastered.the.chapter.
cies. concepts..
Appendix.A. Brief.Answers. to. Selected. Exercises,. Problems,. and.
Critical Thinking Questions  Disorders.are.identified.by.their.Online.Mendelian.Inheritance.
Appendix.B..Suggestions.for.Further.Reading in.Man.number.
 Websites.added.to.inside.covers.
 Pronunciations.of.Glossary.terms..
Contents
Chapter.1.Overview.of.Genetics.
Chapter.2.Cells.
Chapter.3.Meiosis.and.Development.
Chapter.4.Single.Gene.Inheritance.
Chapter.5.Beyond.Mendel’s.Laws.
Chapter.6.Matters.of.Sex.
Chapter.7.Multifactorial.Traits.
Chapter.8.The.Genetics.of.Behavior.
Chapter.9.DNA.Structure.and.Replication.
Chapter.10.Gene.Action:.From.DNA.to.Protein.
Chapter.11.Control.of.Gene.Expression.and.Genome.Architecture.
Chapter.12.Gene.Mutation.
Chapter.13.Chromosomes.
Chapter.14.When.Allele.Frequencies.Stay.Constant.
Chapter.15.Changing.Allele.Frequencies.
Chapter.16.Human.Ancestry.and.Eugenics.
Chapter.17.Genetics.of.Immunity.
Chapter.18.The.Genetics.of.Cancer.
Chapter.19.Genetic.Technologies:.Amplifying,.Modifying,.and.Moni-
toring.DNA.
Chapter.20.Genetic.Testing.and.Treatment.
Chapter.21.Reproductive.Technologies.
Chapter.22.Genomics
98

CELLULAR MOLECULAR,
Biotechnology International Edition

BIOTECHNOLOGY
DNA to protein: A Laboratory project in
Molecular Biology
BIOTECHNOLOGY DEMYSTIFIED By Teressa Thiel and Shirley Bissen of University of Missouri-St Louis and
Eilene Lyons, St. Louis Community College at Florissant Valley
By Sharon Walker
2002 /192 pages
2007 (Sept 2006) / 320 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-241664-0 / MHID: 0-07-241664-5
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-144812-3 / MHID: 0-07-144812-8
(Out of Print)
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-112279-5 / MHID: 0-07-112279-6 [IE]
This.self-teaching.guide.explains.the.basic.concepts.and.fundamentals.
in. all. the. major. subtopics. of. biotechnology..The. content. advances. www.mhhe.com/thiel
logically. from. the. basics. of. molecular. and. cellular. biology. to. more. Contents
complex. topics. such. as. DNA,. reproductive. cloning,. experimental.
procedures,.infectious.diseases,.immunology,.the.Human.Genome. Part 1: Examine Enzyme Activity of alpha-Amylase.
Project,.new.drug.discoveries,.and.genetic.disorders. 1..Starch.Plate.Assay.
2 Quantitative Enzyme Assay
Contents 3..Factors.Affecting.Enzyme.Function.
Part 2: Examine alpha-Amylase Proteins .
Part 1: Fundamental Topics in Molecular and Cellular Biology.
4..Analysis.of.Protein.Structure.Using.RasMol..
Chapter.1:.The.Molecules.of.Life:.The.stuff.you.are.made.of.
5..Analysis.of.alpha-Amylase.Proteins.
Chapter.2:.The.Cellular.Basis.of.Life:.What.cells.look.like.and.what.
Part 3: Examine DNA Structure.
they.do.
6..Analysis.of.DNA.Structure.Using.RasMol..
Chapter. 3:. Information. Flow. within. the. Cell:. Going. from. gene. to.
7..Isolation.of.Chromosomal.DNA.from.Bacillus.licheniformis.
protein.
Part 4 Find the alpha-Amylase Gene
Chapter.4:.DNA.Replication.and.Cell.Division:.How.life.continues.
8..PCR.Amplification.and.Labeling.of.Probe.DNA..
Chapter.5:.Regulation.of.gene.expression:.cells.don’t.express.every.
9..Southern.Hybridization.
gene.they.have.
Part 5 Clone the alpha-Amylase Gene
Chapter. 6:. Signal. Transduction:. How. cells. interact. with. what. is.
10.Cloning.the.alpha-Amylase.Gene.
outside.
Part 6 Analyze alpha-Amylase Clones.
Part 2: Essential Experimental Techniques in Biotechnology.
11.Verification.and.Mapping.of.alpha-Amylase.Clones..
Chapter.7:.Genetic.Engineering:.How.you.do.something.with.DNA.
12.Enzyme.Activity.of.alpha-Amylase.Clones
Chapter.8:.Assays.for.Gene.Function:.I.made.this.DNA,.now.what?.
Part 3: Advanced Topics in Biotechnology.
Chapter.9:.Cancer.and.the.Cell.Cycle:.When.good.cells.go.bad.
Chapter. 10:. Infectious. Disease:. Bacteria. and. viruses. and. prions,.
oh.my!.
Chapter.11:.Immunology:.How.the.body.protects.itself.from.invasion.
Chapter.12:.Genetic.Disease:.When.good.genes.go.bad.
Part 4: Applications of Biotechnology.
Chapter. 13:.The. Human. Genome. Project:. What. it. is. and. what. it’s.
used.for.
Chapter.14:.Reproductive.Cloning:.Understanding.the.controversy.
Chapter.15:.Genetically.Modified.(GM).Crops:.The.new.way.to.make.
a.better.tomato.
Chapter. 16:. Drug. Discovery:.The. accelerated. pace. of. finding. new.
drugs.
Chapter.17:.Future.Prospects.for.Biotechnology:.Is.it.bright.or.a.lack.
of.foresight?
local McGraw-Hill office or email to

99

CELLULAR MOLECULAR,
100

Introduction to Nutrition
- Multimedia...................................................................................................106
NUTRITION
- Supplements...............................................................................................106
- Textbook......................................................................................................103
Nutrition and Sport............................................................................................109
Nutrition Assessment.........................................................................................109
Nutrition Through The Life Cycle
- Nutrition & Human Development.................................................................108
101
HED 08 Nutrition (5).indd 101 11/13/2007 2:19:48 PM

NEW TITLES
NUTRITION
NutritionCalc Plus 3.0 CD-ROM ESHA Research 9780073328652 0073328650 106
NutritionCalc Plus 3.0 Online Access Card ESHA Research 9780073375526 0073375527 107
Nutrition for Healthy Living Schiff 9780077224851 007722485X 103
Contemporary Nutrition, 7e Wardlaw 9780077211660 0077211669 104
Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach Wardlaw 9780077227784 0077227786 105
102

NUTRITION
Introduction to Nutrition is also presented as well as a pie-chart displaying the percentages of

energy from carbohydrate, protein, and fat. This feature demonstrates
that preparing nutritious foods can be fun and economical. By trying
the recipes, students can develop basic food preparation skills and
Textbook
may be inspired to cook more foods “from scratch”. As a result, they
may rely less on vending machines and fast food outlets.
-Did You Know? Tidbits -- This marginal feature notes interesting

nutrition-related tidbits that apply to information presented in that
section of the chapter. Some of these features set the record straight
concerning commonly held beliefs about food and nutrition. Further-
more, “Did You Know?” is designed to stimulate students’ interest in
NEW nutrition and foods.
International Edition  Manageable Science. The author believes it is important to

provide students with basic scientific principles that are technically
accurate and simple to understand. Unlike other textbooks, Chapter
NUTRITION FOR HEALTHY 4 (Body Basics) introduces very basic chemistry and defines terms
needed to understand the scientific foundation of nutrition. The chapter
LIVING is divided into two main sections, chemistry and human physiology,
so professors can easily skip the section that focuses on chemistry
By Wendy J Schiff, Saint Louis CC-Meramec-Kirk- if they so choose.
wood
 Assessment and Evaluation: Nutrition for Healthy Living provides
a variety of learning assessment activities so students can assess and
evaluate their understanding of content. Besides the end-of-chapter
2009 (January 2008) critical thinking and multiple choice questions, two other quizzing tools
appear within each chapter:
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-722485-1 / MHID: 0-07-722485-X
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128347-2 / MHID: 0-07-128347-1 [IE] -Quiz Yourself: This pretest is comprised of five true or false ques-
tions placed at the end of chapter openers; answers are provided at
www.mhhe.com/nutrition
the end of the chapter. The purpose of “Quiz Yourself” is to stimulate
Today’s “superfood” textbook! A text with a potent kick of nutritional interest in reading the chapter. By taking the quiz, students may be
benefits... Nutrition for Healthy Living takes an innovative approach to surprised to learn how little or much they know about the chapter’s
basic nutrition for the intro Nutrition course. With its uniquely concise contents.
organization that serves up concepts in manageable portions and a
distinct focus on consumerism, this engaging, fun-to-read text will pro- -Concept Checkpoints: “Concept Checkpoints” are review questions,
vide students with the scientific foundation needed to make informed many of which involve critical thinking skills, posed at the end of major
nutritional lifestyle decisions well beyond the classroom. headings. Such questions enable students to test their acquisition of
information in the section.
FEATURES
 Student Learning Outcomes. Each chapter revolves around
 Uniquely Concise Organization. Structured into 13 chapters, 5-10 student learning outcomes. The concepts are served in small
this entire text can easily be covered within one semester. Instead portions that students can easily process. In addition, author Wendy
of separate chapters on different lifecycles, there is one chapter Schiff has written the entire book’s testbank to ensure consistency
devoted to all key life stages. Unlike other textbooks, global nutrition between book and test bank, especially with regard to student learn-
does not constitute its own chapter at the end of the text (where it is ing outcomes. Certain questions have been written and noted as
often overlooked due to lack of time); instead, key aspects of world questions specifically related to the SLOs.
nutrition are introduced in Chapter 1 and then incorporated throughout
the text where relevant.  Personal Dietary Analysis: Many chapters include an end-of-
chapter activity for analyzing personal eating habits. Most of these
 Unique Chapter 2 – Evaluating Nutrition Information! This chapter activities require the use of a dietary analysis software program, such
discusses how to evaluate the sources and messages of nutrition- and as McGraw-Hill’s new NutritionCalc Plus 3.0 software. Students can
health-related information for reliability, a very important topic that gain insight into their eating behaviors by completing this activity.
other textbooks generally devote only a small section of a chapter.
 The latest release of NutritionCalc Plus 3.0 diet analysis software
 Distinct Focus on Consumerism. Topics that relate to consum- is now available. Both the CD and Online versions share a new user-
erism are woven throughout the narrative and in pedagogical tools friendly interface and a handy video tutorial. Other enhancements
placed throughout the text so as not to distract the reader : include the ability to track up to three profiles, 365-day calendar
function, a 27,000+ food database, and a new recipe function.
-Real People, Real Stories -- Healthy young people often take their
health for granted. Instead of using contrived case studies or fictional  McGraw-Hill Presentation Center. ARIS Presentation Center is
characters to provide examples of people with nutrition-related disor- an online digital library containing assets such as photos, artwork,
ders, the author conducted interviews with individuals who actually
PowerPoints, animations, and other media types that can be used
have recovered from or currently experience conditions such as
type 1 diabetes, eating disorders, and hypertension. This feature to create customized lectures, visually enhanced tests and quizzes,
is designed to help students recognize the daily challenges people compelling course websites, or attractive printed support materials.
with such conditions face and the role diet and physical activity play Accessed from the instructor side of the textbook’s ARIS website,
in managing health. Presentation Center’s dynamic search engine allows instructors to
explore by discipline, course, textbook chapter, asset type, or keyword.
-Food and Nutrition Tips – The practical tips that apply material pre- Simply browse, select, and download the files you need to build en-
sented in a section provide information to students that they can use gaging course materials. All assets are copyright McGraw-Hill Higher
everyday and for the rest of their lives. Education but can be used by instructors for classroom purposes.
-Recipes for Healthy Living -- This feature includes one or more easy-  McGraw-Hill’s ARIS. ARIS is a complete electronic homework
to-make, kitchen-tested recipes that relate to the chapter’s content. and course management system, designed for greater ease of use
Information about the energy and key nutrients in a serving of the food than any other system available. Instructors can create and share
103

NUTRITION
course materials and assignments with colleagues with a few clicks Alcohol Consumption” in Chapter 16. This makes it easier to inte-
of the mouse. Instructors can edit questions, import their own content, grate coverage of this important topic within the typical term of an
and create announcements and due dates for assignments. ARIS introductory course.
has automatic grading and reporting of easy-to-assign homework,
 Energy Balance and Weight Maintenance are now covered
quizzing, and testing. Once a student is registered in the course, all
earlier in the text as the topic of Chapter 7, which now more logically
student activity within McGraw-Hill’s ARIS is automatically recorded
follows the energy-yielding nutrient chapters in Part Two.
and available to the instructor through a fully integrated grade book
that can be downloaded to Excel.  Important content updates include: new food source diagrams
for nutrients based upon MyPyramid food groups, the American
CONTENTS Heart Association 2006 Diet, new information about E. coli O157:
PART ONE: Laying the Foundation for Better Health H7, Listeria, and Norovirus, 2006 World Health Organization growth
1. The Basics of Nutrition charts for children, an expanded discussion of nutrigenomics, new
2. Evaluating Nutrition and Health Information information on omega-3 fatty acids, and more.
3. Planning Nutritious Menus
4. Body Basics  Check Your Knowledge is a new element featuring multiple-
PART TWO: Nutrients and Your Health choice study questions at the end of each chapter. These questions
5. Carbohydrates complement the open-ended Study Questions and help students
6. Fats and Other Lipids prepare for this type of questions on course examinations. Answers
7. Proteins to the Check Your Knowledge questions are found in Appendix A.
8. Vitamins  Each chapter now culminates with a Case Study that presents a
9. Minerals and Water real life situation followed by a list of directed questions to assist stu-
PART THREE: Applying Your Nutrition Knowledge dents in applying the nutrition knowledge from the chapter. Responses
10. Energy Balance and Weight Management to the Case Study questions are found in Appendix A.
11. Exercise and Sports
12. Food Safety Concerns  A totally new look and design invites students to read and learn
13. Nutrition for a Lifetime about nutrition with an engaging style and presentation. This fresh new
Appendix A English-metric Conversions look features brighter colors, more creative layouts, and exceptional
Appendix B Canadian Food Guide new figures and photos.
Appendix C Daily Values Table  This edition is now available with the latest release of Nutri-
Appendix D Energy Metabolism tionCalc Plus 3.0 diet analysis software. Both the CD and Online
Appendix E Amino Acids versions share a new user-friendly interface and a handy video
Appendix F Vitamins Involved in Energy Metabolism tutorial. Other enhancements include the ability to track up to three
Appendix G Growth Charts profiles, 365-day calendar function, a 27,000-food database, and a
Appendix H End of Chapter Multiple Choice Answer Keys new recipe function.
Glossary
 McGraw-Hill Presentation Center. ARIS Presentation Center is
an online digital library containing assets such as photos, artwork,
to create customized lectures, visually enhanced tests and quizzes,
compelling course websites, or attractive printed support materials.
Accessed from the instructor side of the textbook’s ARIS website,
NEW Presentation Center’s dynamic search engine allows instructors to
International Edition explore by discipline, course, textbook chapter, asset type, or keyword.
Simply browse, select, and download the files you need to build en-
gaging course materials. All assets are copyright McGraw-Hill Higher
Education but can be used by instructors for classroom purposes.
CONTEMPORARY NUTRITION
CONTENTS
7th Edition
NUTRITION: A KEY TO HEALTH
Chapter 1: What You Eat and Why
By Gordon M Wardlaw and Anne M Smith of Ohio
State University-Columbus Chapter 2: Guidelines for Designing a Healthy Diet
Chapter 3: The Human Body: A Nutrition Perspective
ENERGY NUTRIENTS AND ENERGY BALANCE
Chapter 4: Carbohydrates
Chapter 5: Lipids
Chapter 6: Proteins
2009 (January 2008) Chapter 7: Energy Balance and Weight Maintenance
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-721166-0 / MHID: 0-07-721166-9 VITAMINS, MINERALS AND WATER
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128365-6 / MHID: 0-07-128365-X [IE] Chapter 8: Vitamins
Contemporary Nutrition Seventh Edition is designed for students Chapter 9: Water and Minerals
with little or no background in college-level biology, chemistry or NUTRITION: BEYOND THE NUTRIENTS
physiology. It will provide students who lack a strong science back- Chapter 10: Nutrition: Fitness and Sports
ground the ideal balance of reliable nutrition information and practical Chapter 11: Eating Disorders: Anorexia Nervosa, Bulimia Nervosa,
consumer-oriented knowledge. With their friendly writing style, the and Other Conditions
authors act as the student’s personal guide to dispelling common Chapter 12: Food Safety
misconceptions and to gaining a solid foundation for making informed Chapter 13: Undernutrition throughout the World
nutrition choices. NUTRITION: A FOCUS ON THE LIFE STAGES
Chapter 14: Pregnancy and Breastfeeding
NEW TO THIS EDITION
Chapter 15: Nutrition from Infancy through Adolescence
 Alcohol is no longer the focus of an entire chapter but is now Chapter 16: Nutrition during Adulthood
included in the expanded new section, “Nutritional Implications of APPENDIXES:
104

NUTRITION
A: Solutions to Case Studies and Check Your Knowledge which cover a broad range of nutrition topics, allowing instructors and
B: Daily Values Used in Food Labels students to harness the visual impact of nutrition processes in motion.
C: Dietary Advice for Canadians All of these tools are available on ARIS.
D: The Exchange System
 Available with the text is NutritionCalc Plus 3.0 diet analysis
E: Dietary Intake and Energy Expenditure Assessment
software. Both the CD and Online versions share a new user-friendly
F: Chemical Structures in Nutrition
interface and a handy video tutorial. Other enhancements include
G: Height-Weight Tables
the ability to track up to three profiles, 365-day calendar function, a
H: Sources of Nutrition Information
27,000-food database, and a new recipe function.
I: English-Metric Conversions
 McGraw-Hill Presentation Center. ARIS Presentation Center is
an online digital library containing assets such as photos, artwork,
Accessed from the instructor side of the textbook’s ARIS website,
NEW Presentation Center’s dynamic search engine allows instructors to
International Edition explore by discipline, course, textbook chapter, asset type, or keyword.
Simply browse, select, and download the files you need to build en-
CONTEMPORARY NUTRITION gaging course materials. All assets are copyright McGraw-Hill Higher
A Functional Approach Education but can be used by instructors for classroom purposes.
By Gordon M Wardlaw and Anne M Smith of Ohio State University, James  McGraw-Hill’s ARIS. ARIS is a complete electronic homework
E Bailey and course management system, designed for greater ease of use
2009 (February 2008) than any other system available. Instructors can create and share
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-722778-4 / MHID: 0-07-722778-6 course materials and assignments with colleagues with a few clicks
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128463-9 / MHID: 0-07-128463-X [IE] of the mouse. Instructors can edit questions, import their own content,
Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach is an alternate version and create announcements and due dates for assignments. ARIS
of Wardlaw-Smith’s Contemporary Nutrition, 7e. While Contemporary has automatic grading and reporting of easy-to-assign homework,
Nutrition: A Functional Approach shares the recognized strengths of quizzing, and testing. Once a student is registered in the course, all
the seventh edition, it offers a unique approach to the coverage of student activity within McGraw-Hill’s ARIS is automatically recorded
vitamins and minerals. It departs from a traditional presentation by and available to the instructor through a fully integrated grade book
instead organizing vitamins and minerals within the context of physi- that can be downloaded to Excel.
ological functions and the health conditions they influence. The text
will provide students who lack a strong science background the ideal CONTENTS
balance of reliable nutrition information and practical consumer-ori-
NUTRITION: A KEY TO HEALTH
ented knowledge. With their friendly writing style, the authors act as
the student’s personal guide to dispelling common misconceptions and Chapter 1: What You Eat and Why
to gaining a solid foundation for making informed nutrition choices. Chapter 2: Guidelines for Designing a Healthy Diet
Chapter 3: The Human Body: A Nutrition Perspective
FEATURES ENERGY NUTRIENTS AND ENERGY BALANCE
Chapter 4: Carbohydrates
 Grouping vitamins and minerals by their functions, rather than a Chapter 5: Lipids
sequential discussion of each nutrient, helps students appreciate how Chapter 6: Proteins
vitamins and minerals work together in the body and also provides a Chapter 7: Energy Balance and Weight Maintenance
logical framework for understanding and retaining important informa- VITAMINS, MINERALS, AND WATER
tion about vitamins and minerals. Chapter 8: Overview of the Micronutrients
 The authors purposefully write as though they are acting as Chapter 9: Nutrients Involved with Fluid and Electrolyte Balance
personal guides to each student as they explore the world of nutrition. Chapter 10: Nutrients that Function as Antioxidants
They provide ample opportunities for students to apply concepts and Chapter 11: Nutrients Involved in Bone Health
guidelines to their own lives. For example, each chapter concludes Chapter 12: Nutrients Involved with Energy Metabolism and Blood
with two Rate Your Plate activities that students can work through as Health
a group or individually. All are designed to encourage to students to NUTRITION: BEYOND THE NUTRIENTS
actively analyze their own eating habits. Chapter 13: Nutrition: Fitness and Sports
Chapter 14: Eating Disorders: Anorexia Nervosa, Bulimia Nervosa,
 The authors have included the most up-to-date research and data and Other Conditions
available, including: new food source diagrams for nutrients based Chapter 15: Food Safety
upon MyPyramid food groups, the American Heart Association 2006 Chapter 16: Undernutrition throughout the World
Diet, new information about E. coli O157:H7, Listeria, and Norovi- NUTRITION: A FOCUS ON THE LIFE STAGES
rus, 2006 World Health Organization growth charts for children, an Chapter 17: Pregnancy and Breastfeeding
expanded discussion of nutrigenomics, new information on omega-3 Chapter 18: Nutrition from Infancy through Adolescence
fatty acids, and more. Chapter 19: Nutrition during Adulthood
APPENDIXES:
 Concept Checks At key points throughout the chapter, Concept
A: Solutions to Case Studies and Check Your Knowledge
Checks allow students to mentally summarize what they have learned
B: Daily Values Used in Food Labels
before proceeding to the next topic in the chapter.
C: Dietary Advice for Canadians
 Each chapter culminates with a Case Study that presents a real D: The Exchange System
life situation followed by a list of directed questions to assist students E: Dietary Intake and Energy Expenditure Assessment
in applying the nutrition knowledge from the chapter. Responses to F: Chemical Structures in Nutrition
the Case Study questions are found in Appendix A. G: Height-Weight Tables
H: Sources of Nutrition Information
 Looking for technology to enhance student learning? McGraw-Hill I: English-Metric Conversions
has partnered with NBC to provide 12 short videoclips on current nutri-
tion topics. Nearly 50 animations and simulations are also available,
105

NUTRITION
International Edition Supplements

PERSPECTIVES IN NUTRITION
7th Edition
By Gordon M Wardlaw, Ohio State University--Columbus and Jeffrey
Hampl, Arizona State University-East Campus NUTRITION ALMANAC
2007 (May 2006) 6th Edition
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-322806-8 / MHID: 0-07-322806-0 By Lavon J Dunne, John D Kirschmann, Nutrition Search, Inc
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110806-5 / MHID: 0-07-110806-8 2007 (December 2006) / 384 pages
[IE with ARIS Card] ISBN-13: 978-0-07-143658-8 / MHID: 0-07-143658-8
http://www.mhhe.com/wardlawpers7 A Professional Publication
Perspectives in Nutrition, Seventh Edition, is an introductory nutrition Your ultimate guide to choosing the right foods and supplements,
text appropriate for the majors and mixed-majors nutrition courses. feeling younger, improving health, and living longe. A trusted source
This student-focused text presents the major concepts in nutrition for 30 years, Nutrition Almanac empowers you to take charge of your
including the body’s use of food nutrients and diet planning throughout well-being by pinpointing the relationship between foods and health.
the life cycle. The text places special emphasis on the application Providing comprehensive information on everything food-related,
of nutrition principles in everyday life by exploring the health conse- you learn how to use nutrition to fight disease, boost immunity, and
quences of nutrition practices. slow the effects of aging, as well as increase energy, elevate mood,
improve digestion, and control weight.
CONTENTS
CONTENTS
1 Nutrition Basics
1: Nutrition and Health
1 What Nourishes You?
2: Exercise
2 The Basis of a Healthy Diet
3: Sources of calories
3 Human Digestion and Absorption
4: Nutrients
4 Metabolism
5: Ailments and Other Stressful Conditions
2 The Energy-Yielding Nutrients and Alcohol
6: Normal Life Cycle
5 Carbohydrates
7: Herbs
6 Lipids
8: Foods, Beverages, and Natural Supplementary Foods
7 Proteins
9: Table of Food Composition
8 Alcohol
Bibliography
3 The Vitamins and Minerals
Index
9 The Fat-Soluble Vitamins
10 The Water-Soluble Vitamins
11 Water and the Major Minerals
12 Trace Minerals
4 Energy Production and Energy Balance
13 Energy Balance and Weight Control
14 Nutrition for Fitness and Sports
15 Eating Disorders: Anorexia Nervosa, Bulimia Nervosa, Binge-Eat-
ing Disorder, and Other Conditions Multimedia
5 Nutrition Applications in the Life Cycle
16 Pregnancy and Breastfeeding
17 Nutrition from Infancy through Adolescence
18 Nutrition During Adulthood
6 Putting Nutrition Knowledge into Practice
19 Food Safety
20 Undernutrition Throughout the World
NEW
Appendixes
A Chemistry: A Tool for Understanding Nutrition
B Human Physiology: A Tool for Understanding Nutrition NUTRITIONCALC PLUS 3.0 CD-ROM
C Dietary Advice for Canadians By ESHA Research
D The Exchange System: A Helpful Menu-Planning Tool 2009 (January 2008)
E Exchange System Lists ISBN-13: 978-0-07-332865-2 / MHID: 0-07-332865-0
F Dietary Intake and Energy Expenditure Assessment
G Fatty Acids, Including Omega-3, Fatty Acids in Foods NutritionCalc Plus 3.0 is a suite of powerful dietary self-assessment
tools. Use NutritionCalc Plus 3.0 to analyze and monitor personal
H The 1983 Metropolitan Life Insurance Company Height- Weight
diet and health goals. An easy-to use interface and the reliability of
Table and Determination of Frame Size the ESHA database make NutritionCalc Plus 3.0 the best choice for
I Caffeine Content of Foods nutrition analysis software. Enhancements to 3.0 include the ability
J Sources of Nutrition Information to track up to three profiles, 365-day calendar function, a 27,000-food
K English-Metric Conversions, and Metric and Household Units database, and a new recipe function.
L Estimated Average Requirements for Nutrients: Food and Nutrition
Board, Institute of Medicine, National Academies NEW TO THIS EDITION
M Food Composition Table
 NEW! Both the CD and Online versions now share an identical
user-friendly interface. Instructors will be able to write one set of
assignment directions, regardless of which version students have
purchased.
 NEW! NCP 3.0 now offers the ability to enter up to three Profiles.
Users can enter their own personal data and intakes, as well as those
106

NUTRITION
of two other individuals (e.g., assigned case study, diabetic person, FOODWISE 1.2 CD-ROM
vegetarian friend).
6th Edition
 NEW! NCP 3.0 now offers an intuitive 365-day calendar in which By McGraw-Hill
users can easily track their daily food intakes and activities. 2006 (Jan 2005)
 NEW! Users will now be able to create and analyze their own ISBN-13: 978-0-07-319531-5 / MHID: 0-07-319531-6
Recipes and add them to their personal database. This feature gives Based on the widely tested FoodWorks product, this Windows-
users ultimate flexibility in creating accurate food lists. based CD-ROM product is designed for dietary analysis in college
courses. It offers a variety of functions based on the latest release of
 NEW! To ensure an accurate dietary analysis, caution notes now the USDA database. FoodWise features a novice-friendly interface
appear to alarm users of possible entry error. For instance: and contains approximately 7,500 foods! It generates a variety of
simple-to-grade reports and allows the user to easily add their own
-If a user enters an amount for a single food that exceeds 1/3 of his/her foods to the database.
recommended daily calories, the user will receive a warning message
asking to verify whether the amount chosen is correct. NEW TO THIS EDITION
-A warning note will appear if the activities chosen exceed 24 hours  The Dietary Reference Intakes (DRIs) have been updated with
in a day. the most current information
-If the activities entered do not match the user’s Profile’s Activity FEATURES
Level, NCP will generate a notice asking if the user wishes to return
to his/her Profile and adjust the Activity Level.  Easy to quickly distinguish between colors on RDA graph to
indicate nutrient levels above and below 100% of RDA.
 NEW! NCP 3.0 now gives users access to 27,000 foods, including
 Caution notes within the Weight Manager indicate if BMI (Body
more ethnic and fast food choices. All nutrient data comes from ESHA
Mass Index) at weight goal becomes dangerously low.
Research, the country’s leading nutrient database company.
 Database to includes the latest “USDA Release 13” foods.
 NEW! Each step in the diet analysis process is now fully sup-
ported by integrated Help and Info descriptions. Each screen provides  Users are able to preview reports and food list details before
instructions, as well as handy tips and explanatory notes. printing them.
 NEW! Users can now easily email reports or download docu-
ments into Excel or Word (and similar programs) to make completing
assignments even easier.
NUTRITIONCAL PLUS 2.0 CD-ROM

STANDALONE
By McGraw-Hill
NEW 2006 (July 2005)
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-319532-2 / MHID: 0-07-319532-4
http://nutritioncalc2.mhhe.com
NUTRITIONCALC PLUS 3.0 ONLINE NutritionCalc Plus 2.0 is a suite of powerful dietary self-assessment
ACCESS CARD tools. Use NutritionCalc Plus 2.0 to analyze and monitor your personal
By ESHA Research diet and health goals. An easy-to-use interface and the reliability of
the ESHA database make NutritionCalc Plus 2.0 your best choice for
2009 (January 2008) nutrition analysis software.
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-337552-6 / MHID: 0-07-337552-7
FEATURES NEW TO THIS EDITION
 Both the CD and Online versions now share an identical user-  The database has been expanded to include a broader range
friendly interface. Instructors will be able to write one set of assignment of ethnic foods, fast foods, and supplements, for a total of 10,000
directions, regardless of which version students have purchased. foods.
 NCP 3.0 now offers the ability to enter up to three Profiles. Us-  MyPyramid report allows user to view recommendations based
ers can enter their own personal data and intakes, as well as those upon their personal profile information.
of two other individuals (e.g., assigned case study, diabetic person,  User-friendly tool bar icons make navigating through the program
vegetarian friend). easier and more intuitive.
 Users will now be able to create and analyze their own Recipes  The latest DRI values are included for essential nutrients, vita-
and add them to their personal database. This feature gives users mins, and minerals.
ultimate flexibility in creating accurate food lists.
 NCP 3.0 now gives students access to 20,000 foods, including
more ethnic and fast food choices. All nutrient data comes from ESHA
Research, the country’s leading nutrient database company.
 Each step in the diet analysis process is now fully supported by
integrated Help and Info descriptions. Each screen provides instruc-
tions, as well as handy tips and explanatory notes.
 Users can now easily email reports or download documents into
Excel or Word (and similar programs) to make completing assign-
ments even easier.
107

NUTRITION
NUTRITIONCALC PLUS 2.0 ONLINE

STANDALONE
Nutrition Through The
6th Edition Life Cycle
By McGraw-Hill
2006 (July 2005)
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-321924-0 / MHID: 0-07-321924-X
Nutrition & Human

http://nutritioncalc2.mhhe.com
NutritionCalc Plus 2.0 is a suite of powerful dietary self-assessment
tools. Use NutritionCalc Plus 2.0 to analyze and monitor your personal
diet and health goals. An easy-to-use interface and the reliability of Development
the ESHA database make NutritionCalc Plus 2.0 your best choice for
nutrition analysis software.
NEW TO THIS EDITION

 MyPyramid report allows user to view recommendations based International Edition
upon their personal profile information.
 The database has been expanded to include a broader range NUTRITION THROUGHOUT THE LIFE
of ethnic foods, fast foods, and supplements, for a total of 10,000 CYCLE
foods. 4th Edition
 NutritionCalc Plus 2.0 now allows you track your daily diet for By Bonnie Worthington-Roberts, University of Washington and Sue Wil-
liams, SRW Productions
up to 28 days.
2000 / 464 pages
 You can now track your Energy Expenditure over multiple days, ISBN-13: 978-0-07-292732-0 / MHID: 0-07-292732-1
rather than a single typical day. ISBN-13: 978-0-07-118379-6 / MHID: 0-07-118379-5 [IE]
 The Multiple-Day Average feature now allows you to select the www.mhhe.com/worthington
specific days you wish to include in your diet analysis.
CONTENTS
 Weight manager function allows you to adjust your intake Chapter 1. Introduction to the Lifecycle: The Role of Nutrition (B.
goals. Worthington-Roberts)
 The Fast Entry feature allows you to quickly retrieve favorite Chapter 2. The Assessment of Nutritional Needs (S. Rodwell Wil-
foods. liams)
Chapter 3. Maternal Nutrition: The Beginning of Life and the Physiol-
 Personalized reports and graphs have been expanded to include ogy of Pregnancy (B. Worthington-Roberts)
an intake/expenditure comparison report. Chapter 4. Maternal Nutrition: Overall Nutrition and the Roles of
 For convenience you can now delete an entire day’s foods with Specific Nutrients (B. Worthington-Roberts)
a single command. Chapter 5. Maternal Nutrition: Issues Beyond the Nutrients (B.
Worthington-Roberts)
 The latest DRI values are included for essential nutrients, vita- Chapter 6. Lactation: The Mother and Her Milk (B. Worthington-
mins, and minerals. Roberts)
Chapter 7. Lactation: Breast-Feeding Is a Desirable Option (B.
Worthington-Roberts)
Chapter 8. Nutrition in Infancy: Physiology, Development, and Nutri-
tional Recommendations (D. Johnson)
Chapter 9. Nutrition in Infancy: Feeding in the First Year of Life (D.
Johnson)
Chapter 10. Nutrition in Childhood (C. Trahms)
Chapter 11. Adolescent Nutrition: General (B. Spear)
Chapter 12. Weight-Related Concerns and Disorders Among Ado-
lescents (D. Neumark-Sztainer, J. Moe)
Chapter 13. Nutrition During the Middle Adult Years (S. Rodwell
Williams)
Chapter 14. Nutrition in the Older Adult (E. Schlenker)

108

NUTRITION
Nutrition and Sport Nutritional Assessment

NUTRITION FOR HEALTH, FITNESS AND NUTRITIONAL ASSESSMENT
SPORT 4th Edition
8th Edition By Robert D Lee, Central Michigan University and David C Nieman, Ap-
palachian State University
By Melvin H Williams, Old Dominion University
2007 (March 2006) / 608 pages
2007 (April 2006) / 576 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-244106-2 / MHID: 0-07-244106-2
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-327058-6 / MHID: 0-07-327058-X
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-125426-7 / MHID: 0-07-125426-9 [IE]
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110308-4 / MHID: 0-07-110308-2 [IE]
http://www.mhhe.com/williams8 http://www.mhhe.com/lee-nieman4
This text describes the four major methods of nutritional assessment
This textbook provides the reader with thorough coverage of the
(dietary, anthropometric, biometric, and clinical) in an understand-
role nutrition plays in enhancing one’s health, fitness and sport per-
able and contemporary way. It thoroughly covers assessment of the
formance. Current research and practical activities are incorporated
hospitalized individual, but also serves as an invaluable resource to
throughout.
the nutrition professional working in such areas as public health and
community nutrition, corporate health, and sports medicine.
CONTENTS
1 Introduction to Nutrition for Health, Fitness, and Sports Perform- CONTENTS
ance 1 Introduction to Nutritional Assessment
2 Healthful Nutrition for Fitness and Sport 2 Standards for Nutrient Intake
3 Human Energy 3 Measuring Diet
4 Carbohydrates: The Main Energy Food 4 National Dietary and Nutrition Surveys
5 Fat: An Important Energy Source during Exercise 5 Computerized Dietary Analysis Systems
6 Protein: The Tissue Builder 6 Anthropometry
7 Vitamins: The Organic Regulators 7 Assessment of the Hospitalized Patient
8 Minerals: The Inorganic Regulators 8 Nutritional Assessment in Disease Prevention
9 Water, Electrolytes and Temperature Regulation 9 Biochemical Assessment of Nutritional Status
10 Body Weight and Composition for Health and Sport 10 Clinical Assessment of Nutritional Status
11 Weight Maintenance and Loss through Proper Nutrition and 11 Counseling Theory and Technique
Exercise
12 Weight Gaining through Proper Nutrition and Exercise
13 Food Drugs and Related Supplements
Appendix A--Units of Measurement: English System--Metric System
Equivalents
Appendix B--Approximate Caloric Expenditure per Minute for Various
Physical Activities
Appendix C--Self-Test on Drinking Habits and Alcoholism
Appendix D--Determination of Healthy Body Weight
Appendix E--Exchange Lists for Meal Planning
Appendix F--Calories, Percent Fat, and Cholesterol in Selected Fast-
Food Restaurant Products
Appendix G--Energy Pathways of Carbohydrate, Fat, and Protein


109

NUTRITION
110

Animal Behavior................................................................................................116
Botany (Economics)..........................................................................................115
PLANTS & ANIMALS

Botany - Non Majors
- Lab Manuals................................................................................................114
- Textbook......................................................................................................113
Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy.....................................................................119
Invertebrate Biology..........................................................................................118
Mammalogy.......................................................................................................116
Marine Biology...................................................................................................117
Parasitology.......................................................................................................118
Vertebrate Biology
- Laboratory...................................................................................................119
- Textbook......................................................................................................119
Zoology
- Laboratory - Majors.....................................................................................123
- Supplements...............................................................................................122
- Textbook......................................................................................................120
111
HED 08 Plants & Animals (6).indd111 111 11/13/2007 2:21:28 PM

NEW TITLES
PLANTS & ANIMALS

Marine Biology, 7e Castro 9780077221249 0077221249 117
Integrated Principles of Zoology, 14e Hickman 9780077221263 0077221265 120
Plants and Society, 5e Levetin 9780077221256 0077221257 115
2008
Laboratory Studies in Integrated Principles of Zoology, 14e Hickman 9780072970050 0072970057 123
Introductory Plant Biology, 11e Stern 9780073314211 0073314218 113
Laboratory Manual to accompany Introductory Plant Biology, 11e Stern 9780072830682 0072830689 114
112

PLANTS & ANIMALS
Botany - Non Majors Chapter 17: Domain (Kingdom) Bacteria, Domain (Kingdom) Archaea,
and Viruses
Chapter 18: Kingdom Protista Chapter 19: Kingdom Fungi
Chapter 20: Introduction to the Plant Kingdom: Bryophytes
Textbook Chapter 21: The Seedless Vascular Plants: Ferns and Their Rela-
tives
Chapter 22: Introduction to Seed Plants: Gymnosperms
Chapter 23: Seed Plants: Angiosperms
Chapter 24: Flowering Plants and Civilization
Chapter 25: Ecology
Chapter 26: Biomes
NEW
INTRODUCTORY PLANT
BIOLOGY International Edition
11th Edition
PRINCIPLES OF BOTANY
By Gordon Uno, National Science Foundation, Richard Storey, Colorado
By Kinsley Stern, California State University- College and Randy Moore, University of Minnesota-Minneapolis
Chico, James Bidlack, University of Central
Oklahoma and Shelley Jansky, University of 2001
Wisconsin-Madison ISBN-13: 978-0-07-118087-0 / MHID: 0-07-118087-7 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/botany
2008 (February 2007)
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-331421-1 / MHID: 0-07-331421-8 Contents
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110217-9 / MHID: 0-07-110217-5 [IE] 1 An Introduction to Plants and Their Study
2 The Ecology and Natural Selection of Plants
www.mhhe.com/stern11e 3 Energy and Cell Chemistry
This introductory text assumes little prior scientific knowledge 4 Plant Cells and Tissue Systems
on the part of the student. It includes sufficient information for 5 DNA, Genes, and Cell Division
some shorter introductory botany courses open to both majors 6 Plant Growth and Development
and nonmajors, and is arranged so that certain sections can be 7 Root Systems and Plant Mineral Nutrition
omitted without disrupting the overall continuity of the course. 8 Stems and Secondary Growth
Stern emphasizes current interests while presenting basic bo- 9 Leaves and the Movement of Water
tanical principles. 10 Photosynthesis
11 Respiration
neW to tHIs eDItIon 12 Flowers, Fruits and Seeds
 Chapters 25 (Ecology) and 26 (Biomes) have been extensively 13 Genetics
updated and expanded to be more comprehensive in coverage. New 14 Evolution
material includes information on Hurricane Katrina, the recent tsunami, 15 The Diversity and Classification of Plants
biomes, and succession after volcanic eruption. 16 Bacteria, Fungi and Algae
17 Bryophytes and Ferns: The Seedless Plants
 There are several new and revised figures that are more up to 18 Gymnosperms and Angiosperms: The Seed Plants
date, show better focus and greater overall anatomical structures, as 19 Ecology
well as new figures that complement new information in the chapters. Appendix A: What is Genetic Engineering?
The life cycle figures have been enhanced by adding inset photomi- Appendix B: Fundamentals of Chemistry for Botany Students
crographs that show how these structures look under a microscope
adjacent to artistic depictions.
 Overall text modifications and updates, as recommended by
reviewers, have been made to nearly every chapter in the book
Contents
Chapter 1: What Is Plant Biology?
Chapter 2: The Nature of Life?
Chapter 3: Cells McGraw-Hill is interested in
Chapter 4: Tissues reviewing manuscript for
Chapter 5: Roots and Soils
Chapter 6: Stems
Chapter 7: Leaves local McGraw-Hill offi ce or email to
Chapter 8: Flowers, Fruits, and Seeds asiapub@mcgraw-hill.com
Chapter 9: Water in Plants
Chapter 10: Plant Metabolism
Chapter 11: Growth
Chapter 12: Meiosis and Alternation of Generation Website: www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg
Chapter 13: Genetics
Chapter 14: Plant Breeding and Propagation
Chapter 15: Evolution
Chapter 16: Plant Names and Classification
113

PLANTS & ANIMALS
Lab Manuals
• The term, “Pterophyta” has been changed to “Polypodiophyta”
 Chapter 18: Kingdom Plantae: Angiosperms (Flowering Plants

– Phylum Magnoliophyta)
• The section on “Drawings to Be Submitted” has been re-written to
follow the order of specimens viewed in lab
 Revisions, as suggested by reviewers, have been used to

NEW update the text
 Several of the figures have been resized to either show greater
detail or to provide room for labeling items in lab
LABORATORY MANUAL TO  Leaders (labels) in some of the pictures have been modified to
ACCOMPANY INTRODUCTORY more accurately point out structures that are shown
PLANT BIOLOGY  References to figures and figure legends have been added to
11th Edition help new figures flow with the text
 A few of the laboratory exercises have been re-arranged so that
By Kingsley Stern, California State University-
Chico and James Bidlack, University of Central the order of items in text follows what tasks should be completed by
Oklahoma students
 Taxonomic classifications have been updated so they are up-to-
2008 (February 2007) date and agree with the same terms mentioned in the accompanying
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-283068-2 / MHID: 0-07-283068-9 textbook
This laboratory manual assumes no previous knowledge of the  Fonts for figures have been made more consistent for smoother
biological sciences on the part of the student. It is designed for reading
use in a one-semester or one-quarter introductory course in plant
biology and shorter introductory botany courses open to both  The laboratory manual materials listing has been updated so that
nonmajors and majors. Both the principles of biology and the current catalog numbers and suppliers can be more easily located
scientific method are introduced, using plants as illustrations.
The exercises demonstrate the underlying unity of all living Contents
organisms at the cellular level. The manual is designed so that 1: The Microscope
students can work more or less independently. Instructors are 2: The Cell
free to require different drawings or other assignments and may 3: Mitosis
also omit some of those suggested within each exercise. Students 4: Roots
are encouraged to read the laboratory exercise before coming 5: Stems
to class. Laboratory preparation quizzes are provided at the end
6: Leaves
of each exercise. Answers to the laboratory preparation quizzes
7: Plant Propagation
are discernible within the particular exercises and should not
require checking other sources. Each exercise includes sug- 8: Cell Components and Products
gested learning goals and exercise review questions. Answers 9: Diffusion, Growth, and Hormones
to the lab manual exercise review questions can be found on 10: Photosynthesis
the Online Learning Center that accompanies the Eleventh 11: Water in Plants; Respiration; Digestion
Edition textbook. 12: Meiosis and Alternation of Generations
13: Domain and Kingdom Survey
neW to tHIs eDItIon 14: Domains Archaea and Bacteria; Kingdom Protista
15: Kingdom Fungi (Mycota)
 This laboratory manual assumes no previous knowledge of the 16: Bryophytes and Ferns
biological sciences on the part of the student. It is designed for use 17: Kingdom Plantae: Gymnosperms
in a one-semester or one-quarter introductory course in plant biol- 18: Kingdom Plantae: Angiosperms (Flowering Plants--Phylum
ogy and shorter introductory botany courses open to both nonmajors Magnoliophyta)
and majors. 19: Fruits, Spices, Survival Plants, and Poisonous Plants
 Both the principles of biology and the scientific method are intro- 20: Ecology
duced, using plants as illustrations. The exercises demonstrate the 21: Genetics
underlying unity of all living organisms at the cellular level.
 Chapter 1: The Cell
• A more accurate description of the types of microscopes has been
added to the introduction
• The section on scanning tunneling microscopes has been re-written
to more accurately describe how the instrument operates LABORATORY MANUAL FOR APPLIED
BOTANY
 Chapter 6: Leaves By Estelle Levetin and Karen McMahon of the University of Tulsa, Rob
Reinsvold, University of Northern Colorado
• The section on “Drawings to Be Submitted” has been re-written to 2002 / 272 pages
follow the order of specimens viewed in lab and the terms “xylem”
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-246548-8 / MHID: 0-07-246548-4
and “phloem” have been added to the drawings for a pine leaf and
a lilac leaf www.mhhe.com/biosci/pae/botany/
Contents
 Chapter 16: Bryophytes and Ferns 1 Cells of Crystal and Color
• The term, Anthocerophyta has been changed to “Anthoceroto- 2 Cell Division and Cloning
phyta”
114

PLANTS & ANIMALS
3 Plant Tissues-The Fabrics of Our Lives number of stomata in fossil tree leaves can be used to estimate
4 Plant Architecture altitude of populations in the geological past, and the discovery of a
5 Plants Do It All-Photosynthesis, Respiration, and Transpiration carnivorous plant which digests leaf litter on the rain forest floor.
6 Say It With Flowers
 Chapter 6 discusses the development of purple tomatoes and
7 Fleshy Fruits and Flying Seeds
the first hybrid seed in legumes.
8 Genetic Diversity of Our Food
9 Algae-From Diversity to Dessert  Chapter 7 describes the knowledge learned from sequencing the
10 Your Piece of the Sun first tree genome while Chapter 15 shows that the development of ge-
11 Leaves of Grass netically engineered trees for forestry and agriculture is promising.
12 The Lowdown on Legumes
13 Food from Underground and Far Away  The molecular classification of plants in the APG (American
14 The Spice of Life Phylogeny Group) system is introduced in chapter 8.
15 The Beauty of Wood  Chapter 9 now includes a discussion of the three domain system
16 Bioprospecting for Medicinal Plants of Archaea, Bacteria, and Eukarya.
17 Bioactive Drugs in Action
18 The Fungus Among Us  ADVANCES IN AGRICULTURE: (Chapter 11) the relationship
of microfossils and domestication of chili peppers, how cats were
domesticated for agricultural services for more than 10,000 years, the
mutation which changes wild rice to its domesticated form (Chapter
6) the development of purple tomatoes (Chapter 13) the first hybrid
seed in legumes (Chapter 15) plant diseases that threaten commercial
crops, the availability of GM alfalfa (Chapter 21) the emergence of
allelochemics as the generation of herbicides for crops and lawns.
Botany (Economic)  PLANTS AND HEALTH: (Chapter 10) the effectiveness of di-
etary fiber, fresh fruits and vegetables, and antioxidant supplements
in preventing certain diseases (Chapter 17) research on the spice,
turmeric, as an adjunct therapy to fight cancer and other diseases and
the relationship of lavender oil and hormonal imbalance in young boys
(Chapters 19 and 20) legal issues concerning ephedrine use, medical
marijuana, and tobacco products, and (A Closer Look 24.2) the health
NEW benefits of polyphenols, particularly, resveratol, in red wine.
International Edition  ADVANCES IN HUMAN NUTRITION: (Chapter 10) the most
recent information on the USDA’s Food Pyramid.
PLANTS AND SOCIETY  Full-color Image PowerPoint slides can be found on the text-
specific web site at www.mhhe.com/levetin5e.
5th Edition
 An instructor’s manual with answer key and list of materials.
By Estelle Levetin and Karen McMahon of Univer-
sity of Tulsa Contents
I Plants and Society: The Botanical Connections to Our Lives
1 Plants in Our Lives
II Introduction to Plant Life: Botanical Principles
2 The Plant Cell
2009 (October 2007) 3 The Plant Body
4 Plant Physiology
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-722125-6 / MHID: 0-07-722125-7
5 Plant Life Cycle: Flowers
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128584-1 / MHID: 0-07-128584-9 [IE]
6 Plant Life Cycle: Fruits and Seeds
www.mhhe.com/levetin5e 7 Genetics
8 Plant Systematics and Evolution
This introductory, one quarter/one-semester text takes a multi-
disciplinary approach to studying the relationship between 9 Diversity of Plant Life
plants and people. The authors strive to stimulate interest in III Plants as a Source of Food
plant science and encourage students to further their studies in 10 Human Nutrition
botany. Also, by exposing students to society’s historical con- 11 Origins of Agriculture
nection to plants, Levetin and McMahon hope to instill a greater 12 The Grasses
appreciation for the botanical world. Plants and Society covers 13 Legumes
basic principles of botany with strong emphasis on the economic 14 Starchy Staples
aspects and social implications of plants and fungi. 15 Feeding a Hungry World
IV Commercial Products Derived from Plants
neW to tHIs eDItIon 16 Stimulating Beverages
17 Herbs and Spices
 For the first time, the fifth edition of Plants and Society will fea-
18 Materials: Cloth, Wood, and Paper
ture a FULL-COLOR interior. Now Levetin and McMahon’s engaging
V Plants and Human Health
text will be supported by vibrant, full-color visuals. More than 350
19 Medicinal Plants
photographs, many of them new, have been added and nearly 200
20 Psychoactive Plants
illustrations have been redrawn in full color.
21 Poisonous and Allergy Plants
 Information on the scientific method has been added to chapter VI Algae and Fungi: The Impact of Algae and Fungi on Human
1 to clarify the process of science and dispel misinformation about Affairs
the scientific theory prevalent in the popular media. 22 The Algae
23 Fungi in the Natural Environment
 Chapter 3 includes new information on: the discovery of the 24 Beverages and Foods from Fungi
world’s smallest bacteria which live inside insect pests, how the
115

PLANTS & ANIMALS
25 Fungi that Affect Human Health 3 Approaches and Methods

VII Plants and the Environment Part Two Behavior Genetics and Evolution
26 Plant Ecology 4 Genes and Evolution
Appendix A Metric System 5 Behavioral Genetics
Appendix B Classification of Plants 6 Evolution of Behavior Patterns
Part Three Mechanisms of Behavior
7 The Nervous System and Behavior
8 Hormones and Behavior, and Immunology and Behavior
9 Biological Timekeeping
10 Development of Behavior
11 Learning Behavior
International Edition 12 Communication
ECONOMIC BOTANY Part Four Finding Food and Shelter
13 Migration, Orientation, and Navigation
3rd Edition 14 Habitat Selection
By Beryl Simpson and Molly Ogorzaly of University of Texas at Austin 15 Foraging Behavior
2001/ 210 pages Part Five Social Organization and Mating Systems
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-290938-8 / MHID: 0-07-290938-2 16 Aggression
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-118188-4 / MHID: 0-07-118188-1 [IE] 17 Sexual Reproduction and Parental Care
18 Parental Investment and Mating Systems
www.mhhe.com/biosci/pae/botany/simpson-links/weblinks.mhtml
19 Evolution of Social Systems
Contents References
1 Plants and Their Manipulation by People Glossary
2 Origins of Agriculture
3 Fruits and Nuts of Temperate Regions
4 Fruits and Nuts of Warm Regions
5 Cereal Grains and Forage Grasses
6 Legumes
7 Foods from Leaves, Stems, and Roots
Mammalogy
8 Spices, Herbs, and Perfumes
9 Vegetable Oils and Waxes
10 Hydrogels, Elastic Latexes, and Resins
11 Medicinal Plants
12 Psychoactive Drugs and Poisons from Plants
13 Stimulating Beverages
14 Alcoholic Beverages
15 Fibers, Dyes, and Tannins
16 Wood, Cork, and Bamboo A MANUAL OF MAMMALOGY WITH KEYS
17 Ornamental Plants TO FAMILIES OF THE WORLD
18 Algae 3rd Edition
19 Uses of Plants in the Future By Robert Martin, McMurry University, Ron Pine and Anthony De Blase
2001 / 352 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-697-00643-1 / MHID: 0-697-00643-3
www.mhhe.com/zoology
Contents
Preface Acknowledgments
Animal Behavior 1 Introduction

2 The Skull
3 Teeth
4 The Integument
5 Horns and Antlers
6 The Postcranial Skeleton
7 Locomotor Adaptations
International Edition 8 Keys and Keying
9 The Orders of Living Mammals
ANIMAL BEHAVIOR 10 The Monotremes
5th Edition 11 The Marsupials
12 The Insectivores
By Lee C Drickamer, Southern Illinois University, Carbondale, Stephen H
Vessey, Bowling Green State University and Elizabeth Jakob, University of 13 The Colugos
Massachusetts - Amherst 14 The Bats
2002 15 The Tupaiids
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-012199-7 / MHID: 0-07-012199-0 16 The Primates
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-113020-2 / MHID: 0-07-113020-9 [IE] 17 The Xenarthrans: Anteaters, Armadillos, and Sloths
18 The Pangolins
www.mhhe.com/zoology 19 The Carnivores
Contents 20 The Whales, Dolphins, and Porpoises
21 The Macroscelideans
Part One The Study of Animal Behavior
22 The Rabbits, Hares, and Pikas
1 Introduction
23 The Rodents
2 History of the Study of Animal Behavior
116

PLANTS & ANIMALS
24 The Aardvark marine life. New coverage includes: illustrated tables at the end of
25 The Subungulates each chapter summarizing taxonomic groups and their characteristics;
26 The Perissodactyls a new section on marine viruses in chapter 5; and new and improved
27 The Artiodactyls figures on the anatomy of squids, sea urchins, tunicates, cnidnarians,
28 Sign and Habitat Analysis and the life cycles of hydroids and sponges.
29 Recording Data
 Updated content throughout; reflecting recent events, new re-
30 Collecting
search, and changes in perspective.
31 Specimen Preparation and Preservation
32 Collecting Ectoparasites of Mammals  New and updated Eye on Science boxed readings throughout
33 Age Determination the book reflect current scientific research and technology in the field
34 Diet Analysis of marine biology. New topics include: Seagrass Wasting Disease, Ef-
35 Analysis of Spatial Distribution fects of Farmed Salmon on Wild Salmon Populations, Gulf of Mexico’s
36 Estimation of Abundance and Density Hypoxic Zone, Effects of Climate Change on Artic Peoples.
37 Literature Research
Glossary  The Marine Biology Online Learning Center located at www.
Selected Bibliography mhhe.com/castrohuber7e offers a wealth of teaching and learning aids
Index for instructors and students. Instructors will appreciate a password-
protected Instructor’s Manual, access to the new online Presentation
Center, Scripps video clips, and laboratory exercises. Students will
find online activities such as chapter quizzing, key term flash cards,
and web links.
 McGraw-Hill Presentation Center. Presentation Center is an
online digital library containing assets such as photos, artwork,
Marine Biology
Accessed from the instructor side of the textbook’s website, Presenta-
tion Center’s dynamic search engine allows instructors to explore by
discipline, course, textbook chapter, asset type, or keyword. Simply
browse, select, and download the files you need to build engaging
course materials. All assets are copyright McGraw-Hill Higher Educa-
NEW tion but can be used by instructors for classroom purposes.
International Edition Contents
Principles of Marine Science
1 The Science of Marine Biology
MARINE BIOLOGY 2 The Sea Floor
7th Edition 3 Chemical and Physical Features of Seawater and the World
Ocean
By Peter Castro, California State Poly University- 4 Fundamentals of Biology
-Pomona and Michael E Huber, Global Coastal The Organisms of the Sea
Strategies, Brisbane-Australia
5 The Microbial World
6 Multicellular Primary Producers: Seaweeds and Plants
7 Marine Animals without a Backbone
8 Marine Fishes
2009 (October 2007) 9 Marine Reptiles, Birds, and Mammals
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-722124-9 / MHID: 0-07-722124-9 Structure and Function of Marine Ecosystems
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128771-5 / MHID: 0-07-128771-X [IE] 10 An Introduction to Marine Ecology
11 Between the Tides
www.mhhe.com/castrohuber7e
12 Estuaries: Where Rivers Meet the Sea
Marine Biology covers the basics of marine biology with a 13 Life on the Continental Shelf
global approach, using examples from numerous regions and 14 Coral Reefs
ecosystems worldwide. This introductory, one-semester text is 15 Life Near the Surface
designed for non-majors. Authors Castro and Huber have made a 16 The Ocean Depths
special effort to include solid basic science content needed in a Humans and the Sea
general education course, including the fundamental principles 17 Resources from the Sea
of biology, the physical sciences, and the scientific method. This 18 The Impact of Humans on the Marine Environment
science coverage is integrated with a stimulating, up-to-date 19 The Oceans and Human Affairs
overview of marine biology. Appendix A Units of Measurement
Appendix B Selected Field Guides and Other Useful References for
neW to tHIs eDItIon
the Identification of Marine Organisms
 A major feature of the seventh edition is a new insert located just
after chapter 10 entitled: “Special Report: Our Changing Planet”. This
current and informative insert highlights several key aspects of global
change including: climate change, ocean acidification, the cascade
of reactive nitrogen into the global environment, and stratospheric
ozone depletion. The intent of the special report is to demonstrate the
magnitude of the human footprint on Earth’s ecosystem processes.
 Expanded coverage of organismal biology in Part 2 provides
more extensive information about the diversity, form, and function of
117

PLANTS & ANIMALS
Parasitology Invertebrate Biology

FOUNDATIONS OF PARASITOLOGY BIOLOGY OF INVERTEBRATES
7th Edition 5th Edition
By Larry Roberts, University of Miami and John Janovy, Jr., University of By Jan Pechenik, Tufts University
Nebraska—Lincoln 2005 (May 2004) / 608 pages
2005 (May 2004) / 736 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-234899-6 / MHID: 0-07-234899-2
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-234898-9 / MHID: 0-07-234898-4 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-111175-1 / MHID: 0-07-111175-1 [IE]
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-125251-5 / MHID: 0-07-125251-7 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/pechenik5
http://www.mhhe.com/robertsjanovy7
Contents
Contents
1 Environmental Considerations
Chapter 1- Introduction to Parasitology 2 Invertebrate Classification and Relationships
Chapter 2- Basic Principles and Concepts I: Parasite Ecology and 3 The Protozoans
Evolution 4 The Poriferans and Placozoans
Chapter 3- Basic Principles and Concepts II: Immunology and Pa- 5 Introduction to the Hydrostatic Skeleton
thology 6 The Cnidarians
Chapter 4- Parasitic Prototoa: Form, Function, and Classification 7 The Ctenophores
Chapter 5- Kinetoplasta: Trypanosomes and their Kin 8 The Platyhelminthes
Chapter 6- Other Flagellated Protozoa 9 The Mesozoans: Possible Flatworm Relatives
Chapter 7- The Amebas 10 The Nemertines
Chapter 8- Phylum Apicomplexa: Gregarines, Coccidia, and Related 11 The Rotifers and Acanthocephalans
Organisms 12 The Molluscs
Chapter 9- Phylum Apicomplexa: Malaria Organisms and 13 The Annelids and Sipunculans
Piroplasms 14 The Arthropods
Chapter 10- Phylum Ciliophora: Ciliated Protistan Parasites 15 Two Phyla of Likely Arthropod Relatives: Tardigrada and Ony-
Chapter 11- Phyla Microspora and Myxozoa: Parasites with Polar chophora
Filaments 16 The Nematodes
Chapter 12- The Mesozoa: Pioneers or Degenerates? 17 Four Phyla of Likely Nematode Relatives: Nematomorpha, Pri-
Chapter 13- Introduction to the Phylum Platyhelminthes apulida, Kinorhyncha, and Loricifera
Chapter 14- Trematoda: Aspidobothrea 18 Five Phyla (Plus One Species) of Uncertain Affiliation: Myxozoa,
Chapter 15- Trematoda: Form, Function, and Classification of Di- Gnathostomulida, Gastrotricha, Xenoturbella bocki, Chaetognatha,
geneans and Cyliophora
Chapter 16- Digeneans: Strigeiformes 19 The Lophophorates (Phoronids, Brachiopods, Bryozoans) and
Chapter 17- Digeneans: Echinostomatiformes and Paramphistomi- Entoprocts
formes 20 The Echinoderms
Chapter 18- Digeneans: Plagiorchiformesand Opisthorchiformes 21 The Hemichordates
Chapter 19- Monogenea 22 The Nonvertebrate Chordates
Chapter 20- Cestoidea: Form, Function, and Classification of the 23 Invertebrate Reproduction and Development—An Overview
Tapeworms Glossary
Chapter 21- Tapeworms Index
Chapter 22- Phylum Nematoda: Form, Function, and Classification
Chapter 23- Nematodes: Trichurida and Dioctophymatida, Enoplean
Parasites
Chapter 24- Nematodes: Rhabditida, Pioneering Parasites
Chapter 25- Nematodes: Strongylida, Bursate Rhabditians
Chapter 26- Nematodes: Ascaridida, Intestinal Large Roundworms
Chapter 27- Nematodes: Oxyurida, the Pinworms
Chapter 28- Nematodes: Spirurida, A Potpourri
Chapter 29- Nematodes: Filaroidea, the Filarial Worms
Chapter 30- Nematodes: Camallanina, the Guinea Worms and
Others
Chapter 31- Phylum Acanthocephala: Thorny-Headed Worms course adoption only. Kindly contact your
Chapter 32- Phylum Pentastomida: Tongue Worms local McGraw-Hill Representative or fax the
Chapter 33- Phylum Arthropoda: Form, Function, and Classification Examination Copy Request Form available on
Chapter 34- Parasitic Crustaceans the back pages of this catalog.
Chapter 35- Parasitic Insects: Mallophaga and Anoplura, the Lice
Chapter 36- Parasitic Insects: Hemiptera, the Bugs
Chapter 37- Parasitic Insects: Siphonaptera, the Fleas Visit McGraw-Hill Education
Chapter 38- Parasitic Insects: Diptera, the Flies Website: www.mheducation.com
Chapter 39- Parasitic Insects: Strepsiptera, Hymenoptera, and Oth-
ers
Chapter 40- Parasitic Archnids: Subclass Acri, the Ticks and Mites
Glossary
118

PLANTS & ANIMALS
Vertebrate Biology illustrated manual carefully guides students through dissections.

Throughout the dissections, the authors pause strategically to
bring the students attention to the significance of the material
they have just covered.
Textbook Contents
1 Introduction Classification and Comparison
Defining the Chordates / Studying Advice / Designing for Students
2 Protochordates
3 Agnathans--Examination of a Primitive Vertebrate
International Edition The Lamprey Agnathans / Adult Lamprey Anatomy / Anatomy of the
Lamprey (Ammocoete) Larva
VERTEBRATE BIOLOGY 4 Vertebrate Integuments Introduction
By Donald Linzey, Wytheville Community College Examination of Vertebrate Integuments / Specializations of the
2001 / 552 pages Integument
ISBN-13: 978-0-697-36387-9 / MHID: 0-697-36387-2 5 Skeletal System Tissues of the Skeletal System
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-118866-1 / MHID: 0-07-118866-5 [IE] Divisions of the Skeletal System / Postcranial Skeleton / Skull / Cranial
Skeleton / Teeth
www.mhhe.com/zoology
6 Muscular System and External Anatomy Introduction
Contents Shark Dissection / Necturus / Cat
Part 1 The Vertebrate Story: An Overview 7 Digestive Systems Introduction
Part 2 Systematics and Vertebrate Evolution Shark / Necturus / Cat
Part 3 Vertebrate Zoogeography 8 Circulatory and Respiratory Systems Introduction
Part 4 Early Chordates and Jawless Fishes Shark / Necturus / Cat
Part 5 Gnathostome Fishes 9 Urogential System Shark
Part 6 Amphibians Necturus / Cat
Part 7 Evolution of Reptiles 10 Nervous System Introduction
Part 8 Reptiles (Including Birds): Morphology, Reproduction and Shark / Sheep Brain
Development
Part 9 Mammals
Part 10 Population Dynamics
Part 11 Movements
Part 12 Intraspecific Behavior and Ecology
Part 13 Interspecific Interactions
Comparative Vertebrate
Part 14 Techniques for Ecological and Behavioral Studies
Part 15 Extinction and Extirpation
Anatomy
Part 16 Conservation and Management
Appendices
Glossary
Bibliography
Index
VERTEBRATES
Comparative Anatomy, Function, Evolution,
4th Edition
Laboratory By Kenneth V Kardong, Washington State University – Pullman
2006 (June 2005) / 784 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-252830-5 / MHID: 0-07-252830-3
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-124457-2 / MHID: 0-07-124457-3 [IE]
http://www.mhhe.com/kardong4e
International Edition This one-semester text is designed for an upper-level majors
course. Vertebrates features a unique emphasis on function
COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ANATOMY and evolution of vertebrates, complete anatomical detail, and
Laboratory Dissection Guide, 4th Edition excellent pedagogy. Vertebrate groups are organized phyloge-
netically, and their systems discussed within such a context.
By Kenneth Kardong, Washington State University and Edward Zalisko, Morphology is foremost, but the author has developed and
Blackburn College
integrated an understanding of function and evolution into the
2006 (June 2005) / 384 pages
discussion of anatomy of the various systems.
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-252831-2 / MHID: 0-07-252831-1
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-124456-5 / MHID: 0-07-124456-5 Contents
[IE with OLC]
1 Introduction
This high-quality laboratory manual may accompany any 2 Origin of Chordates
comparative anatomy text, but correlates directly to Kardong’s 3 The Vertebrate Story
Vertebrates: Comparative Anatomy, Function, Evolution text. 4 Biological Design
This text carefully guides students through dissections and is 5 Life History
richly illustrated. First and foremost, the basic animal archi- 6 Integument
tecture is presented in a clear and concise manner. This richly
119

PLANTS & ANIMALS
7 Skeletal System: The Skull

8 Skeletal System: The Axial Skeleton Zoology
9 Skeletal System: The Appendicular Skeleton
12 The Circulatory System Textbook
13 The Digestive System
14 The Urogenital System
17 Sensory Organs
18 Conclusions NEW
INTEGRATED PRINCIPLES OF
ZOOLOGY
International Edition 14th Edition
By Cleveland P Hickman, Washington & Lee
COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF THE University, Larry S Roberts, Florida International
VERTEBRATES University-Miami, Susan L Keen, University
of California Davis, Allan Larson, Washington
9th Edition University-St Louis, Helen I’Anson, Washington &
By George Kent, Louisiana State University-Baton Rouge and Robert Lee University and David J Eisenhour, Morehead
Carr, Ohio University-Athens State University
2001 / 544 pages 2009 (October 2007)
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-118168-6 / MHID: 0-07-118168-7 [IE] ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128797-5 / MHID: 0-07-128797-3 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/biosci/pae/kentcarr/links.mhtml www.mhhe.com/hickmanipz14e
Contents Emphasizing the central role of evolution in generating diversity,

this best-selling text describes animal life and the fascinating
1 Introduction adaptations that enable animals to inhabit so many ecological
2 Concepts, Premises, and Pioneers niches. Featuring high quality illustrations and photographs set
3 Protochordates and the Origin of Vertebrates within an engaging narrative, Integrated Principles of Zoology
4 The Parade of the Craniates in Time and Taxa is considered the standard by which other texts are measured.
5 Early Craniate Morphogenesis With its comprehensive coverage of biological and zoological
6 Integument principles, mechanisms of evolution, diversity, physiology, and
7 Mineralized Tissues: An Introduction to the Skeleton ecology, organized into five parts for easy access, this text is
8 Vertebrae, Ribs, and Sterna suitable for one- or two-semester introductory courses.
9 Skull and Visceral Skeleton
10 Girdles, Fins, Limbs, and Locomotion neW to tHIs eDItIon
11 Muscles
 A major new feature of the fourteenth edition is the inclusion of a
12 Digestive System
cladogram in the front cover of the text and the reordering of chapter
13 Respiratory System
contents in Part 3: Diversity of Animal Life to match the arrangement
14 Circulatory System
of phyla on the cladogram. The cladogram depicts our understanding
15 Urogential System
of evolutionary relationships among the animal phyla based on current
16 Nervous System
scientific research. Each chapter in Part 3 opens with a small image
17 Sense Organs
of the cladogram highlighting the phylum or phyla covered. Additional
18 Endocrine Organs
cladograms within each chapter, illustrate the branching pattern for
Appendix Glossary Credits Index
classes within a phylum so that different levels of relationship are
clear to students.
 New author Susan Keen supervised the revision of the four-
teenth edition, bringing a new perspective and her expertise as an
invertebrate zoologist.

 In general, the authors revised all chapters to streamline the
McGraw-Hill is interested in writing style, and incorporate new discoveries and literature cita-
reviewing manuscript for tions. Material new to the fourteenth edition expands and updates
publication. Please contact your coverage of eight major principles: 1) scientific process and the
role of theory 2) cellular systems and metabolism 3) endosymbiotic
local McGraw-Hill offi ce or email to theory of eukaryotic origins 4) physiological and ecological systems
asiapub@mcgraw-hill.com 5) populational processes and conservation, 6) evolutionary devel-
opmental biology 7) phylogenetic tests of morphological homologies
and 8) taxonomy.
Website: www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg  Material formerly presented as “biological contributions” and
“characteristics” of phyla is consolidated in a boxed list of phylum
characteristics for each chapter in Part 3: Diversity of Animal Life.
New photographs have been added to illustrate animal diversity in
many phyla.
120

PLANTS & ANIMALS
 Accessed through the Integrated Principles of Zoology Online

Learning Center (www.mhhe.com/hickmanipz14e), McGraw-Hill’s
new Presentation Center is an online digital library containing assets
such as art, photos, tables, PowerPoints, and other media types that ANIMAL DIVERSITY
can be used to create customized lectures, visually enhanced tests 4th Edition
and quizzes, compelling course web sites, or attractive printed sup- By Cleveland P Hickman Jr, Washington & Lee University, Larry S Rob-
port materials. erts, Florida Int’l University-Miami, Susan L Keen, University of Califor-
nia Davis, Allan Larson, Washington University-St Louis and Eisenhour J
 As in previous editions, the beautiful art program has been il- David, Morehead State University
lustrated by two professional illustrators with a strong reputation in 2007 (Feb 2006) / 480 pages
the science field: Bill Ober and Claire Garrison. Numerous new and ISBN-13: 978-0-07-252844-2 / MHID: 0-07-252844-3
revised illustrations have been included in the fourteenth edition. ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110670-2 / MHID: 0-07-110670-7 [IE]
 McGraw-Hill Presentation Center. The Presentation Center is http://www.mhhe.com/hickmanad4e
an online digital library containing assets such as photos, artwork, A top choice among students and instructors alike, Animal Diversity
PowerPoints, animations, and other media types that can be used continues to earn the appreciation of both science majors and non-
to create customized lectures, visually enhanced tests and quizzes, majors alike. The book uses the theme of evolution to develop a
compelling course websites, or attractive printed support materials. broad-scale view of animal diversity—students focus not only the
Accessed from the instructor side of the textbook’s website (www. organisms themselves, but also the processes that produce evolu-
mhhe.com/hickmanipz14e), Presentation Center’s dynamic search tionary diversity. The book is unique in its comprehensive survey of
engine allows instructors to explore by discipline, course, textbook zoological diversity and its emphasis on evolutionary, systematic and
chapter, asset type, or keyword. Simply browse, select, and download ecological principles, all in one package.
the files you need to build engaging course materials. All assets are
copyright McGraw-Hill Higher Education but can be used by instruc- Contents
tors for classroom purposes. 1 Science of Zoology and Evolution of Animal Diversity
2 Animal Ecology
Contents 3 Animal Architecture
Part 1 Introduction to Living Animals 4 Classification and Phylogeny of Animals
1 Life: Biological Principles and the Science of Zoology 5 Protozoan Groups
2 The Origin and Chemistry of Life 6 Sponges: Phylum Porifera
3 Cells as Units of Life 7 Radiate Animals: Cnidarians and Ctenophores
4 Cellular Metabolism 8 Acoelomate Bilateral Animals: Flatworms, Ribbon Worms, and
Part 2 Continuity and Evolution of Animal Life Jaw Worms
5 Genetics: A Review 9 Pseudocoelomate Animals
6 Organic Evolution 10 Molluscs
7 The Reproductive Process 11 Segmented Worms: Annelids, Including Pogonophorans
8 Principles of Development 12 Arthropods
Part 3 Diversity of Animal Life 13 Lesser Protostomes
9 Architectural Pattern of an Animal 14 Echinoderms and Hemichordates
10 Classification and Phylogeny of Animals 15 Vertebrate Beginnings: The Chordates
11 Protozoan Groups 16 Fishes
12 Sponges and Placozoans 17 The Early Tetrapods and Modern Amphibians
13 Radiate Animals 18 Amniote Origins and Reptilian Groups
14 Flatworms, Mesozoans, and Ribbonworms 19 Birds
15 Gnathiferans and Smaller Lophotrochozoans 20 Mammals
16 Molluscs
17 Annelids and Allied Taxa
18 Smaller Ecdysozoans
19 Trilobites, Chelicerates, and Myriapods
20 Crustaceans
21 Hexapods
22 Chaetognaths, Echinoderms, and Hemichordates
23 Chordates
24 Fishes ZOOLOGY
25 Early Tetrapods and Modern Amphibians 7th Edition

26 Amniote Origins and Nonavian Reptiles By Stephen A Miller, College of the Ozarks and John P Harley,
28 Mammals Eastern Kentucky University
Part 4 Activity of Life 2007 (May 2006)
29 Support, Protection, and Movement

ISBN-13: 978-0-07-322807-5 / MHID: 0-07-322807-9

30 Homeostasis ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110299-5 / MHID: 0-07-110299-X [IE]
31 Internal Fluids and Respiration
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110049-6 / MHID: 0-07-110049-0
32 Digestion and Nutrition
[IE with OLC]
33 Nervous Coordination
34 Chemical Coordination http://www.mhhe.com/millerharley7e
35 Immunity The new 7th edition of Zoology continues to offer students an introduc-
36 Animal Behavior tory general zoology text that is manageable in size and adaptable to
Part 5 Animals and Their Environments a variety of course formats. It is a principles-oriented text written for
37 The Biosphere and Animal Distribution the non-majors or the combined course, presented at the freshman
38 Animal Ecology and sophomore level. Zoology is organized into three parts. Part One
Glossary covers the common life processes, including cell and tissue structure
Credits and function, the genetic basis of evolution, and the evolutionary and
Index ecological principles that unify all life. Part Two is the survey of protists
and animals, emphasizing evolutionary and ecological relationships,
121

PLANTS & ANIMALS
aspects of animal organization that unite major animal phyla, and Microspora
animal adaptations. Part Three covers animal form and function using Mollusca
a comparative approach. This approach includes descriptions and Myxozoa
full-color artwork that depict evolutionary changes in the structure Nematoda
and function of selected organ systems. Nemertea
Other Chordata
Contents
Other Pseudocoelomates
Part One Biological Principles Placozoa
1 Zoology: An Ecological and Evolutionary Perspective Platyhelminthes
2 Cells, Tissues, Organs, and Organ Systems of Animals Porifera
3 Cell Division and Inheritance Sarcomastigophora
4 Evolution: History and Evidence Uniramia
5 Evolution and Gene Frequencies Vertebrata
6 Ecology: Preserving the Animal Kingdom Workbook chapters: Protozoans
Part Two Animal-Like Protists and Animalia Porifera
7 Animal Classification, Phylogeny, and Organization Cnidaria
8 Animal-like Protists: The Protozoa Platyhelminthes
9 Multicellular and Tissue Levels of Organization Annelida
10 The Triploblastic, Acoelomate Body Plan Mollusca
11 The Pseudocoelomate Body Plan: Aschelminths Nematoda, Gastrotricha, Rotifera, including Acanthocephala
12 Molluscan Success Arthropoda
13 Annelida: The Metameric Body Form Bryozoa and Brachiopoda
14 The Arthropods: Blueprint for Success Echinodermata
15 The Hexapods and Myriapods: Terrestrial Triumphs Hemichordata
16 The Echinoderms Urochordata and Cephalochordata
17 Hemichordata and Invertebrate Chordates Agnatha
18 The Fishes: Vertebrate Success in Water Jawed Fishes
19 Amphibians: The First Terrestrial Vertebrates Amphibia
20 Reptiles: The First Amniotes Mammalia
21 Birds: Feathers, Flight, and Endothermy
22 Mammals: Specialized Teeth, Hair Endothermy, and Viviparity
Part Three Form and Function: A Comparative Perspective
23 Protection, Support, and Movement
24 Communication I: Nervous and Sensory Systems
25 Communication II: The Endocrine System and Chemical Mes-
sengers
26 Circulation and Gas Exchange
27 Nutrition and Digestion
Supplements
28 Temperature and Body Fluid Regulation
29 Reproduction and Development
30 The Chemical Basis of Animal Life
31 Energy and Enzymes: Life’s Driving and Controlling Forces TAXONOMIC WALL CHART
32 How Animals Harvest Energy Stored in Nutrients 12th Edition
33 Embryology By Cleveland P. Hickman, Washington & Lee University
34 Animal Behavior 2004
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-291786- 4 / MHID: 0-07-291786-5
This 30 x 36” poster is a great reference/study tool for students.
This full-color poster presents the Chief Taxonomic Subdivisions
and Organ Systems of the Major Animal Phyla.
DIGITAL ZOOLOGY VERSION 2.0 CD-ROM

By Jon Houseman, University of Ottawa
2003
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-256481-5 / MHID: 0-07-256481-4
(with Workbook)

www.digitalzoology.com Complimentary desk copies are available for
CONTENTS course adoption only. Kindly contact your
Unit Names: Annelida local McGraw-Hill Representative or fax the
Apicomplexa Examination Copy Request Form available on
Arthropoda
Cheliceriformes
Ciliophora
Cnidaria Visit McGraw-Hill Education
Crustacea Website: www.mheducation.com
Ctenophora
Echinodermata
Hemichordata COMPLIMENTARY COPIES
Lophophores
Mesozoa
122

PLANTS & ANIMALS
Laboratory - Majors
2 Introduction to Animal Classification
2 The Diversity of Animal Life
3 The Microscope
4 Protozoan Groups
5 The Sponges
6 The Radiate Animals
7 The Acoelomate Animals
8 The Pseudocoelomate Animals
NEW 9 The Molluscs
10 The Annelids
11 The Chelicerate Arthropods
LABORATORY STUDIES IN INTEGRATED 12 The Crustacean Arthropods
13 The Uniramia Arthropods: Myriapods and Insects
PRINCIPLES OF ZOOLOGY 14 The Echinoderms
14th Edition 15 Phylum Chordata: A Deuterostome Group
By Cleveland P Hickman, Washington & Lee University, Lee Kats, Pep- 16 The Fishes—Lampreys, Sharks, and Bony Fishes
perdine University and Susan L Keen, University of California Davis 17 Class Amphibia
2008 (October 2007) / 448 pages 18 Class Reptilia
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-297005-0 / MHID: 0-07-297005-7 19 Class Aves
Contents 20 Class Mammalia
1 Introduction to the Living Animal

1 The Microscope
2 Cell Structure and Division
3 Gametogenesis and Embryology
4 Tissue Structure and Function
5 Introduction to Animal Classification LABORATORY STUDIES IN INTEGRATED
2 The Diversity of Animal Life
6 Protozoan Groups
PRINCIPLES OF ZOOLOGY
7 The Sponges 13th Edition
8 The Radiate Animals By Cleveland P Hickman, Washington & Lee University
9 The Flatworms 2006 (April 2006) / 448 pages
10 Five Small Protosome Phyla ISBN-13: 978-0-07-283074-3 / MHID: 0-07-283074-3
11 The Molluscs
Laboratory Studies in Integrated Principles of Zoology uses a
12 The Annelids comprehensive, phylogenetic approach in emphasizing basic
13 The Chelicerate Arthropods biological principles, animal form and function, and evolution-
14 The Crustacean Arthropods ary concepts. This introductory lab manual is ideal for a one- or
15 The Arthropods: Myriapods & Hexapods two-semester course. The new edition expertly combines up-to-
16 The Echinoderms date coverage with the clear writing style and dissection guides
17 Phylum Chordata: A Deuterostome Group that have distinguished this manual from edition to edition.
18 The Fishes--Lampreys, Sharks, and Bony Fishes
19 The Amphibians Contents
20 The Nonavian Reptiles 1 Introduction to the Living Animal
21 The Birds 1 The Microscope
22 The Mammals 2 Cell Structure and Division
3 Activity of Life 3 Gametogenesis and Embryology
23 Ecological Relationships of Animals 4 Tissue Structure and Function
Appendix A Instructor’s Resources for Implementing Exercises 5 Introduction to Animal Classification
Appendix B Sources of Living Material and Prepared Microslides 2 The Diversity of Animal Life
6 Protozoan Groups
7 The Sponges
8 The Radiate Animals
9 The Acoelomate Animals
10 The Pseudocoelomate Animals
11 The Molluscs
LABORATORY STUDIES IN ANIMAL 12 The Annelids
DIVERSITY 13 The Chelicerate Arthropods
4th Edition 14 The Crustacean Arthropods
By Cleveland Hickman, Washington & Lee University 15 The Uniramia Arthropods: Myriapods & Insects
2007 (January 2006) / 288 pages 16 The Echinoderms
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-326098-3 / MHID: 0-07-326098-3 17 Phylum Chordata: A Deuterostome Group
18 The Fishes--Lampreys, Sharks, and Bony Fishes
Laboratory Studies in Animal Diversity offers students hands-on 19 Class Amphibia
experience in learning about the diversity of life. It provides 20 Class Reptilia
students the opportunity to become acquainted with the prin- 21 Class Aves
cipal groups of animals and to recognize the unique anatomical 22 Class Mammalia
features that characterize each group as well as the patterns that
3 Activity of Life
link animal groups to each other.
23 Ecological Relationships of Animals
Appendix A Instructor’s Resources for Implementing Exercises
Contents
Appendix B Sources of Living Material and Prepared Microslides
1 Activity of Life
1 Ecological Relationships of Animals
123

PLANTS & ANIMALS
GENERAL ZOOLOGY LABORATORY GENERAL ZOOLOGY LABORATORY

MANUAL MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY ZOOLOGY
14th Edition 6th Edition
By Charles Lytle, North Carolina State University—Raleigh and John By Stephen A. Miller, College of The Ozarks
Meyer 2005 (April 2004)
2005 (May 2004) / 400 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-252837-4 / MHID: 0-07-252837-0
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-234900-9 / MHID: 0-07-234900-X
CONTENTS
http://highered.mcgraw-hill.com:80/sites/007234900x Unit I Introductory Concepts and Skills
CONTENTS 1 The Microscope and Scientific Method
2 Cells and Tissues
Preface
3 Aspects of Cell Function
Laboratory Safety
4 Genetics
Comparative Safety of Preservatives
5 Embryology
1 Microscopy
6 Adaptations of Stream Invertebrates--A Scavenger Hunt
2 Animal Cells and Tissues
Unit II An Evolutionary Approach to the Animal Phyla
3 Mitosis and Meiosis
7 The Classification of Organisms
4 Development
8 Animal-like Protists
5 Protozoa
9 Porifera
6 Porifera
10 Cnidaria (Coelenterata)
7 Cnidaria
11 Platyhelminthes
8 Introduction to Animal Morphology
12 The Pseudocoelomate Body Plan: Aschelminths
9 Platyhelminthes
13 Mollusca
10 Pseudocoelomate Animals
14 Annelida
11 Mollusca
15 Arthropoda
12 Annelida
16 Echinodermata
13 Arthropoda and Onychophora
17 Chordata
14 Echinodermata
Unit III An Evolutionary Approach to Vertebrate Structure and
15 Chordata
Function
16 Shark Anatomy
18 Vertebrate Musculoskeletal Systems
17 Perch Anatomy
19 Vertebrate Nervous Regulation
18 Frog Anatomy
20 Vertebrate Circulation
19 Fetal Pig Anatomy
21 Vertebrate Respiration
20 Rat Anatomy
22 Vertebrate Digestion
Index
23 Vertebrate Excretion
24 Vertebrate Reproduction


124

College Physics.................................................................................................132
Conceptual Physics...........................................................................................131
PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY

Electricity & Magnetism.....................................................................................140
Integrated Sciences...........................................................................................129
Introduction to Astronomy..................................................................................142
Intro to Physical Science...................................................................................127
Mathematical Physics........................................................................................140
Medical Physics.................................................................................................139
Modern Physics.................................................................................................139
Optics................................................................................................................142
Quantum Mechanics.........................................................................................141
Technical Physics..............................................................................................137
University Physics.............................................................................................137
125
HED 08 Physics & Astronomy (7).i125 125 11/13/2007 2:22:26 PM

NEW TITLES
PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY

Explorations: An Introduction to Astronomy, with Starry Night Arny 9780073347226 0073347221 142
Astronomy: Journey to the Cosmic Frontier, with Starry Night Fix 9780073347219 0073347213 143
Physics Giambattista 9780073327501 0073327506 132
The Physical Universe, 12e Krauskopf 9780073312750 0073312754 127
Integrated Science, 4e Tillery 9780073404486 0073404489 129
Lab Manual to accompany Integrated Science, 4e Tillery 9780073357386 0073357383 130
126

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY
Intro to Physical Science 4 Matter and Heat: Temperature and Heat / Fluids / Kinetic Theory
of Matter / Changes of State / Energy Transformations
5 Electricity and Magnetism: Electric Charge / Electricity and Matter

/ Electric Current/ Magnetism / Using Magnetism
6 Waves: Wave Motion / Sound Waves / Wave Behavior

NEW
7 The Nucleus: Atom and Nucleus / Radioactivity / Nuclear Energy
/ Fission and Fusion/ Elementary Particles
8 The Atom: Quantum Theory of Light / Matter Waves / The Hydrogen

THE PHYSICAL UNIVERSE Atom / Quantum Theory of the Atom
12th Edition
9 The Periodic Law: Elements and Compounds / The Periodic Law
By Konrad Krauskopf (Deceased), Arthur Beiser, / Atomic Structure / Chemical Bonds
formerly New York University
10 Crystals, Ions, and Solutions: Solids / Solutions / Acids and
Bases
11 Chemical Reactions: Quantitative Chemistry / Chemical Energy

2008 (January 2007)
/ Fuels / Reaction Rates / Oxidation and Reduction
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-331275-0 / MHID: 0-07-331275-4
highered.mcgraw-hill.com/sites/0073050105 12 Organic Chemistry: Carbon Compounds / Structures of Organic
Molecules / Organic Compounds / Chemistry of Life
This is an outstanding text with a long history that has been updated
and given a fresh look, including worked examples pulled out of the
text into numbered boxes. The text is now also accompanied by 13 Atmosphere and Hydrosphere: The Atmosphere / Weather /
stronger media support with “CPS” eInstruction student response Climate / The Hydrosphere
system questions, more extensive online quizzing, and PowerPoint
lectures. Aimed at presenting the essentials of physics, chemistry, 14 The Rock Cycle: Rocks / Within the Earth / Erosion / Vulcanism
earth science, and astronomy in a clear, easy-to-understand way,
The Physical Universe shows students how science works, how 15 The Evolving Earth: Tectonic Movement / Plate Tectonics /
scientists approach problems, and why science constantly evolves Methods of Historical Geology / Earth History
in its search for understanding. The text can also be packaged with
its long time companion student study guide, which includes a review
of chapter terms and concepts; self quizzing for extra practice; and 16 The Solar System: The Family of the Sun / The Inner Planets /
solved problems from the text. The Outer Planets / The Moon
NEW TO THIS EDITION 17 The Stars: Tools of Astronomy / The Sun / The Stars / Life His-
tories of the Stars
 Mathematical support of topics is included where it can enhance
the understanding of the concepts. It is designed to be optional so that 18 The Universe: Galaxies / The Expanding Universe / Evolution of
an instructor can choose to leave out the more mathmatical emphasis, the Universe / Extraterrestrial Life
without disrupting the flow and coverage of the concepts in the text.
Although this material is NOT marked as “optional” in the text (so as to
not confuse the students), a section has been added to each chapter
of the 12th edition Instructor’s Manual to identify this slightly more dif-
ficult computational material as “optional”: material that can be left-out
without affecting the conceptual coverage of the course.
LAB MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY PHYSICAL
 There will be approximately 200 new end-of-chapter Questions
and Problems for the 12th edition (approximately 30 replacement and SCIENCE
170 new/additional). The end of chapter Questions and Problems will 7th Edition
also be organized by-section for the 12th edition. By Bill Tillery, Arizona State University-Tempe
2007 (March 2006) / 448 pages
 Chapter Goals will be added back into the 12th edition text as
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-304993-9 / MHID: 0-07-304993-X
part of the chapter opener content.
CONTENTS
 The ARIS site provide online, grade-able homework using the
problems from the text. This site also includes instructor resources, Introduction
such as the instructor’s manual, digital images from the text, Power- Materials Required for Each Experiment
Point lectures, CPS eInstruction questions, daily concept quizzes (for Experiments
JiTT) and professional resources for the instructor. For the student, it 1. Graphing
contains self quizzing, animations, web links, a glossary. 2. Ratios
3. Motion
CONTENTS 4. Free Fall
1 The Scientific Method: How Scientists Study Nature / The Solar 5. The Pendulum
System / Universal Gravitation / How Many of What 6. Projectile Motion
7. Newton’s Second Law
2 Motion: Describing Motion / Acceleration of Gravity / Force and 8. Conservation of Momentum
Motion / Gravitation 9. Rotational Equilibrium
10. Centripetal Force
3 Energy: Work / Energy / Momentum / Relativity / Energy and 11. Archimedes’ Principle
Civilization 12. Boyle’s Law
127

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY
13. Work and Power the physical sciences with a level of explanation and detail appropri-
14. Friction ate for all students. The sequence of chapters in Physical Science is
15. Hooke’s Law flexible, and the instructor can determine topic sequence and depth
16. Thermometer Fixed Points of coverage as needed. The materials are also designed to support
a conceptual approach, or a combined conceptual and problem-
17. Absolute Zero
solving approach. With laboratory studies, the text contains enough
18. Specific Heat material for the instructor to select a sequence for a two-semester
19. Static Electricity course. It can also serve as a text in a one-semester physics and
20. Electric Circuits chemistry course.
21. Series and Parallel Circuits
22. Ohm’s Law CONTENTS
23. Magnetic Fields
1 What Is Science?
24. Electromagnets
Physics
25. Standing Waves
2 Motion
26. Speed of Sound in Air
3 Energy
27. Reflection and Refraction
4 Heat and Temperature
28. Physical and Chemical Change
5 Wave Motions and Sound
29. Hydrogen
6 Electricity
30. Oxygen
7 Light
31. Conductivity of Solutions
Chemistry
32. Percentage Composition
8 Atoms and Periodic Properties
33. Metal Replacement Reactions
9 Chemical Bonds
34. Producing Salts by Neutralization
10 Chemical Reactions
35. Identifying Salts
11 Water and Solutions
36. Solubility Curves
12 Organic Chemistry
37. Natural Water
13 Nuclear Reactions
38. Measurement of pH
Astronomy
39. Amount of Water Vapor in the Air
14 The Universe
40. Nuclear Radiation
15 The Solar System
41. Growing Crystals
16 Earth in Space
42. Properties of Common Minerals
Earth Science
43. Density of Igneous Rocks
17 Rocks and Minerals
44. Latitude and Longitude
18 Plate Tectonics
45. Topographic Maps
19 Building Earth’s Surface
46. Telescopes
20 Shaping Earth’s Surface
47. Celestial Coordinates
21 Geologic Time
48. Motions of the Sun
22 The Atmosphere of Earth
49. Phases of Moon
23 Weather and Climate
50. Power Output of Sun
24 Earth’s Waters
51. Special Project
Appendixes
Appendix
A Mathematical Review
I. The Simple Line Graph
B Solubilities Chart
II. The Slope of a Straight Line
C Relative Humidity Table
II. Experimental Error
D Solutions for Group
IV. Significant Figures
E Parallel Exercises
V. Conversion of Units
VI. Scientific Notation
DICTIONARY OF PHYSICS
International Edition 3rd Edition
By McGraw-Hill
PHYSICAL SCIENCE 2003 / 483 pages
7th Edition ISBN-13: 978-0-07-141048-9 / MHID: 0-07-141048-1
By Bill W Tillery, Arizona State University--Tempe A Professional Publication
2007 (March 2006) CONTENTS
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-325647-4 / MHID: 0-07-325647-1
Preface
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110948-2 / MHID: 0-07-110948-X
Staff
[IE with Aris Bind-In Card] How to Use the Dictionary
http://www.mhhe.com/tillery Fields and Their Scope
Pronunciation Key
Physical Science, Seventh Edition, is a straightforward, easy-to-read,
A-Z Terms
but substantial introduction to the fundamental behavior of matter and
energy. It is intended to serve the needs of non-science majors who Appendix
are required to complete one or more physical science courses. It
offers exceptional, straight-forward writing, complimented with useful
pedagogical tools. Tillery introduces basic concepts and key ideas
while providing opportunities for students to learn reasoning skills
and a new way of thinking about their environment. No prior work in
science is assumed. The text offers students complete coverage of
128

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF PHYSICAL SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF LAGRANGIAN

SCIENCE DYNAMICS
2nd Edition By Dave Wells, University of Texas
By Arthur Beiser, formerly of New York University 1967 / 368 pages
1988 / 368 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-069258-9 / MHID: 0-07-069258-0
A Schaum’s Publication CONTENTS
CONTENTS Background Material.
Physical Quantities. Lagrange’s Equations of Motion of a Single Particle.
Motion in a Straight Line. Lagrange’s Equations of Motion for a System of Particles.
The Laws of Motion. Conservative Systems.
Circular Motion and Gravitation. Dissipative Forces.
Energy. General Treatment of Moments and Products of Inertia.
Momentum. Lagrangian Treatment of Rigid Body Dynamics.
Relativity. The Euler Method of Rigid Body Dynamics.
Fluids. Small Oscillations about Positions of Equilibrium.
Heat. Small Oscillations about Steady Motion.
Kinetic Theory of Matter. Forces of Constraint.
Thermodynamics. Driving Forces Required to Establish Known Motions.
Electricity. Effects of Earth’s Figure and Daily Rotation on Dynamical Prob-
Electric Current. lems.
Magnetism. Application of Lagrange’s Equations to Electrical and Electromechani-
Electromagnetic Induction. cal Systems.
Waves. Hamilton’s Equations of Motion.
Lenses. Hamilton’s Principle.
Quantum Physics. Basic Equations of Dynamics in Vector and Tensor Notation.
The Nucleus. Appendix: Relations between Direction Cosines.
Radioactivity and Elementary Particles.
Theory of the Atom.
The Periodic Law.
Molecules and Solids.
Formulas and Equations.
Stoichiometry.
Integrated Sciences
Gas Stoichiometry.
Solutions.
Acids and Bases.
Oxidation and Reduction.
Electrochemistry.
Chemical Energy.
Reaction Rates and Equilibrium.
Organic Chemistry.
The Atmosphere. NEW
Weather. International Edition
The Oceans.
Earth Materials.
Erosion and Sedimentation.
INTEGRATED SCIENCE
Vulcanism and Diastrophism.
The Earth’s Interior. 4th Edition
Continental Drift.
Earth History. By Bill W Tillery, Arizona State University--Tempe,
Earth and Sky. Eldon Enger and Frederick C Ross of Delta Col-
lege
The Solar System.
The Sun.
The Stars.
The Universe.
2008 (September 2007) / 768 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-340448-6 / MHID: 0-07-340448-9
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-335317-3 / MHID: 0-07-335317-5
(with Mandatory Package)
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128454-7 / MHID: 0-07-128454-0 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/tillery
Integrated Science, Fourth Edition is a straightforward, easy-to-read,
yet substantial introduction to the fundamental behavior of matter
and energy in living and nonliving systems. The authors provide
even, well-integrated coverage of physics, chemistry, earth science,
astronomy, and biology. The text’s pedagogy (chapter outlines, core
concept maps, and overviews) reveals how the science disciplines
are interrelated and integrated throughout the text. This edition
continues to introduce basic concepts and key ideas while providing
129

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY
opportunities for students to learn reasoning skills and a new way of

thinking about their environment. The book is intended to serve the
needs of non-science majors who are required to complete one or
more science courses as part of a general or basic studies require-
NEW
ment. No prior work in science is assumed. The language, as well as
the mathematics, is as simple as can be practical for a college-level
science course. LAB MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY
INTEGRATED SCIENCE
4th Edition
NEW TO THIS EDITION
 New overview of Relativity and subsections on Special Relativity By Bill W Tillery, Arizona State University-Tempe, Eldon Enger, Delta
and General Relativity in chapter 7. College and Robert S Ross, California State University-Chico
 People Behind the Science biographical boxed features
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-335738-6 / MHID: 0-07-335738-3
CONTENTS The lab manual was written and classroom-tested by the authors of
Ch 1 What Is Science? the text. It has been revised in recent editions to emphasize a more
inquiry-oriented approach and to increase the number of biology labs.
Ch 2 Motion
Each lab begins with an open-ended “Invitations to Inquiry,” designed
Ch 3 Energy to peak student interest in the lab concept. This is followed by labora-
Ch 4 Heat and Temperature tory exercises that require measurement and data analysis for work in
Ch 5 Wave Motions and Sound a more structured learning environment. When the laboratory manual
Ch 6 Electricity is used with Integrated Science text, students will have an opportunity
Ch 7 Light to understand the nature of scientific inquiry from the perspective of
Ch 8 Atoms and Periodic Properties hands-on experiences in order to master basic scientific principles
Ch 9 Chemical Reactions and concepts and learn new problem-solving and thinking skills.
Ch 10 Water and Solutions
Ch 11 Nuclear Reactions
Ch 12 The Universe
Ch 13 The Solar System
Ch 14 Earth in Space
Ch 15 The Earth
Ch 16 The Earth’s Surface LAB MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY
Ch 17 Earth’s Weather INTEGRATED SCIENCE
Ch 18 Earth’s Waters
Ch 19 Organic and Biochemistry
3rd Edition
Ch 20 The Nature of Living Things By Bill Tillery, Arizona State University-Tempe, Eldon Enger and Freder-
ick Ross of Delta College
Ch 21 The Origin and Evolution of Life
Ch 22 The History of Life on Earth
Ch 23 Ecology and Environment ISBN-13: 978-0-07-299682-1 / MHID: 0-07-299682-X
Ch 24 Human Biology: Materials Exchange and Control Mecha- NEW TO THIS EDITION
nisms
Ch 25 Human Biology: Reproduction  Each lab begins with an open-ended “Invitations to Inquiry,”
Ch 26 Mendelian and Molecular Genetics designed to peak student interest in the lab concept. This is followed
Appendix A: by laboratory exercises that require measurement and data analysis
Mathematical Review for work in a more structured learning environment.
Working with Equations CONTENTS
Significant Figures
Conversion of Units Introduction
Scientific Notation Acknowledgments
Appendix B: Solubilities Chart Materials Required for Each Experiment
Appendix C: Relative Humidity Table Experiment
Appendix D: Solutions for Group A Parallel Exercises 1. Graphing
Appendix E: Problem Solving 2. Ratios
Glossary 3. Motion
4. Free Fall
5. Centripetal Force
6. Work and Power
7. Thermometer Fixed Points
8. Specific Heat
Complimentary desk copies are available for 9. Speed of Sound in Air
course adoption only. Kindly contact your 10. Static Electricity
11. Ohm’s Law
local McGraw-Hill Representative or fax the 12. Magnetic Fields
Examination Copy Request Form available on 13. Reflection and Refraction
the back pages of this catalog. 14. Physical and Chemical Change
15. Conductivity of Solutions
16. Metal Replacement Reactions
Visit McGraw-Hill Education 17. Identifying Salts
Website: www.mheducation.com 18. Natural Water
19. Measurement of pH
COMPLIMENTARY COPIES 20. Amount of Water Vapor in the Air
21. Growing Crystals
22. Properties of Common Minerals
130

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY
23. Density of Igneous Rocks 6 Energy and Oscillations

24. Latitude and Longitude 7 Momentum and Impulse
25. Telescopes 8 Rotational Motion of Solid Objects
26. Celestial Coordinates Fluids and Heat
27. Motions of the Sun 9 The Behavior of Fluids
28. Diffusion and Osmosis 10 Temperature and Heat
29. The Microscope 11 Heat Engines and the Second Law of Thermodynamics
30. Survey of Cell Types: Structure and Function Electricity and Magnetism
31. Enzymes 12 Electrostatic Phenomena
32. Photosynthesis and Respiration 13 Electric Circuits
33. The Chemistry and Ecology of Yogurt Production 14 Magnets and Electromagnetism
34. DNA and RNA Wave Motion and Optics
35. Mitosis—Cell Division 15 Making Waves
36. Meiosis 16 Light Waves and Color
37. Genetics Problems 17 Light and Image Formation
38. Human Variation The Atom and Its Nucleus
39. Sensory Abilities 18 The Structure of the Atom
40. Daily Energy Balance 19 The Nucleus and Nuclear Energy
41. The Effect of Abiotic Factors on Habitat Preference Relativity and Beyond
42. Natural Selection 20 Relativity
43. Roll Call of the Animals 21 Beyond Everyday Phenomena
44. Special Project
Appendix I. The Simple Line Graph
II. The Slope of a Straight Line
III. Experimental Error
IV. Significant Figures
V. Conversion of Units
VI. Scientific Notation Inside Front Cover: Relative Humidity Chart
Inside Back Cover: Metric Relationships
PHYSICS FOR POETS
5th Edition
By Robert March, University of Wisconsin – Madison
2003 / 304 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-247217-2 / MHID: 0-07-247217-0
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-119853-0 / MHID: 0-07-119853-9 [IE]
Conceptual Physics
www.mhhe.com/physsci
CONTENTS
1 A Vast and Most Excellent Science
2 Toward a Science of Mechanics
3 The Denouement: Newton’s Laws
4 The Moon and the Apple
International Edition 5 The Romance of Energy
6 One Last Part for the Machine
PHYSICS OF EVERYDAY PHENOMENA 7 Waves
8 Does the Earth Really Move?
5th Edition 9 The Birth of Relativity
By Thoms Griffith, Pacific University 10 The Wedding of Space and Time
2007 (June 2006) / 576 pages 11 E=mc2 and All That
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-325315-2 / MHID: 0-07-325315-4 12 Did God Have Any Choice?
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110320-6 / MHID: 0-07-110320-1 [IE] 13 The Atom Returns
14 Rutherford Probes the Atom
http://www.mhhe.com/griffith
15 The Atom and the Quantum
The Physics of Everyday Phenomena, Fifth Edition, introduces stu- 16 Particles and Waves
dents to the basic concepts of physics using examples of common 17 Does God Play Dice?
occurrences. Intended for use in a one-semester or two-quarter 18 Schrodinger’s Cat
course in conceptual physics, this book is written in a narrative style,
19 The Dreams Stuff Is Made Of
frequently using questions designed to draw the reader into a dialogue
about the ideas of physics. This inclusive style allows the book to be 20 The Whole Shebang
used by anyone interested in exploring the nature of physics and ex-
planations of everyday physical phenomena. Beginning students will
benefit from the large number of student aids and the reduced math
content. Professors will appreciate the organization of the material
and the wealth of pedagogical tools.
CONTENTS
1 Physics, the Fundamental Science
The Newtonian Revolution
2 Describing Motion
3 Falling Objects and Projectile Motion
4 Newton’s Laws: Explaining Motion
5 Circular Motion, the Planets, and Gravity
131

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY
College Physics  New approach to college physics! Giambattista was developed

from the notes and experiences of authors sitting next to students in
study labs explaining physical principles on a daily basis. The authors
found that students were able to grasp principles much more eas-
ily and completely, and to remember those principles, if they were
discussed with-in the context of familiar and relative examples. The
“Conceptual Framework” approach was developed, and all physics
concepts are presented to students in such a fashion.
 Chapter 8, presents another great example of how the Concep-
NEW tual Framework approach has influenced presentation. Rotational
International Edition kinetic energy is introduced first since it usually is the easiest of
the rotational quantities for the student to understand. It also leads
in a very natural way, to the necessity of rotational inertia. Torque,
PHYSICS one of the most difficult concepts for many students, is introduced
after the student already has some understanding of other rotational
concepts.
By Alan Giambattista, Betty Richardson and Rob-
ert Richardson of Cornell University-Ithaca  Problem Solving Approach: Giambattista/Richardson/Richardson
employs a consistent approach to the presentation of examples. Every
example includes strategy, solution, discussion, and practice problem
(with answer at end-of-chapter). Care is taken to make sure that stu-
dents are equipped with tools to solve problems and that they do not
just MEMORIZE STEPS to solve that one example problem.
2008 (January 2007)  Extensive End-of-Chapter Material which includes: Master
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-332750-1 / MHID: 0-07-332750-6 The Concepts (summary of CONCEPTS as well as the integrated
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-332813-3 / MHID: 0-07-332813-8 equations) Problems--clearly, one of the most closely scrutinized por-
(with ARIS Instructor QuickStart Guide) tions of any college physics textbook is the end-of-chapter material
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-332751-8 / MHID: 0-07-332751-4 (Volume 1) including but not limited to the quality and quantity of problems. The
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-332752-5 / MHID: 0-07-332752-2 (Volume 2) Giambattista/Richardson/Richardson problems have consistently
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128666-4 / MHID: 0-07-128666-7 [IE] reviewed very well and have been quadruple checked for accuracy.
The various problem types are as follows:
Physics, 1st edition is the best solution for today’s college physics
market. With a unique, new, approach to physics that builds a con- * Conceptual Questions;
ceptual framework as motivation for the physical principles, consist- * Multiple Choice Questions (with more on the website);
ent problem solving coverage strategies, stunning art, extensive * Problems by Section (featuring paired problems);
end-of-chapter material, and superior media support, Giambattista, * Problems paired by concept;
Richardson, and Richardson delivers a product that addresses today’s * Comprehensive Problems;
market needs with the best tools available. Physics 1st edition is a * Combination Problems (quantitative and conceptual problems
spin-off of the market leading College Physics 2nd edition text by
combined);
Giambattista/Richardson/Richardson. The key difference in in College
Physics there is an integrated approach of forces and kinematics, * Bio/Med application problems.
leading with forces, while in this new 1st edition, Physics covers  ARIS (assessment, review, and instruction system) is available
forces in the traditional manner by leading with Kinematics and not with each textbook adoption. ARIS for Physics, First Edition is a
integrating forces. complete, online tutorial, electronic homework, and course manage-
ment system designed for greater ease of use than any other system
FEATURES available. Instructors can create and share course materials and
 Eight Review and Synthesis sections now appear throughout assignments with colleagues with a few clicks of a mouse. All Pow-
the text, following groups of related chapters. The MCAT® Review in- erPoint lectures, assignments, quizzes, tutorials, and interactives are
cludes actual reading passages and questions written for the Medical directly tied to text-specific materials in Physics, First Edition. ARIS
College Admission Test (MCAT). The Review Exercises are intended courses are customized to your textbook, but instructors can also
to serve as a bridge between textbook problems that are linked to a edit questions and algorithms, import their own content, and create
particular chapter and exam problems that are not. These exercises announcements and due dates for assignments. ARIS has automatic
give students practice in formulating a problem-solving strategy with- grading and reporting of easy-to-assign, algorithmically-generated
out an external clue (section or chapter number) that indicates which homework, quizzing, and testing. All student activity within ARIS is
concepts are involved. Many of the problems draw on material from automatically recorded and available to the instructor through a fully-
more than one chapter to help the student integrate new concepts integrated grade book that can be downloaded to Excel.
and skills with what has been learned previously.  ALEKS (Assessment and Learning in Knowledge Spaces) for
 Real MCAT questions included in the text. College Physics is a tremendously successful math tutorial system
available with this text. The program focuses on only the math opera-
 Unparalleled Illustration Program: Giambattista offers an incred- tions needed for college physics. ALEKS determines students’ current
ible visual program that combines “showcase” pieces with simpler, knowledge base, identifies where they need help, and then supplies
diagrammatic pieces to aid student understanding. that student with additional information and problems, allowing them to
master those math concepts. This robust course management system
 Flash-based Interactives! These “Interactives” offer a fresh and
is fast, efficient and customizable, and is available free to adopters.
dynamic method to teach the physics basics by providing students
with simulations that are completely accurate and work with real CONTENTS
data. Interactives allow students to manipulate parameters and gain
Chapter 1: Introduction
a better understanding of 16 of the more difficult physics topics by
PART ONE: MECHANICS
watching the effect of these manipulations. Each Interactive includes:
Chapter 2: Motion Along a Line
• Analysis Tool (interactive model) • Tutorial describing its function
Chapter 3: Motion in a Plane
with content describing its principle themes, self-test questions and
Chapter 4: Force and Newton’s Laws of Motion
explanations.
132

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY
Chapter 5: Circular Motion Chapter 5: Circular Motion

Chapter 6: Conservation of Energy Chapter 6: Conservation of Energy
Chapter 7: Linear Momentum Chapter 7: Linear Momentum
Chapter 8: Torque and Angular Momentum Chapter 8: Torque and Angular Momentum
Chapter 9: Fluids Chapter 9: Fluids
Chapter 10: Elasticity and Oscillations Chapter 10: Elasticity and Oscillations
Chapter 11: Waves Chapter 11: Waves
Chapter 12: Sound Chapter 12: Sound
PART TWO: THERMAL PHYSICS PART TWO: THERMAL PHYSICS
Chapter 13: Temperature and the Ideal Gas Chapter 13: Temperature and the Ideal Gas
Chapter 14: Heat Chapter 14: Heat
Chapter 15: Thermodynamics Chapter 15: Thermodynamics
PART THREE: ELECTROMAGNETISM PART THREE: ELECTROMAGNETISM
Chapter 16: Electric Forces and Fields Chapter 16: Electric Forces and Fields
Chapter 17: Electric Potential Chapter 17: Electric Potential
Chapter 18: Electric Current and Circuits Chapter 18: Electric Current and Circuits
Chapter 19: Magnetic Forces and Fields Chapter 19: Magnetic Forces and Fields
Chapter 20: Electromagnetic Induction Chapter 20: Electromagnetic Induction
Chapter 21: Alternating Current Chapter 21: Alternating Current
PART FOUR: ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES AND OPTICS PART FOUR: ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES AND OPTICS
Chapter 22: Electromagnetic Waves Chapter 22: Electromagnetic Waves
Chapter 23: Reflection and Refraction of Light Chapter 23: Reflection and Refraction of Light
Chapter 24: Optical Instruments Chapter 24: Optical Instruments
Chapter 25: Interference and Diffraction Chapter 25: Interference and Diffraction
PART FIVE: QUANTUM AND PARTICLE PHYSICS PART FIVE: QUANTUM AND PARTICLE PHYSICS
Chapter 26: Relativity Chapter 26: Relativity
Chapter 27: Early Quantum Physics and the Photon Chapter 27: Early Quantum Physics and the Photon
Chapter 28: Quantum Physics Chapter 28: Quantum Physics
Chapter 29: Nuclear Physics Chapter 29: Nuclear Physics
Chapter 30: Particle Physics Chapter 30: Particle Physics
APPENDICES APPENDICES
Appendix A: Mathematics Review A.1 Algebra A.2 Solving equations Appendix A: Mathematics Review Appendix B: Table of Selected
A.3 Exponents and logarithms A.4 Proportions and ratios A.5 Geom- Isotopes
etry A.6 Trigonometry A.7 Approximations A.8 Vectors
Appendix B: Table of Selected Isotopes Answers to Selected Ques-
tions and Problems
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF COLLEGE PHYSICS

10th Edition
International Edition By Frederick J Bueche, University of Dayton-Emeritus and Eugene Hecht,
Adelphi University
COLLEGE PHYSICS 2006 (Nov 2005) / 448 pages
2nd Edition ISBN-13: 978-0-07-144814-7 / MHID: 0-07-144814-4
By Alan Giambattista, Betty Richardson and Robert C. Richardson of A Schaum’s Publication
Cornell University—Ithaca
An introduction to physics that you don’t need to be a math whiz to
2007 (Dec 2005) understand. Schaum’s Outline of College Physics, Tenth Edition, is
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-322274-5 / MHID: 0-07-322274-7 a clear, easily understood review of introductory noncalculus-based
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-330174-7 / MHID: 0-07-330174-4 physics. It is especially helpful if you do not have a strong background
(Mandatory Package) in mathematics.
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-330175-4 / MHID: 0-07-330175-2 (Volume 1)
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-330177-8 / MHID: 0-07-330177-9 (Volume 2)
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110800-3 / MHID: 0-07-110800-9
[IE with Card]
http://www.mhhe.com/grr
College Physics, Second Edition is the best solution for today’s college RELATIVITY DEMYSTIFIED
physics market. With a unique, new, approach to physics that builds a By David McMahon and Paul Alsing
conceptual framework as motivation for the physical principles, con- 2006 (December 2005) / 344 pages
sistent problem solving coverage strategies, stunning art, extensive
end-of-chapter material, and superior media support, Giambattista, ISBN-13: 978-0-07-145545-9 / MHID: 0-07-145545-0
Richardson, and Richardson delivers a product that addresses today’s A Professional Publication
market needs with the best tools available.
In Relativity Demystified a physicist explains Einstein’s theory of
relativity in layman’s terms, minus heavy-duty discussion or formal
CONTENTS mathematics. Author David McMahon gradually builds up readers’
Chapter 1: Introduction practical skills to a point where they can eventually solve real prob-
PART ONE: MECHANICS lems in the field of general relativity. The book offers examples that
Chapter 2: Force vary in complexity from textbook-like problems to real-world situations
from actual current research. Relativity Demystified also focused on
Chapter 3: Acceleration and Newton’s Second Law of Motion
quick definitions and demonstrations of procedures needed to solve
Chapter 4: Motion with a Changing Velocity problems.
133

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY
CONTENTS PHYSICS DEMYSTIFIED

Chapter 1: A Quick Review of Special Relativity By Stan Gibilisco
Chapter 2: Vectors, One Forms, and the Metric 2003 / 599 pages
Chapter 3: More on Tensors ISBN-13: 978-0-07-138201-4 / MHID: 0-07-138201-1
Chapter 4: Tensor Calculus A Professional Publication
Chapter 5: Cartan’s Structure Equations
Chapter 6: The Einstein Field Equations CONTENTS
Chapter 7: The Energy-Momentum Tensor PART ZERO: A REVIEW OF MATHEMATICS
Chapter 8: Killing Vectors CHAPTER 1 Equations, Formulas, and Vectors
Chapter 9: Null Tetrads and the Petrov Classification CHAPTER 2 Scientific Notation
Chapter 10: The Schwarzchild Solution CHAPTER 3 Graphing Schemes
Chapter 11: Black Holes CHAPTER 4 Basics of Geometry
Chapter 12: Cosmology CHAPTER 5 Logarithms, Exponentials, and Trigonometry Test: Part
Chapter 13: Gravitational Waves Zero
FINAL EXAM QUIZ AND EXAM SOLUTIONS REFERENCES AND PART ONE: CLASSICAL PHYSICS
BIBLIOGRAPHY INDEX CHAPTER 6 Units and Constants
CHAPTER 7 Mass, Force, and Motion
CHAPTER 8 Momentum, Work, Energy, and Power
Chapter 9: Particles of Matter
Chapter 10: Basic States of Matter
Chapter 11: Temperature, Pressure, and Changes of State Test:
Part One
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF APPLIED PHYSICS PART TWO: ELECTRICITY, MAGNETISM, AND ELECTRONICS
4th Edition Chapter 12: Direct Current
By Arthur Beiser, formerly of New York University Chapter 13: Alternating Current
2004 / 384 pages Chapter 14: Magnetism
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-142611-4 / MHID: 0-07-142611-6 Chapter 15: More About Alternating Current
Chapter 16: Semiconductors Test: Part Two
PART THREE: WAVES, PARTICLES, SPACE, AND TIME
Over the past decade, significant changes in the teaching of applied Chapter 17: Wave Phenomena
physics have taken place. More emphasis is now placed on subjects Chapter 18: Forms of Radiation
such as relativity, atomic physics, nuclear physics, elementary particle Chapter 19: Optics
physics, semiconductors, and superconductors. Completely updated, Chapter 20: Relativity Theory Test: Part Three
Schaum’s Outline of Applied Physics, Fourth Edition, devotes more
Final Exam
space to these subjects and includes a host of new material.
Answers to Quiz, Test, and Exam Questions
Suggested Additional Reference
Index
SCHAUM’S A-Z PHYSICS

By Michael Chapple
2003 / 288 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-141937-6 / MHID: 0-07-141937-3
CONTEMPORARY COLLEGE PHYSICS
2001 Update, 3rd Edition
Schaum’s A-Z handbooks make excellent complements to course
By Edwin R Jones and Richard L Childers of University of South Carolina
textbooks and test preparation guides. Ideal for ambitious high school
seniors--especially AP students--and college freshmen, they feature 2001 / 1088 pages
concise, thoroughly cross-referenced definitions of hundreds of key ISBN-13: 978-0-07-241512-4 / MHID: 0-07-241512-6
terms and phrases that help students quickly break through the (with CD-ROM, Mandatory Package)
jargon barrier. Clear explanations of key concepts, supplemented ISBN-13: 978-0-07-120491-0 / MHID: 0-07-120491-1
with lucid illustrations, help build mastery of theory and provide a
[IE, Updated]
ready reference to supplement class work. Each entry begins with
a clear, one-sentence definition and is followed by an explanation www.mhhe.com/jones
and examples.
CONTENTS
 A-to-Z format for ready reference 1 Measurements and Models
2 Motion in One Dimension
 Clear definitions and explanations, cross-referenced and enhanced 3 Motion in Two Dimensions
with numerous worked examples and illustrations 4 Force and Motion
5 Uniform Circular Motion
 Extended explanations of more important concepts
6 Work and Energy
7 Momentum
 Review lists of entries that relate to main topics in the Appendix
aid review 8 Applying the Conservation Laws
9 Rigid Bodies and Rotational Motion
10 Fluids
11 Thermal Physics
12 Gas Laws and Kinetic Theory
13 Thermodynamics
14 Periodic Motion
134

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY
15 Waves and Sound Interference, Diffraction and Polarization.

16 Electric Charge and Electric Field Special Relativity.
17 Electric Potential and Capacitance Particles of Light and Waves of Matter:Introduction to Quantum
18 Electric Current and Resistance Physics.
19 Magnetism Modern Physics: Atomic, Nuclear and Solid-State Physics.
20 Electromagnetic Induction
21 Alternating-Current Circuits
22 Geometrical Optics
23 Optical Instruments
24 Wave Optics
25 Relativity
26 Discovery of Atomic Structure PHYSICS FOR THE UTTERLY CONFUSED
27 Origins of the Quantum Theory By Robert Oman and Daniel Oman
28 Quantum Mechanics 1998 / 208 pages
29 The Nucleus ISBN-13: 978-0-07-048262-3 / MHID: 0-07-048262-4
30 Lasers and Holography A Professional Publication
31 Condensed Matter
32 Elementary Particle Physics http://books.mcgraw-hill.com/cgi-bin/getbook.pl?isbn=0070482624&ad
Appendices: key=W02003
A Formulas from Algebra, Geometry, and Trigonometry B The Inter-
CONTENTS
national System of Units C Alphabetical List of Elements D Answers
to Odd Numbered Problems Mathematical Background.
Vectors.
Motion in One Dimension.
Motion in Two Dimensions.
Forces.
Unifrom Circular Motion.
Work and Energy.
SCHAUM’S EASY OUTLINE OF COLLEGE Momentum Analysis.
PHYSICS Rotational Motion.
By J. Bueche, Emeritus University of Dayton, Eugene Hecht, Adelphi Rotational Dynamics.
University and George J. Hademenos Simple Harmonic Motion.
2000 / 138 pages Fluids.
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-052711-9 / MHID: 0-07-052711-3 Temperature and Calorimetry.
Kinetics and the Gas Laws.
A Schaum’s Publication Thermodynamics.
CONTENTS Mechanical Waves.
Newtonian Mechanics. Sound.
Density, Elasticity, and Fluids. Electric Forces and Electric Fields.
Heat, Temperature, and Thermodynamics. Electric Potential.
Waves. Electric Circuits.
Electricity and Magnetism. Magnetic Forces and Magnetic Fields.
Light and Geometrical Optics. Magnetic Forces.
Electromagnetic Induction.
Alternating Current Circuits.
Electromagnetic Waves.
Reflection, Refraction and Polarization.
Lenses.
The Wave Nature of Light and Interference.
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF BEGINNING Special Relativity.
PHYSICS II Particles and Waves.
The Atom.
By Alvin Halpern
Radioactivity.
1998 / 592 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-025707-8 / MHID: 0-07-025707-8

CONTENTS
Wave Motion.

Sound. Complimentary desk copies are available for

Coulomb’s Law and Electric Fields. course adoption only. Kindly contact your
Electric Potential and Capacitance.
Simple Electric Circuits.
Magnetism--Effect of the Field. Examination Copy Request Form available on
Magnetism--Source of the Field. the back pages of this catalog.
Magnetic Properties of Matter.
Induced EMF.
Inductance.
Time Varying Electric Circuits. Website: www.mheducation.com
Electromagnetic Waves.
Light and Optical Phenomena. COMPLIMENTARY COPIES
Mirrors, Lenses and Optical Instruments.
135

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY
HOW TO SOLVE PHYSICS PROBLEMS AND SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF BEGINNING

MAKE THE GRADE PHYSICS I
By Robert Oman and Daniel Oman By Alvin Halpern, City University of New York
1996 / 352 pages 1995 / 471 pages
A Professional Publication A Schaum’s Publication
http://books.mcgraw-hill.com/cgi-bin/getbook.pl?isbn=0070481660&ad CONTENTS
key=W02003 Introduction and Mathematical Background.
Motion in a Straight Line.
CONTENTS
Motion in a Plane.
Introduction: Mathematical Background Forces and Equilibrium.
1 Vectors Newton’s Second Law.
2 Motion in One Dimension Work and Mechanical Energy.
3 Falling Body Problems Energy, Power and Simple Machines.
4 Projectile Motion Impulse and Momentum.
5 Forces (Including Friction) Equilibrium for Rigid Bodies.
6 Apparent Weight Rotational Motion.
7 Work and the Definite Integral Elasticity and Objects under Stress.
8 Work-Energy Problems Simple Harmonic Motion.
9 Momentum Analysis Fluids at Rest.
10 Collision and Impulse Fluids in Motion.
11 Rotational Motion Temperature and Heat.
12 Rotational Dynamics Thermal Energy Transfer.
13 Equilibrium Gas Laws and Kinetic Theory.
14 Gravity Thermodynamics: The First and Second Laws.
15 Simple Harmonic Motion
16 Fluids
17 Temperature and Calorimetry
18 Kinetics and the Gas Laws
19 The First Law of Thermodynamics
20 Second Law of Thermodynamics
21 Mechanical Waves 3,000 SOLVED PROBLEMS IN PHYSICS
22 Standing Waves (Strings and Pipes) By Alvin Halpern
23 Sound 1988
24 Charge and Coulomb’s Law
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-025734-4 / MHID: 0-07-025734-5
25 The Electric Field
26 Gauss’ Law A Schaum’s Publication
27 Electric Potential http://books.mcgraw-hill.com/cgi-bin/getbook.pl?isbn=0070257345&ad
28 Capacitance key=W02003
29 Conductivity
30 Resistors in D.C. Circuits Solved Problem Series -- These books help readers review and master
31 Kirchhoff’s Laws what they’ve learned by showing them how to solve thousands of
relevant problems. Perfect for preparing for graduate or professional
32 R-C Circuits
exams, these detailed reminders of problem-solving techniques show
33 Magnetic Fields readers the best strategies for answering even the toughest questions,
34 Magnetic Forces including the types that appear on typical tests.
35 Ampere’s Law
36 Biot-Savart Law
37 Faraday’s Law
38 Inductance
39 R-L Circuits
40 Oscillating L-C Circuit
41 Series R-L-C Circuits and Phasors
42 Maxwell’s Equations
43 Electromagnetic Waves
44 Reflection, Refraction, and Polarization
45 Mirrors and Lenses
46 Diffraction and Interference
47 Special Relativity reviewing manuscript for

136

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY
Technical Physics University Physics
SIX IDEAS THAT SHAPED PHYSICS
PHYSICS Unit C – Conservation Laws Constraint
7th Edition Interactions, 2nd Edition
By Paul E Tippens By Thomas A. Moore, Pomona College
2007 (Dec 2005) 2003 / 306 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-322270-7 / MHID: 0-07-322270-4 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-229152-0/ MHID: 0-07-229152-4
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110796-9 / MHID: 0-07-110796-7 http://www.mhhe.com/mooresixideas
[IE with OLC]
CONTENTS
http://www.mhhe.com/tippens7e C1 Introduction to Interactions
Physics, Seventh Edition is designed for the non-calculus physics C2 Vectors
course taken by students who are pursuing careers in science or C3 Interactions Transfer Momentum
engineering technology. Content is built through extensive use of C4 Particles and Systems
examples with detailed solutions designed to develop students’ C5 Applying Momentum Conservation
problem-solving skills.
C6 Introduction to Energy
C7 Some Potential Energy Functions
CONTENTS
C8 Force and Energy
MECHANICS C9 Rotational Energy
1 Introduction C10 Thermal Energy
2 Technical Mathematics C11 Energy in Bonds
3 Technical Measurements and Vectors. C12 Power, Collisions, and Impacts
4 Translational Equilibrium and Friction C13 Angular Momentum
5 Torque and Rotational Equilibrium C14 Conservation of Angular Momentum
6 Uniform Acceleration
7 Newton’s Second Law
8 Work, Energy, and Power
9 Impulse and Momentum
10 Uniform Circular Motion.
11 Rotation of Rigid Bodies
12 Simple Machines SIX IDEAS THAT SHAPED PHYSICS
13 Elasticity Unit E – Electromagnetic Fields,
14 Simple Harmonic Motion
2nd Edition
15 Fluids
By Thomas A. Moore, Pomona College
THERMODYNAMICS, MECHANICAL WAVES, AND SOUND
16 Temperature and Expansion 2003 / 384 pages
17 Quantity of Heat ISBN-13: 978-0-07-239711-6 / MHID: 0-07-239711-X
18 Transfer of Heat http://www.mhhe.com/mooresixideas
19 Thermal Properties of Matter
20 Thermodynamics 21 Mechanical Waves CONTENTS
22 Sound E1 Electrostatics
ELECTRICITY, MAGNETISM, AND OPTICS E2 Electric Fields
23 The Electric Force E3 Electric Potential
24 The Electric Field E4 Conductors
25 Electric Potential E5 Driving Currents
26 Capacitance E6 Analyzing Circuits
27 Current and Resistance E7 Magnetic Fields
28 Direct-Current Circuits E8 Currents and Magnets
29 Magnetism and the Magnetic Field E9 Symmetry and Flux
30 Forces and Torques in a Magnetic Field E10 Gauss’s Law
31 Electromagnetic Induction E11 Ampere’s Law
32 Alternating-Current Circuits E12 The Electromagnetic Field
33 Light and Illumination E13 Maxwell’s Equations
34 Reflection and Mirrors E14 Induction
35 Refraction E15 Introduction to Waves
36 Lenses and Optical Instruments E16 Electromagnetic Waves
37 Interference, Diffraction, and Polarization
MODERN PHYSICS
38 Modern Physics and the Atom
39 Nuclear Physics and the Nucleus
INDEX
137

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY
SIX IDEAS THAT SHAPED PHYSICS SIX IDEAS THAT SHAPED PHYSICS
Unit N – Laws of Physics are Universal, Unit R – Laws of Physics are Frame-
2nd Edition Independent, 2nd Edition
By Thomas A. Moore, Pomona College By Thomas A. Moore, Pomona College
2003 / 288 pages 2003 / 240 pages
http://www.mhhe.com/mooresixideas http://www.mhhe.com/mooresixideas
CONTENTS CONTENTS
N1 Newton’s Law R1 The Principle of Relativity
N2 Vector Calculus R2 Synchronizing Clocks
N3 Forces from Motion R3 The Nature of Time
N4 Motion from Forces R4 The Metric Equation
N5 Statics R5 Proper Time
N6 Linearly Constrained Motion R6 Coordinate Transformations
N7 Coupled Objects R7 Lorentz Contraction
N8 Circularly Constrained Motion R8 The Cosmic Speed Limit
N9 Noninertial Reference Frames R9 Four-Momentum
N10 Projectile Motion R10 Conservation of Four-Momentum
N11 Oscillatory Motion Appendix A Conversion of Equations to SI Units
N12 Introduction to Orbits Appendix B The Relativistic Doppler Effect
N13 Planetary Motion
SIX IDEAS THAT SHAPED PHYSICS

SIX IDEAS THAT SHAPED PHYSICS Unit T – Some Processes are Irreversible,
Unit Q – Matter Behaves like Waves, 2nd Edition
2nd Edition By Thomas A. Moore, Pomona College
By Thomas A. Moore, Pomona College 2003 / 208 pages
2003 / 288 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-239715-4 / MHID: 0-07-239715-2
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-239713-0 / MHID: 0-07-239713-6
http://www.mhhe.com/mooresixideas
http://www.mhhe.com/mooresixideas
CONTENTS
CONTENTS T1 Temperature
Q1 Standing Waves T2 Ideal Gases
Q2 The Wave Nature of Light T3 Gas Processes
Q3 The Particle Nature of Light T4 Macrostates and Microstates
Q4 The Wave Nature of Matter T5 The Second Law
Q5 The Quantum Facts of Life T6 Temperature and Entropy
Q6 The Wavefunction T7 Some Mysteries Resolved
Q7 Bound Systems T8 Calculating Entropy Changes
Q8 Spectra T9 Heat Engines.
Q9 Understanding Atoms
Q10 The Schrodinger Equation
Q11 Energy Eigenfunctions
Q12 Introduction to Nuclei
Q13 Stable and Unstable Nuclei
Q14 Radioactivity
Q15 Nuclear Technology SIX IDEAS THAT SHAPED PHYSICS
6 Unit Package, 2nd Edition
By Thomas A. Moore, Pomona College
2003
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-256482-2 / MHID: 0-07-256482-2
Complimentary desk copies are available for CONTENTS
course adoption only. Kindly contact your See individual books

138

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY
Medical Physics
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF PHYSICS FOR
ENGINEERING AND SCIENCE
By Michael Browne, University of Idaho
1999 / 452 pages SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF PHYSICS FOR
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-008498-8 / MHID: 0-07-008498-X
PRE-MED, BIOLOGY AND ALLIED HEALTH
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-124112-0 / MHID: 0-07-124112-4 [IE]
STUDENTS
By George Hademenos, University of California at Los Angeles
CONTENTS 1998 / 256 pages
Measurements and Vectors. ISBN-13: 978-0-07-025474-9 / MHID: 0-07-025474-5
Motion in One Dimension. A Schaum’s Publication
Motion in Two Dimensions.
Students of medicine and the life sciences will appreciate the special
The Laws of Motion.
perspective of this invaluable study guide. It explains how physics
Circular Motion and Other Applications of Newton’s Laws. principles and concepts apply in these particular fields, including more
Work and Energy. than 70 drawings and graphs to help students visualize, understand
Potential Energy and Conservation of Energy. and remember the relationships. The hundreds of problems solved
Linear Momentum and Collisions. step-by-step also help boost learning and grades by reinforcing the
Rotation of a Rigid Body About a Fixed Axis. ideas and aiding recall.
Angular Momentum and Torque As a Vector Quantities.
Static Equilibrium of a Rigid Body.
Oscillatory Motion.
The Law of Universal Gravitation.
Mechanics of Solids and Fluids.
Wave Motion.
Sound Waves.
Superposition and Standing Waves.
Temperature, Thermal Expansion, and Ideal Gases. Modern Physics
Heat and the First Law of Thermodynamics.
The Kinetic Theory of Gases.
Heat Engines, Entropy, and the Second Law of Thermodynmics.
Electric Fields.
Gauss’ Law.
Electric Potential. International Edition
Capacitance and Dielectrics.
Current and Resistance. CONCEPTS OF MODERN PHYSICS
Direct Current Circuits. 6th Edition
Magnetic Fields. By Arthur Beiser
Sources of the Magnetic Field. 2003 / 560 pages
Faraday’s Law.
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-244848-1 / MHID: 0-07-244848-2
Inductance. ISBN-13: 978-0-07-123460-3 / MHID: 0-07-123460-8 [IE]
Alternating Current Circuits.
Electromagnetic Waves. www.mhhe.com/physsci
The Nature of Light and the Laws of Geometric Optics. CONTENTS
Geometric Optics.
1 Relativity
Interference of Light Waves.
2 Particle Properties of Waves
Diffraction and Polarization.
3 Waves Properties of Particles
Special Theory of Relativity.
4 Atomic Structure
Introduction to Quantum Physics.
5 Quantum Mechanics
Quantum Mechanics.
6 Quantum Theory of the Hydrogen Atom
Atomic Physics.
7 Many-Electron Atoms
Molecules and Solids.
8 Molecules
Nuclear Structure.
9 Statistical Mechanics
Nuclear Physics Applications and Elementary Particles.
10 The Solid State
11 Nuclear Structure
12 Nuclear Transformations
13 Elementary Particles Appendix Atomic Masses
139

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY
Electricity & Magnetism
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF MODERN PHYSICS
2nd Edition
By Gautreau
1999 / 338 pages International Edition
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-024830-4 / MHID: 0-07-024830-3
A Schaum’s Publication BASIC ELECTRONICS FOR SCIENTISTS
5th Edition
CONTENTS
By Manes J Brophy, formerly of University of Utah
Part I:The Special Theory Of Relativity. 1990 / 462 pages
1 The Gaililean Transformations. ISBN-13: 978-0-07-008147-5 / MHID: 0-07-008147-6
2 The Postulates of Einstien.
(Out of Print)
3 The Lorentz Coordinates Transformations.
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-100675-0 / MHID: 0-07-100675-3 [IE]
4 Relativistic Length Contraction.
5 Realistic Time Dilation.
6 Relativistic Space-Time Measurements.
7 Relativistic Velosity Transformations.
8 Mass, Energy, and Momentum in Relativity.
Part II: The Quantum Theory of Electromagnetic Radiation.
9 Electromagnetic Radioation - Photons. International Edition
10 Matter Waves.
Part III: Hydrogenlike Atoms. ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM
Berkeley Physics Course, Volume II,
11 The Bohr Atom.
12 Electron Orbital Motion.
13 Electron Spin. 2nd Edition
Part IV: Many-Electron Atoms. By Berkeley Physics, University of California -- Berkeley
14 The Pauli Exclusion Principle. 1985 / 512 pages
15 Many-Electron Atoms and the Periodic Table. ISBN-13: 978-0-07-004908-6 / MHID: 0-07-004908-4
16 X-Rays. ISBN-13: 978-0-07-066495-1 / MHID: 0-07-066495-1 [IE]
Part V: Nuclear Physics.
The sequence of topics covered include: electrostatics; steady cur-
17 Properties of Nuclei. rents; magnetic field; electromagnetic induction; and electric and
18 Nuclear Models. magnetic polarization in matter. Taking a nontraditional approach,
19 The Decay of Unstable Nuclei. students focus on fundamental questions from different frames of
20 Nuclear Reactions. reference. Each chapter has figures and problems to apply concepts
21 Particle Physics. studied.
Part VI: Atomic Systems.
22 Molecules.
23 Kinetic Theory.
24 Distribution Functions.
25 Classical Statistics: The Macwell-Boltzmann Distribution.
27 Quantum-Statistics: Fermi-Dirac and Bose-Einstein Distributions.
Solids.
Appendix. Index.
Mathematical Physics
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF MATHEMATICS
PERSPECTIVES OF MODERN PHYSICS FOR PHYSICS STUDENTS
By Robert Steiner, Teachers College at Columbia University and Philip
By Arthur Beiser, New York University Schmidt, State University of New York-New Paltz
1984 / 624 pages 2007(January 2007) / 400 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-085047-7 / MHID: 0-07-085047-X [IE] ISBN-13: 978-0-07-146158-0 / MHID: 0-07-146158-2
Schaum’s Outline of Mathematics for Physics Students helps you
to apply mathematical concepts to your studies and shows you how
these concepts operate in physics problems. The book includes both
fully solved problems and supplementary practice problems.
CONTENTS
Part O: Review of Algebra:
Elements of Algebra / Functions and Their Graphs / Linear, Quadratic,
and Simultaneous Equations / Inequalities / Locus / Conic Sections
Part I: Precalculus and the Calculus: Trigonometric, Circular, Loga-

rithmic; Exponential, Rational, and Polynomial Functions / Elementary
140

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY
Linear Algebra / Calculus of Single-variable Functions / Multivariate

Calculus / More Advanced Topics in Calculus / Differential Equations Quantum Mechanics
(Ordinary and Partial)
Part II: Additional Topics in Upper-Division Mathematics: Groups

and rings (topics here will include Set Theory and Logic, Abelian
and Cyclic Groups, Geometry and Abstract Algebra, Ring Theory,
Integral Domains, and Fields) / Probability and Statistics (topics here QUANTUM MECHANICS DEMYSTIFIED
will include Progressions, Induction, Binomial Theorem, Permuta- By David McMahon
tions, Combinations, Solving Probability Problems, and Statistical 2006 (November 2005) / 393 pages
Inference) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-145546-6 / MHID: 0-07-145546-9
This clear, concise introduction to quantum mechanics is the perfect
supplement and complement to the math-heavy texts that dominate
the field. The author includes hundreds of worked examples to il-
lustrate the processes discussed and Dirac’s Method, explains how
International Edition to obtain a desired result in familiar terms rather than with confusing
terminology and formulas.
DATA REDUCTION AND ERROR ANALYSIS
CONTENTS
FOR THE PHYSICAL SCIENCES
PREFACE
3rd Edition ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
By Philip Bevington (Deceased) and D. Keith Robinson, Case Western Chapter 1: Historical Review
Reserve University
Chapter 2: Basic Developments
2003 / 336 pages
Chapter 3: The Time Independent Schrodinger Equation
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-247227-1 / MHID: 0-07-247227-8
Chapter 4: An Introduction to State Space
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-119926-1 / MHID: 0-07-119926-8 [IE] Chapter 5: The Mathematical Structure of Quantum Mechanics I
http://www.mhhe.com/bevington Chapter 6: The Mathematical Structure of Quantum Mechanics II
Chapter 7: The Mathematical Structure of Quantum Mechanics III
CONTENTS Chapter 8: The Foundations of Quantum Mechanics
1 Uncertainties in Measurements Chapter 9: The Harmonic Oscillator
2 Probability Distributions Chapter 10: Angular Momentum
3 Error Analysis Chapter 11: Spin-1/2 Systems
4 Estimates of Mean and Errors Chapter 12: Quantum Mechanics in Three Dimensions
5 Monte Carlo Techniques FINAL EXAM
6 Least-Squares Fit to a Straight Line ANSWERS TO QUIZ AND EXAM QUESTIONS
7 Least-Squares Fit to a Polynomial REFERENCES
8 Least-Squares Fit to an Arbitrary Function INDEX
9 Fitting Composite Curves
10 Direct Application of the Maximum-Likelihood Method
11 Testing the Fit
Appendix A Numerical Methods
Appendix B Matrices
Appendix C Graphs and Tables
Appendix D Histograms and Graphs SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF QUANTUM
Appendix E Computer Routines in Fortran MECHANICS
By Elyahu Zaarur, Reuven Pnini and Yoav Peleg of formerly of the
Technion Institute of Technology, Haifa, Israel
1998 / 320 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-054018-7 / MHID: 0-07-054018-7
International Edition CONTENTS
Introduction.
FUNDAMENTALS OF STATISTICAL AND Mathematical Background.
THERMAL PHYSICS Schrodinger Equation and Applications.
By Frederick Reif, University of California-Berkeley Foundations of Quantum Mechanics.
1965 / 651 pages Harmonic Oscillator.
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-051800-1 / MHID: 0-07-051800-9 Angular Momentum.
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-085615-8 / MHID: 0-07-085615-X [IE] Spin.
Hydrogen-Like Atoms.
Particle Motion in an Electromagnetic Field.
Solution Methods in Quantum Mechanics.
Part A: Solutions Methods in Quantum Mechanics.
Part B: Numerical Methods in Quantum Mechanics.
Dentical Particles.
Addition of Angular Momenta.
Scattering Theory.
Semiclassical Treatment of Radiation.
141

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY
International Edition Introduction to

QUANTUM MECHANICS Astronomy
3rd Edition
By Leonard I Schiff
1968 / 432 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-055287-6 / MHID: 0-07-055287-8
(Out of Print)
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-085643-1 / MHID: 0-07-085643-5 [IE] NEW
EXPLORATIONS: AN
Optics INTRODUCTION TO
ASTRONOMY
with Starry Night Pro DVD,
Version 5.0, 5th Edition
By Thomas T Arny, University of Mass-Amherst

OPTICS ISBN-13: 978-0-07-334722-6 / MHID: 0-07-334722-1
3rd Edition ISBN-13: 978-0-07-334723-3 / MHID: 0-07-334723-X
By Ghatak (Case Bound)
2004 (October 2004) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128438-7 / MHID: 0-07-128438-9 [IE]
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-058583-6 / MHID: 0-07-058583-0
www.mhhe.com/arny
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-124706-1 / MHID: 0-07-124706-8 [IE]
Arny: Explorations-An Introduction to Astronomy, 5th edition, is built on
McGraw-Hill India Title the foundation of its well known writing style, accuracy, and emphasis
(Details unavailable) on current information. This new edition continues to offer the most
complete technology/new media support package available. That
technology/new media package includes: 23 Interactives (located on
the text ARIS Presentation center); ARIS website (that allows instruc-
tors to take their course to the web if they choose); and Starry Night
Planetarium Software (packaged free with each new text).
NEW TO THIS EDITION

 New topics including current coverage of recent missions, de-
FUNDAMENTALS OF OPTICS velopments, and discoveries. Some new topic discussions include:
4th Edition
Discussion of newly defined “dwarf planets” in the Solar System
– Pluto’s new status (chapters 7 and 10) and Discussion of the effects
By Francis A Jenkins, deceased and Harvey E White, University of Cali-
fornia, Berkeley of special relativity on space travel (Essay 4).
1976 / 746 pages  Considerable content updating! Updated and revised topics
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-032330-8 / MHID: 0-07-032330-5 include: Surface of Titan (Chapter 1), further information on the
(Out of Print) importance of interactions and mergers in the origin and evolution
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-085346-1 / MHID: 0-07-085346-0 [IE] of galaxies (Chapter 16), revised discussion of the evidence for dark
energy (Chapter 17), tables of nearby bright and local group galax-
ies, new star charts, revised periodic table, illustrating the origin of
chemical elements.
 New and Updated Images throughout the text. These include
images of Titan’s surface, H-R diagrams, Hubbe Turning Fork dia-
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF OPTICS gram, galaxy and galaxy cluster images, map of dark matter, and
stellar evolution images.
By Eugene Hecht, Adelphi University
1974 / 256 pages  The 5th edition of Explorations now has a second author, Profes-
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-027730-4 / MHID: 0-07-027730-3 sor Stephen E. Schneider. Stephen contributed advice and informa-
A Schaum’s Publication tion to many of the earlier editions and his participation in this book
is now official. Besides the new essay on relativity (mostly Stephen’s
CONTENTS work) and numerous revisions throughout the text, much of the new
Wave Motion. art work bears his stamp.
Electromagnetic Waves and Photons.
 Looking Up boxes show students where a particular astronomical
Reflection and Transmission.
object is in the night sky whether it is visible to the naked eye or not.
Geometrical Optics.
NEW! - An eighth Looking Up box has been added to the 5th edition.
Polarization.
This is Looking Up at Centarurus and Crux, The Southern Cross.
Interference and Coherence.
Diffraction.
Fourier Optics
142

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY
CONTENTS Daggers (Chapter 2), ALMA and SKA interferometric arrays (Chapter
Preface 6), dwarf planets (Chapter 7), plans for future Moon missions (Chapter
Preview: The Cosmic Landscape 9), Messenger spacecraft capabilities (Chapter 10), radar detection of
Part 1 The Night Sky buried ice on Mars (Chapter 11), the reclassification of Pluto as a dwarf
1 History of Astronomy planet (Chapter 13), two new satellites for Pluto (Chapter 13), Cas-
Essay 1 Backyard Astronomy sini investigation of the icy moons of Saturn (Chapter 14), ice plumes
Part 2 Atoms, Forces, Light, and How We Learn About the Uni- on Enceladus (chapter 14),The Huygens landing on Titan (Chapter
verse 14), Deep Impact projectile impact on Comet Tempel 1 (Chapter 15),
2 Gravity and Motion the discovery of Eris, a dwarf planet larger than Pluto (chapter 15),
3 Light and Atoms The Tunguska event in 1908 (chapter 25) Dark matter in the “Bullet
4 Telescopes Cluster” (Chapter 25), Definition of life (Chapter 27), Extremophiles
Part 3 The Earth and Moon (Chapter 27), and the Drake Equation (Chapter 27).
5 The Earth
CONTENTS
Essay 2 Keeping Time
6 The Moon Foreword
Part 4 The Solar System Preface
7 Survey of the Solar System Guided Tour
8 The Terrestrial Planets Part 1 The Journey Begins
9 The Outer Planets 1 Journey’s Start
10 Meteors, Asteroids, and Comets 2 Patterns in the Sky
Part 5 Stars 3 Ancient Astronomy
11 The Sun, Our Star 4 Renaissance Astronomy
12 Measuring the Properties of Stars 5 Gravity and Motion
13 Stellar Evolution 6 Light and Telescopes
14 Stellar Remnants: White Dwarfs, Neutron Stars, and Black Part 2 Journey Through the Solar System
Holes 7 Overview of the Solar System
Part 6 The Milky Way and Other Galaxies 8 The Earth
15 The Milky Way Galaxy 9 The Moon
16 Galaxies 10 Mercury and Venus
17 Cosmology 11 Mars
Essay 3 Life in the Universe 12 Jupiter and Saturn
Essay 4 Space Travel and Special Relativity 13 The Outer Planets
Answers to “Test Yourself” 14 Satellites
Appendix 15 Solar System Debris
Glossary Part 3 Journey to the Stars
Index 16 Basic Properties of Stars
17 The Sun
18 The Formation of Stars and Planets
19 The Evolution of Stars
20 White Dwarfs, Neutron Stars, and Black Holes
21 Binary Star Systems
Part 4 Journey to the Cosmic Frontier
NEW 22 The Milky Way
23 Galaxies
24 Quasars and Other Active Galaxies
25 Galaxy Clusters and the Structure of the Universe
26 Cosmology
ASTRONOMY: JOURNEY TO Part 5 Journey in Search of Life
THE COSMIC FRONTIER 27 Life in the Universe
Appendixes
with Starry Night Pro DVD, Glossary
Version 5.0, 5th Edition References
Credits
By John D Fix, University of Alabama--Huntsville Index

ISBN-13: 978-0-07-334721-9 / MHID: 0-07-334721-3
www.mhhe.com/fix
Astronomy: Journey to the Cosmic Frontier, 5th edition, provides
enough content and background in astronomy so the student will be
able to follow current developments in astronomy years after they
complete the course. The historical development of astronomy is
emphasized to show that astronomy, like other sciences, advances
through the efforts of many scientists, and to show how present ideas
have been developed.
NEW TO THIS EDITION

 New topics including current coverage of recent missions,
developments, and discoveries. New topic discussions include: Sun
143

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY
ASTRONOMY FOR THE UTTERLY CONTENTS

CONFUSED 1 The Night Sky
By Terry Jones, University of Minnesota and Jeanne Hanson 2 Laws of Light and Motion
2007 (December 2006) / 352 pages 3 The Earth
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-147158-9 / MHID: 0-07-147158-8 4 The Moon
5 Telescopes
6 Survey of the Solar System
In this latest installment in the bestselling Utterly Confused series, an 7 Origin of the Solar System
astronomy professor and a popular science writer team up to fill you 8 The Planets
in on all the essentials of modern astronomy. From the solar system 9 Meteors, Asteroids, and Comets
and the constellations to space-time, gravity, and quantum physics,
10 The Sun, Our Star
you’ll go on a fascinating journey through the cosmos, becoming
acquainted with the most recent astronomical phenomena and con- 11 Measuring the Properties of Stars
cepts, and dozens of fun facts. 12 Stellar Evolution
13 The Milky Way Galaxy
CONTENTS 14 Galaxies
15 Cosmology
Ch 1: The Universe in Time and Space
Appendix Powers-of-Ten Notation
Ch 2: The Earth’s Place
Ch 3: The Sky As Visible From earth
Ch 4: Key Concepts and Basic laws
Ch 5: The Gas Planets
Ch 6: The Rocky Planets and Moons
Ch 7: The Smaller Bodies
Ch 8: Brahe, Copernicus, Einstein, and On PATHWAYS TO ASTRONOMY
Ch 9: Down to the Atom and Below
Ch 10: How They are Studied
Solar System (Volume 1) with Starry Nights
Ch 11: How Stars Evolve Pro CD-ROM
Ch 12: How Stars End Their “Lives” By Steven Schneider and Thomas Arny of University of Mass-Amherst
Ch 13: Formation and Evolution 2007 (April 2006) / 474 pages
Ch 14: The Role of Dark Matter ISBN-13: 978-0-07-327968-8 / MHID: 0-07-327968-4
Ch 15: The Role of Dark Energy
CONTENTS
Ch 16: Expansion, Contraction, Dissolution
Ch 17: Space Travel THE COSMIC LANDSCAPE
1 Our Planetary Neighborhood
2 Beyond the Solar System
3 Astronomical Numbers
4 Foundations of Astronomy
5 The Night Sky
6 The Year
International Edition 7 The Time of Day
8 Lunar Cycles
PATHWAYS TO ASTRONOMY 9 Calendars
with Starry Nights Pro CD-ROM 10 Geometry of the Earth, Sun and Moon
(Version 3.1) 11 Planets: The Wandering Stars
12 The Beginnings of Modern Astronomy
By Steven Schneider and Thomas T Arny, University of Mass-Amherst
13 Observing the Sky
PROBING MATTER,LIGHT AND INTERACTION
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-330173-0 / MHID: 0-07-330173-6 14 Inertia, Mass and Force
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110847-8 / MHID: 0-07-110847-5 [IE] 15 Accerleration and Interaction
http://www.mhhe.com/schneider 16 The Law of Gravity
17 Measuring a Body’s Mass Using Orbital Motion
Pathways to Astronomy is designed more like a series of mini-lectures 18 Escape Velocity
instead of a monograph of the entire field of astronomy. The same
19 Tides
material covered in other introductory astronomy texts is included,
but this is broken up into smaller self-contained units. These units are 20 Conservation Laws
woven together to flow naturally for the person who wants to read the 21 Light, Matter and Energy
text like a book, but it is also possible to assign them in different orders, 22 The Electromagnetic Spectrum
or skip certain units altogether. Professors can customize the units to 23 Thermal Radiation
fit their course needs. They can select individual units for exploration in 24 Atomic Spectra
lecture while assigning easier units for self-study, or they can cover all 25 The Doppler Shift
the units in full depth in a content-rich course. With the short length of 26 Detecting Light
units, students can easily digest the material covered in an individual 27 Collecting Light
unit before moving onto the next unit. Pathways to Astronomy offers
28 Focusing Light
the most complete technology media support package available.
That technology media package includes: Starry Night Planetarium 29 Telescope Resolution
Software free with the purchase of every new text, 23 Interactives (on 30 The Earth’s Atmosphere and Space Observations
the text website and Digital Content Manager CD); Animations (on the 31 Amateur Astonomy
text website); Online Learning Center (that allows instructors to take THE SOLAR SYSTEM
their course to the web if they choose). Electronic Media Integration 32 Patterns in the Solar System
has been incorporated throughout the text. Interactive and Animation 33 The Origin of the Solar System
icons have been placed in places where additional understanding can 34 Other Planetary Systems
be gained through an animation or interactive. 35 The Earth as a Terrestrial Planet
36 Earth’s Atmosphere and Hydrosphere
37 Our Moon
144

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY
38 Mercury 61 Giant Stars

39 Venus 62 Variable Stars
40 Mars 63 Mass Loss and Death of Low Mass Stars
41 Asteroids 64 Old Age and Death of Massive Stars
42 Comparative Planetology 65 Star Clusters
43 Jupiter 66 Exploding White Dwarfs
44 Saturn 67 Neutron Stars
45 Uranus and Neptune 68 Black Holes
46 Ice Worlds: Moons, Pluto, and Beyond GALAXIES AND THE UNIVERSE
47 Comets 69 Discovering the Milky Way
48 Impacts on Earth 70 Stars of the Milky Way
71 Gas and Dust in the Milky Way
72 Mass and Motions in the Milky Way
73 A Universe of Galaxies
74 Types of Galaxies
75 Galaxy Clustering
76 Active Galaxies
PATHWAYS TO ASTRONOMY 77 Dark Matter
Stars and Galaxies (Volume 2) with Starry 78 Cosmology
Nights Pro CD-ROM 79 Edges of the Universe
By Steven Schneider and Thomas Arny of University of Mass-Amherst 80 The Fate of the Universe
81 The Beginnings of the Universe
2007 (April 2006) / 620 pages
82 Astrobiology
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-327966-4 / MHID: 0-07-327966-8
83 The Search for Life Elsewhere
CONTENTS
THE COSMIC LANDSCAPE
1 Our Planetary Neighborhood
2 Beyond the Solar System
3 Astronomical Numbers
4 Foundations of Astronomy
5 The Night Sky
ASTRONOMY DEMYSTIFIED
6 The Year By Stan Gibilisco
7 The Time of Day 2003 / 575 pages
8 Lunar Cycles ISBN-13: 978-0-07-138427-8 / MHID: 0-07-138427-8
9 Calendars A Professional Publication
10 Geometry of the Earth, Sun and Moon
CONTENTS
11 Planets: The Wandering Stars
12 The Beginnings of Modern Astronomy Preface
13 Observing the Sky Acknowledgments
PROBING MATTER,LIGHT AND INTERACTION PART ONE: THE SKY
14 Inertia, Mass and Force Chapter 1: Coordinating the Heavens
15 Accerleration and Interaction Chapter 2: Stars Constellations
16 The Law of Gravity Chapter 3: The Sky “Down Under”
17 Measuring a Body’s Mass Using Orbital Motion Chapter 4: The Moon and the Sun Test: Part One
18 Escape Velocity PART TWO: THE PLANETS
19 Tides Chapter 5: Mercury and Venus
20 Conservation Laws Chapter 6: Mars
21 Light, Matter and Energy Chapter 7: The Outer Planets
22 The Electromagnetic Spectrum Chapter 8: An Extraterrestrial Visitor’s Analysis of Earth Test: Part
23 Thermal Radiation Two
24 Atomic Spectra PART THREE: SOLAR SYSTEM DYNAMICS
25 The Doppler Shift Chapter 9: Evolution of the Solar System
26 Detecting Light Chapter 10: Major Moons of the Outer Planets
27 Collecting Light Chapter 11: Comets, Asteroids, and Meteors
28 Focusing Light Chapter 12: The Search for Extraterrestrial Life Test: Part Three
29 Telescope Resolution PART FOUR: BEYOND OUR SOLAR SYSTEM
30 The Earth’s Atmosphere and Space Observations Chapter 13: Stars and Nebulae
31 Amateur Astonomy Chapter 14: Extreme Objects in Our Galaxy
STARS AND STELLAR EVOLUTION Chapter 15: Galaxies and Quasars
49 The Sun, Our Star Chapter 16: Special and General Relativity Test: Part Four
50 The Sun’s Source of Power PART FIVE: SPACE OBSERVATION AND TRAVEL
51 Solar Activity Chapter 17: Optics and Telescopes
52 Surveying the Stars Chapter 18: Observing the Invisible
53 Light and Distance Chapter 19: Traveling and Living in Space
54 The Composition and Temperatures of Stars Chapter 20: Your Home Observatory Test: Part Five
55 The Sizes of Stars Final Exam
56 The Masses of Orbiting Stars Answers to Quiz, Test, and Exam Questions
57 The H-R Diagram Suggested Additional Reading and Reference
58 Stellar Evolution Index
59 Star Formation
60 Main-Sequence Stars
145

PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY
McGRAW-HILL DICTIONARY OF SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF ASTRONOMY

ASTRONOMY By Starcey Palen, University of Washington
2nd Edition 2002 / 304 pages
By McGraw-Hill ISBN-13: 978-0-07-136436-2 / MHID: 0-07-136436-6
2003 / 272 pages A Schaum’s Publication
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-141047-2 / MHID: 0-07-141047-3 Providing a basic introduction to a beginning astronomy course, with
CONTENTS an emphasis on problem-solving methods ordinarily taught “on the
fly” or in ad-hoc tutorials, this essential guide provides a focused,
Preface comprehensive presentation of basic astronomical problem-solving
Staff techniques. Readers learn by example with the help of more than
How to Use the Dictionary 200 detailed problems supplemented with over 100 detailed charts
Fields and Their Scope and graphs.
Pronunciation Key
A-Z Terms / Appendix

Complimentary desk copies are available for McGraw-Hill is interested in
course adoption only. Kindly contact your reviewing manuscript for
local McGraw-Hill Representative or fax the publication. Please contact your
Examination Copy Request Form available on local McGraw-Hill office or email to
the back pages of this catalog. asiapub@mcgraw-hill.com
Visit McGraw-Hill Education Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)

Website: www.mheducation.com Website: www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg
146

Allied Health/Nursing Chemistry (General, Organic and Biochemistry)
- Lab Manuals................................................................................................154
- Supplements...............................................................................................155
CHEMISTRY
- Textbooks....................................................................................................152
Analytical Chemistry..........................................................................................170
Biochemistry -1 Semester - Textbooks..............................................................163
General Chemistry
- Lab..............................................................................................................160
- Multimedia...................................................................................................162
- Supplements...............................................................................................159
- Textbooks....................................................................................................156
Kinetics and Reaction Mechanics.....................................................................171
Liberal Arts Chemistry (Non Science Majors) - Textbooks................................149
Organic Chemistry - 1 Semester - Textbooks....................................................164
Organic Chemistry - 2 Semester
- Lab Manuals................................................................................................166
- Multimedia...................................................................................................167
- Supplements...............................................................................................167
- Textbooks....................................................................................................165
Physical Chemistry
- Lab..............................................................................................................169
- Supplements...............................................................................................170
- Textbooks....................................................................................................168
Prep/Basic Chemistry
- Supplements...............................................................................................152
- Textbooks....................................................................................................151
147
HED 08 Chemistry (8).indd 147 11/13/2007 2:23:22 PM

NEW TITLES
CHEMISTRY
Chemistry in Context, 6e American Chem. Soc. 9780077221348 0077221346 149
Laboratory Manual to accompany Chemistry in Context: American Chem. Soc. 9780073048772 0073048771 149
Applying Chemistry to Society, 6e
Chemistry Burdge 9780077221324 007722132X 156
Cooperative Chemistry Lab Manual, 4e Cooper 9780073050232 0073050237 160
General, Organic & Biochemistry, 6e Denniston 9780077221416 0077221419 152
Experiments in Physical Chemistry, 8e Garland 9780072828429 0072828420 169
University Chemistry Laird 9780077221331 0077221338 156
Physical Chemistry, 6e Levine 9780072538625 0072538627 168
Chemistry: The Molecular Nature of Matter and Change, 5e Silberberg 9780077216504 0077216504 157
2008
Organic Chemistry, 7e Carey 9780073311845 0073311847 165
General Chemistry: The Essential Concepts, 5e Chang 9780073311852 0073311855 157
Foundations of General, Organic and Biochemistry Denniston 9780073311838 0073311839 153
A Laboratory for General, Organic & Biochemistry, 6e Henrickson 9780073226835 0073226831 154
Organic Chemistry,2e Smith 9780073327495 0073327492 166
Aris for General Chemistry Access Card WCB/McGraw-Hill 9780073375601 0073375608 167
148

CHEMISTRY
Liberal Arts Chemistry

(Non Science Majors) NEW
LABORATORY MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY

Textbooks CHEMISTRY IN CONTEXT
Applying Chemistry to Society, 6th Edition
By American Chemical Society
2009 (January 2008) / 288 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-304877-2 / MHID: 0-07-304877-1
NEW For those whose course including a laboratory component, a Labora-

tory Manual, compiled and edited by Gail A. Steehler (Roanoke Col-
International Edition lege), is available for the 6th edition. The experiments use microscale
equipment (wellplates and Beral-type pipets) and common materials.
Project-type and cooperative/collaborative laboratory experiments
CHEMISTRY IN CONTEXT are included. New experiments are on the ozone and biodiesel. Ad-
6th Edition ditional experiments are available on the Online Learning Center, as
By American Chemical Society is the instructor’s guide.
2009 (January 2008)
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-722134-8 / MHID: 0-07-722134-6
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128755-5 / MHID: 0-07-128755-8 [IE]
http://www.mhhe.com/cic
Following in the tradition of the first five editions, the goal of this
market leading textbook, Chemistry in Context, fifth edition, is to LABORATORY MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY
establish chemical principles on a need-to-know basis within a con-
textual framework of significant social, political, economic and ethical
CHEMISTRY IN CONTEXT
issues. The non traditional approach of Chemistry in Context reflect Applying Chemistry to Society, 5th Edition
today’s technological issues and the chemistry principles imbedded By American Chemical Society
within them. Global warming, alternate fuels, nutrition, and genetic 2006 (Feb 2005) / 224 pages
engineering are examples of issues that are covered in CIC.
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-282836-8 / MHID: 0-07-282836-6
NEW TO THIS EDITION The 5th edition Laboratory Manual that accompanies Chemistry
in Context is compiled and edited by Gail Steehler (Roanoke Col-
 Material reflects that most up-to-date information available. lege). The experiments use microscale equipment (wellplates and
Beral-type pipets) as well as common materials. Project-type and
 Every chapter has a figure that “comes alive” through interactivity cooperative/collaborative laboratory experiments are included. Ad-
guiding the student through a learning process. This feature is on the ditional experiments are available on the Online Learning Center, as
Online Learning Center in the Student Center. is the instructor’s guide.
CONTENTS CONTENTS
1 The Air We Breathe Preface to Instructions
2 Protecting the Ozone Layer To the Student
3 The Chemistry of Global Warming Essay: The Wonder of Chemistry Experiments
4 Energy, Chemistry, and Society Some Notes About Laboratory Safety
5 The Water We Drink 1 Preparation and Properties of Gases in a Breath
6 Neutralizing the Threat of Acid Rain 2 Chromatographic Study of Felt-Tip Pen Inks
7 The Fires of Nuclear Fission 3 Weighing Air and Cooling Water: A Graphic Experience
8 Energy from Electron Transfer 4 Solids in Cigarette Smoke
9 The World of Polymers and Plastics 5 What Protects Use from Ultraviolet Light?
10 Manipulating Molecules and Designing Drugs 6 Visibly Delighted: A Spectrophotometric Study of Colored Solu-
11 Nutrition: Food for Thought tions
12 Genetic Engineering and the Molecules of Life 7 Chemical Bonds, Molecular Models, and Molecular Shapes
Appendixes 8 Weighing Gases To Find Molar Masses
Appendix 1: Measure for Measure--Conversion Factors and Con- 9 Chemical Moles: Converting Baking Soda to Table Salt
stants 10 Hot Stuff: An Energy Conservation Problem
Appendix 2: The Power of Exponents 11 Comparison of the Energy Content of Fuels
Appendix 3: Clearing the Logjam 12 Building a Conductivity Detector and Testing for Ions
Appendix 4: Answers to Your Turn Questions Not Answered in the 13 Analysis of Vinegar
Text 14 Measurement of Water Hardness
Appendix 5: Answers to Selected End-of-Chapter Questions 15 Measurement of Chloride in River Water
16 Analysis of Bottled Water
17 Reactions of Acids with Common Substances
18 pH Measurements of Common Substances
19 What Is the pH of Rain?
20 Solubilities: An Investigation
21 Measurement of Radon in Air
22 Chemical Reactions and Electricity
23 Polymer Synthesis and Properties
24 Classification and Identification of Common Plastics
149

CHEMISTRY
25 Identification of Analgesic Drugs by Thin-Layer Chromatography HOW TO SOLVE WORD PROBLEMS IN

26 Synthesis of Aspirin CHEMISTRY
27 How Much Fat Is in Potato Chips and Hot Dogs?
By David E. Goldberg, Brooklyn College
28 How Much Sugar Is in Soft Drinks and Fruit Juices?
2001 / 231 pages
29 Vitamin C in Fruit Juice and in a Vitamin Tablet
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-136302-0 / MHID: 0-07-136302-5
30 Isolation of DNA (Deoxyribonucleic Acid)
Performance-Based Assessment Activities A Schaum’s Publication
http://books.mcgraw-hill.com/cgi-bin/getbook.pl?isbn=0071363025&ad
key=W02003
CONTENTS
Chapter 1: Introduction.
Chapter 2: Measurement.
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF BEGINNING Chapter 3: Classical Laws of Chemical Combination.
CHEMISTRY Chapter 4: Formula Calculations.
3rd Edition Chapter 5: Stoichiometry.
By David Goldberg, University of Illinois – Urbana – Champaign Chapter 6: Concentration Calculations.
2005 (Dec 2004) / 384 pages Chapter 7: Gas Laws.
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-144780-5 / MHID: 0-07-144780-6 Chapter 8: Thermochemistry.
Chapter 9: Electrochemistry.
Chapter 10: Equilibrium.
This clear and complete guide to the fundamentals of chemistry Chapter 11: Colligative Properties.
features course material in a succinct outline form, together with Chapter 12: Thermodynamics.
hundreds of detailed, fully solved problems. A perfect companion to Chapter 13: Miscellaneous Problems.
most standard texts, this third edition has been updated to include the
List of Important Equations.
latest pedagogic approaches; more than 670 fully worked problems
of varying difficulty, designed to lead you safely through the pitfalls
of the course; and hundreds more practice problems.
3,000 SOLVED PROBLEMS IN CHEMISTRY

1988 / 624 pages
CHEMISTRY ISBN-13: 978-0-07-023684-4 / MHID: 0-07-023684-4
A World of Choices, 2nd Edition A Schaum’s Publication
By Paul B. Kelter, University of North Carolina—Greensboro, James D.
Carr, University of Nebraska—Lincoln and Andrew Scott http://books.mcgraw-hill.com/cgi-bin/getbook.pl?isbn=0070236844&ad
2003 / 672 pages key=W02003
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-331247-7 / MHID: 0-07-331247-9
CONTENTS
http://www.mhhe.com/kelter2 Measurement.
CONTENTS Structure of Matter.
Prelude Periodic Table.
1 Origins Chemical Formulas.
2 Connections Modern Structure of the Atom.
3 Bonding Electronic Structure of the Atom.
4 Recycling and Chemical Mathematics Bonding.
5 The Role of Energy in Chemical Reactions Bonding Theory.
6 Creating with Carbon—The Importance of Molecular Structure Organic Molecules.
7 Properties of Water Chemical Equations.
8 Acids and Bases Stoichiometry.
9 Acid Rain Gases.
10 Water Quality: Chemical Concerns, Chemical Solutions Advanced Gas Concepts.
11 Behavior of Gases Solids and Liquids.
12 Air Quality: The Choices That Have Let Us Breathe More Easily Oxidation and Reduction.
13 The Earth As a Resource Other Concentration Units.
14 The Power of the Nucleus Properties of Solutions.
15 Solar Power: The Chemical Energy Alternative Thermodynamics.
16 The Chemistry of Life Chemical Kinetics.
17 The Chemistry of Food Equilibrium.
18 Chemistry at Home Acids and Bases.
Heterogeneous and Other Equilibria.
Electochemistry.
Nuclear and Radiochemistry.
Nonmetals.
Metals and Metallurgy.
Coordination compounds.
150

CHEMISTRY
Prep/Basic Chemistry International Edition

FUNDAMENTALS OF CHEMISTRY
5th Edition
Textbooks By David Goldberg, Brooklyn College
2007 (May 2006)
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-322104-5 / MHID: 0-07-322104-X
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110842-3 / MHID: 0-07-110842-4
[IE with ARIS Card]
International Edition http://www.mhhe.com/goldberg

Designed for the one-semester preparatory chemistry course, the new,
CONCEPTUAL INTRODUCTION CHEMISTRY fifth edition of Fundamentals of Chemistry provides students with a
solid foundation in problem solving for all the topic areas covered in
By Rich Bauer, James Birk and Pamela S Marks of Arizona State Univer-
sity-Tempe a standard general chemistry course. The author not only provides
a clear consistent methodology to help students develop conceptual
2007 (Jan 2006) and quantitative problem-solving skills, but also engages students
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-322106-9 / MHID: 0-07-322106-6 by using analogies that relate chemistry to everyday life. Students
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110794-5 / MHID: 0-07-110794-0 who need help with mathematical manipulations, as well as reading
[IE with ARIS Bi Card] and writing scientific material, will find Goldberg’s text an excellent
learning tool.
http://www.mhhe.com/bauer
A Conceptual Introduction to Chemistry by Bauer/Birk/Marks offers to- CONTENTS
day’s student a fresh perspective to the introduction of chemistry. This Chapter 1: Basic Concepts
new textbook offers a conceptual approach to chemistry by starting Chapter 2: Measurement
first with macroscopic phenomena, and then presenting the underly- Chapter 3: Atoms and Atomic Masses
ing microscopic detail. Each chapter opens with a real-life scenario
Chapter 4: Electronic Configuration of the Atom
that helps students connect abstract chemical concepts to their own
lives. The math found in A Conceptual Introduction to Chemistry is Chapter 5: Chemical Bonding
introduced on a need-to-know basis, with “Math Toolboxes” ending Chapter 6: Nomenclature
each chapter, in support of the math skills required in that chapter. Chapter 7: Formula Calculations
Chapter 8: Chemical Reactions
CONTENTS Chapter 9: Net Ionic Equations
Chapter 10: Stoichiometry
Chapter 1 Matter and Energy
Chapter 11: Molarity
Chapter 2 Atoms, Ions, and the Periodic Table
Chapter 12: Gases
Chapter 3 Chemical Compounds
Chapter 13: Atomic and Molecular Properties
Chapter 4 Chemical Composition
Chapter 14: Solids and Liquids, Energies of Physical and Chemical
Chapter 5 Chemical Reactions and Equations
Changes
Chapter 6 Quantities in Chemical Reactions
Chapter 15: Solutions
Chapter 7 Electron Structure of the Atom
Chapter 16: Oxidation Numbers
Chapter 8 Chemical Bonding
Chapter 17: Chemical Equilibrium
Chapter 9 The Gaseous State
Chapter 18: Acid-Base Theory
Chapter 10 The Liquid and Solid States
Chapter 19: Organic Chemistry
Chapter 11 Solutions
Chapter 20: Nuclear Reactions
Chapter 12 Reaction Rates and Chemical Equilibrium
Chapter 13 Acids and Bases
Chapter 14 Oxidation-Reduction Reactions
Chapter 15 Nuclear Chemistry
Chapter 16 Organic Chemistry
Appendix A Useful Reference Information
Appendix B Toolboxes
Appendix C Answers to Practice Problems
Appendix D Answers to Selected Questions and Problems
Glossary
Index


151

CHEMISTRY
Supplements
» Designed to appeal to underprepared students and readers turned
off by dense text
» Cartoons, sidebars, icons, and other graphic pointers get the

material across fast
» Concise text focuses on the essence of the subject
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF COLLEGE » Deliver expert help from teachers who are authorities in their
CHEMISTRY fields
9th Edition » Perfect for last-minute test preparation
By Jerome Rosenberg and Lawrence M Epstein of University of Pittsburgh
and Peter Krieger, Palm Beach CC Eissey Campus So small and light that they fit in a backpack!
2008 (June 2007) / 392 pages
ISBN-13: 978- 0-07-147670-6 / MHID: 0-07-147670-9
This new edition is geared for the latest developments in your subject,
and covers the hottest specialties in chemistry such as forensics and
materials science.
CONTENTS
Allied Health/Nursing
Chemistry
Chapter 1: Quantities and Units
Chapter 2: Atomic and Molecular Mass; Molar Mass
(General,Organic and
Chapter 3: Formulas and Composition Calculations
Chapter 4: Calculations from Chemical Equations
Chapter 5: Measurement of Gas
Chapter 6: The Ideal Gas Law and Kinetic Theory Biochemistry)
Chapter 7: Thermochemistry
Chapter 8: Atomic Structure and the Periodic Law
Chapter 9: Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure
Chapter 10: Solids and Liquids
Chapter 11: Oxidation-Reduction
Chapter 12: Concentration of Solutions Textbooks
Chapter 13: Reactions Involving Standard Solutions
Chapter 14: Properties of Solutions
Chapter 15: Organic Chemistry and Biochemistry
Chapter 16: Thermodynamics and Chemical Equilibrium
Chapter 17: Acids and Bases
Chapter 18: Complex Ions; Precipitates NEW
Chapter 19: Electrochemistry
Chapter 20: Rates of Reactions International Edition
Chapter 21: Nuclear Processes
Appendix A: Exponents
Appendix B: Significant Figures GENERAL, ORGANIC &
Index BIOCHEMISTRY
6th Edition
Table of Atomic Masses
Nuclidic Masses of Selected Radionuclides
Periodic Table of the Elements
By Katherine Denniston and Joseph Topping,
Robert Caret, San Jose State University
2009 (November 2007)

ISBN-13: 978-0-07-722141-6 / MHID: 0-07-722141-9
SCHAUM’S EASY OUTLINE BEGINNING ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128782-1 / MHID: 0-07-128782-5 [IE]
CHEMISTRY http://www.mhhe.com/denniston
The fifth edition of General, Organic, and Biochemistry is designed to
2004 (Oct 2003) / 144 pages
help undergraduate health-related majors, and students of all other
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-142239-0 / MHID: 0-07-142239-0 majors, understand key concepts and appreciate the significant con-
A Schaum’s Publication nections between chemistry, health, disease, and the treatment of
disease. This text continues to strike a balance between theoretical
What could be better than the bestselling Schaum’s Outline series? and practical chemistry, while emphasizing material that is unique to
For students looking for a quick nuts-and-bolts overview, it would have health-related studies. The text has been written at a level intended
to be Schaum’s Easy Outline series. Every book in this series is a for students whose professional goals do not include a mastery of
pared-down, simplified, and tightly focused version of its predeces- chemistry, but for whom an understanding of the principles and prac-
sor. With an emphasis on clarity and brevity, each new title features tice of chemistry is a necessity. Designed for the one- or two-semester
a streamlined and updated format and the absolute essence of the course, this text has an easy-to-follow problem-solving pedagogy,
subject, presented in a concise and readily understandable form. vivid illustrations, and engaging applications.
» Graphic elements such as sidebars, reader-alert icons, and boxed
highlights stress selected points from the text, illuminate keys to learn-
ing, and give students quick pointers to the essentials.
152

CHEMISTRY
NEW TO THIS EDITION

 ARIS Electronic Homework and grading NEW
Micro-to-macro art! Denniston’s textbook features macroscopic and International Edition
molecular views of a process, so students can learn to connect these
two levels of reality with each other.
 Margin Icons
FOUNDATIONS OF
Margin icons have been added to the text identifying additional web
GENERAL, ORGANIC AND
based appendices and animations.
BIOCHEMISTRY
 New Scientific Calculator Appendix
A new appendix on how to use the Scientific Calculator has been By Katherine Denniston and Joseph Topping of
added to the ARIS site. Towson University
CONTENTS
Part 1 General Chemistry
2008 (January 2007)
1 Chemistry: Methods and Measurement
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-331183-8 / MHID: 0-07-331183-9
2 The Structure of the Atom and the Periodic Table
3 Structure and Properties of Ionic and Covalent Compounds ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110227-8 / MHID: 0-07-110227-2 [IE]
4 Calculations and the Chemical Equation http://www.mhhe.com/denniston
5 States of Matter: Gases, Liquids, and Solids
This new Foundations of General, Organic, and Biochemistry is
6 Solutions
designed to help undergraduate health-related majors, and students
7 Energy, Rate, and Equilibrium of all other majors, understand key concepts and appreciate the
8 Acids and Bases and Oxidation-Reduction significant connections between chemistry, health, disease, and the
9 The Nucleus, Radioactivity, and Nuclear Medicine treatment of disease. Foundations, just like its parent text, strikes a
Part 2 Organic Chemistry balance between theoretical and practical chemistry, while emphasiz-
10 An Introduction to Organic Chemistry: The Saturated Hydrocar- ing material that is unique to health-related studies. Foundations of
bons General, Organic and Biochemistry is designed for the one semester
11 The Unsaturated Hydrocarbons: Alkenes, Alkynes, and Aromat- allied health chemistry course. This text has an easy-to-follow prob-
ics lem-solving approach, vivid illustrations, and engaging applications
including timely “Chemistry at the Crime Scene” applications with “For
12 Alcohols, Phenols, Thiols, and Ethers
Further Understanding” questions that follow to help the students think
13 Aldehydes and Ketones through what they just read. The art program, engaging and thought
14 Carboxylic Acids and Carboxylic Acid Derivatives provoking questions, problems, and discussion topics, is what will
15 Amines and Amides make this book appealing to students and instructors alike.
Part 3 Biochemistry
16 Carbohydrates FEATURES
17 Lipids and Their Functions in Biochemical Systems
18 Protein Structure and Function  Denniston’s new Foundations of General, Organic and Bio-
19 Enzymes chemistry textbook will feature macroscopic and molecular views
20 Introduction to Molecular Genetics of a process, so students can learn to connect these two levels of
21 Carbohydrate Metabolism reality with each other.
22 Aerobic Respiration and Energy Production  Denniston’s new Foundations will have a complete ARIS elec-
23 Fatty Acid Metabolism tronic homework site that will contain in-chapter and end-of-chapter
problems from the text and an online gradebook.
 Clear and Effective Approach to Problem Solving In-Chapter
Examples, Solutions, and Problems: Each chapter includes examples
that show the student, step by step, precisely how to properly deter-
mine the correct answer. Whenever possible, the solved examples are
followed by in-text problems that allow the students to test their mas-
tery of information and to build self-confidence. In-Chapter and End-of
Chapter Problems: The authors have created a wide variety of paired
concept problems. The answers to the odd-numbered questions will
be found in the back of the book as reinforcement for the students as
they develop problem-solving skills. However, the students must then

be able to apply the same principles to the related even-numbered
problems. Critical Thinking Problems: Each chapter includes a set of
McGraw-Hill is interested in critical thinking problems. These problems are intended to challenge
reviewing manuscript for the students to integrate concepts to solve more complex problems.
publication. Please contact your They make a perfect complement to the classroom lecture since they
local McGraw-Hill office or email to provide an opportunity for in-class discussion of complex problems
dealing with daily life and the health care sciences
 Engaging Applications! Connections: Clinical, Medical, Human
and Chemistry at the Scene Connections are found throughout every
Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) chapter of the book. The Medical, Clinical, Human and Chemistry at
Website: www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg the Scene Connections provide updated information in various health
fields and other growing areas of chemistry to engage students’ inter-
est and help them understand chemistry as related to their lives. Learn-
ing Goal Icons: To help alert the student to the important concepts
covered in the text, an icon is placed next to the textual material that
supports the learning goal. Integration of Chemistry in all Disciplines:
153

CHEMISTRY
The emphasis in this text is on integration of general, organic, and LABORATORY MANUAL BY HENDRICKSON
biochemistry to help students understand the interrelatedness of TO ACCOMPANY GENERAL, ORGANIC &
these sub-disciplines. Students need to understand that chemistry is
not divided into separate areas but is one interconnected discipline.
BIOCHEMISTRY
Margin notes demonstrate the relationships between the areas. 5th Edition
By Charles H Hendrickson, Western Kentucky University
CONTENTS 2007 (Oct 2005) / 440 pages
1. Chemistry: Methods and Measurement ISBN-13: 978-0-07-282848-1 / MHID: 0-07-282848-X
2. The Structure of the Atom and the Periodic Table
CONTENTS
3. Structure and Properties of Ionic and Covalent Compounds
4. Calculations and the Chemical Equation I. General Laboratory Procedures and Laboratory Safety
5. Energy, Rate, and Equilibrium II. Basic Concepts, Measurement, and Properties
6. States of Matter: Gases, Liquids, and Solids 1 Measurement and Density
7. Solutions 2 Preparing Graphs
8. Acids and Bases 3 The Identification of an Unknown Liquid
9. The Nucleus and Radioactivity III. Chemical Separations
10. An Introduction to Organic Chemistry: The Saturated Hydrocar- 4 Elements, Compounds, and Mixtures
bons 5 Separation Using Chromatographic Techniques
11. The Unsaturated Hydrocarbons: Alkenes, Alkynes, and Aromat- IV. Chemical Formulas, Equations, Mass Relationships, and
ics Structure
12. Oxygen- and Sulfur Containing Organic Compounds 6 Hydrates and the Determination of the Formula of a Hydrate
13. Carboxylic Acids, Esters, Amines, and Amides 7 Simple Chemical Reactions
14. Carbohydrates 8 Analysis of a KClO3-KCl Mixture
15. Lipids and their Functions in Biochemical Systems 9 The Structure of Covalent Molecules and Polyatomic Ions
16. Protein Structure and Enzymes V. The Chemical Behavior of Elements
17. Introduction to Molecular Genetics 10 An Activity Series of Several Metals
18. Carbohydrate Metabolism 11 The Preparation and Properties of Oxygen and the Properties
19. Fatty Acid and Amino Acid Metabolism of Oxides
VI. The Gas Laws
12 Boyle’s Law and Charles’ Law
13 The Combined Gas Law and Dalton’s Law
VII. Acid-Base Chemistry
14 Acid-Base Titrations
15 Acids, Bases, pH, Hydrolysis, and Buffers
VIII. Organic and Biochemistry
Lab Manuals 16 The Structure of Hydrocarbons

17 Properties of Hydrocarbons
18 The Synthesis of Aspirin
19 The Properties and Preparation of Esters and Soaps
20 Alcohols
21 Aldehydes and Ketones
22 Organic Functional Group Tests
NEW 23 The Detection of Fats, Proteins, and Carbohydrates in Foods
24 The Characterization of Carbohydrates
25 Enzyme Action
26 Analysis of Proteins and Amino Acids by Chromatography
A LABORATORY FOR GENERAL, ORGANIC 27 Digestion
& BIOCHEMISTRY Appendixes
6th Edition A: Vapor Pressure of Water at Several Temperatures
By Charles H Henrickson, Larry C Byrd and Norman W Hunter of West- B: Concentration of Common Acids and Bases
ern Kentucky University C: Values of Physical Constants
2008 (November 2007) D: The Metric Prefixes
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-322683-5 / MHID: 0-07-322683-1 E: Conversion Factors
F: An Introduction to Chemical Nomenclature
A Laboratory Manual for General, Organic and Biochemistry 6e, by G: Significant Figures and Rounding Numbers
Charles H. Henrickson, Larry C. Byrd, and Norman W. Hunter of
H: The Solubility Rules
Western Kentucky University, offers clear and concise laboratory
experiments that reinforce students’ understanding of concepts. I: Using Excel to Prepare Straight-Line Graphs / Periodic Table (inside
Prelaboratory exercises, questions, and report sheets are coordi- front cover).
nated with each experiment to ensure active student involvement
and comprehension.
154

CHEMISTRY
Supplements
21 Aldehydes and Ketones
22 Organic Functional Group Tests
23 The Detection of Fats, Proteins, and Carbohydrates in Foods
24 The Characterization of Carbohydrates
25 Enzyme Action
26 Analysis of Proteins and Amino Acids by Chromatography
27 Digestion
Appendixes
NEW A: Vapor Pressure of Water at Several Temperatures
B: Concentration of Common Acids and Bases
C: Values of Physical Constants
A LABORATORY FOR GENERAL, ORGANIC D: The Metric Prefixes
& BIOCHEMISTRY E: Conversion Factors
F: An Introduction to Chemical Nomenclature
6th Edition G: Significant Figures and Rounding Numbers
By Charles H Henrickson, Larry C Byrd and Norman W Hunter of West- H: The Solubility Rules
ern Kentucky University
I: Using Excel to Prepare Straight-Line Graphs / Periodic Table (inside
2008 (November 2007) front cover).
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-322683-5 / MHID: 0-07-322683-1
A Laboratory Manual for General, Organic and Biochemistry 6e,
by Charles H. Henrickson, Larry C. Byrd, and Norman W. Hunter
of Western Kentucky University, offers clear and concise labora-
tory experiments that reinforce students’ understanding of concepts.
Prelaboratory exercises, questions, and report sheets are coordinated
with each experiment to ensure active student involvement and International Edition
comprehension.
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF GENERAL,
ORGANIC AND BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY
By George Odian, and Ira Blei of College of Staten Island, CUNY
1994 / 512 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-047609-7 / MHID: 0-07-047609-8
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-113529-0 / MHID: 0-07-113529-4 [IE]
LABORATORY MANUAL BY HENDRICKSON A Schaum’s Publication
TO ACCOMPANY GENERAL, ORGANIC & (International Edition is not available for sale in Japan)
BIOCHEMISTRY
5th Edition CONTENTS
By Charles H Hendrickson, Western Kentucky University 1 Chemistry and Measurement
2007 (Oct 2005) / 440 pages 2 Atomic Structure and the Periodic Table
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-282848-1 / MHID: 0-07-282848-X 3 Compounds and Chemical Bonding
CONTENTS 4 Chemical Calculations
5 Physical Properties of Matter
I. General Laboratory Procedures and Laboratory Safety 6 Concentration and its Units
II. Basic Concepts, Measurement, and Properties 7 Solutions
1 Measurement and Density 8 Chemical Reactions
2 Preparing Graphs 9 Aqueous Solutions of Acids, Bases and Salts
3 The Identification of an Unknown Liquid 10 Nuclear Chemistry and Radioactivity
III. Chemical Separations 11 Organic Compounds: Saturated Hydrocarbons
4 Elements, Compounds, and Mixtures 12 Unsaturated Hydrocarbons: Alkenes, Alkynes, Aromatics
5 Separation Using Chromatographic Techniques 13 Alcohols, Phenols, Ethers, and Thioalcohols, Aldehydes and
IV. Chemical Formulas, Equations, Mass Relationships, and Ketones
Structure 14 Carboxylic Acids, Esters, and Related Compounds
6 Hydrates and the Determination of the Formula of a Hydrate 15 Amines and Amides
7 Simple Chemical Reactions 16 Optical Isomerism
8 Analysis of a KClO3-KCl Mixture 17 Carbohydrates
9 The Structure of Covalent Molecules and Polyatomic Ions 18 Lipids
V. The Chemical Behavior of Elements 19 Proteins
10 An Activity Series of Several Metals 20 Nucleic Acids and Heredity
11 The Preparation and Properties of Oxygen and the Properties of 21 Metabolic Systems
Oxides 22 Digestion, Nutrition, and Gas Transport
VI. The Gas Laws Appendixes
12 Boyle’s Law and Charles’ Law
13 The Combined Gas Law and Dalton’s Law
VII. Acid-Base Chemistry
14 Acid-Base Titrations
15 Acids, Bases, pH, Hydrolysis, and Buffers
VIII. Organic and Biochemistry
16 The Structure of Hydrocarbons
17 Properties of Hydrocarbons
18 The Synthesis of Aspirin
19 The Properties and Preparation of Esters and Soaps
20 Alcohols
155

CHEMISTRY
General Chemistry
NEW
Textbooks
UNIVERSITY CHEMISTRY
By Brian Laird
NEW
CHEMISTRY 2009 (January 2008)
By Julia Burdge
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-722133-1 / MHID: 0-07-722133-8
2009 (January 2008)
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128774-6 / MHID: 0-07-128774-4 [IE]
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-722132-4 / MHID: 0-07-722132-X
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110224-7 / MHID: 0-07-110224-8 [IE] http://www.mhhe.com/laird
http://aris.mhhe.com FEATURES
FEATURES  Clear, concise approach to the advanced level General Chem-

istry course.
 Complete integration of text with media.
 Challenging in-chapter and end-of-chapter problems.
 Integration of vivid molecular art
 Logical Chapter Organization- We will take the “Atoms First”
 Consistent, step-by-step problem solving approach. approach, covering Atomic Structure in chapter one. The first four
introductory chapters found in Chang 7e will be condensed and put
CONTENTS
into an appendix or offered as a short intro chapter. We will also cover
Chapter 1 Chemistry: The Central Science thermochemistry and entropy, free energy and equilibrium state in
Chapter 2 Atoms, Molecules, and Ions successive chapters- 6 & 7.
Chapter 3 Stoichiometry: Ratios of Combination
Chapter 4 Reactions in Aqueous Solutions CONTENTS
Chapter 5 Thermochemistry Chapter 0 The Basic Language of Chemistry
Chapter 6 Quantum Theory and the Electronic Structure of Atoms Chapter 1 Quantum Theory and the Electronic Structure of Atoms
Chapter 7 Electronic Configuration and the Periodic Table Chapter 2 Many-Electron Atoms and the Periodic Table
Chapter 8 Chemical Bonding I—Basic Concepts Chapter 3 The Chemical Bond
Chapter 9 Chemical Bonding II: Molecular Geometry and Bonding Chapter 4 Molecular Structure and Interaction
Theories Chapter 5 States of Matter I: Phase Diagrams and Gases
Chapter 10 Organic Chemistry Chapter 6 States of Matter I: Liquids and Solids
Chapter 11 Gases Chapter 7 Thermochemistry
Chapter 12 Intermolecular Forces and the Physical Properties of Chapter 8 Entropy, Free Energy and the Equilibrium State
Liquids and Solids Chapter 9 Physical Equilibria
Chapter 13 Physical Properties of Solutions Chapter 10 Chemical Equilibria
Chapter 14 Chemical Kinetics Chapter 11 Acids and Bases
Chapter 15 Chemical Equilibrium Chapter 12 Solution Equilibria
Chapter 16 Acids and Bases Chapter 13 Electrochemistry
Chapter 17 Acid-Base Equilibria and Solubility Equilibria Chapter 14 Chemical Reaction Kinetics
Chapter 18 Entropy, Free Energy, and Equilibrium Chapter 15 Chemistry of Transition Metals
Chapter 19 Electrochemistry Chapter 16 Organic and Polymer Chemistry
Chapter 20 Nuclear Chemistry Chapter 17 Nuclear Chemistry
Chapter 21 Environmental Chemistry APPENDIX 1: Units and Mathematical Background
Chapter 22 Coordination Chemistry APPENDIX 2: Thermodynamic Data at 1 bar and 25oC (Source:
Chapter 23 Metallurgy and the Chemistry of Metals Appendix 3 9e – modified)
Chapter 24 Nonmetallic Elements and Their Compounds APPENDIX 3: Derivation of the Names of the Elements (Source:
Chapter 25 Modern Materials Appendix 1 9e)
APPENDIX 4: Stable and Unstable Isotopes of the First Ten Ele-
ments
156

CHEMISTRY
10 The Shapes of Molecules

NEW 11 Theories of Covalent Bonding
12 Intermolecular Forces: Liquids, Solids, and Phase Changes
International Edition 13 The Properties of Mixtures: Solutions and Colloids
Interchapter: A Perspective on the Properties of the Elements
CHEMISTRY 14 Periodic Patterns in the Main-Group Elements: Bonding, Structure,
The Molecular Nature of Matter and and Reactivity
Change, 5th Edition 15 Organic Compounds and the Atomic Properties of Carbon
By Martin Silberberg 16 Kinetics: Rates and Mechanisms of Chemical Reactions
2009 (January 2008) 17 Equilibrium: The Extent of Chemical Reactions
18 Acid-Base Equilibria
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-721650-4 / MHID: 0-07-721650-4
19 Ionic Equilibria in Aqueous Systems
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128354-0 / MHID: 0-07-128354-4 [IE]
20 Thermodynamics: Entropy, Free Energy, and the Direction of
www.mhhe.com/silberberg Chemical Reactions
With each edition, Chemistry: The Molecular Nature of Matter and 21 Electrochemistry: Chemical Change and Electrical Work
Change by Martin Silberberg is becoming a favorite among faculty 22 The Elements in Nature and Industry
and students. Silberberg’s 5th edition contains features that make it 23 The Transition Elements and Their Coordination Compounds
the most comprehensive and relevant text for any student enrolled 24 Nuclear Reactions and Their Applications
in a general chemistry course. The text contains unprecedented Appendix A Common Mathematical Operations in Chemistry
macroscopic to microscopic molecular illustrations, consistent step- Appendix B Standard Thermodynamic Values for Selected Substances
by-step worked exercises in every chapter, and an extensive range at 298 K
of end-of-chapter problems which provide engaging applications Appendix C Equilibrium Constants at 298 K
covering a wide variety of freshman interests, including engineering,
Appendix D Standard Electrode (Half-Cell) Potentials at 298 K
medicine, materials, and environmental studies. All of these qualities
make Chemistry: The Molecular Nature of Matter and Change the
centerpiece for any General Chemistry course.
NEW TO THIS EDITION

 ARIS for General Chemistry
McGraw-Hill’s ARIS – Assessment, Review, and Instruction System NEW
for Chemistry: The Molecular Nature of Matter and Change is a International Edition
complete electronic homework and course management system.
Instructors can create and share course materials and assignments
with colleagues with a few clicks of the mouse. All PowerPoint lectures,
assignments, quizzes, and animations are directly tied to text-specific GENERAL CHEMISTRY
materials. Instructors can also edit questions and algorithms, import The Essential Concepts,
their own content, and create announcements and due dates for 5th Edition
assignments. ARIS has automatic grading and reporting of easy-to-
assign algorithmically generated homework, quizzing, and testing. All By Raymond Chang, Williams College
student activity within McGraw-Hill’s ARIS is automatically recorded
and available to the instructor through a fully integrated grade book
that can be downloaded to Excel.
 New molecular end-of-chapter problems, including molecular 2008 (March 2007)
art!
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-331185-2 / MHID: 0-07-331185-5
 Many completely new comprehensive problems have been added ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110226-1 / MHID: 0-07-110226-4 [IE]
to this 5th edition, which follow the main end-of-chapter problems.
http:.//www.mhhe.com/chang
Silberberg offers three types of problems: Concept Review Questions
test students’ general understanding of key ideas in the chapter. The fifth edition of General Chemistry continues the tradition of
Skill-Building Exercises are written in pairs, with one of each pair presenting only the material that is essential for a one-year general
answered in the back of the book. These exercises begin simply and chemistry course. It strikes a balance between theory and application
by incorporating real-world examples; helping students visualize the
increase gradually in difficulty. Problems in Context apply the skills
three-dimensional atomic and molecular structures that are the basis
learned to interesting scenarios and examples. These three types of chemical activity; and developing problem-solving and critical think-
of problems, which are keyed by chapter section, are followed by a ing skills. Although the fifth edition incorporates many new features,
group of Comprehensive Problems that are presented in any order, such as macro to micro artwork, six new animations correlated to
include problems from every section, and often call on concepts and the text, and the addition of new hand-sketched worked examples,
skills learned in earlier chapters. General Chemistry is still 200 to 300 pages shorter and much less
expensive than other two-semester textbooks. Dr. Chang’s concise-
 New Design! The 5th edition’s design utilizes more subtle colors but-thorough approach will appeal to efficiency-minded instructors
and design changes allow for more white space. and value-conscious students.
CONTENTS NEW TO THIS EDITION

1 Keys to the Study of Chemistry
 Electronic Homework. McGraw-Hill’s ARIS is an online, electronic
2 The Components of Matter
homework and course management system which is designed for
3 Stoichiometry of Formulas and Equations
greater power, flexibility, and ease of use than any other system.
4 The Major Classes of Chemical Reactions
Whether you are looking for a “ready-to-use-straight-out-of- the-
5 Gases and the Kinetic-Molecular Theory
box” system or one in which you can customize to fit your specific
6 Thermochemistry: Energy Flow and Chemical Change
course needs, ARIS is the solution. Go to www.aris.mhhe.com to
7 Quantum Theory and Atomic Structure
learn more.
8 Electron Configuration and Chemical Periodicity
9 Models of Chemical Bonding
157

CHEMISTRY
 Accurate Chemical Models. New Molecular Images which can be CONTENTS

found in the text’s line art, figures of molecular reactions, and underlin- 1 Chemistry: The Study of Change
ing an equation, were created using the Spartan software. 2 Atoms, Molecules, and Ions
3 Mass Relationships in Chemical Reactions
CONTENTS
4 Reactions in Aqueous Solutions
1 Introduction 5 Gases
2 Atoms, Molecules, and Ions 6 Thermochemistry
3 Stoichiometry 7 Quantum Theory and the Electronic Structure of Atoms
4 Reactions in Aqueous Solutions 8 Periodic Relationships Among the Elements
5 Gases 9 Chemical Bonding I: Basic Concepts
6 Energy Relationships in Chemical Reactions 10 Chemical Bonding II: Molecular Geometry and Hybridization of
7 The Electronic Structure of Atoms Atomic Orbitals
8 The Periodic Table 11 Intermolecular Forces and Liquids and Solids
9 Chemical Bonding I: The Covalent Bond 12 Physical Properties of Solutions
10 Chemical Bonding II: Molecular Geometry and Hybridization of 13 Chemical Kinetics
Atomic Orbitals 14 Chemical Equilibrium
11 Introduction to Organic Chemistry 15 Acids and Bases
12 Intermolecular Forces and Liquids and Solids 16 Acid-Base Equilibria and Solubility Equilibria
13 Physical Properties of Solutions 17 Chemistry in the Atmosphere
14 Chemical Kinetics 18 Entropy, Free Energy, and Equilibrium
15 Chemical Equilibrium 19 Electrochemistry
16 Acids and Bases 20 Metallurgy and the Chemistry of Metals
17 Acid-Base Equilibria and Solubility Equilibria 21 Nonmetallic Elements and Their Compounds
18 Thermodynamics 22 Transition Metal Chemistry and Coordination Compounds
19 Redox Reactions and Electrochemistry 23 Nuclear Chemistry
20 The Chemistry of Coordination Compounds 24 Organic Chemistry
21 Nuclear Chemistry 25 Synthetic and Natural Organic Polymers
22 Organic Polymers--Synthetic and Natural Appendices
Appendix 1 Units for the Gas Constant 1 Derivation of the Names of Elements
Appendix 2 Selected Thermodynamic Data at 1 atm and 25 degrees 2 Units for the Gas Constant
Centigrade 3 Thermodynamic Data at 1 atm and 25 degrees C
Appendix 3 Mathematical Operations 4 Mathematical Operations
Appendix 4 The Elements and the Derivation of Their Names and
Symbols
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF COLLEGE

International Edition CHEMISTRY
9th Edition
CHEMISTRY By Jerome Rosenberg and Lawrence Epstein of University of Pittsburg
9th Edition
and Peter Krieger, Palm Beach CC Eissey Campus
2007 (April 2007) / 400 pages
By Raymond Chang, Williams College
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-147670-6 / MHID: 0-07-147670-9
2007 (June 2006)
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-322103-8 / MHID: 0-07-322103-1 The best and most up-to-date study guide of its kind, this book sum-
(with ARIS Bind-In Card) marizes the chemical principles of a first course in college chemistry
through problems with clearly explained solutions. This new edition
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110595-8 / MHID: 0-07-110595-6 [IE]
reflects changes in the major current textbooks, and it contains up-
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110792-1 / MHID: 0-07-110792-4 to-date information about newer techniques used in environmental
[IE with ARIS Bind-In Card] chemistry, biochemistry and medicinal chemistry.
http://highered.mcgraw-hill/sites/0072980605
CONTENTS
Designed for the two-semester general chemistry course, Chang’s
Chapter 1: Quantities and Units
best-selling textbook continues to take a traditional approach and is
often considered a student and teacher favorite. The book features a Chapter 2: Atomic and Molecular Mass; Molar Mass
straightforward, clear writing style and proven problem-solving strate- Chapter 3: Formulas and Composition Calculations
gies. It continues the tradition of providing a firm foundation in chemical Chapter 4: Calculations from Chemical Equations
concepts and principles while presenting a broad range of topics in Chapter 5: Measurement of Gas
a clear, concise manner. The new edition of Chemistry continues to Chapter 6: The Ideal Gas Law and Kinetic Theory
strike a balance between theory and application by incorporating real Chapter 7: Thermochemistry
examples and helping students visualize the three-dimensional atomic Chapter 8: Atomic Structure and the Periodic Law
and molecular structures that are the basis of chemical activity. An Chapter 9: Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure
integral part of the text is to develop students’ problem-solving and
Chapter 10: Solids and Liquids
critical thinking skills. A hallmark of the ninth edition is the integration
of many tools designed to inspire both students and instructors. The Chapter 11: Oxidation-Reduction
textbook is a foundation for the unparalleled, effective technology that Chapter 12: Concentration of Solutions
is integrated throughout. The multimedia package for the new edition Chapter 13: Reactions Involving Standard Solutions
stretches students beyond the confines of the traditional textbook. Chapter 14: Properties of Solutions
Chapter 15: Organic Chemistry and Biochemistry
Chapter 16: Thermodynamics and Chemical Equilibrium
158

CHEMISTRY
Supplements
Chapter 18: Complex Ions; Precipitates
Chapter 20: Rates of Reactions
Chapter 21: Nuclear Processes
Appendix A: Exponents
Appendix B: Significant Figures
Index International Edition
Table of Atomic Masses
Nuclidic Masses of Selected Radionuclides UNDERSTANDING CHEMISTRY
Periodic Table of the Elements Student Study Guide
By Charles Lovett and Raymond Chang of Williams College
2005 (Jan 2004) / 208 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-255553-0 / MHID: 0-07-255553-X
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-121595-4 / MHID: 0-07-121595-6 [IE]
http://www.understandingchemistry.com
CONTENTS
PRINCIPLES OF GENERAL CHEMISTRY A User Friendly Guide to General Chemistry
By Martin Silberberg In the Beginning
Building a Foundation
2007 (Jan 2006)
Chemical Reactions
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-330171-6 / MHID: 0-07-330171-X (ARIS)
Reactants to Products
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110793-8 / MHID: 0-07-110793-2
Energy Changes in Chemical Reactions
[IE with ARIS Bi-Card] Atomic Structure and the Periodic Table
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110749-5 / MHID: 0-07-110749-5 Chemical Bonding
[IE without ARIS Bi-Card] Chemical Equilibrium
http://www.mhhe.com/silberberg Glossary
Silberberg’s Principles of General Chemistry offers students the same

authoritative topic coverage as his 4th edition textbook while ap-
pealing to today’s efficiency-minded and value-conscious instructors
and students. Principles allows for succinct coverage of content with
minimal emphasis on pedagogic learning aids. This new approach
offers a more straightforward approach to learning the core principles
without sacrificing depth, clarity, or rigor. SCHAUM’S A-Z CHEMISTRY
By Andrew Hunt
CONTENTS 2004 / 400 pages
1 Keys To The Study Of Chemistry ISBN-13: 978-0-07-141935-2 / MHID: 0-07-141935-7
2 The Components Of Matter A Schaum’s Publication
3 Stoichiometry Of Formulas And Equations Schaum’s A-Z handbooks make excellent complements to course
4 The Major Classes Of Chemical Reactions textbooks and test preparation guides. Ideal for ambitious high school
5 Gases And The Kinetic-Molecular Theory seniors--especially AP students--and college freshmen, they feature
6 Thermochemistry: Energy Flow And Chemical Change concise, thoroughly cross-referenced definitions of hundreds of key
7 Quantum Theory And Atomic Structure terms and phrases that help students quickly break through the
8 Electron Configuration And Chemical Periodicity jargon barrier. Clear explanations of key concepts, supplemented
9 Models Of Chemical Bonding with lucid illustrations, help build mastery of theory and provide a
10 The Shapes Of Molecules ready reference to supplement class work. Each entry begins with
a clear, one-sentence definition and is followed by an explanation
11 Theories Of Covalent Bonding
and examples.
12 Intermolecular Forces: Liquids, Solids, And Phase Changes
13 The Properties Of Mixtures: Solutions And Colloids  A-to-Z format for ready reference
14 The Main-Group Elements: Applying Principles Of Bonding And
Structure  Clear definitions and explanations, cross-referenced and enhanced
15 Organic Compounds And The Atomic Properties Of Carbon with numerous worked examples and illustrations
16 Kinetics: Rates And Mechanisms Of Chemical Reactions
17 Equilibrium: The Extent Of Chemical Reactions  Extended explanations of more important concepts
18 Acid-Base Equilibria
19 Ionic Equilibria In Aqueous Systems  Review lists of entries that relate to main topics in the Appendix
20 Thermodynamics: Entropy, Free Energy, And The Direction Of aid review
Chemical Reactions
21 Electrochemistry: Chemical Change And Electrical Work
22 The Transition Elements And Their Coordination Compounds
23 Nuclear Reactions And Their Applications
Appendix A Common Mathematical Operations In Chemistry
Appendix B Standard Thermodynamic Values For Selected Sub-
stances At 298 K
Appendix C Equilibrium Constants At 298 K
Appendix D Standard Electrode (Half-Cell) Potentials At 298 K
Appendix E Answers To Selected Problems Glossary
159

CHEMISTRY
CHEMISTRY DEMYSTIFIED SCHAUM’S EASY OUTLINES: COLLEGE

By Linda Williams CHEMISTRY
2003 / 280 pages By Jerome Rosenberg and Lawrence M. Epstein of University of Pitts-
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-141011-3 / MHID: 0-07-141011-2 burgh
A Professional Publication 2000 / 156 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-052714-8 / MHID: 0-07-052714-8
CONTENTS
Preface Acknowledgments
Part 1: UNDERSTANDING MATTER CONTENTS
Chapter 1. Scientific Method and Chemistry Quantities and Units.
Chapter 2. Data and How to Study It Moles and Empirical Formulas.
Chapter 3. Properties of Matter Calculations Based on Chemical Equations.
Chapter 4. Elements, Symbols, and the Periodic Table Test: Part Concentration and Solution Stoichiometry.
One The Ideal Gas Law and Kinetic Theory.
Part 2: CHEMICAL BUILDING BLOCKS Thermochemistry.
Chapter 5. Atoms, Elements, and Compounds Atomic Structure.
Chapter 6. Electron Configurations Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure.
Chapter 7. Concentration and Molarity Solids and Liquids.
Chapter 8. The Hydrogen Atom Test: Part Two Oxidation-Reduction.
Part 3: ELEMENTS, GROUPS, AND BEHAVIOR Properties of Solutions.
Chapter 9. Atomic Number and Ions Thermodynamics and Chemical Equilibrium.
Chapter 10. Organic Chemistry and Functional Groups Acids and Bases.
Chapter 11. Radiochemistry Chapter 12. Metals Test: Part Three Precipitates and Complex Ions.
Part 4: PROPERTIES AND REACTIONS Electrochemistry.
Chapter 13. Chemical Bonding Rates of Reactions.
Chapter 14. Acids and Bases Appendix: Table of Atomic Masses.
Chapter 15. Solids
Chapter 16. Liquids
Chapter 17. Gases
Chapter 18. Biochemistry, Nanotechnology, and the Future Test:
Part Four
Final Exam
Lab
Answers to Quiz, Test and Exams Questions
References
Index
NEW
DICTIONARY OF CHEMISTRY International Edition
2nd Edition
By McGraw-Hill COOPERATIVE CHEMISTRY LAB MANUAL
2003 / 431 pages
4th Edition
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-141046-5 / MHID: 0-07-141046-5
By Melanie M. Cooper, Clemson University
A Professional Publication 2009 (May 2008) / 256 pages
CONTENTS ISBN-13: 978-0-07-305023-2 / MHID: 0-07-305023-7
Preface ISBN-13: 978-0-07-126334-4 / MHID: 0-07-126334-9 [IE]
Staff The laboratory course described in the lab manual emphasizes ex-
How to Use the Dictionary perimental design, data analysis, and problem solving. Inherent in
Fields and Their Scope the design is the emphasis on communication skills, both written and
Pronunciation Key oral. Students work in groups on open-ended projects in which they
A-Z Terms are given an initial scenario and then asked to investigate a problem.
Appendix There are no formalized instructions and students must plan and carry
out their own investigations.
FEATURES
 This lab manual has a unique approach. It takes a cooperative
learning, peer evaluation approach.
 This lab manual contains authentic real world experiments.
Example is the lab on designing a calcium supplement.
 There is a description of Lab techniques and their uses included
in this manual. The basic steps are given, however the students need
to logically think through the steps of the experiment.
CONTENTS
Section 1: Cooperative Chemistry: How and Why
160

CHEMISTRY
To the Instructor COOPERATIVE CHEMISTRY LAB MANUAL

To the Student
3rd Edition
Cooperative Learning
By Melanie M. Cooper, Clemson University
Conflict Management
2006 (Feb 2005) / 160 pages
Nature of the Course
Brief Outline of the Course ISBN-13: 978-0-07-282846-7 / MHID: 0-07-282846-3
Resources The laboratory course described in the lab manual emphasizes
Safety Rules experimental design, data analysis, and problem solving. Inherent in
Basic Laboratory Etiquette the design is the emphasis on communication skills, both written and
NFPA Hazard Codes oral. Students work in groups on open-ended projects in which they
Recording and Reporting Results are given an initial scenario and then asked to investigate a problem.
There are no formalized instructions and students must plan and carry
The Laboratory Notebook
out their own investigations.
Writing Lab Reports
Preliminary Report Guidelines
Contents
The Science Writing Heuristic
Sample Laboratory Report Section 1: Cooperative Chemistry: How and Why
Reporting Numerical Results To the Instructor
Graphing Data To the Student
Oral Report Guidelines Cooperative Learning
Section 2: Laboratory Equipment Conflict Management
Containers Nature of the Course
Measuring Devices--Liquids Brief Outline of the Course
Measuring Devices--Solids Resources
Transfer Devices Safety Rules
Support Devices Basic Laboratory Etiquette
Heating Devices NFPA Hazard Codes
Section 3: Laboratory Techniques Recording and Reporting Results
Preparing an Experiment The Laboratory Notebook
Dealing With Unknown Compounds Writing Lab Reports
Solubility Tests Preliminary Report Guidelines
Analysis of Anions The Science Writing Heuristic
Analysis of Cations Sample Laboratory Report
Microscale Techniques Reporting Numerical Results
Solution Techniques Graphing Data
Filtration Oral Report Guidelines
Chromatography Section 2: Laboratory Equipment
Gravimetric Analysis Containers
Boiling Points/Melting Points Measuring Devices--Liquids
Separation of Liquids and Solids Measuring Devices--Solids
Recrystallization Transfer Devices
Organic Chemistry Support Devices
Section 4: Laboratory Instruments and Spectroscopy Heating Devices
Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) Section 3: Laboratory Techniques
Infra Red (IR) Preparing an Experiment
Spectronic 20 Spectrophotometer Dealing With Unknown Compounds
Color and Spectroscopy Solubility Tests
pH Meters Analysis of Anions
Voltmeter Analysis of Cations
Conductivity Meter Microscale Techniques
Section 5: Projects Solution Techniques Filtration
Project 1: Density Chromatography
Project 2: Investigation of Chemiluminescence Gravimetric Analysis
Project 3: Concrete Boiling Points/Melting Points
Project 4: Finding the Relationship Between the Volume of a Gas Separation of Liquids and Solids
and the Temperature Recrystallization
Project 5: Designing a Calcium Supplement Organic Chemistry
Project 6: Properties of Matter and Separations Section 4: Laboratory Instruments and Spectroscopy
Project 7: Acids and Bases Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR)
Project 8: Buffers Infra Red (IR)
Project 9: White Powders Spectronic 20 Spectrophotometer
Project 10: Electrochemistry Color and Spectroscopy
Project 11: Identification, Properties and Synthesis of an Unknown pH Meters Voltmeter
Ionic Compound Conductivity Meter
Project 12: Hot and Cold Section 5: Projects
Project 13: Analysis of Colas Project 1: Density
Project 14: Identification, Properties and Synthesis of an Unknown Project 2: Investigation of Chemiluminescence
Organic Compound Project 3: Concrete
Project 15: What Affects the Rate of a Reaction? Project 4: Finding the Relationship Between the Volume of a Gas
Glossary and the Temperature
Index Project 5: Designing a Calcium Supplement
Project 6: Properties of Matter and Separations
Project 7: Acids and Bases
161

CHEMISTRY
Multimedia
Project 8: Buffers
Project 9: White Powders
Project 10: Electrochemistry
Project 11: Identification, Properties and Synthesis of an Unknown
Ionic Compound
Project 12: Hot and Cold
Project 13: Analysis of Colas
Project 14: Identification, Properties and Synthesis of an Unknown International Edition
Organic Compound
Project 15: What Affects the Rate of a Reaction? CHEMSKILL BUILDER ONLINE
Glossary
Index
Version 2, 2nd Edition
By James D Spain, Electronic Homework Systems, Inc and Hal Peters
2004
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-288264-3 / MHID: 0-07-288264-6
(Student’s Edition-Password Booklet)
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-125103-7 / MHID: 0-07-125103-0 [IE]
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-298449-1 / MHID: 0-07-298449-X
HANDS ON CHEMISTRY LABORATORY (Instructor’s Edition- Password Booklet)
MANUAL
CONTENTS
By Jeffrey A. Paradis
2006 (Jan 2005) / 384 pages Unit 1. Introduction to Chemistry
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-253411-5 / MHID: 0-07-253411-7 Unit 2. Units and Measurements
Unit 3. Chemical Nomenclature
http://www.mhhe.com/paradis Unit 4. Stoichiometry
This lab manual offers a modern approach to the two semester general Unit 5. Chemical Reaction
chemistry laboratory course. The manual contains over 37 labs that Unit 6. Molarity of Solution
cover all of the topics commonly taught in the course. Each experi- Unit 7. Properties of Gases
ment contacts extensive background and procedure outlines to give Unit 8. Thermochemistry
students a solid conceptual background before completing the lab. Unit 9. Atomic Structure
Unit 10. Oxidation Reduction
CONTENTS Unit 11. Periodic Properties
1. Alchemy and the Origins of Chemistry Unit 12. Polyatomic Structures
2. An Investigation of the Properties of Some Common Metals: Why Unit 13. Covalent Bonding Section
NASA Needs Chemistry Unit 14. Liquids and Solids
3. Measurement and Proper Use of Laboratory Glassware Unit 15. Properties of Solutions
4. Classification of Matter and Separating Mixtures Unit 16. Chemical Kinetics
5. Chemical Nomenclature 1: Inorganic Compounds Unit 17. Chemical Equilibria
6. Understanding the Basics: How Many Is a Mole? Unit 18. Acid-Base Equilibria
7. Limiting Reactants Unit 19. Buffers and Hydrolysis S
8. Electrolytes in Solution: A Conductivity Experiment Unit 20. Solubility Equilibria
9. Precipitation Reactions: The Ion Drop Matrix Unit 21. Thermodynamics
10. An Application of Redox Chemistry: The Breathalyzer Unit 22. Electrochemistry
11. Introduction to Thermochemistry: Using a Calorimeter Unit 23. Nuclear Chemistry
12. Calorimetry II: Nutrition in a Nutshell Unit 24. Organic Chemistry
13. Calorimetry III: Hess’ Law Unit 25. Polymer Chemistry
14. Electronic Structure of Atoms
15. A Determination of the Effectiveness of Sunscreens
16. An Exploration of the Chemistry Behind Cyanotype Photogra-
phy
17. LDS and VSEPR: A Model Building Laboratory
18. Discovering the Gas Laws
19. The Molecular Weight of a Volatile Liquid CHEMISTRY ANIMATIONS LIBRARY
20. Gas Stoichiometry and the Automobile Airbag VERSION 2.0 DVD
21. Colligative Properties: Analysis of Freezing Point Depression 4th Edition
22. A Titration for the Determination of Ions in Water: The Hard By McGraw-Hill
Truth 2006 (June 2005)
23. Chemical Nomenclature II: Naming Basic Organic Compounds ISBN-13: 978-0-07-321591-4 / MHID: 0-07-321591-0
24. Introduction to Organic Analysis: Infrared Spectroscopy
25. Spectrophotometric Analysis: Phophates in Water This instructor’s DVD enables you to use animations in your classroom
26. Introduction to Kinetics: Factors Effecting the Rate of a Reac- in the way that works best for you. Included are over 300 animations
and interactives that can be played directly from the DVD or can be
tion
imported easily into your own lecture presentation. The animation
27. Determining the Rate Law: A Kinetics Study of the Iodination of library is fully searchable, and many animations are included at full-
Acetone screen size. Six NEW animations have been created by Brandon J.
28. Amylase and Enzyme Catalysis Cruickshank (Northern Arizona University) and added to the current
29. Determining the Equilibrium Constant of a Complex thirty-nine Chang animations. The animations are interactive and
30. LeChatelier’s Principle: “Stress Management” specifically support content and concepts in Chemistry. The interactive
31. Introduction to Acids and Bases summary and icons in the text show which concepts are animated. Ani-
32. The Properties of Buffers: Resisting Change in a Turbulent mations are available for use in lecture and PowerPoint presentations
World and can be used by both instructors and students within ARIS.
33. Electrochemistry: Voltaic Cells and Their Applications
162

CHEMISTRY
Biochemistry-1 Semester International Edition

BASIC CONCEPTS IN BIOCHEMISTRY
A Student’s Survival Guide, 2nd Edition
Textbooks By Hiram F. Gilbert, Baylor University College of Medicine
2000 / 331 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-135657-2 / MHID: 0-07-135657-6
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-120182-7 / MHID: 0-07-120182-3 [IE]
International Edition CONTENTS
Preface.
BIOCHEMISTRY Prologue.
An Introduction, 3rd Edition Chapter 1: Where to Start.
By Gertrude McKee, Thomas Jefferson University and James R McKee, Chapter 2: Protein Structure.
Philadelphia College Pharmacy Chapter 3: Membranes and Membrane Proteins.
2003 / 800 pages Chapter 4: DNA-RNA Structure.
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-231592-9 / MHID: 0-07-231592-X Chapter 5: Expression of Genetic Information.
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-112248-1 / MHID: 0-07-112248-6 [IE] Chapter 6: Recombinant-DNA Methodology.
Chapter 7: Enzyme Mechanism.
www.mhhe.com/mckee Chapter 8: EnzymeKinetics.
CONTENTS Chapter 9: Signal Transduction Pathways.
Chapter 10: Glycolysis and Gluconeogenesis.
Part I: Fundamental Concepts
Chapter 11: Glycogen Synthesis and Degradation.
1 Biochemistry: An Introduction
Chapter 12: TCA Cycle.
2 Living Cells
Chapter 13: Fat Synthesis and Degradation.
3 Water: The Medium of Life
Chapter 14: Electron Transport and Oxidative Phosphorylation.
4 Energy
Chapter 15: Pentose Phosphate Pathway.
art II: Structures and Metabolism of Proteins, Carbohydrates,
Chapter 16: Amino Acid Metabolism.
and Lipids
Chapter 17: Integration of Energy Metabolism.
5 Amino Acids, Peptides, and Proteins
Chapter 18: UREA Cycle.
6 Enzymes
Chapter 19: Purine Metabolism.
7 Carbohydrates
Chapter 20: Pyrimidine Metabolism.
8 Carbohydrate Metabolism
Chapter 21: One-Carbon Metabolism.
9 Aerobic Metabolism I: Citric Acid Cycle and Electron Transport
Chapter 22: Tracking Carbons.
10 Aerobic Metabolism II: Oxidative Phosphorylation and Oxidative
Chapter 23: ph, pKa, Problems.
Stress
Chapter 24: Thermodynamics and Kinetics.
11 Lipids and Membranes
Appendix.
12 Lipid Metabolism
Glossary.
13 Photosynthesis
Index.
14 Nitrogen Metabolism I: Synthesis
15 Nitrogen Metabolism II: Degradation
16 Integration of Metabolism
Part III: Genetic Information Flow
17 Nucleic Acids
18 Genetic Information and Gene Expression
19 Protein Synthesis
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF BIOCHEMISTRY
2nd Edition
By Philip Kuchel, University of Sydney
1997 / 576 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-036149-2 / MHID: 0-07-036149-5
This step-by-step outline steers you logically, expertly, and clearly
through biochemistry. It can save you study time and helps you get
better grades because it focuses on the core information you really
need to know and avoids confusing, extraneous material that you
Complimentary desk copies are available for don’t need! A question-and-answer format highlights the meaning of
the material and helps you remember. Easy-to-read line drawings
course adoption only. Kindly contact your and diagrams make important structures and processes memorable.
local McGraw-Hill Representative or fax the This new second edition features added sections on whole-body
Examination Copy Request Form available on metabolism, enzyme kinetics, and new technologies for monitoring
metabolic processes. Use this excellent study guide to help you ace
the back pages of this catalog. your biochemistry course, study it alone as a complete biochemistry
course, or use it for review before a standardized test it can cut
your study hours as it moves you quickly from cell structure through
Visit McGraw-Hill Education protein synthesis. This is the study guide that makes biochemistry
Website: www.mheducation.com comprehensible the one whose first edition was chosen by 32,000
grateful students!
163

CHEMISTRY
Organic Chemistry Chapter 14: Amino Acids, Peptides, Proteins.

Chapter 15: Carbohydrates and Nucleic Acids.
- 1 Semester Index.
Textbooks
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF ORGANIC
CHEMISTRY
International Edition 3rd Edition
By George Hademenos, University of Dallas
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
1999 / 464 pages
A Brief Course, 3rd Edition ISBN-13: 978-0-07-134165-3 / MHID: 0-07-134165-X
By Robert C Atkins, James Madison University
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-116598-3 / MHID: 0-07-116598-3 [IE]
2002 / 608 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-231944-6 / MHID: 0-07-231944-5 (International Edition is not for sale in Japan)
(Out of Print) A Schaum’s Publication
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-112162-0 / MHID: 0-07-112162-5 [IE]
CONTENTS
www.mhhe.com/atkins
Structure and Properties of Organic Compounds:-
CONTENTS 1 Bonding and Molecular Structure.
1 Chemical Bonding 2 Chemical Reactivity and Organic Reactions.
2 Alkanes and Cycloalkanes 3 Alkanes.
3 Alcohols and Alkyl Halides 4 Stereochemistry.
4 Alkenes and Alkynes I: Structure and Preparation 5 Alkenes.
5 Alkenes and Alkynes II: Reactions 6 Alkyl Halides.
6 Aromatic Compounds 7 Alkynes and Dienes.
7 Stereochemistry 8 Cyclic Hydrocarbons.
8 Nucleophilic Substitution 9 Benzene and Polynuclear Aromatic Compounds.
9 Free Radicals 10 Aromatic Substitution, Arenes.
10 Alcohols, Ethers, and Phenols 11 Spectroscopy and Structure.
11 Aldehydes and Ketones 12 Alcohols and Thiols.
12 Carboxylic Acids 13 Ethers, Epoxides, Glycols, and Thioethers.
13 Carboxylic Acid Derivatives 14 Carbonyl Compounds: Aldehydes and Ketones.
14 Amines 15 Carboxylic Acids and Their Derivatives.
15 Carbohydrates 16 Carbanion-Enolates and Enols.
16 Lipids 17 Amines.
17 Amino Acids, Peptides, and Proteins 18 Phenolic Compounds.
18 Nucleic Acids 19 Aromatic Heterocyclic Compounds.
19 Spectroscopy
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY DEMYSTIFIED

SCHAUM’S EASY OUTLINE: ORGANIC By Daniel Bloch
CHEMISTRY 2006 (March 2006) / 551pages
By Herbert Meislich, City College ISBN-13: 978-0-07-145920-4 / MHID: 0-07-145920-0
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-052718-8 / MHID: 0-07-052718-0 There’s no easier, faster, or more practical way to learn the really tough
A Schaum’s Publication subjects. Organic Chemistry Demystified follows the organization of
standard organic chemistry courses and can also be used as a study
CONTENTS guide for the MCAT (Medical College Admission Test) and DAT (Dental
Chapter 1: Structure and Properties. Admissions Testing) exams. This self-teaching guide comes complete
Chapter 2: Reactivity and Reactions. with key points, background information, quizzes at the end of each
chapter, and even a final exam. Simple enough for beginners but chal-
Chapter 3: Alkanes and Cycloalkanes.
lenging enough for advanced students, this is a lively and entertaining
Chapter 4: Stereochemistry. brush-up, introductory text, or classroom supplement.
Chapter 5: Alkenes, Alkynes, and Dienes.
Chapter 6: Alkyl Halides. CONTENTS
Chapter 7: Aromatic Compounds.
PREFACE
Chapter 8: Spectroscopy and Structure.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
Chapter 9: Alcohols, Ethers, and Epoxides.
Chapter 1: Structure and Bonding
Chapter 10: Aldehydes and Ketones.
Chapter 2: Families and Functional Groups
Chapter 11: Carboxylic Acids and Their Derivatives.
Chapter 12: Enolates and enols.
Chapter 4: Alkanes and Cycloalkanes
Chapter 13: Amines.
164

CHEMISTRY
Chapter 5: Stereochemistry NEW TO THIS EDITION

Chapter 6: Structure and Properties of Alkenes
Chapter 7: Reaction Mechanisms  NEW--MCAT Practice. A Descriptive Passage and related Inter-
Chapter 8: Reactions of Alkenes pretive Problems have been added to the end of each chapter. This
Chapter 9: Alkynes new feature has been written to simulate the types of problems and
Chapter 10: Characterization questions that students will encounter when they take the MCAT
Chapter 11: Organohalides test.
Chapter 12: Nucleophilic Substitution and Elimination Reactions  NEW--IR Spectra’s. Chapter 13 “Spectroscopy” has been revised
Chapter 13: Alcohols to include a new discussion about Infrared Spectra and Characteristic
Chapter 14: Ethers Absorption Frequencies. There are 27 new IR spectra graphs in the
Chapter 15: Sulfur Compounds book with 17 specifically located in Chapter 13.
Chapter 16: Conjugated Systems
Chapter 17: Aromatic Compounds  NEW--Visual aids. 60 new photo’s and 18 new handwritten
Chapter 18: Reactions of Benzene and other Aromatic Compounds solutions (a popular feature of the sixth edition) have been added
Chapter 19: Aldehydes and Ketones throughout the text.
Chapter 20: Carboxylic Acids  NEW--Electronic Homework. McGraw-Hill’s ARIS is an online,
Chapter 21: Derivatives and Carboxylic Acids electronic homework and course management system which is de-
Chapter 22: Alpha-Substitution Reactions in Carbonyl Compounds signed for greater power, flexibility, and ease of use than any other
Chapter 23: Carbonyl Condensation Reactions system. Whether you are looking for a “ready-to-use-straight-out-
QUIZ AND EXAM QUESTIONS of- the-box” system or one in which you can customize to fit your
FINAL EXAM specific course needs, ARIS is the solution. Go to www.aris.mhhe.
BIBLIOGRAPHY com to learn more.
ABOUT THE AUTHOR
INDEX CONTENTS
Chapter 1--Structure Determines Properties
Chapter 2--Hydrocarbon Frameworks. Alkanes
Chapter 3--Conformations of Alkanes and Cycloalkanes
Chapter 4--Alcohols and Alkyl Halides
Chapter 5--Structure and Preparation of Alkenes: Elimination Reac-
tions
Organic Chemistry
Chapter 6--Reactions of Alkenes: Addition Reactions
Chapter 7--Stereochemistry
- 2 Semester Chapter 8--Nucleophilic Substitution

Chapter 9--Alkynes
Chapter 10--Conjugation in alkadienes and Allylic Systems
Chapter 11 -Arenes and Aromaticity
Textbooks Chapter 12 – Reactions of Arenes: Electrophilic Aromatic Substitu-

tion
Chapter 13 -- Spectroscopy
Chapter 14 -- Organometallic Compounds
Chapter 15 – Alcohols, Diols and Thiols
Chapter 16 – Ethers, Epoxides and Sulfides
Chapter 17 – Aldehydes and Ketones: Nucleophilic Addition to the
NEW Carbonyl Group
Chapter 18 – Enols and Enolates
International Edition Chapter 19 – Carboxylic Acids
Chapter 20 – Carboxylic Acid Derivates: Nucleophilic Acyl Substitu-
tion
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Chapter 21 – Ester Enolates
7th Edition Chapter 22 -- Amines
Chapter 23 – Aryl Halides
Chapter 24 -- Phenols
By Francis Carey, University of VA-Charlottesville
Chapter 25 – Carbohydrates
Chapter 26 -- Lipids
Chapter 27 – Amino Acids, Peptides and Proteins
Chapter 28 – Nucleosides, Nucleotides and Nucleic Acids
Chapter 29 – Synthetic Polymers
2008 (January 2007) Glossary
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-331184-5 / MHID: 0-07-331184-7 Credits
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110225-4 / MHID: 0-07-110225-6 [IE] Index
http://www.mhhe.com/carey7e
Throughout all seven editions, Organic Chemistry has been designed
to meet the needs of the “mainstream,” two-semester, undergraduate
organic chemistry course. This best-selling text gives students a solid
understanding of organic chemistry by stressing how fundamental
reaction mechanisms function and reactions occur. With the addition
of handwritten solutions, new cutting-edge molecular illustrations,
updated spectroscopy coverage, seamless integration of molecular
modeling exercises, and state-of-the-art multimedia tools, the 7th edi-
tion of Organic Chemistry clearly offers the most up-to-date approach
to the study of organic chemistry.
165

CHEMISTRY
Chapter 28 Amino Acids and Proteins

Chapter 29 Lipids Chapter 30 Synthetic Polymers
NEW Appendices
Glossary
Credits
Index
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
2nd Edition
By Janice Gorzynski Smith, University of Hawaii-

Manoa
Lab Manuals
2008 (March 2007) / 1312 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-332749-5 / MHID: 0-07-332749-2
(Mandatory Package)
Smith’s Organic Chemistry continues to breathe new life into the
organic chemistry world. This student and instructor reviewed, new International Edition
2nd edition presents information in the form of bulleted lists and tables;
with minimal use of text paragraphs. Janice Smith saw a great need MICROSCALE AND MINISCALE ORGANIC
for stepped out worked examples; incorporated biological, medicinal, CHEMISTRY LABORATORY EXPERIMENTS
and environmental applications, and an art program that has yet to be
seen in organic chemistry! A highlight of the art program includes the
2nd Edition
micro-to-macro art pieces that visually guide students to conceptually By Allen M. Schoffstall and Barbara A. Gaddis of University of Colora-
understand organic chemistry. Smith: Organic Chemistry is the text do—Colorado Springs and Melvin L. Druelinger, University of Southern
Colorado
you need to see before making your organic chemistry decision.
2004 / 640 pages
NEW TO THIS EDITION ISBN-13: 978-0-07-294338-2 / MHID: 0-07-294338-6
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-111016-7 / MHID: 0-07-111016-X
 Students and Instructors alike have commented on the GREAT [IE with OLC]
summaries at the end of every chapter.
http://highered.mcgraw-hill.com/sites/0072424567
 Two new chapters have been added to the second edition;
Chapter 26--Carbon-Carbon Bond-Forming Reactions in Organic CONTENTS
Synthesis and Chapter 30--Synthetic Polymers. 1 Techniques in the Organic Laboratory
2 Spectroscopic Methods
CONTENTS 3 Introduction to Organic Compounds, Solvents, Separations and
Preface Recrystallizations
Chapter 1 Structures and Bonding 4 Alcohols and Alkyl Halides
Chapter 2 Acids and Bases 5 Synthesis of Alkenes
Chapter 3 Introduction to Organic Molecules and Functional 6 Alkene Addition Reactions
Groups 7 Molecular Modeling and Stereochemistry
Chapter 4 Alkanes 8 Introduction to Nucleophilic Substitution Reactions
Chapter 5 Stereochemistry 9 Dienes and Conjugation
Chapter 6 Understanding Organic Reactions 10 Qualitative Organic Analysis I
Chapter 7 Alkyl Halides and Nucleophilic Substitution 11 Reactions of Aromatic Sidechains
Chapter 8 Alkyl Halides and Elimination Reactions 12 Electrophilic Aromatic Substitution
Chapter 9 Alcohols, Ethers, and Epoxides 13 Combined Spectroscopy and Advanced Spectroscopy
Chapter 10 Alkenes 14 Organometallics
Chapter 11 Alkynes 15 Alcohols and Diols
Chapter 12 Oxidation and Reduction 16 Ethers
Chapter 13 Radical Reactions 17 Aldehydes and Ketones
Chapter 14 Mass Spectrometry and Infrared Spectroscopy 18 Enols and Enolates
Chapter 15 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy 19 Carboxylic Acids
Chapter 16 Conjugation, Resonance, and Dienes 20 Carboxylic Acid Derivatives
Chapter 17 Benzene and Aromatic Compounds 21 Multistep Preparations
Chapter 18 Electrophilic Aromatic Substitution 22 Amines
Chapter 19 Carboxylic Acids and Acidity of the O¿H Bond 23 Aryl Halides
Chapter 20 Introduction to Carbonyl Chemistry: Organometallic 24 Phenols
Reagents; Oxidation and Reduction 25 Carbohydrates
Chapter 21 Aldehydes and Ketones—Nucleophilic Addition 26 Lipids
Chapter 22 Carboxylic Acids and Their Derivatives—Nucleophilic 27 Amino Acids and Proteins
Acyl Substitution 28 Qualitative Organic Analysis II
Chapter 23 Substitution Reactions of Carbonyl Compounds at the 29 Special Investigations
¿-Carbon
Chapter 24 Carbonyl Condensation Reactions
Chapter 25 Amines
Chapter 26 Carbon-Carbon Bond-Forming Reactions in Organic
Synthesis
Chapter 27 Carbohydrates
166

CHEMISTRY
MCGRAW-HILL’S THE NEW MCAT WITH

Supplements CD-ROM
By George J Hademenos, Candice McCloskey, Georgia Perimeteer C-
Dunwoody, Shaun Murphree, Jennifer M Warner and Kathy Zahler
2007 (December 2006) / 1120 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-147076-6 / MHID: 0-07-147076-X
International Edition http://www.petersons.com/mcgrawhill/mcat.asp?sponsor=9398
3000 SOLVED PROBLEMS IN ORGANIC
CHEMISTRY America’s premier medical publisher introduces the newest, most
up-to-date test prep package for today’s pre-med student. Specially
By Herbert Meislich, City College of CUNY, Estelle Meislich, Bergen designed for your tech-savvy world, McGraw-Hill’s MCAT includes
Community College and Jacob Sharefkin, Formerly Brooklyn College a comprehensive workbook with easy-to-use study plans, detailed
1994 / 704 pages diagrams, and essential test-taking strategies, as well as a bonus
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-056424-4 / MHID: 0-07-056424-8 CD-ROM with two complete real-time sample tests. Uniquely attuned
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-113969-4 / MHID: 0-07-113969-9 [IE] to the latest changes in the MCAT, it covers the full range of MCAT
topics-biological sciences, physical sciences, verbal reasoning, and
A Schaum’s Publication essay writing-with specific practice questions, explained answers,
CONTENTS and proven study techniques. Best of all, you’ll receive free website
support for additional guidance and need-to-know updates. The most
Structure and Properties user-friendly MCAT guide on the market includes:
Bonding and Molecular Structure
Chemical Reactivity and Organic Reactions  THE COMPLETE WORKBOOK-More than 1,100 pages of topic
Alkanes reviews, study plans, summary points, essential test-taking strategies,
Cycloalkanes and one complete practice test
Stereo-chemistry
Alkenes  THE COMPANION CD-ROM-Packed with more tips, tools,
Alkyl Halides techniques, and two full-length, timed sample tests
Alkynes, Dienes, and Orbital Symmetry  THE FREE COMPANION WEBSITE-MCATeasy.com provides
Aromaticity and Benzene full customer support, access to Web-based study resources, and
Aromatic Substitution hundreds of additional practice questions, deadline dates, important
Arenes links, and late-breaking updates from MCAT Exam Central
Spectroscopy and Structure Proof
Alcohols and Thiols CONTENTS
Ethers, Epoxides, Glycols, and Thioethers HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Aldehydes and Ketones Part I: All About the MCAT
Carboxylic Acids Chapter 1: Introducing the MCAT
Acid Derivatives Chapter 2: Test Format and Structure
Carbanion-Enolates and Enols Chapter 3: General Test-Taking Strategies
Amines Part II: Reviewing MCAT Physics
Phenols and Their Derivatives Chapter 1: Mathematics Fundamentals
Aromatic Heterocyclic Compounds Chapter 2: Physics Fundamentals
Amino Acids, Petidides, and Proteins Chapter 3: Kinematics
Carbohydrates. Chapter 4: Forces and Newton’s Laws
Chapter 5: Particle Dynamics: Work, Energy, and Power
Chapter 6: Momentum and Impulse
Chapter 7: Solids and Fluids
Chapter 8: Temperature and Heat
Chapter 9: Vibrations and Waves
Chapter 10: Sound
Multimedia
Chapter 11: Light and Geometric Optics
Chapter 12: Electrostatics
Chapter 13: Electric Circuits
Chapter 14: Magnetism
Chapter 15: Atomic and Nuclear Physics
GLOSSARY OF PHYSICS TERMS
ON YOUR OWN: MCAT PHYSICS PRACTICE
NEW Part III: Reviewing MCAT General Chemistry
Chapter 1: Atoms and Molecules
Chapter 2: Electronic Structure and the Periodic Table
Chapter 3: Trends in the Periodic Table
ARIS FOR GENERAL CHEMISTRY ACCESS Chapter 4: Lewis Dot Structure, Hybridization, and VSEPR Theory
CARD Chapter 5: Gases
Chapter 6: Intermolecular Forces and Phase Equilibria
By WCB/McGraw-Hill
Chapter 7: Chemical Equations and Stoichiometry
Chapter 8: Reactions in Solution
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-337560-1 / MHID: 0-07-337560-8 Chapter 9: Thermochemistry
(Details unavailable at press time) Chapter 10: Kinetics
Chapter 11: Equilibrium
Chapter 12: Solubility Equilibria
Chapter 13: Acid-Base Chemistry
Chapter 14: Thermodynamics
167

CHEMISTRY

GLOSSARY OF GENERAL CHEMISTRY TERMS Physical Chemistry
ON YOUR OWN: MCAT GENERAL CHEMISTRY PRACTICE
Part IV: MCAT Verbal Reasoning and Writing
Chapter 1: Verbal Reasoning
Chapter 2: The Writing Sample Textbooks
Part V: Reviewing MCAT Biology
Chapter 1: The Cell
Chapter 2: Enzymes, Energy, and Cellular Metabolism
Chapter 3: DNA Structure, Replication, and Technology
Chapter 4: Protein Synthesis
Chapter 5: Genetics NEW
Chapter 6: Cell Division
Chapter 7: Evolution
Chapter 8: Bacteria and Fungi PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
Chapter 9: Viruses
6th Edition
Chapter 10: Tissues and Skin
By Ira N Levine, Brooklyn College
Chapter 11: The Nervous System and Senses
Chapter 12: Muscular and Skeletal Systems 2009 (March 2008) / 1024 pages
Chapter 13: The Endocrine System ISBN-13: 978-0-07-253862-5 / MHID: 0-07-253862-7
Chapter 14: The Cardiovascular System Ira N. Levine’s sixth edition of Physical Chemistry provides students
Chapter 15: The Respiratory System with an in-depth fundamental treatment of physical chemistry. At the
Chapter 16: The Digestive System same time, the treatment is made easy to follow by giving full step-
Chapter 17: The Urinary System by-step derivations, clear explanations and by avoiding advanced
Chapter 18: The Lymphatic and Immune System mathematics unfamiliar to students. Necessary math and physics
have thorough review sections. Worked examples are followed by
Chapter 19: Reproduction and Development
a practice exercise.
ON YOUR OWN: MCAT BIOLOGY PRACTICE
Part VI: Reviewing MCAT Organic Chemistry
NEW TO THIS EDITION
SECTION I: STRUCTURE
Chapter 1: Bonding  Additional homework problems testing the qualitative under-
Chapter 2: Molecular Shape standing of physical chemistry content has been integrated into this
Chapter 3: Electronic Structure edition.
Chapter 4: Nomenclature
 The in-chapter examples are written to lead the student to a
Chapter 5: Reconciling Visual Meaning
clearly worked-out answer. The examples are followed by a corre-
SECTION II: REACTIVITY
sponding exercise requiring the student to practice the same thought
Chapter 6: Energy Changes in Molecules
process. The answer for each exercise is also given.
Chapter 7: Radical Chemistry
Chapter 8: Polar Chemistry  Completeness: The book gives the student careful definitions and
Chapter 9: Pericyclic Chemistry explanations of concepts, full details of most derivations, and reviews
SECTION III: METHODOLOGY of relevant topics in mathematics and physics. A mix of theoretical
Chapter 10: Alcohols and Ethers and practical applications is presented.
Chapter 11: Ketones and Aldehydes
Chapter 12: Alkenes and Alkynes CONTENTS
Chapter 13: Carboxylic Acid Derivatives 1 Thermodynamics
Chapter 14: Epoxide Chemistry 2 The First Law of Thermodynamics
Chapter 15: Amines 3 The Second Law of Thermodynamics
Chapter 16: Aromatic Chemistry 4 Material Equilibrium
Chapter 17: Cycloadditions 5 Standard Thermodynamic Functions of Reaction
Chapter 18: Carbohydrates and Peptides 6 Reaction Equilibrium in Ideal Gas Mixtures
SECTION IV: SEPARATION AND PURIFICATION 7 One-Component Phase Equilibrium
Chapter 19: Extraction 8 Real Gases
Chapter 20: Chromatography 9 Solutions
Chapter 21: Distillation and Sublimation 10 Nonideal Solutions
Chapter 22: Recrystallization 11 Reaction Equilibrium in Nonideal Systems
SECTION V: CHARACTERIZATION 12 Multicomponent Phase Equilibrium
Chapter 23: Combustion Analysis 13 Electrochemical Systems
Chapter 24: UV-Vis Spectroscopy 14 Kinetic Theory of Gases
Chapter 25: Mass Spectrometry 15 Transport Processes
Chapter 26: Infrared Spectroscopy 16 Reaction Kinetics
Chapter 27: Proton Nuclear Magnetic Resonance 17 Quantum Mechanics
Chapter 28: Carbon Nuclear Magnetic Resonance 18 Atomic Structure
APPENDIX 19 Molecular Electronic Structure
ON YOUR OWN: MCAT ORGANIC CHEMISTRY PRACTICE 20 Spectroscopy and Photochemistry
TWO SAMPLE MCATs ON CD 21 Statistical Mechanics
22 Theories of Reaction Rates
23 Solids and Liquids
168

CHEMISTRY
Lab
21. NMR Study of a Reversible Hydrolysis Reaction
22. Enzyme Kinetics: Inversion of Sucrose
23. Kinetics of the Decomposition of Benzenediazonium Ion
24. Gas-Phase Kinetics
XI Surface Pheomena
25. Surface Tension of Solutions
26. Physical Adsorption of Gases
XII Macromolecules
NEW 27. Intrinsic Viscosity: Chain Linkage in Polyvinyl Alcohol
International Edition 27. Helix-Coil Transition in Polypeptides
XIII Electric, Magnetic, and Optical Properties
EXPERIMENTS IN PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY 29. Dipole Moment of Polar Molecules in Solution
8th Edition 30. Dipole Moment of HCl Molecules in the Gas Phase
31. Magnetic Susceptibility
By Carl W Garland, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Joseph Nibler,
and David P Shoemaker of Oregon State University 32. NMR Determination of Paramagnetic Susceptibility
XIV Spectroscopy
2009 (March 2008) / 800 pages
33. Dynamic Light Scattering H3> XIV. Spectroscopy
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-282842-9 / MHID: 0-07-282842-0
34. Absorption Spectrum of a Conjugated Dye
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-126351-1 / MHID: 0-07-126351-9 [IE] 35. Raman Spectroscopy: Vibrational Spectrum of CCl4
This best-selling comprehensive laboratory textbook includes experi- 36. Stimulated Raman Spectrum of Benzene
ments with background theoretical information, safety recommenda- 37. Vibrational-Rotational Spectra of HCl and DCl
tions, and computer applications. Updated chapters are provided 38. Vibrational-Rotational Spectra of Acetylenes
regarding the use of spreadsheets and other scientific software as 39. Absorption and Emission Spectra of I2
well as regarding electronics and computer interfacing of experiments 40. Fluorescence Lifetime and Quenching in I2 Vapor
using Visual Basic and LabVIEW. Supplementary instructor informa-
41. Electron Spin Resonance Spectroscopy
tion regarding necessary supplies, equipment, and procedures is
provided in an integrated manner in the text. 42. NMR Determination of Keto-Enol Equilibrium Constants
43. NMR Study of Gas-Phase DCl-HBr Isotopic Exchange Reaction
NEW TO THIS EDITION 44. Solid-State Lasers: Radiative Properties of Ruby Crystals
45. Spectroscopic properties of CdSe Nanocrysals
 Wide selection of traditional and modern experiments, the latter XV Solids
strengthened by the addition of three new experiments and revision 46. Determination of Crystal Structure by X-Ray Diffraction
of several others. 47. Lattice Energy of Solid Argon
48. Statistical Thermodynamics of Iodine Sublimation
 New experiments on the Ordering in Nematic Liquid Crystals,
XVI Computer Interfacing
Dynamic Light Scattering and Spectroscopic Properties of CdSe
XVII Electronic Devices and Measurements
Nanocrystals.
XVIII Temperature
CONTENTS XIX Vacuum Techniques
XX Instruments
I Introduction
XXI Miscellaneous Procedures
II Treatment of Experimental Data
XXII Least-Squares Fitting Procedures
A. Calculations and Presentation of Data
Appendix A Glossary of Symbols
B. Uncertainties in Data and Results
Appendix B International System of Units and Concentration Units
III Use of Computers
Appendix C Safety
IV Gases
Appendix D Literature Work
1. Gas Thermometry
Appendix E Research Journals
2. Joule-Thomson Effect
Appendix F Numerical Methods of Analysis
3. Heat-Capacity Ratios for Gases
Appendix G Barometer Corrections
V Transport Properties of Gases
Appendix H. Ethical Conduct in Physical Chemistry
Kinetic Theory of Transport Phenomena
4. Viscosity of Gases
5. Diffusion of Gases
VI Thermochemistry
Principles of Calorimetry
6. Heats of Combustion
7. Strain Energy of the Cyclopropane Ring
8. Heats of Ionic Reaction
VII Solutions
9. Partial Molar Volume
10. Cryoscopic Determination of Molar Mass
11. Freezing-Point Depression of Strong and Weak Electrolytes Complimentary desk copies are available for
12. Chemical Equilibrium in Solution course adoption only. Kindly contact your
VIII Phase Behavior
13. Vapor Pressure of a Pure Liquid
14. Binary Liquid-Vapor Phase Diagram Examination Copy Request Form available on
15. Ordering in Nematic Liquid Crystals the back pages of this catalog.
16. Liquid-Vapor Coexistence Curve and the Critical Point
IX Electrochemistry
17. Conductance of Solutions
18. Temperature Dependence of emf Website: www.mheducation.com
19. Activity Coefficients from Cell Measurements
X Chemical Kinetics COMPLIMENTARY COPIES
20. Method of Initial Rates: Iodine Clock
169

CHEMISTRY
Supplements International Edition

PRINCIPLES OF QUANTITATIVE CHEMICAL
ANALYSIS
By Robert de Levie, Georgetown University
1997 / 704 pages
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF PHYSICAL ISBN-13: 978-0-07-016362-2 / MHID: 0-07-016362-6
CHEMISTRY (Out of Print)
2nd Edition ISBN-13: 978-0-07-114288-5 / MHID: 0-07-114288-6 [IE]
By Clyde R. Metz, Indiana University CONTENTS
1987 / 512 pages
1 Measures and Measurements
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-041715-1 / MHID: 0-07-041715-6
2 Measurement Statistics
A Schaum’s Publication 3 Monoprotic Acids
http://books.mcgraw-hill.com/cgi-bin/getbook.pl?isbn=0070417156&ad 4 Monoprotic Bases and Salts
5 Titrations of Monoprotic Acids and Bases
key=W02003
6 Buffers and Indicators
If you want top grades and excellent understanding of physical 7 Diprotic Acids, Bases and Their Salts
chemistry, this powerful study tool is the best tutor you can have! It 8 Polyprotica Acids, Bases and Their Salts
takes you step-by-step through the subject and gives you accom-
9 Complexation
panying related problems with fully worked solutions. You also get
hundreds of additional problems to solve on your own, working at 10 Extraction and Chromatography
your own speed. This superb Outline clearly presents every aspect 11 Solubility
of physical chemistry. Famous for their clarity, wealth of illustrations 12 Precipitation
and examples, and lack of dreary minutie, Schaum’s Outlines have 13 Electrochemical Equilibria
sold more than 30 million copies worldwide. Compatible with any 14 Redox Titrations
textbook, this Outline is also perfect for self-study. For better grades 15 Activity Effects
in courses covering physical chemistry you can do better than this 16 Voltammentry
Schaum’s Outline! 17 Light and Optics
18 Visible and Near-Ultraviolet Molecular Spectrometry
19 Rotational and Vibrational Spectrometries
20 Magnetic and Mass Spectrometries
21 Visible and Near-Ultra Violet Atomic Spectrometries
22 X-Ray Spectrometry and Radiochemistry
Appendixes
Analytical Chemistry
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF ANALYTICAL

International Edition CHEMISTRY
By Adon Gordus, University of Michigan
MODERN ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY 1985 / 256 pages
By David Harvey, De Pauw University ISBN-13: 978-0-07-023795-7 / MHID: 0-07-023795-6
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-237547-3 / MHID: 0-07-237547-7 CONTENTS
(Out of Print)
1 Analytical and Mathematical Review
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-118374-1 / MHID: 0-07-118374-4 [IE] 2 Statistics and Probabilities
www.mhhe.com/physsci/chemistry/harvey 3 Free Energy and Chemical Equilibrium
4 Strong Acids-Strong Bases
CONTENTS
5 Simple Weak Acids and Weak Bases
Chapter 1 Introduction 6 Titrations
Chapter 2 Basic Tools of Analytical Chemistry 7 Polyprotic Weak Acids
Chapter 3 The Language of Analytical Chemistry 8 Precipitates and Solubilities
Chapter 4 Evaluating Analytical Data 9 Complex Ion Equilibria
Chapter 5 Calibrations, Standardizations, and Blank Corrections 10 Electrochemical Cells
Chapter 6 Equilibrium Chemistry 11 Potentiometric Titrations
Chapter 7 Obtaining and Preparing Samples for Analysis 12 Phase Separations and Chromatography
Chapter 8 Gravimetric Methods of Analysis 13 Special Measurements
Chapter 9 Titrimetric Methods of Analysis 14 Radioactivity
Chapter 10 Spectroscopic Methods of Analysis Appendix
Chapter 11 Electrochemical Methods of Analysis
Chapter 12 Chromatographic and Electrophoretic Methods
Chapter 13 Kinetic Methods of Analysis
Chapter 14 Developing a Standard Method
Chapter 15 Quality Assurance
170

CHEMISTRY
Kinetics and Reaction

Mechanics
CHEMICAL KINETICS AND REACTION
DYNAMICS
By Paul L Houston, Cornell University-Ithaca
2001 / 352 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-243537-5 / MHID: 0-07-243537-2
(Out of Print)
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-120260-2 / MHID: 0-07-120260-9 [IE]
CONTENTS
1 Kinetic Theory of Gases
2 The Rates of Chemical Reactions
3 Theories of Chemical Reactions
4 Transport Properties
5 Reactions in Liquid Solutions
6 Reactions at Solid Surfaces
7 Photochemistry
8 Molecular Reaction Dynamics

171

CHEMISTRY
172

Biostatistics.......................................................................................................180

Ecology..............................................................................................................179
- Laboratory...................................................................................................179
- Introductory Texts........................................................................................175
- Media..........................................................................................................178
Evolution............................................................................................................181
Limnology..........................................................................................................181
173
HED 08 Environmental Science & E173 173 11/13/2007 2:25:23 PM

NEW TITLES

2008
Environmental Science: A Global Concern, 10e Cunningham 9780077221225 0077221222 175
Principles of Environmental Science: Inquiry and Applications, 4e Cunningham 9780073304465 0073304468 176
Environmental Science: A Study of Interrelationships, 11e Enger 9780073304472 0073304476 177
Introduction to Biological Evolution, 2e Kardong 9780073050775 0073050776 181
Environmental Science Kaufmann 9780073311869 0073311863 178
Ecology: Concepts and Applications, 4e Molles 9780073309767 0073309761 179
174

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE
& ECOLOGY
Environmental Science  New. case. studies. and. boxed. readings.. 17. of. the. 25. chapter.
opening.case.studies.are.new,.as.are.10.of.the.boxed.readings.within.
chapters..A.majority.of.the.case.studies.and.boxed.readings.in.this.
edition.are.focused.on.current.events.and.success.stories.that.display.
Introductory Texts the.global.progress.being.made.in.environmental.protection..

 Learning.outcomes.and.other.pedagogical.tools..Chapter.mate-
rial.now.includes.Learning.Outcomes.presented.at.the.beginning.of.
each.chapter.and.a.Reviewing.Learning.Outcomes.section.at.the.end.
of.each.chapter..These.Learning.Outcomes.are.connected.to.the.major.
headings.of.each.numbered.section.within.the.chapter.to.help.students.
better.organize.the.content.and.their.study..Each.chapter.also.includes.
NEW a.conclusion,.which.summarizes.major.points,.and.a.Practice.Quiz.to.
International Edition aid.in.understanding.key.concepts.from.the.chapter..
 McGraw-Hill.Presentation.Center..ARIS.Presentation.Center.is.
an.online.digital.library.containing.assets.such.as.photos,.artwork,.
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE PowerPoints,.animations,.and.other.media.types.that.can.be.used.
A Global Concern, to.create.customized.lectures,.visually.enhanced.tests.and.quizzes,.
compelling.course.websites,.or.attractive.printed.support.materials..
10th Edition Accessed. from. the. instructor. side. of. the. textbook’s.ARIS. website,.
By William P Cunningham, University of Minne- explore.by.discipline,.course,.textbook.chapter,.asset.type,.or.keyword..
sota--Minneapolis, Mary Ann Cunningham, Vassar
College and Barbara Woodworth Saigo, St Cloud Simply.browse,.select,.and.download.the.files.you.need.to.build.en-
State University gaging.course.materials..All.assets.are.copyright.McGraw-Hill.Higher.
Education.but.can.be.used.by.instructors.for.classroom.purposes..
2008 (October 2007)
CONTENTS
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-722122-5 / MHID: 0-07-722122-2
Learning.to.Learn
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128778-4 / MHID: 0-07-128778-7 [IE]
Part One Principles for Understanding Our Environment
http://www.mhhe.com/cunningham10e 1.Understanding.Our.Environment.
Environmental Science: A Global Concern, Tenth Edition, is a 2.Frameworks.for.Understanding:.Science,.Systems,.and.Ethics.
comprehensive presentation of environmental science for non- 3.Matter,.Energy,.and.Life.
science majors which emphasizes critical thinking, environmen- 4.Evolution,.Biological.Communities,.and.Species.Interactions.
tal responsibility, and global awareness. This book is intended 5.Biomes:.Global.Patterns.of.Life.
for use in a one- or two-semester course in environmental sci- 6.Population.Biology
ence, human ecology, or environmental studies at the college Part Two People in the Environment
or advanced placement high school level. The goal of this book 7.Human.Populations.
is to provide an up-to-date, introductory global view of essential 8.Environmental.Health.and.Toxicology.
themes in environmental science along with emphasis on details 9.Food.and.Agriculture.
and case studies that will help students process and retain the 10.Pest.Control
general principles. Because most students who will use this book Part Three Understanding and Managing Living Systems
are freshman or sophomore non-science majors, the authors 11.Biodiversity.
make the text readable and accessible without technical jargon 12.Land.Use:.Forests.and.Grasslands.
or a presumption of prior science background. 13.Preserving.and.Restoring.Nature
Part Four Physical Resources and Environmental Systems
NEW TO THIS EDITION 14.Geology.and.Earth.Resources.
 Positive.Emphasis..The.10th.edition.includes.marked.changes. 15.Air,.Weather,.and.Climate.
in.approach.as.well.as.a.thorough.update.of.topics.and.data..Among. 16.Air.Pollution.
the.important.changes.is.an.emphasis.on.positive.lessons.presented. 17.Water.Use.and.Management.
through.recent.events.in.environmental.science.. 18.Water.Pollution
Part Five Issues and Policy
 Chapter. 13. “Restoration. Ecology”. is. a. brand. new. chapter. on. 19.Conventional.Energy.
the.important.topic.of.ecological.restoration..It.explains.how.forests,. 20.Sustainable.Energy.
grasslands,. savannas,. wetlands,. and. other. ecosystems. are. being. 21.Solid,.Toxic,.and.Hazardous.Waste.
repaired.and.restored.to.ecological.health,.and.provides.many.posi- 22.Urbanization.and.Sustainable.Cities.
tive.examples.of.restoration.efforts.. 23.Ecological.Economics.
 Google.Earth.placemarks..Google.Earth.is.an.online.program. 24.Environmental.Policy,.Law,.and.Planning.
that.provides.interactive.satellite.imagery.of.the.earth.and.will.help. 25.What.Then.Shall.We.Do?
students.understand.the.geographic.context.of.places.and.topics.in.
the.text..Wherever.students.see.a.Google.Earth.icon.in.the.text,.they.
can. go. to. our. website. (http://wwww.mhhe.com/cunningham10e). to.
find.a.Google.Earth.placemark.that.will.take.them.to.the.specific.place.
being.discussed..Students.can.zoom.in.to.see.amazing.detail.and.
zoom.out.to.gain.a.global.perspective..
 Data.Analysis.Exercises..A.Data.Analysis.box.has.been.added.
to.the.end.of.every.chapter..These.exercises.ask.students.to.graph.
and.evaluate.data,.to.practice.looking.at.numbers.and.graphs,.and.
to.critically.analyze.what.they.see..
175

& ECOLOGY
 Updated.Case.Studies--Every.chapter.opens.with.a.Case.Study.
(nearly.all.of.them.are.new.to.this.edition).that.shows.how.the.science.
NEW presented. in. that. chapter. is. of. current. interest.. In. this. edition,. the.
International Edition authors.have.chosen.positive.examples.in.which.people.are.taking.
action.to.repair.and.improve.some.aspect.of.their.environment..In.
addition,.each.case.study.has.a.new.Locator.Map.that.highlights.the.
area.of.interest.being.discussed..
PRINCIPLES OF
 Numerous.new.photos.have.been.added.throughout.the.text.to.
depict. real-life. situations.. Several. illustrations,. graphs,. and. charts.
Inquiry and Applications, are.new.or.revised.to.present.realistic.and.current.information.in.a.
4th Edition form.that.is.easier.to.comprehend.than.if.that.same.material.were.
presented.in.text..
By William Cunningham, University of Minnesota
and Mary Ann Cunningham, Vassar College  Each. chapter. opens. with. a. “List. of. Objectives”. that. will. help.
students. organize. study. priorities.. Rather. than. being. imperative.
2008 (September 2006) / 448 pages requirements,.these.objectives.have.been.changed.to.more.active.
questions.that.lead.rather.than.command..
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-330446-5 / MHID: 0-07-330446-8
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110194-3 / MHID: 0-07-110194-2 [IE]  New.and.Redesigned.End-of-Chapter.Tools:.
http://www.mhhe.com/cunningham4e New.Data.Analysis.Exercises..Because.so.many.students.need.prac-
tice.analyzing.data,.graphing.data,.and.thinking.analytically,.the.end-
Rather than the 25 to 30 chapters found in most environmental of-chapter.exercises.have.been.redesigned.as.Data.Analysis.projects..
science textbooks, the authors have limited Principles of Environ- In.each.exercise,.students.are.asked.to.create.or.analyze.graphs,.to.
mental Science: Inquiry and Applications to 15 chapters--perfect
map.or.inspect.a.data.set,.or.take.other.steps.to.analyze.data.
for the one-semester, non-majors environmental science course.
.
True to its title, the goal of this concise text is to provide an up-
to-date, introductory view of essential themes in environmental A.more.challenging,.open-ended.set.of.questions.have.been.added.
science along with offering students numerous opportunities to to.encourage.students.to.think.more.deeply.and.independently.about.
practice scientific thinking and active learning. issues.and.principles.presented.in.the.chapter..These.Critical.Thinking.
and.Discussion.questions.make.excellent.starting.points.for.discussion.
NEW TO THIS EDITION sections..They.also.could.be.used.to.practice.for.essay.exams..
 Several.chapters.have.been.significantly.revised:. The.number.of.Review.Questions.has.been.doubled.to.provide.more.
-.In.addition.to.significant.revisions.of.the.section.on.matter,.energy,. comprehensive.coverage.of.important.topics.in.each.chapter..Answers.
chemistry,.biomolecules,.and.cells,.Chapter.2.features.a.new.section. to.review.questions.are.posted.to.the.text.website..
on.ecological.systems,.and.expanded.discussion.on.DNA..
 McGraw-Hill’s.ARIS.is.a.new.complete.electronic.homework.and.
-.Chapter.3.has.been.revised.heavily.to.include.a.strengthened.discus- course.management.system,.designed.for.greater.ease.of.use.than.
sion.of.evolution,.speciation,.taxonomy,.species.interaction,.keystone. any.other.system.available..Instructors.can.create.and.share.course.
species,.community.complexity,.and.ecological.disturbance.. materials.and.assignments.with.colleagues.with.a.few.clicks.of.the.
-.Chapter.5.features.a.major.revision.on.the.discussion.on.biomes. create. announcements. and. due. dates. for. assignments..ARIS. has.
with. a. greatly. expanded. section. on. coastlines,. reefs,. mangroves,. automatic. grading. and. reporting. of. homework,. quizzing,. and. test-
estuaries,.saltmarshes.and.freshwater.ecosystems.. ing..Once.a.student.is.registered.in.the.course,.all.student.activity.
-.A.new.section.on.New.Source.Review.and.the.2005.Clean.Air.In- to.the.instructor.through.a.fully.integrated. grade.book.that.can.be.
terstate.Rule.has.been.added.to.Chapter.9..In.addition,.the.section. downloaded.to.Excel..
on. evidence. for. climate. change. including. 2005. hurricane. season.
has.been.rewritten;.and.the.section.on.controlling.greenhouse.gas. CONTENTS
emissions.has.been.updated.. Chapter.1:.Understanding.Our.Environment.
Chapter. 2:. Environmental. Systems:. Connections,. Cycles,. Flows,.
-.In.Chapter.12,.a.discussion.on.rapid.energy.demand.growth.in.China. and.Feedback.Loops..
and.India,.and.on.LNG.shipments.has.been.added..The.discussion. Chapter.3:.Species.Populations,.Interactions,.and.Communities.
of. energy. conservation. and. renewable. energy. sources. has. been. Chapter.4:.Human.Populations.
expanded,.including.new.sections.on.biofuels.and.wave.power.. Chapter.5:.Biomes.and.Biodiversity.
Chapter.6:.Environmental.Conservation:.Forests,.Grasslands,.Parks,.
-. Chapter. 15. has. undergone. a. major. revision. and. reorganization. and.Nature.Preserves.
including.much.more.material.on.sustainability.and.what.individuals. Chapter.7:.Food.and.Agriculture.
can.do..Also,.a.new.section.on.“What.can.Individuals.Do?”.has.been. Chapter.8:.Environmental.Health.and.Toxicology.
added,. including. environmental. education,. environmental. literacy,. Chapter.9:.Air:.Climate.and.Pollution.
citizen. science,. environmental. careers,. individual. choices,. green. Chapter.10:.Water:.Resources.and.Pollution.
consumerism,.working.together,.and.student.environmental.groups.. Chapter.11:.Environmental.Geology.and.Earth.Resources.
The.section.on.ecosystem.management.has.been.rewritten.with.a. Chapter.12:.Energy.
focus.on.Everglades.restoration;.and.the.chapter.now.ends.with.a.new. Chapter.13:.Solid.and.Hazardous.Waste.
positive.message.about.global.sustainability.and.the.key.messages. Chapter.14:.Economics.and.Urbanization.
from.the.Millennium.Assessment.study.. Chapter.15:.Environmental.Policy.and.Sustainability
176

& ECOLOGY
 The.new.student.learning.tool,.“Experience.This”,.asks.students.
to.extend.their.learning.by.undertaking.simple.activities.that.relate.to.
NEW the.content.of.the.chapter..
International Edition  McGraw-Hill’s.ARIS.is.a.new.complete.electronic.homework.and.
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE materials.and.assignments.with.colleagues.with.a.few.clicks.of.the.
A Study of Interrelationships, mouse..Instructors.can.edit.questions,.import.their.own.content,.and.
11th Edition automatic. grading. and. reporting. of. homework,. quizzing,. and. test-
By Eldon Enger, Delta College and Bradley Smith, within. McGraw-Hill’s.ARIS. is. automatically. recorded. and. available.
Western Washington University
to. the. instructor. through. a. fully. integrated. grade. book. that. can. be.
downloaded.to.Excel..
2008 (September 2006) / 544 pages CONTENTS

ISBN-13: 978-0-07-330447-2 / MHID: 0-07-330447-6 Chapter.1:.Environmental.Interrelationships.
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110195-0 / MHID: 0-07-110195-0 [IE] Chapter.2:.Environmental.Ethics.
Chapter.3:.Environmental.Risk:.Economics,.Assessment,.and.Man-
http://www.mhhe.com/enger11e
agement.
This full-color, introductory environmental science text is known Chapter. 4:. Interrelated. Scientific. Principles:. Matter,. Energy,. and.
for being concise, conceptual, and value-priced. The approach Environment.
and reading level cover the basic concepts without overloading Chapter.5:.Interactions:.Environments.and.Organisms.
students with too much detail. The authors reinforce the text’s Chapter.6:.Kinds.of.Ecosystems.and.Communities.
central theme of “interrelationships” by providing a historical Chapter.7:.Populations:.Characteristics.and.Issues
perspective, information on economic and political realities, Chapter.8:.Energy.and.Civilization:.Patterns.of.Consumption.
discuss the role of different social experiences, and integrate Chapter.9:.Energy.Sources.
this with the crucial science to describe the natural world and
Chapter.10:.Nuclear.Energy.
how we affect it.
Chapter.11:.Biodiversity.Issues.
Chapter.12:.Land-Use.Planning.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
Chapter.13:.Soil.and.Its.Uses.
 Several.chapters.have.been.significantly.revised.. Chapter.14:.Agricultural.Methods.and.Pest.Management
-.New.guest.author,.Christopher.Preston,.University.of.Montana,.has. Chapter.15:.Water.Management.
broadened.the.coverage.of.Chapter.2-Environmental.Ethics-to.give. Chapter.16:.Air.Quality.Issues.
the.chapter.greater.force.and.clarity..New.information.has.been.added. Chapter.17:.Solid.Waste.Management.and.Disposal.
to.reflect.the.history,.development,.and.maturation.of.thinking.about. Chapter. 18:. Environmental. Regulations:. Hazardous. Substances.
environmental.issues.. and.Wastes.
Chapter.19:.Environmental.Policy.and.Decision.Making
-.New.guest.author,.Jacob.VanHouten,.Delta.College,.has.intergrated.
his.knowledge.of.environmental.regulations.and.the.handling.of.haz-
ardous. materials. into. Chapter. 3--Environmental. Risk. and. Chapter.
18--Environmental.Regulations..Energy.savings.cost/benefit.analysis,.
and.the.Great.Lakes.Resource.Management.are.topics.addressed.
through.detailed.discussion.and.case.studies..Also.included.are.the.
most.current.Environmental.liability.protection.and.grants.through.the.
new.Environmental.Protection.Agency.(EPA).Small.Business.Liability.
Relief. and. Brownfield. Revitalization.Act. (SBLRBRA. or. “Brownfield.
Law”).as.it.relates.to.economics,.assessment.and.management..
-. Chapter. 7-. Populations:. Characteristics. and. Issues. is. the. result.

of.the.combination.of.two.separate.chapters.from.previous.editions.
(chapters.7.and.8)..In.response.to.reviewer.requests,.several.sec-
tions.such.as.those.on.carrying.capacity,.limiting.factors,.and.r.and.K.
strategists.have.been.rewritten..
-.Chapter.10-.Nuclear.Energy.has.been.completely.reorganized..New. reviewing manuscript for
material.has.been.added.on.the.biological.effects.of.ionizing.radiation,.
measuring.radiation,.radiation.protection,.radioactive.decay.series,.
and.dirty.bombs.. local McGraw-Hill office or email to
 Nearly.300.new.photos.have.been.added.throughout.the.eleventh.
edition. to. present. real-life. situations.. Several. illustrations,. graphs,. Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)
and.charts.are.new.or.revised.to.present.detailed.information.in.a.
form.that.is.easier.to.comprehend.than.if.that.same.information.were.
presented.in.text.form..
 The.new.“What’s.Your.Take?”.feature.found.at.the.end.of.each.
chapter.asks.students.to.take.a.stand.on.a.particular.issue.and.de-
velop.arguments.to.support.their.position..This.is.an.effective.way.to.
develop.and.foster.critical.thinking..
177

& ECOLOGY
NEW to.the.instructor.through.a.fully.integrated. grade.book.that.can.be.
International Edition downloaded.to.Excel..
CONTENTS
Introduction to Environmental Science
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE 1.Environment.and.Society:.A.Sustainable.Partnership?.
Building a Framework to Study Environmental Problems
By Robert Kaufmann and Cutler Cleveland of 2.The.Laws.of.Energy.and.Matter.
Boston University 3.Systems:.Why.Are.Environmental.Problems.So.Difficult.to.Solve?.
How the Natural Environment Works
4.THe.Physical.Systems.of.Planet.Earth:.The.Engine.of.Life.
5.The.Flow.of.Energy.in.Biological.Systems:.Why.Does.It.Matter?.
6.The.Flow.of.Matter.in.the.Environment:.Why.Does.It.Matter?.
7.Biomes:.Where.Do.Plants.and.Animals.Live?.
2008 (February 2007) 8.Succession:.How.Do.Ecosystems.Respond.to.Disturbance?.
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-331186-9 / MHID: 0-07-331186-3 How Human Systems Work
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110196-7 / MHID: 0-07-110196-9 [IE] 9.Carrying.Capacity:.How.Large.a.Population?
10.An.Ecological.View.of.the.Economy.
www.mhhe.com/kaufmann1e 11.The.Driving.Forces.of.Environmental.Change.
Unlike any other introductory environmental science text, Global Environmental Challenges
Kaufmann/Cleveland takes a fresh approach to the subject in 12.Biodiversity:.Species.and.So.Much.More.
that they intertwine social science (i.e. economic systems and 13.Global.Climate.Change:.A.Warming.Planet.
policy) with the natural sciences (i.e. energy) throughout the 14.A.Reduction.in.Atmospheric.Ozone:.Let.the.Sunshine.In.
entire text. In other words, students are going to clearly see the Living Off the Land: Soils, Food Production, and Forests
relevancy between the underlying causes of environmental 15.Soil:.A.Potentially.Sustainable.Resource.
problems and how they are affected on a daily basis. 16.Agriculture:.The.Ecology.of.Growing.Food.
17.Forests:.So.Much.More.Than.Wood.
FEATURES Air and Water Resources
18.Water.Resources.
 An.Interdisciplinary.Approach..Unlike.other.textbooks,.the.authors.
19.Air.Pollution:.Costs.and.Benefits.of.Clean.Air.
weave.both.social.and.natural.sciences.throughout.the.text,.allowing.
Energy and Materials
students.to.see.the.complete.relationship.between.people.and.their.
20.Fossil.Fuels:.The.Lifeblood.of.the.Global.Economy.
environment.. The. five. main. themes. woven. throughout. include:. 1).
21.Nuclear.Power.
energy.and.material.flows,.2).ecology.and.economics,.3).costs.and.
22.Renewable.Energy.and.Energy.Efficiency.
benefits.of.environmental.policy,.4).a.systems.perspective,.and.5).
23.Materials,.Society,.and.the.Environment.
Darwinian.evolution.and.natural.selection..
24.A.Sustainable.Future:.Will.Business.as.Usual.Get.Us.There?
 Unlike. other. environmental. science. textbooks,. Environmental.
Science.is.not.an.“encyclopedia.of.facts”..The.authors.teach.principles.
and. applications,. aiming. to. identify. relevant. problems,. understand.
the.basis.of.those.problems,.and.develop.the.tools.to.solve.those.
problems..
 The.text’s.unique.art.program.does.not.rely.heavily.on.photo-
graphs..Instead,.conceptual.figures.and.graphs.are.used.to.illustrate.
important.ideas.and.relationships.. Media
 Three. types. of. boxed. readings. are. available. in. each. chapter.
to. help. students. see. the. relationship. between. humans. and. the.
environment:.
DISCOVERY CHANNEL VIDEO SERIES DVD
-.Your.Ecological.Footprint..These.exercises.ask.students.to.calculate.
By Discovery Channel
how.certain.parts.of.their.lifestyle.affect.the.environment..Consistent.
2006
with.the.interdisciplinary.emphasis,.these.Ecological.Footprint.exer-
cises.build.on.each.other.from.chapter.to.chapter.. ISBN-13: 978-0-07-352541-9 / MHID: 0-07-352541-3
The exciting NEW Discovery Channel DVD offers 50 short (3-5
-.Case.Studies..Case.studies.illustrate.how.the.systems.aspects.of. minute) videos on topics ranging from conservation to volca-
environmental.challenges.complicates.possible.solutions.. noes. The video clips are most appropriate for environmental
science, ecology, geology, and physical science courses. Search
-.Policy.in.Action..These.readings.apply.the.systems.perspective.to. by topic and download into your PowerPoint lecture. Begin
decision.making.and.thus.help.students.understand.how.the.links.be- your class with a quick peek at science in action.
tween.natural.and.social.sciences.influence.why.some.environmental.
policies.are.effective.while.others.are.not..
 McGraw-Hill’s.ARIS.is.a.new.complete.electronic.homework.and.
automatic. grading. and. reporting. of. homework,. quizzing,. and. test-
178

& ECOLOGY
Ecology -.Helpful.appendices.include.commonly.used.statistical.tables.and.an.
extended.list.of.abbreviations.used.in.the.text,.for.use.as.reference.
and.as.study.aids..
CONTENTS
Chapter.1:.Introduction:.What.Is.Ecology?.
NEW Section I: Natural History.
Chapter.2:.Life.on.Land.
International Edition Chapter.3:.Life.in.Water.
Section II: Individuals
Chapter.4:.Temperature.Relations.
ECOLOGY Chapter.5:.Water.Relations.
Concepts and Applications, Chapter.6:.Energy.and.Nutrient.Relations.
4th Edition Chapter.7:.Social.Relations.
Section III: Population Ecology
By Manuel Molles, University of New Mexico-Al- Chapter.8:.Population.Genetics.and.Natural.Selection.
buquerque Chapter.9:.Population.Distribution.and.Abundance.
Chapter.10:.Population.Dynamics.
Chapter.11:.Population.Growth.
Chapter.12:.Life.Histories.
2008 (September 2006) / 640 pages Section IV: Interactions
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-330976-7 / MHID: 0-07-330976-1 Chapter.13:.Competition.
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110197-4 / MHID: 0-07-110197-7 [IE] Chapter.14:.Exploitative.Interactions:.Predation,.Herbivory,.Parasit-
ism,.and.Disease.
http://www.mhhe.com/molles4e Chapter.15:.Mutualism.
This introductory general ecology text features a strong em- Section V: Communities and Ecosystems
phasis on helping students grasp the main concepts of ecology Chapter.16:.Species.Abundance.and.Diversity.
while keeping the presentation more applied than theoretical. Chapter.17:.Species.Interactions.and.Community.Structure.
An evolutionary perspective forms the foundation of the entire Chapter.18:.Primary.Production.and.Energy.Flow.
discussion. The book begins with the natural history of the Chapter.19:.Nutrient.Cycling.and.Retention.
planet, considers portions of the whole in the middle chapters, Chapter.20:.Succession.and.Stability.
and ends with another perspective of the entire planet in the Section VI: Large-Scale Ecology
concluding chapter. Its unique organization of focusing only Chapter.21:.Landscape.Ecology.
on several key concepts in each chapter sets it apart from the Chapter.22:.Geographic.Ecology.
competition. Chapter.23:.Global.Ecology
NEW TO THIS EDITION

 Content. has. been. updated. throughout. with. current. examples.
and.sources..Updated.coverage.includes:.ecological.stoichiometry,.
acid. precipitation,. global. warming,. symbiotic. systems,. speciation,.
organismal.ecology,.and.discussion.of.tsunamis..
FUNDAMENTALS OF ECOLOGY
 Artwork. has. been. updated. throughout. for. greater. focus. and. 2nd Edition
clarity..The.art.program.continues.to.use.captions.within.the.illustra- By Dash Madhab
tions.to.explain.the.point.of.the.art..The.key.information.is.integral.to. 2001 / 544 pages
the.concept,.rather.than.contained.in.a.standard.figure.legend..The. ISBN-13: 978-0-07-042147-9 / MHID: 0-07-042147-1
explanatory.boxes.used.in.this.text.are.unique.and.not.available.in.
any.other.ecology.textbook..
McGraw-Hill India Title
The book has retained its fundamental, interdisciplinary ap-
 New.photos.have.been.added.throughout.the.text.to.illustrate. proach, with balanced treatment of botany and zoology related
the.dynamic.nature.of.ecological.study.. concepts and examples. The environmental aspect has been
 “Investigating.the.Evidence”.boxes.now.include.critical.thinking. strengthened in this edition. There are several new chapters to
questions..These.boxes.focus.on.the.scientific.method,.emphasizing. this edition: 1. Enviromental Toxicology with relevant case stud-
statistics. and. study. design..They. support. the. concept. discussions. ies 2. Pollution Ecology with a comprehensive section on the
by.presenting.step-by-step.clarification.within.a.broader.treatment.of.
provisions of the Indian Constitution and environmental laws,
and detailed discussion on a wide range of pollutants, including
the.process.of.science..
industrial pollutants. Other important additions: 1. The concept
 A. foldout,. 2-page. biome. map. has. been. added. at. the. back. of. of landscape ecology 2. Coverage on the Eastern and Western
the.book.. ghats of India 3. A discussion on world climate change 4. The
concept of sustainable development 5. Geographical informa-
 Changes.to.the.pedagogical.system.strengthen.the.critical.think- tion system and remote sensing, applied to ecology.
ing.aspect.of.the.book.and.include:.
-.A.new. feature. called. “Concept. Review”. questions,. with. answers,.
now.appears.at.the.end.of.each.section.of.the.chapter..Each.section.
of.the.chapter.now.contains.“Concepts,”.“Concept.Discussions,”.and.
“Concept.Review”.questions..
-.A.new.list.of.key.terms.now.appears.at.the.end.of.each.chapter..
-.The.author.has.shortened.the.length.of.the.“Suggested.Readings”.
where.possible..Items.in.the.“Suggested.Readings”.are.not.duplicated.
with.items.in.the.“References”.at.the.end.of.the.book..
-.The.“List.of.Chapter.Concepts”.now.appears.in.the.Online.Learning.
Center,.rather.than.in.an.appendix..
179

& ECOLOGY
Laboratory Biostatistics
GENERAL ECOLOGY LABORATORY

MANUAL International Edition
8th Edition INTRODUCTION TO BIOSTATISTICS
By George Cox By Thomas Glover and Kevin Mitchell of Hobart & WM Smith
2002 / 320 pages College
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-290974-6 / MHID: 0-07-290974-9 2002 / 432 pages
www.mhhe.com/biosci/pae ISBN-13: 978-0-07-123743-7 / MHID: 0-07-123743-7 [IE]
CONTENTS www.mhhe.com/biosci/pae/zoology/glover/index.mhtml
Part I Techniques of Ecological Study CONTENTS
1.Designing.an.Ecological.Study. 1.Introduction.to.Data.Analysis.
2.Experimental.Design.in.Ecological.Studies. 2.Introduction.to.Probability.
3.Sampling.Design.in.Ecological.Studies. 3.Probability.Distributions.
4.Statistical.Analysis.and.Testing.in.Ecology. 4.Sampling.Distributions.
5.Literature.Research.in.Ecology. 5.Introduction.to.Hypothesis.Testing.
6.Internet.Resources.in.Ecology.. 6.One-Sample.Tests.of.Hypothesis.
7.Preparing.an.Ecological.Research.Paper. 7.Tests.of.Hypothesis.Involving.Two.Samples.
Part II Terrestrial and Aquatic Ecosystems . 8.k-Sample.Tests.of.Hypothesis:.The.Analysis.of.Variance.
8.Plant.Community.Structure.. 9.Two-Factor.Analysis.
9.Animal.Community.Structure. 10.Linear.Regression.and.Correlation.
10.Soil.Arthropod.Community.Structure. 11.Goodness.of.Fit.Tests.for.Categorical.Data.
11.Structure.of.a.Lake.Ecosystem. Appendixes:.
Part III Temperature, Water, and Energy Relations A.Proofs.of.Selected.Results.
12.Acclimation.to.Temperature.. B.Answers.to.Even-numbered.Problems.
13.Behavioral.Preference.Analysis.. C.Tables.of.Distributions.and.Critical.Values
14.Plant.Water.Potential..
15.Field.Measurement.of.Photosynthesis.and.Transpiration.
Part IV Population Ecology..
16.Mark-Recapture.and.Catch-Effort.Population.stimates.
17.Mapping.Home.Ranges.and.Territories..
18.Intrapopulation.Dispersion.Analysis..
19.Mortality,.Recruitment,.and.Migration.Rates.in.Populations.
20.Life.Tables.and.Survivorship.Curves..
21.Ecogenetic.Evolution.in.Plants..
22.Population.Growth,.Limitation,.and.Interaction.
Part V Intraspecific and Interspecific Interactions..
23.Field.Studies.of.Plant.Competition..
24.Ecological.Isolation..
25.Niche.Breadth,.Niche.Overlap,.and.the.Community.Matrix..
26.Interspecific.Association.
.27.Pollination.Ecology.
Part VI Community Ecology .

28.Measurement.of.Species.Diversity..
29.Community.Similarity.and.Ordination..
30.Nestedness.in.Community.Composition. McGraw-Hill is interested in
Part VII Ecosystem Ecology..
31.Analysis.of.Food.Webs..
32.Primary.Production.in.Terrestrial.Ecosystems.. publication. Please contact your
33.Primary.Production.in.Aquatic.Ecosystems. local McGraw-Hill office or email to
34.Simulation.of.Ecosystem.Dynamics.. asiapub@mcgraw-hill.com
35.Mechanisms.of.Biotic.Succession.
Part VIII Regional and Global Ecology..
36.Species-Area.Relationships.. Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)
37.Metapopulation.Dynamics. Website: www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg
38.Landscape.Ecology..
39.Geographic.Information.Systems..
40.Conserving.Global.Biodiversity.
Appendix.I.Statistical.Tables.
Appendix.II.Sources.of.Software.and.Hardware
180

& ECOLOGY
Evolution 11.Life.History.Strategies.
12.Life.in.Groups.
13.Extinctions.
14.Human.Evolution:.The.Early.Years.
15.Human.Evolution:.Building.Modern.Humans.
16.Evolutionary.Biology:.Today.and.Beyond.
17.Afterword.
NEW Appendix.1.Cell.Division--A.Review.
Appendix.2.Taxonomy.
International Edition Appendix.3.Molecular.Clocks
INTRODUCTION TO
BIOLOGICAL EVOLUTION
2nd Edition
By Kenneth Kardong, Washington State University-

Pullman Limnology
2008 (January 2007) / 416 pages

ISBN-13: 978-0-07-305077-5 / MHID: 0-07-305077-6
ISBN-13:978-0-07-128582-7 / MHID: 0-07-128582-2 [IE]
INTRODUCTION TO LIMNOLOGY
http://www.mhhe.com/kardongevolution2e By Stanley Dodson, University of Wisconsin — Madison
Written for a general college audience, this book offers an intro- 2005 (Jan 2004) / 416 pages
duction to the principles and significance of Darwinian evolu- ISBN-13: 978-0-07-287935-3 / MHID: 0-07-287935-1
tion. It differs from most other textbooks on evolution in three
fundamental ways: First, it is intended for students taking evolu- http://mhhe.com/imnology
tion early in their studies. Second, it examines the intellectual CONTENTS
significance of Darwinian evolution. Third, the text departs from
the standard treatment of evolution in other textbooks, wherein 1.Introduction.to.Limnology.2.Setting.the.Stage:.Water.as.an.Environ-
the arguments are reductionist, molecular, and overwhelmingly ment.3.Diversity.of.Aquatic.Organisms:.The.Single-Celled.and.Colonial.
genetic in emphasis. Ken Kardong, also author of Vertebrates; Organisms.4.Diversity.of.Aquatic.Organisms:.Rotifers,.Annelids,.and.
Comparative Anatomy, Function, Evolution, is known for his Arthropods. 5. Diversity. of.Aquatic. Organisms:. Larger. Organisms. 6.
accessible writing style. His almost conversational approach to Population.Dynamics.in.Limnology:.Population.Size.Changing.with.
this topic puts the reader at ease while learning evolutionary Time. 7. Community. Ecology:. Species. Interactions. and. Community.
concepts. The result is an inviting book--that will be read. Structure.8.Community.Ecology:.Freshwater.Communities.Changing.
Through.Time.9.Aquatic.Ecosystems.and.Physiology:.Energy.Flow.
NEW TO THIS EDITION 10.Aquatic.Ecosystems:.Chemical.Cycles.11.Water.in.Landscapes.12.
The.Citizen.Limnologist.13.Field.and.Laboratory.Exercises
 New.Chapter.17:.This.new.short.concluding.chapter.takes.advan-
tage.of.the.collective.case.made.throughout.the.book.and.focuses.on.
current.issues.facing.students—the.threat.of.epidemics.and.a.critique.
of.“intelligent.design”..
 Organization..Major.sections.(e.g..hot.and.cold.blooded.dino-
saurs).have.been.re-deployed.to.chapters.where.they.more.logically.
fit.and.enhance.the.theme.of.that.chapter..
 Revisions..Although. each. chapter. was. revised. for. currency,.
special.effort.was.made.to.update.chapters.of.central.importance.(e.g..
selection).or.special.interest.(e.g..chapters.on.hominid.evolution)..
 New.Material..A.short.section.on.population.genetics.has.been.
added. (chapter. 3),. as. well. as. sections. on. “What. is. life?”. (chapter.
4),.“Darwin’s”.pigeons.(chapter.7),.ring.species.(chapter.9),.and.on.
cultural.and.social.evolution.in.hominids.(chapters.14.and.15)..
 Throughout. the. text,. many. figures. have. been. replaced,. and. Complimentary desk copies are available for
many.new.ones.added.. course adoption only. Kindly contact your
CONTENTS
1.Evolution.of.Evolution.
2.Time. the back pages of this catalog.
3.Heredity.
4.Emergence.of.Life. Visit McGraw-Hill Education
5.Diversity.of.Life.
6.Evidence.of.Evolution.
7.Selection.
8.Variation:.Spice.of.Life. COMPLIMENTARY COPIES
9.Speciation.
10.Co-Evolution.
181

& ECOLOGY
182

GIS....................................................................................................................185
GEOGRAPHY
Human/Cultural Geography...............................................................................186
Intro to Geography............................................................................................187
Latin America.....................................................................................................191
Map Use/Cartography.......................................................................................189
Meteorology.......................................................................................................189
Physical Geography Lab...................................................................................188
US & Canada....................................................................................................192
World Regional Geography...............................................................................190
183
HED 08 Geography (10).indd 183 11/13/2007 2:26:51 PM

NEW TITLES
GEOGRAPHY
Physical Geography Laboratory Manual Lemke 9780072873641 0072873647 188
2008
Essentials of World Regional Geography Bradshaw 9780073359380 0073359386 190
Introduction to Geographic Information Systems, 4e Chang 9780073312798 0073312797 185
Human Geography, 10e Fellman 9780077216047 0077216040 186
Introduction to Geography, 11e Getis 9780073256498 0073256498 187
Mastering ArcGIS with Video Clips CD-ROM, 3e Price 9780073312804 0073312800 185
184

GEOGRAPHY
GIS Chapter.14.Terrain.Mapping.and.Analysis.
Chapter.15.Viewsheds.and.Watersheds.
Chapter.16.Spatial.Interpolation.
Chapter.17.Geocoding.and.Dynamic.Segmentation.
Chapter.18.Path.Analysis.and.Network.Applications.
Chapter.19.GIS.Models.and.Modeling
NEW
INTRODUCTION TO NEW
GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION
SYSTEMS
4th Edition
MASTERING ARCGIS WITH
By Kang-Tsang (Karl) Chang, University of Idaho VIDEO CLIPS CD-ROM
3rd Edition
2008 (October 2006) By Maribeth Price, South Dakota School Mines &
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-331279-8 / MHID: 0-07-331279-7 Technology
(with Data Files CD)
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-125920-0 / MHID: 0-07-125920-1 [IE with CD]
http://www.mhhe.com/changgis4e 2008 (January 2007)
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-331280-4 / MHID: 0-07-331280-0
This book is designed to provide students in a first or second GIS
course. with. a. solid. foundation. in. both. GIS. concepts. and. the. use. http://www.mhhe.com/price3e
of. GIS.. Introduction. to. GIS. strikes. a. careful. balance. between. GIS.
Mastering.ArcGIS.is.an.introductory.GIS.text.that.is.designed.to.of-
concepts.and.hands-on.applications..The.main.portion.of.the.chapter.
fer.everything.you.need.to.master.the.basic.elements.of.GIS..The.
presents.GIS.terms.and.concepts.and.helps.students.learn.how.each.
author’s. step-by-step. approach. helps. students. negotiate. the. chal-
one fits into a complete GIS system. At the end of each chapter, an
lenging.tasks.involved.in.learning.sophisticated.GIS.software..This.
application.section.with.3-5.tasks.presents.students.with.actual.GIS.
text.employs.a.carefully.developed.learning.system.to.help.students.
exercises.and.the.necessary.data.to.solve.the.problem..
use.ArcView.9.2.or.ArcGIS.Desktop.or.higher,.to.set.up.and.solve.
GIS.problems..An.innovative.and.unique.feature.of.Mastering.ArcGIS.
NEW TO THIS EDITION is. its. accompanying. CD-ROM. with. narrated. video. clips. that. show.
 The.website.provides.PowerPoint.files.and.sample.test.ques- students.exactly.how.to.perform.chapter.tutorials.before.attempting.
an.exercise.on.their.own..
tions..The.student.center.provides.ArcView9.0.data.sets.and.exercise.
instructions..
NEW TO THIS EDITION
 The.text.provides.data.sets.and.instructions.for.the.applications.
 New.3rd.edition.of.Price.has.been.updated.to.reflect.ArcView.
section.in.each.chapter,.as.well.as.challenge.tasks,.written.questions,.
9.2.software.(2nd.edition.reflected.9.0)..
and.review.questions.for.each.chapter..
 More.current/relevant.examples..
 Key.terms.are.boldfaced.where.they.first.appear.in.the.chapter.
and.then.summarized.and.defined.with.a.glossary.at.the.end.of.the.  A.more.expanded.treatment.of.ModelBuilder.and.geoprocess-
chapter.. ing.issues..
 The.author.created.all.the.figures.and.tables.ensuring.precise.  Maribeth. Price. narrates. the. video. clips. on. the. accompanying.
correlation. between. the. chapter. material. and. their. accompanying. CD.herself..
visuals..
 Earlier.coverage.of.geodatabases.
 Emphasizes. both. concepts. and. hands-on. experience. in. GIS..
Follows.a.logical.progression.from.basic.to.complex.and.specialized. CONTENTS
GIS.topics..Key.changes.or.enhancements.in.the.4th.edition.include. Chapter.1..Introducing.ArcGIS.
network.applications.(Chapter.18),.applications.of.geocoding.(Chapter. Chapter.2..Working.with.ArcMap.
17),.and.online.connection.to.a.remote.database.(Chapter.6).. Chapter.3..Coordinate.Systems.and.Map.Projections.
Chapter.4..Drawing.and.Symbolizing.Features.
CONTENTS Chapter.5..Working.with.Tables.
Chapter.1.Introduction. Chapter.6..Queries.
Chapter.2.Coordinate.Systems. Chapter.7..Spatial.Joins.
Chapter.3.Georelational.Vector.Data.Model. Chapter.8..Map.Overlay.
Chapter.4.Object-Based.Vector.Data.Model. Chapter.9..Presenting.Data.
Chapter.5.Raster.Data.Model. Chapter.10..Geocoding.
Chapter.6.Data.Input. Chapter.11..Basic.Editing.in.ArcMap.
Chapter.7.Geometric.Transformation. Chapter.12..More.Editing.Techniques.
Chapter.8.Spatial.Data.Editing. Chapter.13..Working.with.Geodatabases.
Chapter.9.Attribute.Data.Input.and.Management. Chapter.14..Analyzing.Networks.
Chapter.10.Data.Display.and.Cartography. Chapter.15..Raster.Analysis
Chapter.11.Data.Exploration.
Chapter.12.Vector.Data.Analysis.
Chapter.13.Raster.Data.Analysis.
185

GEOGRAPHY
Human / Cultural 2.Roots.and.Meaning.of.Culture.

3.Spatial.Interaction.and.Spatial.Behavior.
Geography 4.Population:.World.Patterns,.Regional.Trends
Part 2 Patterns of Diversity and Unity
5.Language.and.Religion:.Mosaics.of.Culture.
6.Ethnic.Geography:.Threads.of.Diversity.
7.Folk.and.Popular.Culture:.Diversity.and.Uniformity
Part 3 Dynamic Patterns of the Space Economy
8.Livelihood.and.Economy:.Primary.Activities.
NEW 9.Livelihood.and.Economy:.From.Blue.Collar.to.Gold.Collar.
International Edition 10.Patterns.of.Development.and.Change
Part 4 Landscapes of Functional Organization
11.Urban.Systems.and.Urban.Structures.
12.The.Political.Ordering.of.Space
HUMAN GEOGRAPHY Part 5 Human Actions and Environmental Impacts
10th Edition 13.Human.Impacts.on.Natural.Systems.
Appendix.A.Map.Projections.
By Jerome D Fellman, University of Illinois-- Appendix.B.2006.World.Population.Data.
Champaign, Arthur Getis and Judith Getis of San Appendix.C.Anglo.America.Reference.Map
Diego State University-San Diego

ISBN-13: 978-0-07-721604-7 / MHID: 0-07-721604-0
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128790-6 / MHID: 0-07-128790-6 [IE]
PERTHES WORLD ATLAS
By Klett International
Fellmann’s.Human.Geography.introduces.students.to.the.scope.and. 2007 (July 2006)
excitement.of.human.geography.and.its.relevance.to.their.daily.lives..
This.edition.continues.to.convey.the.breadth.of.human.geography. ISBN-13: 978-0-07-329073-7 / MHID: 0-07-329073-4
and.to.provide.insight.into.the.nature.and.intellectual.challenges.of. http://www.mhhe.com/earthsci/geography/klett/
the field of geography itself. The authors pay special attention to
gender.issues.and.assume.no.previous.experience.in.geography.on. The.NEW.World.Atlas.for.Higher.Education.and.College.Geography.
the.part.of.the.students. Level.teachings..This.new.atlas.uses.the.Klett-Perthes.high.quality.
map.print.details.as.known.from.their.Wall.Maps..Features.over.350.
NEW TO THIS EDITION pages.of.detailed.maps,.statistics,.glossary.and.information.to.teach.
higher.level.geography.education.
 This.tenth.edition.retains.the.basic.format.of.its.predecessors.
but.contains.significant.content.changes.including.new.and.revised. FEATURES
tables,.maps,.and.text..The.world.of.human.geography.is.constantly. •.High.quality.physical.and.polical.maps..
changing.in.response.to.developing.cultural,.economic,.and.political. •.Sophisticated.thematic.maps..
patterns.. •.Detailed.regional.maps..
 Updated. artwork,. illustrations,. and. photos. throughout..As. in. •.Easy.to.understand.introduction..
previous. editions,. artwork. has. been. generated. to. accommodate. •.Statistics.for.all.countries.of.the.world..
colorblind.readers.. •.Glossary.of.important.terms..
•.Index.with.more.than.20,000.names.
 Many. new,. expanded,. and. updated. topics. have. been. added.
throughout,.including:.revised.material.on.immigration.flows.and.ethnic.
groups,.expanded.discussion.of.the.intensive.commercial.orientation.
of.American. agriculture,. expanded. treatment. of. WTO. negotiations.
including.the.Doha.round,.information.on.transnational.corporations.
and. the. impact. of. high-tech. industries. on. national. economies. and.
world.trade..
 Chapter.10.includes.an.extensive.update.and.the.latest.available.
data.on.the.many.social.and.economic.indicators..In.addition,.there.is.
a.new.section.reviewing.the.United.Nations.“Millennium.Development.
Goals”.that.are.central.to.the.identification.of.national.development.
objectives.and.assessment.of.achievements..
 Chapter. 11. has. been. rewritten. and. restructured. to. make. its.
content.easier.to.understand.and.more.accessible.to.students..
 Revised.“Getting.Started”.section,.including.new.“What.Is.Ge-
ography?”.subsection..
 The.Presentation.Center.accompanies.Human.Geography,.with.
all.of.the.art.and.tables.from.the.text,.most.of.the.photographs.from.the.
text,.extra.photos.from.other.sources,.and.a.complete.set.of.updated.
PowerPoint.lectures.
CONTENTS
1.Introduction:.Some.Background.Basics
Part 1 Themes and Fundamentals of Human Geography
186

GEOGRAPHY
INTERACTIVE WORLD ISSUES CD-ROM Is.Geography.Destiny?,.Broken.Borders,.Central.Place.Theory,.The.

By Cambridge Studios Canadian.City,.and.disposal.of.electronic.waste..
2004  Maps,.charts,.tables,.graphs,.and.illustrations.have.been.revised.
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-255648-3 / MHID: 0-07-255648-X throughout.to.include.the.most.current.data..Several.new.figures.have.
CONTENTS been.added.where.appropriate..
(CD-ROM.1).Oregon.  Discussions. of. Hurricane. Katrina. and. tsunami. have. been. ex-
Part.1..Salmon.Recovery:.A.Spatial.Approach. panded..
Part.2..Conflict.on.the.Umatilla.Part.3..Controversy.on.the.Columbia.
 Appendix. 2,. a. modified. version. of. the. 2006. World. Population.
South.Africa
Data.Sheet.of.the.Population.Reference.Bureau,.includes.basic.de-
.Part.1..The.Geography.of.Apartheid.
mographic.data.and.projections.for.countries,.regions,.and.continents,.
Part.2..Righting.the.Wrongs:.Initial.Land.Reform.Stategies.
as.well.as.selected.economic.and.social.statistics.helpful.in.national.
Part.3..Land.Reform.(CD-ROM.2).Mexico:.Motive.to.Migrate.
and.regional.comparisons..
Part.1..Mapping.Migration.
Part.2..Domestic.Destinations.  CD-ROM. available. to. instructors,. featuring. the. “Sights. and.
Part.3..Maquila.Movement.China—Lanzhou:.Frontier.Forces. Sounds”.of.world.regions..This.program.provides.brief.slide.shows.of.
Part.1..Borderlands.and.Ecoregions. China,.South.America,.or.the.South.Pacific.(in.addition.to.others).ac-
Part.2..Great.Walls,Silk.Roads,.and.Oil.Pipelines. companied.by.native.music.of.the.region.to.offer.a.glimpse.of.diversity.
Part.3..Han,.Hui,.and.Uygur.Chicago:.Farming.on.the.Edge. manifested.by.the.cultures.and.landscapes.of.world.regions..
Part.1..The.Growth.of.a.City.
Part.2..Put.Up.a.Parking.Lot. CONTENTS
Part.3..National.Implications.of.Cropland.Loss 1.Introduction.
2.Maps.
Part 1 The Earth Science Tradition
3.Physical.Geography:.Landforms.
4.Physical.Geography:.Weather.and.Climate.
5.The.Geography.of.Natural.Resources.
Part 2 The Culture-Environment Tradition
Intro to Geography
6.Population.Geography.
7.Cultural.Geography.
8.Spatial.Interaction.
9.Political.Geography.
Part 3 The Locational Tradition
10.Economic.Geography.
11.Urban.Geography.
12.Human.Impact.on.the.Environment.
NEW Part 4 The Area Analysis Tradition
International Edition 13.The.Regional.Concept
INTRODUCTION TO
GEOGRAPHY
11th Edition
PERTHES WORLD ATLAS
By Arthus Getis and Judith Getis of San Diego By Klett International
State University, Jerome Fellmann, University of 2007 (July 2006)
Illinois – Champaign and Victoria Getis, Ohio State
University ISBN-13: 978-0-07-329073-7 / MHID: 0-07-329073-4
http://www.mhhe.com/earthsci/geography/klett/
2008 (September 2006) / 576 pages The.NEW.World.Atlas.for.Higher.Education.and.College.Geography.
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-325649-8 / MHID: 0-07-325649-8 Level.teachings..This.new.atlas.uses.the.Klett-Perthes.high.quality.
(Mandatory Package) map.print.details.as.known.from.their.Wall.Maps..Features.over.350.
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110228-5 / MHID: 0-07-110228-0 [IE] pages.of.detailed.maps,.statistics,.glossary.and.information.to.teach.
http://www.mhhe.com/getis11e
This.market-leading.book.introduces.college.students.to.the.breadth. FEATURES
and spatial insights of the field of geography. The authors’ approach •.High.quality.physical.and.polical.maps..
allows.the.major.research.traditions.of.geography.to.dictate.the.prin- •.Sophisticated.thematic.maps..
cipal.themes..Chapter.1.introduces.students.to.the.four.organizing. •.Detailed.regional.maps..
traditions.that.have.emerged.through.the.long.history.of.geographical.
•.Easy.to.understand.introduction..
thought.and.writing:.earth.science,.culture-environment,.location,.and.
area.analysis..Each.of.the.four.parts.of.this.book.centers.on.one.of. •.Statistics.for.all.countries.of.the.world..
these.geographic.perspectives.. •.Glossary.of.important.terms..
NEW TO THIS EDITION
 Major.reorganization.and.revision.of.Chapter.11,.including.new.
sections.on.“Origin.and.Evolution.of.Cities,”.“The.Functions.of.Urban.
Areas,.and.“Planned.Cities.”.
 Seven.new.boxed.readings.have.been.added.to.this.edition,.in-
cluding:.Red.States,.Blue.States,.township.and.range.survey.system,.
187

GEOGRAPHY
CHANGING LANDSCAPES OF SINGAPORE

By Peggy Teo, Brenda S A Yeoh, Ooi Giok Ling and Karen P Y Lai
Physical Geography Lab
2004 / 240 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-123479-5 / MHID: 0-07-123479-9
An Asian Publication
The. transformations. that. have. occurred. in. Singapore’s. landscape.
have. been. rapid. since. independence.. Changing. Landscapes. of.
Singapore. discusses. these. changes. from. the. perspective. of. lived.
NEW
landscapes. which. have. day-to-day. meanings. for. Singaporeans.. It.
begins.with.an.exploration.of.the.major.physical.changes.resulting.
from.rapid.urbanisation.and.industrialisation.and.Singapore’s.attempt. PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY LABORATORY
to.balance.the.stresses.of.physical.development.with.the.needs.of.a.
green.agenda..Several.other.themes.relating.to.landscape.change. MANUAL
follow..A. section. on. landscapes. of. community. and. nationhood. in- By Karen Lemke, Michael Ritter and Neil Heywood of University of Wisc
vestigates.how.issues.concerning.shelter.(public.housing),.heritage. Stevens Point
conservation,.street-names.and.national.symbols.affect.Singaporeans’. 2009 (February 2008) / 384 pages
notions.of.belonging..This.is.followed.by.a.discussion.on.globalisation. ISBN-13: 978-0-07-287364-1 / MHID: 0-07-287364-7
and. the. way. it. affects. the. nationstate’s. development..This. section.
examines.not.only.Singapore’s.efforts.at.regionalisation.and.its.at- http://www.mhhe.com/lemke
tempt.to.gain.a.better.foothold.in.the.workings.of.the.global.capitalistic. Lemke.et.al:.Physical.Geography.Laboratory.Manual.is.a.compre-
system.but.also.evaluates.the.impacts.of.globalisation.on.the.society.. hensive.introductory.manual.for.students.without.a.previous.science.
The.last.section.on.forgotten.landscapes.is.a.reminder.of.who.and. background..An. abundant. set. of. 21. exercises. assures. that. every.
what.may.be.left.behind.in.striving.for.excellence..Landscapes.reveal. professor will find a complete set of preferred labs for a semester-
and refl ect forgotten needs as much as they record what have been long.course..Lemke/Ritter/Heywood.wrote.this.lab.manual.in.order.to.
remembered.and.valued..The.various.strands.are.brought.together. provide.equal.coverage.of.the.four.spheres.of.the.environment—the.
in the fi nal chapter where the landscape is used as a lens to raise atmosphere,.biosphere,.hydrosphere,.and.lithosphere..The.lab.manual.
questions. on. future. challenges.. While. intended. as. a. general. text. was written independent of any specific textbook and will work with
for.university.students,.this.book.will.also.provide.source.materials. available.physical.geography.texts.
for.school.teachers.(junior.college.and.upper.secondary.levels),.the.
general.student.population.as.well.as.the.general.reader.interested.
in.understanding.the.country’s.rapid.landscape.changes. FEATURES
 A.total.of.21.exercises.are.included.in.the.Lemke.et.al:.Physical.
CONTENTS Geography.Laboratory.Manual,.providing.comprehensive.coverage.
1.Introduction:.Changing.Landscapes.of.Singapore. of.the.four.spheres.of.the.environment—the.atmosphere,.biosphere,.
Part. I. NATURAL. ENVIRONMENTS. AND. ENGINEERED. LAND- hydrosphere,.and.lithosphere..
SCAPES.
 Each. exercise. includes. clearly. stated. Purpose,. Learning. Ob-
2.Environmental.Planning.and.Management.
jectives,.Introduction,.and.list.of.Important.Terms.in.addition.to.the.
3.Engineered.Biophysical.Landscapes:.Parks.and.Open.Spaces.for.
narrative.and.exercise.worksheets..
Recreation.
Part.II.LANDSCAPES.OF.COMMUNITY.AND.NATIONHOOD.  Fully.worked.examples.(e.g.,.determining.noon.sun.angle).im-
4.Urbanisation.and.Landscape.Changes. mediately.follow.the.description.of.an.exercise.and.its.instructions..
5. The. Nation,. Its. Signs. and. Symbols:. Street-names. and. Monu-
ments.  Full-color. artwork,. photographs,. and. especially. topographical.
6.Public.Housing:.The.Housing.of.a.Nation. maps.appear.within.Appendices.E.and.F..
7.Landscapes.of.Heritage:.Historic.and.Cultural.Districts.  Exercise.worksheets.include.a.combination.of.short.answer,.es-
Part.III.LANDSCAPES.OF.GLOBALISATION. say,.and.numerical.solution.(math.problems).type.of.questions.
8.Achieving.Global.City.Status:.Industrial.Restructuring.and.Region-
alisation. CONTENTS
9.Tourism.Capital:.Reinterpreting.Tourism.Space. EXERCISES
10.Transnational.Connectivities.and.Local.Tensions. 1..Earth-Sun.Geometry.and.Insolation.
Part.IV.FORGOTTEN.LANDSCAPES. 2..Radiation.and.Energy.Balance.at.the.Earth’s.Surface.
11.Neglected.Landscapes:.Old.and.Forgotten.Singaporeans 3..Atmospheric.Temperature.
12.Landscapes.of.Death:.Cemeteries,.Crematoria.and.Columbaria. 4..Atmospheric.Pressure,.Circulation.and.Wind.
13.Changing.Landscapes.and.Future.Challenges:.A.Review 5..Water.in.the.Atmosphere.
6..Lapse.Rates,.Adiabatic.Processes.and.Cloud.Development.
7..Midlatitude.Weather.and.Weather.Map.Interpretation.
8..Climate.Classification.and.Regional.Climates.
9..Soil.Moisture.Budgets.
10..Analysis.of.Soil.Moisture.Properties.
11..Climate,.Net.Primary.Production.and.Decomposition.
12..Vegetation.Form.and.Range.
13..Bioclimatic.Transects.
14..Coincident.Climates,.Vegetation.and.Soils.
15..Rainforest.Regeneration.Analysis.Using.Aerial.Imagery.
16..Introduction.to.Topographic.Maps.
17..Igneous.Landforms.
18..Drainage.Basin.Analysis.
19..Fluvial.Landforms.
20..Glacial.Landforms.
21..Coastal.Landforms.
Appendix.A..Units.of.Measures.and.Conversions.
Appendix.B..Drawing.Isolines.
188

GEOGRAPHY
Appendix.C..Constructing.Profiles.
Appendix.D..Using.Pocket.Stereoscopes. Meteorology
Appendix.E..Exercise.Topographic.Maps.and.Photos.
Appendix.F..Thematic.World.Maps
METEOROLOGY
2nd Edition
Map Use / Cartography By Eric W. Danielson, Hartford College For Women, James Levin,
Pennsylvania State University—University Park and Elliot Abrams, Ac-
cuWeather, Inc.
2003 / 558 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-242072-2 / MHID: 0-07-242072-3
(with Essential Study Partner CD-ROM) – Out of Print
International Edition ISBN-13: 978-0-07-121383-7 / MHID: 0-07-121383-X
[IE with Essential Study Partner CD-ROM]
MAP USE AND ANALYSIS http://www.mhhe.com/meteorology
4th Edition CONTENTS
By John Campbell, University of Wisconsin – Parkside
1.Introduction.to.Meteorological.Inquiry..
2001 / 384 pages
2.Is.the.Atmosphere’s.Composition.Changing?..
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-303748-6 / MHID: 0-07-303748-6 3. How. Does. the.Atmosphere. Maintain. Such. a. Steady. Tempera-
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-125264-5 / MHID: 0-07-125264-9 [IE] ture?..
www.mhhe.com/earthsci/geography/campbell4e 4.Humidity..
5.How.Do.Clouds.Form?..
CONTENTS 6.Precipitation..
Chapter.1.Introduction 7.Structure.of.Large.Mid-Latitude.Weather.Systems..
Chapter.2.Basic.Mapping.Processes. 8.Air.Masses,.Fronts,.and.Frontal.Cyclones..
Chapter.3.Map.Projections. 9.Weather.Forecasting..
Chapter.4.Locational.and.Land-Partitioning.Systems. 10.Circulations.on.Many.Scales,.and.Their.Interactions..
Chapter.5.Scale.and.Generalization.Concepts. 11.Thunderstorms.and.Tornadoes..
Chapter.6.Measurement.from.Maps. 12.Hurricanes..
Chapter.7.Route.Selection.and.Navigation. 13.Introduction.to.Climatology:.How.Stable.is.Earth’s.Climate?..
Chapter.8.Terrain.Representation. 14.Is.the.Atmosphere.Warming?..
Chapter.9.Contour.Interpretation. 15.Light.and.Color.in.the.Atmosphere..
Chapter.10.Topographic.Features. 16.Air.Pollution..
Chapter.11.Qualitative.and.Quantitative.Information. Appendix.
Chapter.12.Characteristics.of.Map.Features:.Shape.and.Point.Pat- A:.Some.Notable.Dates.in.the.History.of.Meteorology..
terns. B.Scientific.Notation..
Chapter.13.Characteristics.of.Map.Features:.Networks.and.Trees. C.SI.Units.of.Measurement..
Chapter.14.Cartograms.and.Special.Purpose.Maps D.Other.Units,.Conversion.Factors,.and.Constants..
Chapter.15.Maps.and.Graphs. E.List.of.Elements..
Chapter.16.Map.Misuse. F.Latitude.and.Longitude..
Chapter.17.Remote.Sensing.from.Airborne.Platforms. G.Time.Zones..
Chapter.18.Remote.Sensing.from.Space H.Weather.Plotting.Symbols..
Chapter.19.Computer-Assisted.Cartography. I.Windchill.and.Heat.Index.Tables..
Chapter.20.Digital.Map.Applications. J.Humidity.Tables..
Chapter.21.Geographic.Information.Systems.. K.Saturation.Mixing.Ratio.Diagram..
Appendixes:. L.Thermodynamic.Diagram..
A.U.S..and.Canadian.Map.Producers.and.Information.Sources. M.Climatological.Data..
B.Foreign.Maps. N.Atomic.Structure:.A.Review.of.Some.Basics
C.Copyright.
D.Magnetic.Compass.Use.E.Map.Storage.and.Cataloging.Systems.
F.British.National.Grid
189

GEOGRAPHY
World Regional  Chapter.Opening.Vignettes..Chapter.introductions.take.the.form.

of.interest-arousing.vignettes.to.focus.student.attention.on.the.local.
Geography lives.of.the.region..
 “Debate.Tables”.can.be.found.in.virtually.every.chapter..These.
tables. provide. critical. assessment. of. controversial. world. issues,.
engaging. students. and. supporting. critical. analytical. skills.. These.
important.tables.highlight.opposing.sides.of.important.world.issues..
Topics.featured.in.the.debate.tables.include.The.European.Union’s.
NEW Future;. Russia. as. a. World. Power;. Population. Policies. in. China;.
Singapore;.The.Israelis.versus.Palestinians;.HIV/AIDS.in.Materially.
Wealthy.and.Poor.Countries;.Africa:.Future.of.the.Region;.Tropical.
Deforestation;.and.the.Effects.of.NAFTA..
 Geography.At. Work. Boxes.. Interesting. Geography.At. Work.
ESSENTIALS OF WORLD boxes,.found.at.the.end.of.each.chapter,.provide.valuable.insights.
REGIONAL GEOGRAPHY into.the.ways.geographical.understandings.and.skills.are.used.in.a.
variety.of.jobs..
By Michael Bradshaw, College of St. Mark & John,
George White, Frostburg State University, Joseph  Foldout. World. Maps.. Foldout. world. maps. from. Klett-Perthes.
Dymond, George Washington University and can.be.easily.referenced.from.any.chapter.in.the.text..The.foldout.
Elizabeth Chacko section.at.the.back.of.the.text.focuses.on.world.climate;.urbanization.
and.migration;.and.a.guide.to.map.reading..
 The.Presentation.Center.accompanies.Essentials.of.World.Re-
gional.Geography,.with.all.of.the.art.and.tables.from.the.text,.most.of.
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-335938-0 / MHID: 0-07-335938-6 the.photographs.from.the.text,.extra.photos.from.other.sources,.and.
www.mhhe.com/bradshawessentials1e a.complete.set.of.PowerPoint.lectures..
This. shorter. version. of. the. highly. successful. Contemporary. World.  The.text’s.ARIS.site.offers.a.wealth.of.online.study.aids.for.stu-
Regional.Geography,.2e.gives.readers.a.fresh.new.approach.that. dents.as.well.as.teaching.aids.for.instructors..It.includes.interactive.
combines. fundamental. geographical. elements,. internal. regional. map.exercises,.interactive.chapter.quizzing,.key.term.flashcards,.and.
diversity,. and. contemporary. issues.. This. approach. allows. serious. base.maps.with.labeling.exercises..
discussion.of.cultural.and.environmental.issues,.as.well.as.political.
and.economic.issues..The.main.innovation.in.this.completely.rewrit-  Google.Earth.Exercises..New.Google.Earth.exercises.for.Essen-
ten.text.is.in.the.ordering.of.the.material.covered..While.other.texts. tials.of.World.Regional.Geography.engages.students.in.their.studies..
cut.photos,.illustrations,.and.boxed.material.from.their.WRG.books,. Google.Earth.is.a.free,.online.application.that.uses.satellite.imagery.to.
this.essentials.version.is.a.completely.rewritten.text.by.the.authors.
allow.the.user.to.zoom.across.the.globe.in.a.realistic,.virtual.environ-
of.Contemporary.World.Regional.Geography,.2e..Each.of.the.nine.
regional.chapters.opens.with.a.one-.or.two-page.map.of.the.region,. ment..There.are.exercises.for.9.different.regions.(in.ARIS).with.25.
short accounts of people or events to provide a personal flavor of different.multiple.choice.exercises.per.region.for.over.200.exercises.
the.region,.an.outline.of.the.chapter.contents,.and.a.short.section. total.as.well.as.a.user’s.manual.explaining.how.to.use.the.site.
placing.the.region.in.its.wider.global.context..Each.regional.chapter.
is consistently organized by three sections. The first section summa- CONTENTS
rizes.the.distinctive.physical.and.human.geographies.of.the.region;. Chapter.1.Essentials.of.World.Regional.Geography.
the. second. section. explores. the. internal. diversity. of. the. region. at. Chapter.2.Europe.
subregional,. selected. country,. and. local. levels.. The. third. section. Chapter.3.Russia.and.Neighboring.Countries.
focuses.on.a.selection.of.contemporary.issues.that.are.important.to.
Chapter.4.East.Asia.
the.people.of.each.region.and.frequently.have.implications.for.the.
rest.of.the.world..Each.regional.chapter.follows.the.same.framework,. Chapter.5.Southeast.Asia.and.South.Pacific.
allowing.students.to.easily.make.comparisons.from.one.world.region. Chapter.6.South.Asia.
to.the.next..Students.are.encouraged.to.consider.what.it.means.to. Chapter.7.Northern.Africa.and.Southwestern.Asia.
be.part.of.a.global.community.and.to.develop.their.geographical.un- Chapter.8.Africa.South.of.the.Sahara.
derstandings.of.world.events..The.authors.have.created.a.text.that. Chapter.9.Latin.America.
is.readable,.with.a.consistent.structure.within.chapters,.containing. Chapter.10.North.America
superior maps and illustrations, and finally – to offer a concise and
more.affordable.text..
FEATURES
 This. first. edition. was. produced. with. the. same. high. quality. as.
Contemporary.World.Regional.Geography,.2e,.but.contains.significant.
content.changes.including.new.and.revised.tables,.maps,.and.com-
pletely.rewritten.text..Students.will.see.that.world.regional.geography.
is.constantly.changing.in.response.to.developing.cultural,.economic,.
and.political.patterns..
 At.384.total.pages,.this.book.contains.all.of.the.essential.topics.
of.the.major.world.regions..
 Superior.quality.artwork,.illustrations,.and.photos.can.be.found.
throughout.this.text..
 A.variety.of.physical.and.thematic.maps.have.been.included.in.
this.text..Special.attention.has.been.given.to.the.population.density.
maps,.featured.in.all.ten.chapters,.providing.an.accurate.illustration.
of.the.population.distribution.in.the.world..
190

GEOGRAPHY
Latin America
CONTEMPORARY WORLD REGIONAL
GEOGRAPHY
2nd Edition
By Michael Bradshaw, College of St. Mark & John, Joseph Dymond, LATIN AMERICA AND THE CARIBBEAN
George Washington University, George White, Frostburg State University
and Elizabeth Chacko
4th Edition
By David L. Clawson, University of New Orleans
2007 (Dec 2005)
2006 (June 2005) / 448 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-330270-6 / MHID: 0-07-330270-8
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-282694-4 / MHID: 0-07-282694-0
(with Interactive World Issues CD)
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110799-0 / MHID: 0-07-110799-1 This.book.has.been.written.primarily.as.a.geography.of.Latin.America.
[IE with CD and ARIS] and.the.Caribbean,.but.is.also.intended.to.serve.as.an.interdisciplinary.
introduction.to.the.region..The.focus.of.the.text.is.on.comprehension.
http://www.mhhe.com/bradshaw2e of.concepts,.patterns,.and.issues.rather.than.on.memorization.of.facts.
and figures. The latter are provided, but they are intended primarily to
Contemporary. World. Regional. Geography. provides. a. current,. bal-
illustrate.the.underlying.conditions.rather.than.to.serve.as.the.focus.
anced.geographical.study.of.world.issues.through.analysis.of.nine.
of the text. The text is designed for maximum flexibility. Written to be
world.regions.and.the.countries.in.each..It.consistently.integrates.the.
readable.for.beginning.students,.it.is.also.generously.documented.
themes.of.“global.connections”.and.“local.voices”.and.is.structured.so.
with.scholarly.references.for.the.research.needs.of.advanced.under-
that.within.each.chapter.the.global.and.local.tensions.are.discussed,.as.
graduate.and.graduate.students..The.individual.chapters.can.be.used.
well.as.economic,.political,.cultural,.social,.and.environmental.issues..
in.all,.or.in.part,.and.in.any.order..
Each.chapter.follows.the.same.framework,.allowing.students.to.easily.
make.comparisons.from.one.world.region.to.the.next.
CONTENTS
CONTENTS 1.The.Changing.Face.of.Latin.America.and.the.Caribbean
Chapter.1:.Globalization.and.World.Regions. I Physical Geography
Chapter.2:.Human.Development.and.World.Regional.Geography. 2.Landform.Regions.of.Latin.America.and.the.Caribbean.
Chapter.3:.Europe. 3.Weather.and.Climate.
Chapter.4:.Russia.and.Neighboring.Countries. 4.Natural.Regions
Chapter.5:.East.Asia. II Cultural Patterns
Chapter.6:.Southeast.Asia.and.South.Pacific. 5.Iberian.Heritage,.Conquest,.and.Institutions.
Chapter.7:.South.Asia. 6.Political.Change.
Chapter.8:.Northern.Africa.and.Southwestern.Asia. 7.Race,.Ethnicity,.and.Social.Class.
Chapter.9:.Africa.South.of.Sahara. 8.Latin.America.as.a.Culture.Region.
Chapter.10:.Latin.America. 9.Religion
Chapter.11:.North.America. III Economic Patterns
Chapter.12:.Global.Connections,.Local.Voices 10.Agriculture.and.Agrarian.Development.
Glossary.of.Key.Terms. 11.Mining,.Manufacturing,.and.Tourism.
Index 12.Urbanization,.Population.Growth,.and.Migration.
13.Development.and.Health
PERTHES WORLD ATLAS

By Klett International
2007 (July 2006)
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-329073-7 / MHID: 0-07-329073-4
http://www.mhhe.com/earthsci/geography/klett/
The.NEW.World.Atlas.for.Higher.Education.and.College.Geography.
Level.teachings..This.new.atlas.uses.the.Klett-Perthes.high.quality.
map.print.details.as.known.from.their.Wall.Maps..Features.over.350.
pages.of.detailed.maps,.statistics,.glossary.and.information.to.teach.
FEATURES
•.High.quality.physical.and.polical.maps..
•.Sophisticated.thematic.maps..
•.Detailed.regional.maps..
•.Easy.to.understand.introduction..
•.Statistics.for.all.countries.of.the.world..
•.Glossary.of.important.terms..
191

GEOGRAPHY
US & Canada
THE UNITED STATES AND CANADA

The Land and the People, 2nd Edition
By Arthur Getis, Judith Getis and Imre Quastler of San Diego State Uni-
versity - San Diego
2001 / 448 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-235677-9 / MHID: 0-07-235677-4
www.mhhe.com/earthsci/geography/survey.mhtml
CONTENTS
1 Introduction
2 Phyiscal Features of the United States and Canada
3 Settlement Patterns before 1950
4 Population Trends since 1950
5 Political Geography
6 Agriculture, Gathering, and Extractive Industries
7 Industrial and Commercial Organization
8 Modern Transportation and Communication Systems
9 Cities
10 Neighborhoods
11 Recreational Resources
12 Human Impact on the Environment
13 Culture Regions of the United States
14 The Canadian Difference

Complimentary desk copies are available for McGraw-Hill is interested in
course adoption only. Kindly contact your reviewing manuscript for
local McGraw-Hill Representative or fax the publication. Please contact your
Examination Copy Request Form available on local McGraw-Hill office or email to
the back pages of this catalog. asiapub@mcgraw-hill.com
Visit McGraw-Hill Education Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)

Website: www.mheducation.com Website: www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg
192

Dinosaurs..........................................................................................................195
GEOLOGY
Earth Science....................................................................................................195
Environmental Geology.....................................................................................197
General Geology...............................................................................................198
Geomorphology.................................................................................................198
Hazards/Natural Disasters................................................................................198
Historical Geology.............................................................................................199
Hydrogeology....................................................................................................200
Meteorology.......................................................................................................200
Oceanography...................................................................................................200
Paleontology......................................................................................................202
Petrology...........................................................................................................203
Physical Geology
- Laboratory...................................................................................................206
- Textbook......................................................................................................203
193
HED 08 Geology (11).indd 193 11/13/2007 2:27:47 PM

NEW TITLES
GEOLOGY
Natural Disasters, 6e Abbott 9780073292328 007329232X 198
Physical Geology, 7e Carlson 9780073256481 007325648X 203
Exploring the World Ocean Chamberlin 9780073312767 0073312762 200
Lab Manual to accompany Physical Geology, 6e (Revised) Jones 9780077218942 0077218949 206
Laboratory Studies in Earth History, 9e Levin 9780073050720 0073050725 199
The Good Earth: Introduction to Earth Sciences McConnell 9780073256504 0073256501 195
Environmental Geology, 8e Montgomery 9780077216054 0077216059 197
Physical Geology, 12e Plummer 9780077216061 0077216067 204
Exploring Geology Reynolds 9780073256511 007325651X 205
Introduction to the Worlds Oceans, 9e Sverdrup 9780073254838 0073254835 201
194

GEOLOGY
Dinosaurs Earth Science
DINOSAURS NEW
The Textbook, 5th Edition International Edition
By Spencer George Lucas, New Mexico Museum of Natural History
2007 (Oct 2005) / 320 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-282695-1 / MHID: 0-07-282695-9 THE GOOD EARTH
http://www.mhhe.com/lucas5e Introduction to Earth
Sciences
Dinosaurs:.The.Textbook.is.a.monument.to.our.present.understanding.
of.these.wonderful.creatures..It.is.a.book.that.takes.the.student.on.
a.journey.through.nearly.every.aspect.of.dinosaur.biology,.geology,. By David McConnell, David Steer, Katherine
and.the.history.of.their.discovery..The.book.presents.facts.together. Owens, Catherine Knight and Lisa Park of Uni-
versity of Akron
with. current. ideas,. notions,. and. controversies.. Dr.. Lucas. presents.
dinosaurs.as.successful,.living.creatures.that.were.merely.different.
in. appearance. from. animals. living. today.. Dr.. Lucas. has. written. a.
comprehensive.book.that.is.easily.read.and.understood.by.students. 2008 (March 2007)
with little scientific background--a book that teaches students not only ISBN-13: 978-0-07-325650-4 / MHID: 0-07-325650-1
how to use scientific methods, but how to synthesize data to create
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110220-9 / MHID: 0-07-110220-5 [IE]
their.own.ideas..In.contrast.with.many.dinosaur.books.from.the.past,.
Dr.. Lucas,. although. indicating. his. own. views,. allows. students. the. www.mhhe.com/thegoodearth
opportunity.to.think.for.themselves..
The.Good.Earth.(TGE).is.the.product.of.collaboration.between.the.
content. rigor. provided. by. Earth. Science. specialists. (McConnell,.
CONTENTS
Park,.Steer).and.the.results.of.research.on.learning.as.contributed.
A.Dinosaur.Dictionary. by. pedagogical. experts. (Knight,. Owens).. TGE. has. been. explicitly.
1.Dinosaur.Hunters. designed.to.be.compatible.with.inquiry-based,.active.learning.in.the.
2.Evolution,.Phylogeny,.and.Classification. college.classroom..The.structural.elements.of.this.text.will.allow.the.
3.Fossils,.Sedimentary.Environments,.and.Geologic.Time. instructor.to.incorporate.these.student-centered.teaching.methods.
4.The.Origin.of.Dinosaurs. into.their.Earth.Science.course..The.authors.have.tested.the.book’s.
content.and.pedagogy.in.large.Earth.Science.classes.for.non-majors.
5.Theropods.
that.are.populated.with.mostly.freshmen..Their.experiences.show.that.
6.Sauropodomorphs. the.materials.and.methods.in.TGE.can.improve.students’.learning,.
7.Ornithopods. increase. daily. attendance,. reduce. attrition,. and. increase. students’.
8.Stegosaurs.and.Ankylosaurs. enthusiasm.in.comparison.with.classes.taught.following.a.traditional.
9.Ceratopsians.and.Pachycephalosaurs. lecture format. The authors have chosen to emphasize three scientific
10.The.Dinosaurian.World. themes throughout the text: i) scientific literacy; ii) Earth Science and
11.Dinosaur.Trace.Fossils. the human experience; and, iii) the science of global change. The
12.Dinosaur.Biology.and.Behavior. discussion of scientific methods is woven into the text throughout.
13.Hot-Blooded.Dinosaurs?. They.have.included.numerous.examples.of.human.interaction.with.
the.Earth.that.can.serve.as.entry.points.for.students.to.appreciate.the.
14.The.Origin.of.Birds.
nature.of.science..Global.change.is.a.theme.that.is.evident.in.much.
15.Dinosaur.Extinction. current. Earth. Science. research. so. our. authors. have. used. global.
16.Dinosaurs.in.the.Public.Eye. change.as.a.content.theme.throughout.the.book..
Appendix.A.Primer.of.Dinosaur.Anatomy
FEATURES
 The.Good.Earth.is.designed.to.be.compatible.with.inquiry-based,.
active.learning.in.the.college.classroom..It.emphasizes.“active.learn-
ing”.by.providing.ample.opportunities.for.self-assessment.throughout.
the.text.and.in.the.accompanying.instructor’s.manual..The.text.and.
instructor’s. manual. make. it. easy. to. incorporate. student-centered.
learning.into.any.Earth.Science.course..
 The. Good. Earth. provides. a. specialized. range. of. expertise. in.

geology.and.education.to.support.the.text’s.goal.of.being.a.unique.
McGraw-Hill is interested in collaboration.of.earth.science.and.active.learning.modules..The.author.
reviewing manuscript for team.is.a.product.of.collaboration.between.content.rigor.provided.by.
publication. Please contact your Earth.Science.specialists.(David.McConnell,.David.Steer,.and.Lisa.
Park).AND.the.results.of.research.learning.contributed.by.pedagogical.
local McGraw-Hill offi ce or email to experts.(Catharine.Knight.and.Katharine.Owens)..
 Another.unique.differentiation.is.the.authors’.goal.to.introduce.
cognitive.development.by.providing.guidance.to.instructors.on.“how”.
Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) to.utilize.inquiry-based.learning.strategies..This.text.and.its.instructor’s.
Website: www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg manual.provide.learning.resources.such.as.active.learning.exercises.
that.can.be.used.in.class.or.to.support.reading.assignments,.links.
with.big.ideas.of.science.as.defined.by.the.American.Association.of.
the.Advancement.of.Science.(AAAS),.suggestions.for.optimal.teach-
ing. practices,. and. scaffolding. activities. that. step. students. through.
increasingly.sophisticated.reasoning.tasks..
195

GEOLOGY
 The text organization is similar to competing texts with the defin-  The Instructor’s Guide is also included on the Instructor’s Test
ing difference being the focus on concepts and everyday examples and Resource CD.
that will support what is relevant to the student.
 McGraw-Hill has partnered with eInstruction to provide the
 The theme of scientific method is woven throughout the text. revolutionary Classroom Performance System (CPS) and to bring
Three scientific themes are emphasized: (1) scientific literacy (2) Earth interactivity into the classroom. CPS is a wireless response system
Science and human experience (3) the science of global change. that gives the instructor and students immediate feedback from the
entire class. The wireless response pads are essentially remotes that
 Rather than putting key terms in bold print like most texts, key
are easy to use and engage students. A text-specific set of questions,
concepts are placed in bold throughout the text. The authors’ goal
formatted for both CPS and Powerpoint, is available via download
is for students to gain conceptual understanding and vocabulary
from the Instructor area of The Good Earth ARIS site.
terms alone do not always provide this understanding but promote
memorization. CONTENTS
 Numerous Check Points or assessment questions/activities are 1 Introduction to Earth Science
included in every section of the text. These allow students to apply 2 Earth in Space
what they have learned without having to wait until the end of the 3 Near-Earth Objects
chapter. 4 Plate Tectonics
5 Earthquakes
 Each section of a chapter ends with a Comprehension Survey 6 Volcanoes and Mountains
that asks the students to reflect upon their ability to complete the four 7 Rocks and Minerals
checkpoints that were in that section. Students use these surveys to 8 Geologic Time
evaluate what they have learned in the section. 9 Weathering and Soils
 Unlike most instructor’s manuals, The Good Earth Instructor’s 10 Slope Failure
Manual was written by the authors based on their experiences in 11 Streams and Floods
their classrooms. The instructor’s manual includes information on 12 Groundwater and Wetlands
how to conduct cooperative learning exercises, assess using levels 13 Oceans and Coastlines
of thinking, use geoscience inquiry methods in large lecture settings, 14 The Atmosphere
use Venn Diagrams, peer use peer instruction, etc. 15 Weather Systems
16 Earth’s Climate System
 Each chapter begins with an opening photo and question to gain 17 Global Change
the reader’s attention. The opener is then followed by an introduction
containing an example of the connection between science and tech-
nology and builds on a context or event familiar to the student.
 Chapter Snapshots are provided for most of the chapters.
Designed in a two-page format, these specialized sections feature
DICTIONARY OF EARTH SCIENCE
in-depth discussions of key concepts.
 Each chapter ends with a section titled “The Big Picture.” This 2nd Edition
section ties all the concepts learned in the chapter together. It brings By McGraw-Hill
the reader back to the chapter opening question. 2003 / 468 pages
 Each chapter ends with a Concept Map Exercise for students ISBN-13: 978-0-07-141045-8 / MHID: 0-07-141045-7
to complete. A Professional Publication
 McGraw-Hill’s ARIS – Assessment, Review, and Instruction CONTENTS
System for The Good Earth (www.mhhe.com/thegoodearth ) is a Preface
complete, online tutorial, electronic homework, and course manage- Staff
ment system, designed for greater ease of use than any other system How to Use the Dictionary
available. All PowerPoint lectures, assignments, quizzes, animations, Fields and Their Scope
flash cards, tutorials, and Internet activities are directly tied to text- Pronunciation Key
specific materials in The Good Earth. Instructors can also edit ques- A-Z Terms
tions, import their own content, and create announcements and due Appendix
dates for assignments. ARIS has automatic grading and reporting of
easy-to-assign homework, quizzing, and testing.
 ARIS Presentation Center is an online digital library containing
assets such as photos, artwork, animations, PowerPoints, and other
media types that can be used to create customized lectures, visually
enhanced tests and quizzes, compelling course websites, or attractive
printed support materials. The Presentation Center library includes
thousands of assets from many McGraw-Hill titles. Complimentary desk copies are available for
 The Discovery Channel DVD offers short (3-5 minute) videos on course adoption only. Kindly contact your
topics ranging from conservation to volcanoes. local McGraw-Hill Representative or fax the
 The Instructor’s Testing and Resource CD-ROM is a cross- Examination Copy Request Form available on
platform CD that provides a wealth of resources for the instructor. the back pages of this catalog.
Among the supplements featured on this CD is a computerized test
bank that uses testing software to quickly create customized exams.
The user-friendly program allows instructors to search for questions
by topic, format, or difficulty level, edit existing questions or add new Website: www.mheducation.com
ones; and scramble questions for multiple versions of the same test.
Word files of the test bank questions are provided for those instructors COMPLIMENTARY COPIES
who prefer to work outside the test-generator software.
196

GEOLOGY
Environmental Geology
EARTH SCIENCE
Understanding Environmental Systems
By Edgar W. Spencer, Washington & Lee University
2003 / 544 pages NEW
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-234146-1 / MHID: 0-07-234146-7 International Edition
(Out of Print)
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-121876-4 / MHID: 0-07-121876-9 [IE]
http://www.mhhe.com/spencer
ENVIRONMENTAL GEOLOGY
CONTENTS 8th Edition
I.Introduction.to.Earth.System.Science..
Unit I Major Elements of the Earth System.. By Carla W Montgomery, Northern Illinois Uni-
1.The.Building.Blocks.of.Earth.Materials.. versity
2.Minerals.and.the.Rock.Cycle..
3.Earth.Model—Core-Mantle.System..
4.Time.and.Change.in.Earth.Systems..
Unit II The Plate Tectonic System . 2008 (October 2007)
5.Plate.Tectonics.and.Mountain.Building..
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-721605-4 / MHID: 0-07-721605-9
6.Earthquakes..
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128362-5 / MHID: 0-07-128362-5 [IE]
7.Volcanic.Activity..
Unit III Earth’s Physical Climate System. www.mhhe.com/montgomery8
Part 1 Oceans and Coasts .
Environmental.Geology,.8e.presents.the.student.with.a.broad.over-
8.The.Sea.Floor.and.Marine.Environments.. view.of.environmental.geology..The.text.looks.both.at.how.the.earth.
9.Ocean.Dynamics.. developed.into.its.present.condition.and.where.matters.seem.to.be.
10.Coasts.and.Coastal.Environments.. moving.for.the.future..It.is.hoped.that.this.knowledge.will.provide.the.
Part 2 The Atmosphere.. student with a useful foundation for discussing and evaluating specific
11.Earth’s.Atmosphere.. environmental.issues,.as.well.as.for.developing.ideas.about.how.the.
12.The.Atmosphere.in.Motion.. problems.should.be.solved.
13.Climate—Past,.Present,.and.Future..
Part 3 The Land Surface.. NEW TO THIS EDITION
14.Introduction.to.Earth’s.Land.Environments..  Coverage.in.many.chapters.has.been.enhanced.by.boxed.read-
15.Weathering.and.Soil.Development.. ings.and.more.current.examples..
16.Mass.Wasting—The.Work.of.Gravity..
17.The.Role.of.the.Wind..  A.chapter.on.climate.change.has.been.added.to.this.edition.
18.Streams..
19.GroundWater.. CONTENTS
20.The.Role.of.Ice.in.Earth.Systems.. Section One Foundations
Unit IV The Solar System and Its Place in the Universe 1.An.Overview.of.Our.Planetary.Environment.
21.Earth’s.Neighbors.in.Space—The.Solar.System.. 2.Rocks.and.Minerals—A.First.Look
22.Beyond.the.Solar.System.. Section Two Internal Processes
Appendix.A.Units.and.Conversions.. 3.Plate.Tectonics.
Appendix.B.Minerals.. 4.Earthquakes.
Appendix.C.Rock.Identification.. 5.Volcanoes
Appendix.D.Topographic.and.Geologic.Maps.. Section Three Surface Processes
Appendix.E.Star.Charts.. 6.Streams.and.Flooding.
Appendix.F.The.Periodic.Table.of.Elements..Appendix.G.Glossary. 7.Coastal.Zones.and.Processes.
8.Mass.Movements.
9.Ice.and.Glaciers,.Wind.and.Deserts.
10.Climate—Past,.Present,.and.Future
Section Four Resources
11.Water.as.a.Resource.
12.Soil.as.a.Resource.
13.Mineral.and.Rock.Resources.
14.Energy.Resources—Fossil.Fuels.
15.Energy.Resources—Alternative.Sources
Section Five Waste Disposal, Pollution, and Health
16.Waste.Disposal.
17.Water.Pollution.
18.Air.Pollution
Section Six Other Related Topics
19.Environmental.Law.
20.Land-Use.Planning.and.Engineering.Geology
Appendix.A.Geologic.Time,.Geologic.Process.Rates.
Appendix. B. Introduction. to. Topographic. and. Geologic. Maps. and.
Remotely.Sensed.Imagery.
Appendix.C.Mineral.and.Rock.Identification
197

GEOLOGY
General Geology Hazards / Natural

Disasters
DICTIONARY OF GEOLOGY AND

MINERALOGY
2nd Edition NEW
By McGraw-Hill International Edition
2003 / 420 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-141044-1 / MHID: 0-07-141044-9
A Professional Publication NATURAL DISASTERS
CONTENTS 6th Edition
Preface..
By Patrick Leon Abbott, San Diego State Univer-
Staff.. sity
How.to.Use.the.Dictionary..
Fields.and.Their.Scope..
Pronunciation.Key..
Dictionary..
Appendix 2008 (March 2007)
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-329232-8 / MHID: 0-07-329232-X
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110218-6 / MHID: 0-07-110218-3 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/abbott6e
This.book.focuses.on.natural.disasters:.how.the.normal.processes.of.
the.Earth.concentrate.their.energies.and.deal.heavy.blows.to.humans.
and.their.structures..It.is.concerned.with.how.the.natural.world.oper-
Geomorphology
ates.and,.in. so.doing,. kills. and. maims. humans. and. destroys.their.
works..Throughout.the.book,.certain.themes.are.maintained:.*.energy.
sources.underlying.disasters.*.plate.tectonics.and.climate.change.*.
earth processes operating in rock, water, and atmosphere * signifi-
cance.of.geologic.time.*.complexities.of.multiple.variables.operating.
simultaneously.*.detailed.and.readable.case.studies.
NEW TO THIS EDITION

 New.feature:.Entire.text.has.been.revised.to.feature.4-color.line.
PROCESS GEOMORPHOLOGY drawings.and.photos..
4th Edition  Case. Histories:. The. text. aims. to. explain. important. principles.
By Dale F Ritter, University of Nevada-Desert Research Institute, R Craig about. the. Earth. and. then. develop. further. understanding. through.
Kochel, Bucknell University and Jerry R Miller, University of Nevada- numerous.case.studies..
Desert Research Institute
2002 / 576 pages  End-of-Chapter.Learning.Aids:.Learning.aids.at.the.conclusion.
ISBN-13: 978-0-697-34411-3 / MHID: 0-697-34411-8 of.every.chapter.include.Terms.to.Remember,.Questions.for.Review.
(Out of Print) and.Questions.for.Further.Thought..
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-111022-8 / MHID: 0-07-111022-4 [IE]  Organization:. The. primary. organization. of. the. book. is. based.
CONTENTS on.an.energy.theme..Chapter.1.leads.off.with.data.describing.death.
and.destruction,.and.then.examines.the.energy.sources.underlying.
1.Process.Geomorphology.
disasters..Earthquake.and.volcano.disasters.fueled.by.Earth’s.internal.
2.Climate.and.Internal.Forces.
energy.are.addressed.in.Chapters.2.through.7.and.are.organized.
3.Chemical.Weathering.and.Soils.
on.a.plate-tectonics.theme..Disasters.powered.primarily.by.gravity.
4.Physical.Weathering,.Mass.Movement,.and.Slopes.
are.covered.in.Chapter.8.on.mass.movements..Disasters.fueled.by.
5.The.Drainage.Basin:.Development,.Mormometry,.and.Hydrology.
the.external.energy.of.the.Sun.are.examined.in.Chapters.9.through.
6.Fluvial.Processes.
13.on.climate.change,.severe.weather,.floods,.and.fire..Chapter.14.
7.Fluvial.Landforms.
examines.the.great.dyings.encased.in.the.fossil.record..Chapter.15.
8.Wind.Processes.and.Landforms.
examines.impacts.from.asteroids.and.comets.and.includes.plans.to.
9.Glaciers.and.Glacial.Mechanics.
protect.Earth.from.future.impacts..
10.Glacial.Erosion,.Deposition.at.Landforms.
11.Periglacial.Processes.and.Landforms  Comprehensiveness:.The.text.covers.the.most.significant.natural.
12.Karst:.Processes.and.Landforms. hazards. from. geologic. to. oceanographic. to. atmospheric. to. space.
13.Coastal.Zones:.Processes.and.Landforms. debris.and.their.associated.phenomena..The.broad.range.of.natural.
Bibliography.. disasters.topics.allows.each.instructor.to.select.those.chapters.that.
Index cover.their.interests.and.local.hazards..
CONTENTS
1.Natural.Disasters.and.Their.Energy.Sources.
2.Plate.Tectonics.and.Earthquakes.
3. Basic. Principles. of. Earthquake. Geology,. Seismology. and. Tsu-
nami.
198

GEOLOGY
4.Some.Earthquakes.in.Western.North.America.  Updated.Geologic.Time.Scale:.Geologic.Time.Scale.has.been.
5.More.United.States.and.Canadian.Earthquakes updated.
6.Volcanic.Eruptions:.Plate.Tectonics.and.Magmas.
7.Volcanic.Eruptions.Continue. CONTENTS
8.Mass.Movements. 1.Introduction.to.Sedimentary.Rocks.
9.Climate.Change 2.Textural.Clues.to.the.History.of.Sediment.
10.Severe.Weather. 3.Sedimentary.Rocks.under.the.Microscope.
11.Hurricanes.and.the.Coastline. 4.Ancient.Sedimentary.Environments.
12.Floods. 5.Tectonic.Settings.
13.Fire. 6.Sea-Floor.Spreading.and.Plate.Tectonics.
14.The.Great.Dyings. 7.Age.Relations.and.Unconformity.
15.Impacts.with.Space.Objects 8.Rock.Units.and.Time-Rock.Units.
9.The.Advance.and.Retreat.of.Ancient.Shorelines.
10. Fossils. and. Their. Living. Relatives:. Protists,. Sponges,. Corals,.
Bryozoans,.and.Brachiopods.
11.Fossils.and.Their.Living.Relatives:.Mollusks,.Arthropods,.Echino-
derms,.Graptolites,.and.Plants.
12.Fossil.Indicators.of.Age,.Environment,.and.Correlation.
13.A.Brief.Survey.of.the.Vertebrates.
Historical Geology 14.Geologic.Maps.and.Geologic.Structures.
15.Canadian.Shield.and.Basement.Rocks.of.North.America.
16.Mountain.Belts.of.North.America.
17.The.Interior.Plains.and.Plateaus.
18.Identification.of.Minerals.
19.Igneous.Rocks.
20.Metamorphic.Rocks
NEW List.of.Tables.
List.of.Colorplates.
List.of.Plates.
Preface
LABORATORY STUDIES IN
EARTH HISTORY
9th Edition
By Harold L Levin, Washington University--St

Louis and Michael S Smith
EVOLUTION OF THE EARTH
2008 (September 2007) / 320 pages 7th Edition
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-305072-0 / MHID: 0-07-305072-5 By Donald A. Prothero, Occidental College and Robert Dott, University of
Wisconsin—Madison
Utilizing actual case studies and field photographs, this successful 2004 (July 2003) / 608 pages
lab.manual.covers.the.full.spectrum.of.historical.geology.sediments,. ISBN-13: 978-0-07-252808-4 / MHID: 0-07-252808-7
plate tectonics, paleontology, and petrology in flexible, self-contained
units..This.manual.has.been.developed.for.use.in.both.non-majors. ISBN-13: 978-0-07-121628-9 / MHID: 0-07-121628-6 [IE]
and.combined.courses.in.historical.geology..The.exercises.emphasize. http://www.mhhe.com/prothero7
the.principles.and.methods.by.which.geologists.discover.the.origins.
and.changing.nature.of.our.planet..These.exercises.or.“studies”.will. CONTENTS
help.students.understand.how.ancient.conditions.can.be.read.from. 1.Time.and.Terrestrial.Change..
rocks.and.fossils,.how.geologic.forces.at.the.surface.and.within.the. 2. Floods,. Fossils,. and. Heresies:. “No. vestige. of. a. beginning,. no.
planet.can.alter.the.environment,.and.how.events.of.the.past.can.be.
prospect.of.an.end?”..
placed.within.an.integrated.chronological.sequence..The.exercises.
are.designed.for.students.who.may.not.intend.to.specialize.in.geol- 3.Evolution..
ogy. This does not mean, however, that the treatment is superficial, 4. The. Relative. Geologic. Time. Scale. and. Modern. Concepts. of.
nor.that.it.cannot.give.adequate.preparation.for.students.pursuing.an. Stratigraphy.
academic.major.in.the.earth.sciences.. 5.The.Numerical.Dating.of.the.Earth..
6.Origin.and.Early.Evolution.of.the.Earth..
NEW TO THIS EDITION 7.Mountain.Building.and.Drifting.Continents..
8. Cryptozoic. History:.An. Introduction. to. the. Origin. of. Continental.
 Sedimentary.Rock.Labs:.The.first.four.labs.in.the.manual.have.
Crust..
been.extensively.revised..
9.Early.Life.and.its.Patterns..
 Each. exercise. begins. with. a. complete. list. of. “What. You. Will. 10.Earliest.Paleozoic.History:.The.Sauk.Sequence—An.Introduction.
Need.”. to.Cratons.and.Epeiric.Seas..
11.The.Later.Ordovician:.Further.Studies.of.Plate.Tectonics.and.the.
 Chapter.9,.The.Advanced.Retreat.of.Ancient.Shorelines:.A.new. Paleogeography.of.Orogenic.Belts..
discussion. about. paleogeography. has. been. added. to. the. begin- 12.The.Middle.Paleozoic:.Time.of.Reefs,.Salt,.and.Forests..
ning.of.this.lab..Also,.there.are.new.study.questions.on.the.topic.of. 13. Late. Paleozoic. History:.A. Tectonic. Climax. and. Retreat. of. the.
paleogeography.. Sea..
 Chapter.18,.Identification.of.Minerals:.At.the.request.of.review- 14.The.Mesozoic.Era:.Age.of.Reptiles.and.Continental.Breakup..
ers,.the.authors.have.added.an.Identification.of.Minerals.chapter.to. 15.Cenozoic.History:.Threshold.of.the.Present..
the.manual.. 16.Pleistocene.Glaciation.and.the.Advent.of.Humans..
17.The.Best.of.all.Possible.Worlds?..
199

GEOLOGY
Appendix.I.The.Classification.and.Relationships.of.Life.. 3. How. Does. the.Atmosphere. Maintain. Such. a. Steady. Tempera-

Appendix.II.English.Equivalents.of.Metric.Measures ture?
4.Humidity.
5.How.Do.Clouds.Form?.
6.Precipitation.
7.Structure.of.Large.Mid-Latitude.Weather.Systems.
8.Air.Masses,.Fronts,.and.Frontal.Cyclones.
9.Weather.Forecasting.
10.Circulations.on.Many.Scales,.and.Their.Interactions.
Hydrogeology 11.Thunderstorms.and.Tornadoes.
12.Hurricanes.
13.Introduction.to.Climatology:.How.Stable.is.Earth’s.Climate?.
14.Is.the.Atmosphere.Warming?.
15.Light.and.Color.in.the.Atmosphere.
16.Air.Pollution.
International Edition Appendix
A.Some.Notable.Dates.in.the.History.of.Meteorology.
B.Scientific.Notation.
INTRODUCTION TO HYDROGEOLOGY C.SI.Units.of.Measurement.
By David Deming, University of Oklahoma-Norman D.Other.Units,.Conversion.Factors,.and.Constants.
2002 / 480 pages E.List.of.Elements.
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-232622-2 / MHID: 0-07-232622-0 F.Latitude.and.Longitude.
(Out of Print) G.Time.Zones.
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-113019-6 / MHID: 0-07-113019-5 [IE] H.Weather.Plotting.Symbols.
I.Windchill.and.Heat.Index.Tables.
CONTENTS
J.Humidity.Tables.
1.Fluids.in.the.Earth’s.Crust:.The.Science.of.Hydrogeology. K.Saturation.Mixing.Ratio.Diagram.
2.Darcy’s.Law.and.Hydraulic.Head. L.Thermodynamic.Diagram.
3.Properties.of.Porous.Media. M.Climatological.Data.
4.Geologic.Fluids. N.Atomic.Structure:.A.Review.of.Some.Basics
5.Transient.Flow.
6.Near.Surface.Flow.
7.Driving.Forces.and.Mechanisms.for.Fluid.Flow.
8.Abnormal.Fluid.Pressures.
9.Environmental.Hydrogeology.
10.Petroleum.Migration.
11.Heat.Transport.
12.Earthquakes,.Stress,.and.Fluids.
13.Fluids.in.the.Oceanic.Crust.
Oceanography
14.Fluids.and.Ore.Deposits
NEW
Meteorology
EXPLORING THE WORLD
OCEAN
By Sean Chamberlin, Fullerton College and

International Edition Tommy Dickey
METEOROLOGY
2nd Edition
2008 (January 2007)
By Eric W. Danielson, Hartford College for Women, James Levin, Pennsyl-
vania State University—University Park and Elliot Abrams, AccuWeather, ISBN-13: 978-0-07-331276-7 / MHID: 0-07-331276-2
Inc.
www.mhhe.com/chamberlin1e
2003 / 558 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-242072-2 / MHID: 0-07-242072-3 Exploring. the. World. Ocean. presents. oceanography. as. a. systems.
science,.aimed.at.understanding.the.world.ocean.as.a.single,.inter-
(with Essential Study Partner CD-ROM) – Out of Print
dependent.system.of.interacting.geological,.physical,.chemical.and.
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-121383-7 / MHID: 0-07-121383-X biological.processes..Also.emphasized.is.the.idea.that.ocean.science.
[IE with Essential Study Partner CD-ROM] is.an.ongoing.process,.dependent.upon.cutting-edge.technology.and.
research..Students.are.encouraged.to.take.an.active.role.in.learning.
http://www.mhhe.com/meteorology by exploring scientific ideas, data, and alternative ways of thinking as
CONTENTS they.view.oceanography.through.the.eyes.of.an.oceanographer.
1.Introduction.to.Meteorological.Inquiry.
2.Is.the.Atmosphere’s.Composition.Changing?.
200

GEOLOGY
FEATURES  Instructors.will.find.an.Instructor’s.Manual,.PowerPoint.Lecture.
outlines,.and.CPS.questions..
 Exploring. the. World. Ocean. takes. a. systems. approach:. each.
chapter.contributes.to.the.understanding.of.the.ocean’s.geological,. CONTENTS
physical,. chemical,. and. biological. processes. and. how. they. work.
Preface.
together.to.form.one.world.ocean..
Chapter.One:.Introducing.the.World.Ocean.
 Written.by.an.oceanographer.and.researcher.currently.in.the.field,. Chapter.Two:.World.Ocean.Origins.
the.authors’.goal.is.to.capture.the.spirit.of.oceanography.by.allowing. Chapter.Three:.Plate.Tectonics.Theory.and.Evidence.
the.reader.to.view.it.through.the.eyes.of.an.oceanographer.. Chapter.Four:.Sea.Floor.Features.
Chapter.Five:.Ocean.Sediments.
 Guided. by. the. desire. to. present. science. as. a. process. and. to. Chapter.Six:.Ocean.Chemistry.
immerse. students. in. the. literature. of. modern. day. oceanographic. Chapter.Seven:.Ocean.Physics.
research,.fundamental.questions.of.human.and.scientific.interest.are. Chapter.Eight:.The.Ocean.and.the.Atmosphere.
explored.throughout.the.text.. Chapter.Nine:.Surface.and.Deep.Circulation.
 Exploring. the. World. Ocean. offers. a. more. contemporary. view. Chapter.Ten:.Ocean.Waves.
of.oceanography,.prompting.students.to.question.the.ocean.and.its. Chapter.Eleven:.Ocean.Tides.and.Sea.Level.
systems,.and.to.seek.answers.by.investigating.the.different.tools.and. Chapter.Twelve:.Ocean.Life.and.Its.Evolution.
methods.scientists.use.to.explain.the.processes.they.observe.. Chapter.Thirteen:.Phytoplankton.Productivity.
Chapter.Fourteen:.Ocean.Food.Webs.
 “Spotlight”.boxed.readings.highlight.cutting-edge.oceanographic. Chapter.Fifteen:.Humans.and.the.Coastal.Ocean.
research.and.technology.through.discussions.of.ocean-related.en- Chapter.Sixteen:.Future.Explorations.Appendices
vironmental.and.societal.issues,.as.well.as.controversies.and.areas.
of.research.where.oceanographers.disagree..These.boxes.provide.
added.interest.and.demonstrate.the.fact.that.science.is.constantly.
changing..Topics.include:.Sea.Floor.Observatories:.Telescopes.to.In-
ner.Space,.Increasing.CO2.in.the.World.Ocean,.Are.the.Polar.Ice.Caps.
Melting?,.and.Robotic.“Oceanographers”.Witness.Extreme.Events..
 Pedagogical. features. include:. chapter. outline,. Questions. to. NEW
Consider,.bolded.key.terms,.“Spotlight”.boxed.readings,.“You.Might.
Wonder”. questions. and. answers,. bulleted. key. concepts,. Terms. to.
Remember,.and.directions.to.the.Online.Learning.Center.for.self-as-
sessment,.web.links,.and.animations..
INTRODUCTION TO THE
 Each chapter begins with Questions to Consider; a set of ques- WORLDS OCEANS
tions.that.may.be.used.as.an.introduction.to.a.topic,.or.a.starting.point. 9th Edition
for.inquiry-based.studies..These.questions.are.intended.to.stimulate.
curiosity.and.promote.thinking.like.an.oceanographer..
By Keith Sverdrup and Alyn Duxbury of University
 Historical.content.and.environmental.issues.are.woven.through- of Washington and Alison Duxbury, North Seattle
Comm College
out.the.text.in.the.context.of.chapter-specific.subject.matter..
 Figure. captions. often. function. as. an. extension. of. the. text. by.
providing. new. or. additional. information. about. a. topic.. This. forces. 2008 (September 2006)
students.to.view.the.art.as.a.learning.tool,.and.helps.them.to.better. ISBN-13: 978-0-07-325483-8 / MHID: 0-07-325483-5
understand.the.concept.being.presented.. ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110221-6 / MHID: 0-07-110221-3 [IE]
 Exploring. the. World. Ocean. contains. more. than. 400. full-color. http://www.mhhe.com/sverdrup9e
maps,.illustrations.and.photographs..All.of.the.art.has.been.carefully.
designed.and.selected.to.complement.and.reinforce.the.text..World. An.Introduction.to.the.World’s.Oceans,.Ninth.Edition,.is.an.introduc-
tory.oceanography.text.intended.for.students.without.a.background.
maps. have. been. put. on. the. Robinson. projection. for. added. visual.
in. mathematics,. chemistry,. physics,. geology,. or. biology.. It. empha-
appeal.. sizes the role of basic scientific principles in helping understand the
 “You. Might. Wonder”. sections. offer. general. interest. questions. processes. that. govern. the. ocean. and. the. earth..A. major. objective.
of.the.text.is.to.stimulate.student.interest.and.curiosity.by.blending.
and. answers. that. provide. interesting. tidbits,. strange. and. amazing.
contemporary.information.and.research.with.basic.principles.to.form.
facts,.common.misconceptions.and.miscellaneous.topics.of.interest. an.integrated.introduction.to.the.sciences.of.the.oceans..To.keep.the.
to.students.. text.as.current.as.possible,.the.authors.conduct.their.own.research.
and examine other findings such as analyzing satellite data and
 Each.chapter.ends.with.Critical.Thinking.questions.and.activities.
large-scale.oceanographic.programs..From.this.vast.amount.of.data,.
which.are.designed.to.help.students.assess.their.understanding.of. they.select.interesting,.relevant,.and.understandable.examples.that.
chapter. material.. These. questions. also. provide. an. excellent. start- illustrate.contemporary.principles.of.oceanography..An.Introduction.
ing. point. for. deeper. explorations. of. a. topic. in. classroom. or. online. to.the.World’s.Oceans.places.greater.emphasis.on.the.physical.and.
discussions.. geological.aspects.of.the.oceans.than.on.the.chemical.and.geochemi-
cal properties, because the latter disciplines require more specific
 Appendices.include:.Symbols,.Metric.System,.Conversions,.and. background.knowledge..An.ecological.approach.helps.integrate.the.
Useful.Oceanographic.Formulas.. biological.chapters.with.other.subjects..Students.are.encouraged.to.
look.at.oceanography.as.a.cohesive.and.united.discipline.rather.than.
 A.fold-out.map.at.the.end.of.the.book.provides.a.quick.reference.
a.collection.of.subjects.gathered.under.a.marine.umbrella..As.with.all.
to.the.oceans,.seas,.bays,.gulfs,.straights,.channels,.and.waters.that. previous.editions,.the.authors.continue.to.make.each.chapter.stand.
form.the.world.ocean.. as.independently.as.possible,.so.that.professors.can.assign.chapters.
in.the.order.that.best.suits.their.classrooms..
 The.Online.Learning.Center.features.additional.tools.and.activi-
ties.for.students.including:.chapter.quizzing,.key.terms.flashcards,.
web.links,.animations,.and.Scripps.video.clips..
201

GEOLOGY
NEW TO THIS EDITION 10.Oceanic.Environment.and.Production.

11.Life.in.the.Water.
 Field.Notes.(six.found.throughout.the.book).feature.guest.es- 12.Life.on.the.Sea.Floor.
says.by.prominent.oceanographers..These.essays.offer.insight.into. Appendix.A.Latitude.and.Longitude.
the.world.of.oceanographers.and.help.students.learn.about.some.of. Appendix.B.Classification.Summaries.
the.most.exciting.and.cutting-edge.developments.in.oceanography.. Appendix.C.Units.and.Notation
They.also.provide.the.reader.a.glimpse.into.the.near.future.of.the.
discipline..
 Thirty-four.Scripps.Video.Clips.are.available.to.users.of.this.text..
These.15-.to.20-second,.underwater.clips.feature.footage.of.marine.
animals. and. their. behavior,. giving. students. a. glimpse. into. a. real,.
underwater.perspective.
CONTENTS Paleontology
1.The.History.of.Oceanography.
2.The.Water.Planet.
3.Plate.Tectonics.
4.The.Sea.Floor.and.Its.Sediments.
5.The.Physical.Properties.of.Water BRINGING FOSSILS TO LIFE
6.The.Chemistry.of.Seawater. An Introduction to Paleobiology,
7.The.Structure.and.Motion.of.the.Atmosphere. 2nd Edition
8.Circulation.and.Ocean.Structure. By Donald A. Prothero, Occidental College
9.The.Surface.Currents. 2004 / 480 pages
10.The.Waves. ISBN-13: 978-0-07-366170-4 / MHID: 0-07-366170-8
11.The.Tides.
12.Coasts,.Beaches,.and.Estuaries. http://www.mhhe.com/earthsci/geology
13.Environmental.Issues.and.Concerns. CONTENTS
14.The.Living.Ocean.
1.The.Fossil.Record:.A.Window.on.the.Past.
15.Production.and.Life.
2.Variation.in.Fossils.
16.The.Plankton:.Drifters.of.the.Open.Ocean.
3.Species.and.Speciation.
17.The.Nekton:.Free.Swimmers.of.the.Sea.
4.Systematics.
18.The.Benthos:.Dwellers.of.the.Sea.Floor
5.Evolution.
6.Extinction.
7.Functional.Morphology.
8.Paleoecology.
9.Biogeography.
10.Biostratigraphy.
International Edition 11.Micropaleontology.
12.Colonial.Life:.Archaeocyathans,.Sponges,.and.Enidarians.
FUNDAMENTALS OF OCEANOGRAPHY 13.Lophophorates:.Brachiopods.and.Bryozoans.
5th Edition 14.Arthropods.
By Keith A. Sverdrup, University of Wisconsin – Milwaukee, Alyn C. 15.Mollusks.
Duxbury, University of Washington, Alison B. Duxbury, North Seattle 16.Echinoderms.
Community College
17.Chordates.
2006 (Jan 2005)
18.Trace.Fossils
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-304081-3 / MHID: 0-07-304081-9
(Essential Version)
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-111712-8 / MHID: 0-07-111712-1
[IE with OLC]
http://www.mhhe.com/sverdrup5
Fundamentals.of.Oceanography.is.intended.for.less.intensive.college.
oceanography.courses,.courses.for.non-science.majors.and.advanced.
placement.oceanography.programs.for.high.school.students..To.meet.
the.needs.of.these.groups,.this.text.has.numerous.student.aids.includ-
ing.chapter.learning.objectives,.section.review.questions,.summary.
charts,.units.in.metric.and.English.units,.chapter.summaries,.chapter. McGraw-Hill is interested in
word.lists,.bold.face.for.technical.terms.in.the.text,.and.reduced.use. reviewing manuscript for
of.technical.terms..No.prerequisites.in.math,.chemistry,.physics,.or. publication. Please contact your
biology.are.required..
local McGraw-Hill offi ce or email to
CONTENTS asiapub@mcgraw-hill.com
1.History.of.Oceanography.
2.Introduction.to.Earth. Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)
3.Plate.Tectonics.
4.The.Sea.Floor.
5.Water.
6.The.Atmosphere.and.the.Oceans.
7.Circulation.Patterns.and.Ocean.Currents.
8.Waves.and.Tides.
9.Coasts,.Estuaries,.and.Environmental.Issues.
202

GEOLOGY
Petrology Physical Geology
Textbook
PETROLOGY
The Study of Igneous, Sedimentary and NEW
Metamorphic Rocks, 2nd Edition International Edition
By Loren A Raymond, Appalachian State University
2002 / 736 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-366168-1 / MHID: 0-07-366168-6 PHYSICAL GEOLOGY
7th Edition
(Out of Print)
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-115041-5 / MHID: 0-07-115041-2 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/earthsci/geoscience/virtuality/raymond/index.mhtml By Diane Carlson and Charles Plummer of Cali-
fornia State University-Sacramento and David
CONTENTS McGeary
Part I Introduction .
1.Rocks.and.Earth.Structure..
Part II Igneous Rocks..
2.Igneous.Rocks:.Their.Structures.and.Textures.. 2008 (September 2006)
3.Chemistry,.Mineralogy,.and.Classification.of.Igneous.Rocks.. ISBN-13: 978-0-07-325648-1 / MHID: 0-07-325648-X
4.The.Phase.Rule.and.Phase.Diagrams.
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110219-3 / MHID: 0-07-110219-1 [IE]
5.Petrogenesis,.Movement,.and.Modification.of.Magmas.
6.Basalts.and.Ultramafic.Volcanic.Rocks. http://www.mhhe.com/carlson7e
7.Rhyolites.and.Pyroclastic.Rocks. Physical.Geology:.Earth.Revealed.is.a.classic.in.introductory.geology.
8.Andesites.and.Related.Rocks classes..This.text,.which.includes.the.same.information.as.the.market-
9.Ultramafic-Mafic.Complexes.and.Related.Rocks. leading.Physical.Geology,.11th.Edition,.is.for.the.professor.who.wants.
10.Granodiorites.and.Related.Rocks. to.use.the.same.valuable.information.and.engaging.format.but.in.a.
11.Alkaline.Igneous.Rocks.and.Carbonatites. different.teaching.sequence..Coverage.of.plate.tectonics.is.moved.to.
Part III Sedimentary Rocks. the.beginning.of.the.book..In.keeping.with.the.long-standing.tradition,.
12.Sedimentary.Rocks:.Their.Structures,.Textures,.and.Compositions. the. seventh. edition. has. been. updated. to. include. the. most. current.
13.Classification.of.Sedimentary.Rocks. information.from.the.various.sub-disciplines.that.comprise.physical.
geology..The.book’s.purpose.is.to.clearly.present.the.various.aspects.
14.Sedimentary.Provenance,.Processes,.and.Diagenesis.
of.physical.geology.so.that.students.can.understand.the.logic.of.what.
15.Sedimentary.Environments. scientists.have.discovered,.as.well.as.the.elegant.way.the.parts.are.
16.Mudrocks. interrelated.to.explain.how.Earth,.as.a.whole,.works..The.outstanding.
17.Sandstones art.program.and.proven,.accessible.writing.style.will.grab.students’.
18.Conglomerates,.Diamictites,.Breccias attention.and.further.their.interest..This.text.continues.to.be.used.as.
19.Carbonate.Rocks. the official textbook to accompany the Annenberg CPB distributed
20.Cherts,.Evaporites,.and.Other.Precipitated.Rocks. telecourse.for.physical.geology..
Part IV Metamorphic Rocks.
21.Metamorphism.and.Metamorphic.Rock.Textures.and.Structures. NEW TO THIS EDITION
22.Metamorphic.Conditions,.Classifications,.Mineralogies,.Protoliths,.  McGraw-Hill.is.proud.to.bring.you.an.assortment.of.44.outstand-
Facies,.and.Facies.Series. ing.animations.like.no.others..These.include.20.new.animations.and.
23.Metamorphic.Phase.Diagrams. 24.animations.retained.from.previous.editions..These.animations.are.
24.Contact.Metamorphism. located.on.ARIS.and.also.on.the.Digital.Content.Manager..A.special.
25.Regional.Metamorphism.Under.Low.to.Medium.P/T.Conditions:. animation.icon.has.been.placed.beside.every.figure.in.the.text.that.
Buchan.and.Barrovian.Facies.Series. has.a.corresponding.animation..
26. High. P/T. Metamorphism:. Franciscan. and. Sanbagawa. Facies.
Series.and.the.Origin.of.Blueschists.  This.new.edition.includes.an.updated.art.program.that.will.not.
27.Eclogites. only.aid.in.understanding,.but.also.engage.students’.interest..Over.
28.Dynamic.Metamorphism 300.illustrations.have.been.revised.or.created.from.scratch..Over.130.
29.Alpine.Ultramafic.Rocks.and.the.Mantle. new.photos.have.been.added.to.provide.the.reader.with.significant.

Part V Epilogue. detail.to.support.the.textual.material..Several.photos.from.previous.

30.Petrotectonic.Assemblages editions.have.been.retained.for.their.subject.matter,.but.have.been.
electronically.enhanced.to.improve.focus.and.clarity..

 “A.Geologist’s.View”.pieces.have.been.added..Seventeen.photos.
in.the.text.are.accompanied.by.an.illustration.depicting.how.a.geologist.
would.view.the.scene..Students.gain.experience.understanding.how.
the.trained.eye.of.a.geologist.views.a.scene.in.order.to.understand.
the.historical.processes.that.have.occurred.that.result.in.what.they.
are.seeing.today..
 McGraw-Hill’s.ARIS.for.Carlson.is.a.complete.electronic.home-
work.and.course.management.system,.designed.for.greater.ease.of.
use.than.any.other.system.available..Instructors.can.create.and.share.
course.materials.and.assignments.with.colleagues.with.a.few.clicks.of.
203

GEOLOGY
the.mouse..Instructors.can.edit.questions,.import.their.own.content,.
and. create. announcements. and. due. dates. for. assignments..ARIS.
has. automatic. grading. and. reporting. of. easy-to-assign. homework,. NEW
quizzing,.and.testing..Once.a.student.is.registered.in.the.course,.all. International Edition
student.activity.within.McGraw-Hill’s.ARIS.is.automatically.recorded.
and.available.to.the.instructor.through.a.fully.integrated.grade.book.
that.can.be.downloaded.to.Excel..
PHYSICAL GEOLOGY
 New.Classroom.Performance.System.and.Questions--McGraw- 12th Edition
Hill.has.partnered.with.eInstruction.to.provide.the.revolutionary.Class-
room.Performance.System.(CPS).and.to.bring.interactivity.into.the.
By Charles (Carlos) C Plummer and Diane Carl-
classroom..CPS.is.a.wireless.response.system.that.gives.the.instructor. son of California State University--Sacramento
and.students.immediate.feedback.from.the.entire.class..The.wireless. and David McGeary (deceased)
response.pads.are.essentially.remotes.that.engage.students.and.are.
easy.to.use..CPS.allows.you.to.motivate.student.preparation,.inter-
activity,.and.active.learning.so.you.can.receive.immediate.feedback.
and.know.what.students.understand..A.text-specific.set.of.questions,.
2008 (October 2007)
formatted.for.both.CPS.and.PowerPoint,.is.available.via.download.
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-721606-1 / MHID: 0-07-721606-7
from.the.Instructor.area.of.the.Online.Learning.Center..
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128337-3 / MHID: 0-07-128337-4 [IE]
 A.three.page.fold-out.map.has.been.added.to.the.back.of.the.
www.mhhe.com/plummer12e
text.for.students’.reference..The.front.side.of.the.foldout.contains.a.
geographic.map.of.the.world. Physical Geology, 12e, is the latest refinement of a classic introductory
text.that.has.helped.countless.students.learn.basic.physical.geology.
CONTENTS concepts. for. over. 25. years.. Students. taking. introductory. physical.
geology to fulfill a science elective, as well as those contemplating
1.Introducing.Geology,.the.Essentials.of.Plate.Tectonics,.and.other.
a.career.in.geology,.will.appreciate.the.accessible.writing.style.and.
Important.Concepts. depth.of.coverage.in.Physical.Geology..Hundreds.of.carefully.rendered.
2.Earth’s.Interior.and.Geophysical.Properties. illustrations.and.accompanying.photographs.correlate.perfectly.with.
3.The.Sea.Floor. the.chapter.descriptions.to.help.readers.quickly.grasp.new.geologic.
4.Plate.Tectonics. concepts..Numerous.chapter.learning.tools.and.a.rich.ARIS.website.
5.Mountain.Belts.and.the.Continental.Crust. further.assist.students.in.their.study.of.physical.geology.
6.Geologic.Structures.
7.Earthquakes. NEW TO THIS EDITION
8.Time.and.Geology.
 Content. has. been. updated. throughout. to. keep. the. text. both.
9.Atoms,.Elements,.and.Minerals.
current.and.fresh..Some.examples.include:.
10.Volcanism.and.Extrusive.Rocks.
11. Igneous. Rocks,. Intrusive. Activity,. and. the. Origin. of. Igneous. a).The.soil.section.in.Chapter.5.has.been.completely.rewritten.and.
Rocks. now. includes. a. new. section. on. soil. erosion. and. new. photos. and.
12.Weathering.and.Soil. sketches..
13.Mass.Wasting. b).Chapter.12.now.includes.a.discussion.of.ice.streams.with.Antarctic.
14.Sediment.and.Sedimentary.Rocks. ice.sheets..
15.Metamorphism,.Metamorphic.Rocks,.and.Hydrothermal.Rocks. c).Chapter.15.includes.new.spectacular.photos.of.joints.and.plunging.
16.Streams.and.Floods. anticlines.by.Michael.Collier..
17.Ground.Water. d).Chapter.22.was.updated.to.include.new.discoveries.about.planets.
18.Deserts.and.Wind.Action. and.other.bodies.in.our.solar.system,.including.the.downgrading.of.
19.Glaciers.and.Glaciation. Pluto.from.a.planet..
20.Waves,.Beaches.and.Coasts.  In.this.edition,.we.have.increased.the.number.of.“A.Geologist’s.
21.Geologic.Resources. View”.pieces..These.are.photos.in.the.text.that.are.accompanied.by.an.
22.The.Earth’s.Companions illustration.depicting.how.a.geologist.would.view.the.scene..Students.
gain.experience.understanding.how.the.trained.eye.of.a.geologist.
views.a.scene.in.order.to.understand.the.historical.processes.that.
have.occurred.that.result.in.what.they.are.seeing.today.
CONTENTS
1.Introducing.Geology,.the.Essentials.of.Plate.Tectonics,.and.other.
Important.Concepts.
2.Atoms,.Elements,.and.Minerals.
3. Igneous. Rocks,. Intrusive. Activity,. and. the. Origin. of. Igneous.
Rocks.
Complimentary desk copies are available for 4.Volcanism.and.Extrusive.Rocks.
5.Weathering.and.Soil.
6.Sediment.and.Sedimentary.Rocks.
local McGraw-Hill Representative or fax the 7.Metamorphism,.Metamorphic.Rocks,.and.Hydrothermal.Rocks.
Examination Copy Request Form available on 8.Time.and.Geology.
the back pages of this catalog. 9.Mass.Wasting.
10.Streams.and.Floods.
11.Ground.Water.
Visit McGraw-Hill Education 12.Glaciers.and.Glaciation.
Website: www.mheducation.com 13.Deserts.and.Wind.Action.
14.Waves,.Beaches.and.Coasts.
COMPLIMENTARY COPIES 15.Geologic.Structures.
16.Earthquakes.
204

GEOLOGY
17.Earth’s.Interior.and.Geophysical.Properties. built.around.the.figures,.rather.than.having.the.figures.simply.supple-
18.The.Sea.Floor. ment.the.text..This.integration.of.text.and.figures.approach.is.based.
19.Plate.Tectonics. on.research.about.how.people.learn.from.figures.and.text..
20.Mountain.Belts.and.the.Continental.Crust.
 The.text.has.been.designed.to.encourage.inquiry.and.provide.
21.Geologic.Resources.
readers.with.tools.to.think.critically.about.geologic.problems..Ques-
22.The.Earth’s.Companions
tions.in.the.title,.opening.paragraph.and.topic.headings.are.intended.
Appendix.A.Identification.of.Minerals.
to.get.readers.to.think.about.the.topic.and.become.interested.and.
Appendix.B.Identification.of.Rocks.
motivated.to.explore.the.two-page.spread.for.answers..The.authors.
Appendix.C.The.Elements.Most.Significant.to.Geology.
also. use. a. learning-cycle. approach. in. presenting. topics.. This. ap-
Appendix.D.Periodic.Table.of.Elements.
proach.includes.three.phases.–.exploration,.introduction.of.terms.and.
Appendix.E.Selected.Conversion.Factors.
concepts,.and.application..
Appendix.F.Rock.Symbols.
Appendix.G.Commonly.Used.Prefixes,.Suffixes,.and.Roots  The.text.will.emphasize.how.geologists.observe.and.interpret.
landscapes,. how. to. study. geology,. and. how. to. portray. geologic.
systems..
 Chapter. Opening. two. page. spreads. are. generally. organized.
around.one.large,.central.figure,.such.as.a.map,.satellite.image,.or.
conceptual. diagram.. Most. involve. a. specific. geographic. locality. to.
NEW immediately. convey. that. the. information. in. the. chapter. applies. to.
real.world.settings..
 Topical.two.page.spreads.are.the.foundation.of.the.book..They.
have.one.or.more.main.illustration.linked.to.text.boxes..The.topical.
spread.that.is.before.the.application.spread.at.the.end.of.the.chapter.
EXPLORING GEOLOGY is.designed.to.help.readers.integrate.the.various.concepts.from.the.
chapter.and.show.how.these.concepts.can.be.applied.to.a.real.place,.
By Stephen Reynolds and Julia Johnson of Arizona in.preparation.for.the.application.exercise..
State University-Tempe, Michael Kelly, Paul,
University of Minnesota-Minneapolis and Chuck  Each.chapter.ends.with.an.Application.two-page.spread..In.these.
Carter
exercises,. readers. must. apply. knowledge,. skills,. and. approaches.
learned.in.the.chapter..These.exercises.include.authentic.tasks.using.
the.same.kinds.of.data.and.illustration.encountered.in.the.chapter..
2008 (June 2007) These.could.be.assigned.as.homework,.be.included.as.a.exercise.
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-325651-1 / MHID: 0-07-325651-X on.a.text,.or.be.used.for.an.in-class.exercise..
http://www.mhhe.com/reynolds  Most.two.page.spreads.contain.a.main.text.block.at.the.end.of.
Exploring.Geology.by.Reynolds/Johnson/Kelly/Morin/Carter.is.a.new,. spread..
innovative. textbook. intended. for. an. introductory. college. geology.
 Chapter. 2:. Investigating. Geologic. Problems. is. unique. to. this.
course,. such. as. Physical. Geology.. This. ground-breaking,. visually.
spectacular.book.was.designed.from.cognitive.and.educational.re- text..This.chapter.provides.strategies.for.observing.and.interpreting.
search.on.how.students.think,.learn,.and.study..Nearly.all.information. geology..
in.the.book.is.built.around.nearly.2,700.photographs.and.stunning.
 The.text.will.include.chapters/topics.not.covered.in.many.other.
illustrations,. rather. than. being. in. long. blocks. of. text. that. are. not.
articulated with figures. These annotated illustrations help students texts:.Climate,.Weather,.Hazards,.Natural.Resources,.and.the.impor-
visualize. geologic. processes. and. concepts,. and. are. suited. to. the. tance.of.geologic.resources..
way.most.instructors.already.teach..To.alleviate.cognitive.load.and.  At.the.end.of.each.two-page.spread.is.a.Before.You.Leave.this.
help.students.focus.on.one.important.geologic.process.or.concept.
Page.list.which.identifies.key.aspects.to.understand..
at.a.time,.the.book.consists.entirely.of.two-page.spreads.organized.
into.19.chapters..Each.two-page.spread.is.a.self-contained.block.of.  Text.includes.20.self.contained.chapters..
information about a specific topic, emphasizing geologic concepts,
processes,.features,.and.approaches..These.spreads.help.students.  The.text.is.heavily.supported.by.media.elements.(animations,.
learn.and.organize.geologic.knowledge.in.a.new.and.exciting.way.. simulations,.actvities,.quizzing,.etc.).
Inquiry.is.embedded.throughout.the.book,.as.is.the.way.geologists.
investigate. problems..The. title. of. each. two-page. spread. and. topic.  The.instructors.testing.and.resource.CD.will.be.a.comprehensive.
heading.is.a.question.intended.to.get.readers.to.think.about.the.topic. resource.that.provides.teaching.tips.for.utilizing.this.visualization.ap-
and.become.interested.and.motivated.to.explore.the.two-page.spread. proach.and.test.questions.
for.answers..Each.chapter.is.a.learning.cycle,.which.begins.with.a.
visually.engaging.two-page.spread.about.a.compelling.geologic.issue.. CONTENTS
Each.chapter.ends.with.an.Investigation.that.challenges.students.with.
Preface.
a. problem. associated. with. a. virtual. place..The. world-class. media,.
spectacular.presentations,.and.assessments.are.all.tightly.articulated. 1.The.Nature.of.Geology.
with.the.textbook..This.book.is.designed.to.encourage.students.to. 2.Investigating.Geologic.Questions.
observe,.interpret,.think.critically,.and.engage.in.authentic.inquiry,.and. 3.Plate.Tectonics.
is.highly.acclaimed.by.reviewers,.instructors,.and.students.. 4.Earth.Materials.
5.Igneous.Environments.
FEATURES 6.Volcanoes.and.Volcanic.Hazards.
7.Sedimentary.Environments.
 The.design.of.the.text.consists.of.a.series.of.two-page.spreads.. 8.Deformation.and.Metamorphism.
Each.spread.is.designed.to.concisely.convey.the.important.aspects. 9.Geologic.Time.
of.a.geological.concept.or.system..The.two-page.spread.design.was. 10.The.Seafloor.and.Continental.Margins.
greatly. influenced. by. educational. and. cognitive. research. on. how. 11.Mountains,.Basins,.and.Continents.
people.learn.. 12.Earthquakes.and.the.Earth’s.Interior.
 This.text.uses.figures.and.illustrations.as.the.focus.for.learning.. 13.Climate,.Weather,.and.Their.Influences.on.Geology.
All.the.pages.are.dominated.by.various.types.of.figures..The.text.is. 14.Shorelines,.Glaciers,.and.Changing.Sea.Levels.
205

GEOLOGY
15.Weathering,.Soils,.and.Unstable.Slopes. 8.Streams.and.Humid-Climate.Landscapes.
16.Rivers.and.Streams. 9.Groundwater.and.Groundwater-Influenced.Landscapes.
17.Water.Resources. 10.Glaciation.
18.Energy.and.Mineral.Resources. 11.Sea.Coasts.
19.Geology.of.the.Solar.System. 12.Arid-Climate.Landscapes
Appendices Geologic Time and Sequences
13.Geologic.Age
Internal Processes
14.Structural.Geology.
15.Geologic.Maps.
16.Earthquakes.
17.Plate.Tectonics
Laboratory
LABORATORY MANUAL FOR PHYSICAL

GEOLOGY
NEW 13th Edition
By James H Zumberge (Deceased)
2007 (June 2006) / 304 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-298861-4 / MHID: 0-07-298861-4
LAB MANUAL TO http://www.mhhe.com/zumberge13e

ACCOMPANY PHYSICAL This.successful.laboratory.manual.is.written.for.the.freshman-level.
laboratory. course. in. physical. geology.. In. this. lab,. students. study.
GEOLOGY Earth.materials,.geologic.interpretation.of.topographic.maps,.aerial.
6th Edition photographs.and.Earth.satellite.imagery,.structural.geology.and.plate.
tectonics.and.related.phenomena..With.nearly.30.exercises,.profes-
By Norris Jones, University of Wisconsin-Oshkosh sors have great flexibility when developing the syllabus for their physi-
and Charles Jones, University of Pittsburgh cal.geology.lab.course..The.ease.of.use,.tremendous.selection,.and.
tried.and.true.nature.of.the.labs.selected.have.made.this.lab.manual.
one.of.the.leading.selling.physical.geology.lab.manuals.
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-721894-2 / MHID: 0-07-721894-9 (Revised) CONTENTS
http://www.mhhe.com/jones6e 1 Earth Materials
If it’s important for you to incorporate the scientific method into your Minerals.
teaching, this lab manual is the perfect fit. In every exercise there are Rocks
scientific method boxes that provide students with insight into the rel- 2 The Geologic Column and Geologic Time
evance of the scientific method to the topic at hand. The manual also 3 Topographic Maps, Aerial Photographs, and Other Imagery
includes.“In.Greater.Depth”.problems,.a.more.challenging.probe.into. From Remote Sensing
certain.issues..They.are.more.quantitative.in.nature.and.require.more. Map.Coordinates.and.Land.Divisions.
in-depth,.critical.thinking,.which.is.unique.to.this.type.of.manual. Topographic.Maps.
Imagery.From.Remote.Sensing
NEW TO THIS EDITION 4 Geologic Interpretation of Topographic Maps, Aerial Photo-
 Chapter.6.has.been.heavily.revised.and.is.now.titled.“Topographic. graphs, and Earth Satellite Images
Maps. and. Digital. Elevation. Models.”. Material. on. digital. elevation. 5 Structural Geology
models. (DEMs). has. been. added. because. they. are. becoming. in- Structural.Features.of.Sedimentary.Rocks.
creasingly.widespread.and.important.and.because.they.are.visually. Faults.and.Earthquakes.
compelling.. The. Use. of. Seismic. Waves. to. Locate. the. Epicenter. of. an. Earth-
quake
 Chapter.7,.now.titled.“Remote.Sensing.of.Volcanoes.and.Vol- 6 Plate Tectonics and Related Geologic Phenomena
canic.Hazards,”.has.been.heavily.revised..Text.and.figures.explaining. Seafloor. Spreading. in. the. South. Atlantic. and. Eastern. Pacific.
the.basics.of.volcanoes.and.volcanic.hazards.have.been.added..All. Oceans
exercises.focus.on.using.satellite.images.or.air.photos.to.analyze.
volcanoes.and.their.hazards.
CONTENTS
Minerals
1.Properties.of.Minerals.
2.Mineral.Identification
Rocks
3.Igneous.Rocks.
4.Sedimentary.Rocks.
5.Metamorphic.Rocks
Maps and Images
6.Topographic.Maps.and.Digital.Elevation.Models.
7.Remote.Sensing.of.Volcanoes.and.Volcanic.Hazards
Surface Processes
206

ALLIED HEALTH
ALLIED HEALTH
Advanced First Aid............................................................................................211
Blood and Airborne Pathogens..........................................................................211
BLS/CPR for the Professional Rescuer.............................................................211
Certification Exam Review for Medical Assisting...............................................212
Computers in the Medical Office.......................................................................212
CPR and AED....................................................................................................213
EKG/ECG/Electrocardiology.............................................................................214
Electronic Medical Records...............................................................................216
First Aid.............................................................................................................217
Massage Therapy..............................................................................................217
Math for Health Professions..............................................................................220
Medical Assisting - Administrative and Clinical..................................................220
Medical Billing and Coding................................................................................226
Medical Insurance.............................................................................................227
Medical Law & Ethics........................................................................................229
Medical Office Procedures................................................................................229
Medical Terminology..........................................................................................229
Nursing Assisting/Long Term Care....................................................................234
Pediatric First Aid, CPR, AED............................................................................234
Pharmacology for Health Professions...............................................................235
Phlebotomy.......................................................................................................236
207
HED 08 Allied Health (12).indd 207 11/13/2007 2:28:45 PM

NEW TITLES
ALLIED HEALTH
Administrative Procedures for Medical Assisting for Student CD, 3e Booth 9780073261270 0073261270 220
Anatomy, Physiology, and Pathophysiology for Allied Heatlh, 2e Booth 9780073373959 0073373958 221
Clinical Procedures for Medical Assisting with Student CD, 3e Booth 9780073259871 007325987X 222
Medical Assisting: Administrative and Clinical Competencies Booth 9780073259888 0073259888 223
with Student CD-ROMS, 3e
Medical Assisting: Administrative and Clinical Procedures Booth 9780073373997 0073373990 224
(without A&P Chapters), 3e
Phlebotomy for Health Care Personnel with Student CD-ROM, 2e Booth 9780073309774 007330977X 236
Electronic Health Records Hamilton 9780073374000 0073374008 216
Medical Assisting Review: Passing the CMA, RMA & CCMA Moini 9780073309798 0073309796 212
Exams with Student CD, 3e
HIPAA for Allied Health Careers Newby 9780073374123 0073374121 227
Bloodborne and Airborne Pathogens, 2e NSC 9780073382883 0073382884 211
The Complete Diagnosis Coding Book Safian 9780073373942 007337394X 226
Pocket ECGs: A Quick Information Guide Shade 9780073519760 0073519766 215
Practical Reflexology: Interpretation and Techniques Watson 9780073510958 0073510955 217
2008
Medical Language for Modern Health with Student CD-ROM Allan 9780073272948 0073272949 229
Massage Therapy Review: Passing the NCETMB and NCETM Abbott 9780077227777 0077227778 218
with Student CD-ROM
Electrocardiography for Health Care Personnel with Student Booth 9780073302096 0073302090 214
CD, 2e
Intravenous Therapy for Health Care Personnel with Booth 9780073281124 0073281123 225
Student CD-ROM
Medical Terminology: A Programmed Approach with Student CD/ Bostwick 9780073335056 0073335053 230
Flashcards/Online Learning Center
McGraw-Hill Medical Dictionary for Allied Health Dumith 9780073510965 0073510963 231
Administering Medications, 6e Gauwitz 9780073520858 0073520853 235
From Patient to Payment: Insurance Procedures for the Medical Newby 9780073254791 0073254797 227
Office with Student Data CD, 5e
Medical Insurance Coding Workbook 2007-2008, 4e Newby 9780073522050 0073522058 228
208

NEW TITLES
ALLIED HEALTH
CPR & AED Skills Refresher Card NSC 9780073513645 0073513644 213
Pediatric First Aid, CPR and AED, 2e NSC 9780073297019 0073297011 234
New Foundations in Therapeutic Massage and Bodywork with Saeger 9780073025827 0073025828 219
Student CD-ROM
Praciticing ECGs Shade 9780073314181 0073314188 215
Nursing Spectrum Drug Handbook 2009, 4e Schull 9780071548779 0071548777 235
Medical Terminology Word Builder and Communications Thierer 9780073315447 0073315443 232
Workbook with Flashcards
209

NEW TITLES
210

ALLIED HEALTH
Allied Health Blood and Airborne Pathogens
Advanced First Aid

NEW
FIRST AID TAKING ACTION BLOODBORNE AND AIRBORNE

By National Safety Council NSC PATHOGENS
2007 (March 2006) / 544 pages
2nd Edition
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-322068-0 / MHID: 0-07-322068-X
By National Safety Council NSC
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-352200-5 / MHID: 0-07-352200-7
2009 (March 2008) / 64 pages
(Workbook)
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-338288-3 / MHID: 0-07-338288-4
http://www.mhhe.com/FATA (Details unavailable at press time)
First Aid: Taking Action covers the material required for a semester
long First Aid course. The focus is teaching how to recognize and act
in any emergency and to sustain life until professional help can arrive.
Quality content will feature information based on the 2005 national
guidelines for breathing and cardiac emergencies, including CPR,
choking care and using an automated external defibrillator (AED).
Other information includes bleeding control, first aid for sudden ill-
nesses and injuries, and remote first aid. Information is presented in
a concise easy-to-read manner that works as a handy reference after
the course. A National Safety Council completion card for CPR and BLS/CPR for the Professional
First Aid are available with the course.
Rescuer
Contents
1 Preparing to Act
2 Acting in an Emergency
3 The Human Body
4 Assessing the Victim
5 Basic Life Support 1: Rescue Breaths BASIC LIFE SUPPORT
6 Basic Life Support 2: CPR Healthcare and Professional Rescuers
7 Basic Life Support 3: Choking Care By National Safety Council NSC
8 Basic Life Support 4: Automated External Defibrillator (AED) 2007 (August 2006)
9 Controlling Bleeding ISBN-13: 978-0-07-329690-6 / MHID: 0-07-329690-2
10 Shock
National Safety Council’s-Basic Life Support: Healthcare and Profes-
11 Wounds and Soft Tissue Injuries
sional Rescuers presents core content needed to meet the credentials
12 Burns for the professional rescuer CPR course. Included in this 100 page
13 Head and Spinal Injuries manual is material on rescue breathing, AED in cardiac emergen-
14 Chest, Abdominal, and Pelvic Injuries cies, and airway obstruction. In this manual, technical information is
15 Bone, Joint, and Muscle Injuries presented in a way to enhance effective learning. Included are end of
16 Extremity Injuries and Splinting Chapter scenarios that ask students questions to stimulate learning.
17 Sudden Illness With products from the NSC you are getting content that meets the
18 Poisoning 2005 Emergency Cardiac Care Guidelines and techniques, nation-
19 Substance Misuse and Abuse ally recognized completion cards, and superior instructors support
material.
20 Bites and Stings
21 Cold and Heat Emergencies
Contents
22 Behavioral Emergencies
23 Pregnancy and Childbirth 1. Role of the Professional Rescuer
24 Remote Location First Aid 2. Preventing Infectious Disease
25 Rescuing and Moving Victims 3. Victim Assessment and Basic Life Support
26 Are You Prepared? 4. Basic Life Support 1: Rescue Breathing
27 Moving Forward 5. Basic Life Support 2: Cardiac Emergencies and CPR
6. Basic Life Support 3: Airway Obstruction
7. Basic Life Support 4: AED in Cardiac Emergencies
8. Special Resuscitation Situations
9. Advanced Resuscitation
Appendix A Review Questions
Appendix B Answers to Case Scenarios and Review Questions
Glossary
Index
211

ALLIED HEALTH
Certification Exam Review for

Chapter 24 Laboratory Procedures
PART II SELF-EVALUATION
Medical Assisting
Section 1 Test for General Medical Assisting Knowledge
Section 2 Test for Administrative Medical Assisting Knowledge
Section 3 Test for Clinical Medical Assisting Knowledge
Part III SELF-EVALUATION ANWERS AND RATIONALES
Section 1 General Medical Assisting Knowledge
Answers and Rationales
Section 2 Administrative Medical Assisting Knowledge
NEW Section 3 Clinical Medical Assisting Knowledge
MEDICAL ASSISTING
REVIEW:
Passing the CMA, RMA, &
CCMA Exams with Student
CD, 3rd Edition Computers in the Medical Office
By Jahangir Moini, Florida Metro University-Mel-
bourne
2009 (January 2008)

ISBN-13: 978-0-07-330979-8 / MHID: 0-07-330979-6
Medical Assisting Review: Passing the CMA, RMA, and CCMA CASE STUDIES FOR THE MEDICAL OFFICE
Exams, Third Edition provides example questions for students to 4th Edition
prepare for certification exams. This reference prepares students to By Susan Sanderson
take the exam with easy-to-read essential material summaries that
2007 (July 2006) / 224 pages
highlight key areas of the major clinical and administrative parts of a
Medical Assistant’s program. Each of the chapters includes a series ISBN-13: 978-0-07-325480-7 / MHID: 0-07-325480-0
of 20 to 30 multiple choice quiz questions and a concise outline of http://www.mhhe.com/capstone4e
key information. The CD-ROM included free in each book provides
more than 1500 sample review questions as well as a PowerPoint This capstone simulation using Medisoft Advanced Billing Software,
presentation for additional student review. The review questions Version 11, gives students enhanced training that fosters superior
include rationales for answers and correlations to certification com- qualifications for a variety of medical office jobs. Extensive hands-on
petencies. There is also a correlation to the textbook location where practice with realistic source documents teaches students to input
the information is covered. information, schedule appointments, and handle billing, reports, and
other essential tasks. The simulation is recommended for students
neW to tHIs eDItIon who have completed the study of Medisoft Advanced Version 11 using
Computers in the Medical Office or Patient Billing.
 New chapter on General Psychology
Contents
 Improved Student CD-ROM is easier to use.
Part 1 Introduction to Polaris Medical Group
Contents Part 2 Polaris Medical Group Policy and Procedure Manual
PART I THEORY REVIEW Part 3 On the Job
Section 1 General Medical Assisting Knowledge Part 4 Source Documents
Chapter 1 The Profession of Medical Assisting Glossary
Chapter 2 Medical Terminology Index
Chapter 3 Anatomy and Physiology
Chapter 4 Pathophysiology
Chapter 5 Microbiology
Chapter 6 General Psychology
Chapter 7 Nutrition
Chapter 8 Medical Law and Ethics
Section 2 Administrative Medical Assisting Knowledge COMPUTERS IN THE MEDICAL OFFICE
Chapter 9 General Office Duties WITH STUDENT DATA CD-ROM
Chapter 10 Communication in the Medical Office 5th Edition
Chapter 11 Keyboarding and Computer Applications By Susan Sanderson
Chapter 12 Financial Management 2007 (July 2006) / 352 pages
Chapter 13 Medical Insurance ISBN-13: 978-0-07-311213-8 / MHID: 0-07-311213-5
Chapter 14 Basic Coding ISBN-13: 978-0-07-723224-5 / MHID: 0-07-723224-0
Section 3 Clinical Medical Assisting Knowledge
(with 128mb Flash Drive)
Chapter 15 Blood-Borne Pathogens and Principles of Asepsis
Chapter 16 Preparing the Patient http://www.mhhe.com/cimo5e
Chapter 17 Vital Signs Computers in the Medical Office, Fifth Edition offers medical office
Chapter 18 Pharmacology training using full-featured, state-of-the-art software and current, re-
Chapter 19 Administration of Medication alistic medical office cases while building transferable computerized
Chapter 20 Electrocardiography medical billing and scheduling skills. Students who complete this
Chapter 21 Radiography course will learn the appropriate terminology and skills to use any
Chapter 22 Physical Therapy patient billing software program with minimal additional training. This
Chapter 23 Medical Emergencies and First Aid text/workbook introduces and simulates medical office billing situa-
212

ALLIED HEALTH
CPR and AED

tions using Medisoft Advanced Version 11, the widely used medical
office software program. As students progress through Medisoft, they
learn to gather patient information, schedule appointments, and enter
transactions. Information in the text contains updated HIPAA standards
for privacy, security, transactions, and code sets. This text/workbook is
written for those enrolled in community colleges, technical institutes,
and career colleges seeking jobs in health information management,
medical billing, and medical office assisting. Its practical, systematic
approach is based on real-world medical office activities. The text
and software work together to give the student a solid background to
NEW
work in the medical office industry.
 Updated Government Regulations: The Fifth Edition teaches the

most recent HIPAA standards for privacy, security, transaction and
code sets. CPR & AED SKILLS
REFRESHER CARD
 Use of MediSoft Advanced v.11: This software is widely used in
medical offices. Skills learned through use of this program in conjunc- By National Safety Council NSC
tion with Computers in the Medical Office provide students with readily
transferable skills for other similar software programs. This software
is available to adopters of the book through McGraw-Hill.
 New Material: Chapter 10, “Managing Collections”, reflects a new

feature in MediSoft Advanced. Hands-on case studies with realistic mix 2008 (June 2007) / 8 pages
of HMO, PPO, and fee-for-service included earlier in the text. New--
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-351364-5 / MHID: 0-07-351364-4
”On Your Own” hands-on exercises Exercise(s) in each Chapter offer
guided instruction, and proceed from simple to complex. At the end Need to refresh your CPR & AED skills? This handy card will help you
of each Chapter, new “On Your Own” exercises provide students with refresh your CPR & AED skills before you recertify. Remember--your
the opportunity to practice applying what they learned in the Chapter CPR and AED completion cards are good up to 2 years.
without guided instruction.
Contents
 Student books include a CD-ROM that contains the database
students need to complete exercises. Students must have access to CPR--Adult & Infant
Medisoft Version 11, either in the classroom or lab or the At-Home Preventing Disease Transmission
version. Access to the Online Learning Center provides additional Using an AED
learning resources for the student. Choking
Acting in Emergency Situations
 The Instructor’s Manual comes with an Instructor Productivity Check the Victim
Center in CD-ROM format that provides test banks and PowerPoint Recovery Position
TM slides. The Classroom Performance System in-class quizzing
and classroom management system is also available. The Online
Learning Center also has resources for the instructor. Additionally,
instructors can use Capstone Billing Simulation, Fourth Edition, a de-
tailed medical practice simulation, as a follow-up to Computers in the
Medical Office. Capstone also uses Medisoft Version 11 throughout,
and comes with a CD-ROM.
CPR & AED
Contents 2nd Edition
PART 1 INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTERS IN THE MEDICAL By National Safety Council NSC
OFFICE 2007 (July 2006)
Chapter 1 The Medical Office Billing Process ISBN-13: 978-0-07-329698-2 / MHID: 0-07-329698-8
Chapter 2 Information Technology and HIPAA Nearly every two minutes, someone dies of sudden cardiac arrest.
PART 2 MEDISOFT ADVANCED PATIENT ACCOUNTING TRAIN- Automated external defibrillation (AED) could save a quarter of these
ING lives. AED devices are showing up everywhere from industrial set-
Chapter 3 Introduction to Medisoft tings to shopping malls, and the demand for training is rising. And
Chapter 4 Entering Patient Information fortunately, the number of people trained in CPR grows every year too.
Chapter 5 Entering Insurance, Account, and Condition Information National Safety Council programs offer the very latest techniques and
Chapter 6 Entering Charge Transactions and Patient Payments AHA guidelines for CPR and meet OSHA standards for emergency
Chapter 7 Creating Claims care training in the workplace. And now we use Video Self Instruction
to increase retention of the techniques. Our CPR and AED program
Chapter 8 Posting Insurance Payments and Creating Patient State-
teaches the average person the basics of emergency life support,
ments and takes the fear out of AED use. We give you all the background
Chapter 9 Printing Reports information and skill testing you need to feel confident in the event of
Chapter 10: Collections in the Medical Office an emergency-and help save a life.
Chapter 11 Scheduling
PART 3 APPLYING YOUR KNOWLEDGE Contents
Chapter 12 Handling Patient Records and Transactions
Course Lessons
Chapter 13 Setting Up Appointments
Basic Life Support
Chapter 14 Printing Lists and Reports
Acting in an Emergency
Chapter 15 Putting it all Together
Check the Victim
PART 4 SOURCE DOCUMENTS
Recovery Position
Glossary
Choking (Responsive Victim)
Index
Heart Attack and Chest Pain
Preventing Disease Transmission
Quick Guide
CPR
213

ALLIED HEALTH
Using an AED Lesson 13-sudden illness Lesson 14-poisoning

Choking-Responsive Adult or Child Lesson 15-cold and heat emergencies
Choking-Responsive Infant Lesson 16-rescuing and moving victims
Recovery Position-Adult or Child
Recovery Position-Infant
ONLINE STANDARD FA, CPR & AED

EKG/ECG/Electrocardiology
with Student Workbook & Access Card
2nd Edition
2007 (July 2007)
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-722971-9 / MHID: 0-07-722971-1 NEW
National Safety Council’s new Emergency Care Online program is
a great way to teach students lifesaving skills at their own pace. It is
the most convenient way to prepare students for an emergency at ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY
work or at home.
FOR HEALTH CARE
Contents PERSONNEL WITH STUDENT
Course Modules CD-ROM
Course Introduction 2nd Edition
Finding out What’s Wrong By Kathryn Booth, Total Care Programming, Pa-
Basic Life Support tricia DeiTos, N. Virginia CC-Springfield and Tho-
Bleeding and Wound Care mas Edward O’Brien, Central Florida Institute
Shock
Burns 2008 (April 2007)
Serious Injuries ISBN-13: 978-0-07-330209-6 / MHID: 0-07-330209-0
Bone, Joint and Muscle Injuries
http://www.mhhe.com/healthcareskills
Sudden Illness
Poisoning Electrocardiography for Health Care Personnel provides ECG skills
Heat and Cold Emergencies training for health care students as well as health care personnel
Post Assessment who are interested in mastering additional skills. The text includes
the essential skills needed to perform an ECG, including anatomy of
the heart, basic characteristics, equipment, appropriate intervention,
and other technical applications, such as Holter monitoring and stress
testing. Emphasis throughout the text is placed on troubleshooting.
neW to tHIs eDItIon
STANDARD FIRST AID, CPR AND AED WITH  NEW! Text is now 4-color.
POCKET GUIDE  Increased number of exercises including new, more realistic
2nd Edition ECG strips. Many questions have been added to the troubleshoot-
By National Safety Council NSC ing feature.
2007 (June 2006)
 The updated Student CD-ROM provides video, audio, and illus-
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-329693-7 / MHID: 0-07-329693-7 trations with interactive exercises to bring the competencies presented
Standard First Aid, CPR & AED includes content covered in a 8 hour in the text to life. Key terms are defined and pronounced correctly.
course. This 96 page full-color manual combines the content of First Practicing Law & Ethics, Providing Safety and Infection Control,
Aid and CPR & AED into one easy-to-use reference. The focus is Patient Education and Communication, and Troubleshooting Activi-
teaching the layperson to recognize and act in any emergency and ties include critical-thinking questions. There are also drag-and-drop
to sustain life until professional help can arrive. This manual includes exercises in each Chapter to reinforce the student’s knowledge of
Step-by-step photo sequences that reinforce skill development and
anatomy, supplies, and equipment discussed in the text. Interactive
retention. This edition includes the latest CPR and Emergency Cardiac
Care Guidelines. Questions provide additional review and suggest areas for improve-
ment. The CD-ROM can be used for traditional, hybrid, and distance
Contents learning classes.
Lesson 1-basic life support Contents
Lesson 2-acting in an emergency
Chapter 1-Role of the Electrocardiographer
Lesson 3-check the victim
Chapter 2-The Cardiovascular System
Lesson 4-recovery position
Chapter 3-The Electrocardiograph
Lesson 5-choking (responsive victim)
Chapter 4-Performing a 12-Lead ECG
Lesson 6-heart attack and chest pain
Chapter 5-ECG Interpretation and Clinical Significance
Lesson 7-preventing disease transmission
Chapter 6-Exercise Electrocardiography
Lesson 8-bleeding and wound care
Chapter 7-Ambulatory Monitoring
Lesson 9-shock
Appendix A-Competency Checklist
Lesson 10-burns
Appendix B-Common Cardiac Medications
Lesson 11-serious injuries
Appendix C-Abbreviations/Symbols
Lesson 12-bone, joint, and muscle injuries
Glossary
214

ALLIED HEALTH
Ch 10. Myocardial Ischemia and Infarction

Ch 11. Other Cardiac Conditions
NEW
POCKET ECGS
A Quick Information Guide NEW
By Bruce Shade, Cuyahoga CC-Metro Campus
PRACTICING ECGS
By Bruce Shade, Cuyahoga CC-Metro Campus

ISBN-13: 978-0-07-351976-0 / MHID: 0-07-351976-6
This book is a portable, easy to view, quick reference pocket guide. It
puts the key points about how to recognize the various dysrhythmias
and cardiac conditions at the fingertips of the practitioner allowing
them to quickly identify what they see in the field and/or clinical set-
ting. It is also a useful tool in the classroom for the student to quickly 2008 (February 2007)
look up key information. There is a short introduction that talks about ISBN-13: 978-0-07-331418-1 / MHID: 0-07-331418-8
the location of the heart, lead placement and the nine step process
Practicing ECG’s, by Bruce Shade, is a practice workbook to help
for interpreting the various wave forms and characteristics. It briefly
refine a student’s skill in reading ECG tracings. There will be ap-
describes the normal and abnormal features found on ECG tracings.
proximately 500 rhythm strips which will include both 3 and 12 lead.
It visually demonstrates how to calculate the heart rate, identify ir-
The strips will be a compilation of both simple and complex in order
regularities and identify and measure the various waveforms, intervals
to test the student’s knowledge and to give them a variety of differ-
and segments. The introductory information is followed by Chapters,
ent scenarios.
broken out by where the dysrhythmias originate (i.e., sinus, atrial,
junctional, ventricular, AV heart block), on the key characteristics of
various dysrhythmias and conditions that can be detected through FeAtURes
the use of the electrocardiogram.
 The use of 9 second tracings rather than just 6 second trac-
ings will allow for a more accurate interpretation and more realistic
FeAtURes
image.
 It is small enough to be tucked away in a pocket so it can be
 The use of 500 different strips gives students a variety of sce-
conveniently viewed by the student or practitioner at any time.
narios to interpret
 Its visually simplistic and colorful design makes it easy to find
 This workbook includes both 3-lead dysrhythmia interpretation
information quickly, even under the pressures of the field or clinical
and 12 lead analysis to attract beginning and advanced students.
environment.
 A DVD will be included with each copy of the student text. There
 Key information is bulleted, “to the point” and easy to understand
will be numerous practice strips showing both 3 and 12 lead. Other
making it useful while actively working to interpret an ECG tracing.
features of the DVD include a virtual caliper, and an “eProfessor”, to
 Sample tracings include figures of the heart that illustrate where assist students in identifying strips correctly.
each dysrhythmia originates and how it occurs. This helps the stu-
dent understand the ECG dysrhythmia rather than just memorizing Contents
strips. Chapter 1: Ecg Assessment And Interpretation Review
Chapter 2: Sinus Node Dysrhythmias
 Each Chapter has a different color margin to allow the student Chapter 3: Atrial Dysrhythmias
to quickly find information. Chapter 4: Junctional Dysrhythmias
 The Chapter openers give characteristics common to each days Chapter 5: Ventricular Dysrhythmias
thus summarizing the key points for students to remember. This is a Chapter 6: Av Heart Blocks
helpful tool for students to quickly reference when analyzing ECGs Chapter 7: Other Conditions
in the field. Chapter 8: Assess Your Knowledge-pretest
Chapter 9: 12 Lead Ecgs
 Key values for each waveform, interval and segment are Chapter 10: Assess Your Knowledge-final Exam
listed.
 Characteristics for each dysrhythmia are listed in simple to view
tables.
Contents
Ch 1. The Electrocardiogram
Ch 2. Analyzing the ECG
Ch 3. Sinus Dysrhythmias
Ch 4. Atrial Dysrhythmias
Ch 5. Junctional Dysrhythmias
Ch 6. Ventricular Dysrhythmias
Ch 7. AV Heart Blocks
Ch 8. Electrical Axis
Ch 9. Hypertrophy, Bundle Branch Block, and Preexcitation
215

ALLIED HEALTH
ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY IN TEN DAYS

2nd Edition
Electronic Medical Records
By David R Ferry, Loma Linda University
2007 / 320 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-146562-5 / MHID: 0-07-146562-6
Learn to effectively interpret virtually every ECG you’re likely to
encounter in clinical practice - in ten brief lessons. The only review
book to offer full-sized ECGs throughout (simulating how they appear NEW
on tests and in actual practice), this sourcebook is the most sought-
after ECG review anywhere, trusted by cardiology fellows, internal
medicine residents, and medical students alike. ECG in Ten Days is
based on the author’s popular ten-day review course, and features
a unique step-by-step approach, crystal-clear vector images, plus ELECTRONIC HEALTH
practice EDB strips to build confidence and fine-tune clinical skills. In RECORDS
these pages, you’ll find essential information on everything from SA
& AV nodal conduction abnormalities, to mechanisms of arrhythmias
By Byron Hamilton and Leesa Hamilton of Med-
and electronic pacemakers. Also included is an answer sheet similar Soft National Training Institute
to the one encountered on board exams.
Contents
1. The Basics
2009 (January 2008) / 192 pages
2. Chamber Abnormalities and Intraventricular Conduction Defects
3. SA and AV Nodal Block ISBN-13: 978-0-07-337400-0 / MHID: 0-07-337400-8
4. Ischemia and Infarction The availability of complete medical information when needed brought
5. Reentrant Supraventricular Tachycardias the innovation of storing the patient’s information electronically.
6. Ectopic Supraventricular Tachycardias Improvement of patient medical care was and is the catalyst for the
7. Extrasystoles and Pre-excitation Syndromes electronic health record. Electronic Health Records provides the
8. Differential Diagnosis of Wide QRS Tachycardias conceptual theory and hands-on application students need to work in
today’s medical office. Hands-on practice uses fully-functional demo
9. Medication and Electrolyte Effects; Miscellaneous Consitions
version of SpringCharts EHR software is included with each text.
10. Electronic Pacemakers
FeAtURes
 Screen captures and menu icons from SpringCharts EHR
software
 Spring Charts – Premium EHR program included with each
FAST & EASY ECGS WITH DVD text
By Bruce Shade, Cuyahoga CC-Metro Campus and Keith Wesley  Certificate of Completion is available on OLC.
 Correlation of instruction to CCHIT competencies: http://www.
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-297409-6 / MHID: 0-07-297409-5
cchit.org/
Fast and Easy ECGs: A Self-Paced Learning Program brings the
classroom to the student! Organized using the 5-step interpretation Contents
approach, concepts are taught with a combination of repetition, PART 1 INTRODUCTION TO ELECTRONIC HEALTH RECORDS
anatomical and physiological understanding of the dysrhythmias and
Chapter 1. An Introduction to EHR
practice. Stimulating sidebars highlight key concepts and provide
instructor notes, critical thinking questions, and clinical tidbits. The Chapter 2. EHR Basics
ECG Mentor Companion DVD brings an ECG instructor (co-author PART 2 SPRINGCHARTS ADVANCED TRAINING
Dr. Keith Wesley) to the reader with presentations, demonstrations Chapter 3. Introduction and Overview
and animations of difficult-to-grasp and key concepts. Fast and Easy Chapter 4. The Clinic Administration
ECGs covers basic ECG interpretation and introduces the reader to Chapter 5. The Patient Chart
concepts in 12-lead ECG interpretation. Chapter 6. Medical Exam Note
Chapter 7. Nurse Note
Contents Chapter 8. Electronic Clinical Tools
1 Anatomy and Electrophysiology of the Heart Chapter 9. Customizing Templates
2 The Electrocardiogram Chapter 10. Creating & Modifying Tests, CPT & ICD Codes
3 Heart Rate Chapter 11. Utilities
4 Regularity PART 3 APPLYING YOUR KNOWLEDGE
5 P Waves Chapter 12. Practicing Your Skill
6 QRS Complexes PART 4 APPENDIXES
7 PR Intervals A. Sample Documents
8 Origin and Clinical Aspects of Sinus Node Dysrhythmias B. Glossary
9 Origin and Clinical Aspects of Atrial Dysrhythmias C. Index
10 Origin and Clinical Aspects of Junctional Dysrhythmias
11 Origin and Clinical Aspects of Ventricular Dysrhythmias
12 Origin and Clinical Aspects of AV Heart Blocks
13 Electrical Axis
14 Hypertrophy, Bundle Branch Block, and Preexcitation
15 Myocardial Ischemia and Infarction
16 Other Cardiac Conditions and the ECG
216

ALLIED HEALTH
First Aid International Edition

POISONING & DRUG OVERDOSE
5th Edition
By Kent R Olson, University of California--San Francisco
2007 / 736 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-144333-3 / MHID: 0-07-144333-9
FIRST AID WITH POCKET GUIDE
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110469-2 / MHID: 0-07-110469-0 [IE]
2nd Edition
(Medical Publication)
2007 (July 2006) The manual on the diagnosis and treatment of poisoning and drug
overdose, written by the staff and faculty of the California Poison
ISBN-13: 0-07-329695-1 / MHID: 0-07-329695-3
Control System, one of the country’s most respected poison control
First Aid is a 64-page full-color manual that covers the material neces- systems.
sary for a 3.5 to 4 hour Basic First Aid course. The layperson (not a
health care provider) is the audience for the manual and course. The Contents
focus is teaching a layperson to recognize an emergency and take
action in an emergency until professional help arrives. Guidelines of I. Emergency Treatment
care are derived from the national guidelines such as Emergency II. Common Poisons & Drugs
Cardiovascular Care and the American Burn Association. The manual III. Antidotes & Drug Therapy
focuses on need-to-know information and has a clear and easy to IV. Industrial Chemicals
understand presentation.
Contents
Acting in an Emergency
Check the Victim
Recovery Position
Massage Therapy
Choking (Responsive Victim)
Heart Attack and Chest Pain
Preventing Disease Transmission
Bleeding and Wound Care
Shock
Burns
Serious Injuries
Bone, Joint, and Muscle Injuries
Sudden Illness NEW
Poisoning
Cold and Heat Emergencies
Rescuing and Moving Victims
PRACTICAL REFLEXOLOGY
Interpretation and
Techniques
By Susan Watson and Valerie Voner

ONLINE STANDARD FA, CPR & AED
with Student Workbook & Access Card
2nd Edition
By National Safety Council NSC 2009 (February 2008) / 288 pages
2007 (July 2007) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-351095-8 / MHID: 0-07-351095-5
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-722971-9 / MHID: 0-07-722971-1 The study and practice of reflexology today requires a text that pro-
National Safety Council’s new Emergency Care Online program is vides both training and resource material. This book offers practical
a great way to teach students lifesaving skills at their own pace. It is application and in-depth knowledge that is germane to acquiring
the most convenient way to prepare students for an emergency at proficiency in reflexology. Illustrations were chosen to support the
work or at home. discussion of technique while providing an overall review of how reflex-
ology affects each system including key pathologies within the body
Contents systems. The goal was to provide a vehicle that smoothly transports
the reader to fulfillment be it as instructor or student.
Course Modules
Course Introduction FeAtURes
Finding out What’s Wrong
Basic Life Support  A clinically relevant text covering important modalities used by
Bleeding and Wound Care reflexologists and massage therapists.
Shock  Dynamic illustrations and photographs present a realistic view
Burns of reflexology to enhance learning.
Serious Injuries
Bone, Joint and Muscle Injuries  Text is a “bench manual” on how to equate specific manipulations
Sudden Illness to support healing in specific systems or body regions.
Poisoning
 Every chapter opens with Learning Outcomes and Key terms
Heat and Cold Emergencies
Post Assessment  Review and Critical Thinking questions.
217

ALLIED HEALTH
 Watson provides clear, concise, compact, and appropriate con-

tent for coursework or practice.
 Scientific Support boxes are definitive facts collected from profes- NEW
sional reflexology case studies or research reports.
Contents
Introduction
Section 1: Basic Principles of Reflexology MASSAGE THERAPY REVIEW
Chapter 1: History and Theory of Reflexology Passing the NCETMB and
Chapter 2: Introduction to Basic Anatomy NCETM with Student
Chapter 3: Anatomy and Pathologies of the Foot CD-ROM
Chapter 4: Anatomy and Pathologies of the Hand
Chapter 5: Mapping of the Feet and Hands Connecting Reflexes
By Laura Abbott, Georgia State University
with Anatomy
Chapter 6: Positioning and Thumb-walking Techniques
Chapter 7: Relaxing Techniques
Section 2: Body Systems 2008 (January 2007)
Chapter 8: Skeletal and Muscular Systems ISBN-13: 978-0-07-722777-7 / MHID: 0-07-722777-8
Chapter 9: Nervous System (with Student CD-ROM)
Chapter 10: Sense Organs Massage Therapy Review: Passing the NCETMB and NCETM Exams
Chapter 11: Endocrine System is designed to help massage therapists prepare for the National Certifi-
Chapter 12: Circulatory System cation Exam for Therapeutic Massage and Bodywork (NCETMB) AND
Chapter 13: Lymphatic System the National Certification Exam for Therapeutic Massage (NCETM).
Chapter 14: Respiratory System The certifying exam, National Certification Board for Therapeutic
Chapter 15: Digestive System Massage and Bodywork (NCBTMB), broke into two separate sections
Chapter 16: Urinary System last year, with the former being more robust, including additional ori-
ental modalities. The exam reviews are a thorough study of a broad
Chapter 17: Reproductive System
range of material; new graduates find it stressful, as they must pass
Chapter 18: Integumentary System in order to practice as a licensed professional in most states. This is
Section 3: Applications of Reflexology the only review text that offers questions, answers, and explanations
Chapter 19: Children and Geriatric in the same form and organization as the exam itself. A high first time
Chapter 20: Women and Men’s Health fail rate combined with the fact that graduates must pass this exam
Chapter 21: Emotional Health, Substance Abuse, and Weight Man- in order work as a professional, makes Massage Therapy Review:
agement Passing the NCETMB and NCETM Exams an excellent choice. A
Chapter 22: Pain Management, Cancer, and Hospice richly illustrated text, a Prep Course Outline, a 200-page Anatomy and
Section 4: Ethics and Business of Reflexology Physiology Outline, and a CD containing 980 test questions provides
a comprehensive review presented in a clearly written style.
Chapter 23: Ethics and Business
Appendices
FeAtURes
A: Reflexology Associations, Websites, and Schools
B: Sample Reflexology Session  The only exam review program that offers questions and an-
C: Stretching Workout for the Practitioner swers and explanations in the same form and organization as the
D: Marketing Reflexology exam itself.
E: Client History Forms
F: Documenting Charts for the Client  This text provides a highly clinical and practical perspective.
G: Specific Techniques for Pathologies  The text and Student CD-ROM offer the most complete exam
Bibliography review and testing to enhance student success on the NCBTMB and
1: Resources NCETM Exams.
2: References
Glossary  Review questions with an answer key highlight the most impor-
Index tant features of a Chapter.
 Boxed Study Tips give the student bits of advice to remember
when taking the exam.
 Mnemonic devices, always useful to the student absorbing large
amounts of information, are used throughout the book.
 The text lists conditions and makes clear what is indicated and
contraindicated to aid students in their client assessments. The same
McGraw-Hill is interested in purpose is served with the inclusion of pathological conditions within
reviewing manuscript for the anatomy review.
 Review materials at the end of Chapters are detailed and pose
local McGraw-Hill offi ce or email to well-written, accurate questions with their answers readily avail-
asiapub@mcgraw-hill.com able.
 Questions are set up in a multiple-choice format, which is the
Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) same used on the exam. Correct answers as well as the answer
Website: www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg explanations are provided, giving a more beneficial review and un-
derstanding of the information to the student.
218

ALLIED HEALTH
Contents  A complete Instructor’s Manual, entitled Massage Educator’s

Chapter 1 General Knowledge of Body Systems Guide to Effective Performance, is available. This helpful supplement
Chapter 2 Detailed Knowledge of Anatomy, Physiology, and Kine- contains curriculum guidelines for a 500-hour program as well as
siology a 1000-hour program. Included are syllabi, calendars, and Lesson
Chapter 3 Pathology plans for effective delivery of information to students, and tools for
Chapter 4 Therapeutic Massage and Bodywork Assessment designing and developing a program of study that supports diverse
Chapter 5 Therapeutic Massage and Bodywork Application student learning styles.
Chapter 6 Professional Standards, Ethics, Business and Legal  Supportive of the move to a standardized (500-1000 hour) cur-
Practices riculum.
Chapter 7 Eastern Modalities (NCETMB Only)
Appendix A: Prep Course Outline  Emphasizes the client/massage therapist connection.
 Practice expectations and realities will be emphasized via case
studies, author/contributor anecdotes.
 Detailed modalities written by the developer themselves not
found in any other text currently on the market...beyond the cur-
riculum line.
NEW Contents
PART ONE: BASIC CONCEPTS OF THERAPEUTIC MASSAGE
AND BODYWORK
Chapter 1 History of Therapeutic Massage
NEW FOUNDATIONS IN Chapter 2 Equipment, Environment, and Safety Practices
THERAPEUTIC MASSAGE Chapter 3 The Massage Therapy Session: Preparations for Before,
AND BODYWORK WITH During, and After
Chapter 4 Therapeutic Massage Techniques
STUDENT CD-ROM
Chapter 5 Physiological Effects of Therapeutic Massage
PART TWO: KINESIOLOGY, ANATOMY, AND PATHOPHYSIOL-
By Jan Saeger, Keiser College and Donna Kyle- OGY
Brown, Blue Cliff College
Chapter 6 Biomechanics of Movement
Chapter 8 Muscular System
2008 (February 2007) / 736 pages Chapter 9 Other Body Systems
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-302582-7 / MHID: 0-07-302582-8 PART THREE: BEYOND THE BASIC CURRICULUM
Website: http://www.mhhe.com/saegermassage Chapter 10 Maternity, Infant, and Pediatric Massage
Chapter 11 Massage for Special Populations (Children with Special
New Foundations in Therapeutic Massage and Bodywork offers a Needs, Geriatric, Hospice, & Palliative Care
core curriculum of fundamental principles and practical applications
Chapter 12 Massage for Survivors of Abuse
for beginning students as well as practitioners in the field who seek
a desk reference and review for continuing education. This text also Chapter 13 Sports Massage: For Amateur and Professional Ath-
goes beyond the core curriculum by addressing such topics as mas- letes
sage for hospice patients and survivors of abuse as well as massage Chapter 14 Spa Therapy: Peace, Beauty, and Massage
routines for common pathologies (including carpal tunnel syndrome, PART FOUR: COMPLEMENTARY MASSAGE & BODYWORK
thoracic outlet syndrome, and fibromyalgia). With Exam Points high- MODALITIES
lighted throughout the text as well as a student CD offering additional Chapter 15 Oriental Practices and Energy Work
test questions and study materials, New Foundations is designed to Chapter 16 Introduction to Other Modalities
help students reach two important goals: to succeed in passing their PART FIVE: WELLNESS FOR BODY AND MIND
National Certification Exam and to ultimately succeed in their careers.
Chapter 17 Body-Mind Connection
Practice expectations and realities are emphasized through case
studies and author/contributor anecdotes. Full-color photographs and Chapter 18 Diet and Wellness
line art give the student a detailed view of the application or points Chapter 19 Eastern and Western Principles of Movement
being studied. Workbook pages, titled Applying Your Knowledge, are PART SIX: ETHICS AND PROFESSIONAL BUSINESS PRAC-
incorporated within the Chapters for easy access and review. TICES
Chapter 20 Law, Ethics, and Professionalism
FeAtURes Chapter 21 Business Development, Marketing Success, and Com-
munity Education
 Emphasizes a scientific perspective while retaining the spiritual,
PART SEVEN: PHARMACOLOGY AND SPECIFIC PATHOLOGY
artistic foundations of massage therapy.
ROUTINES
 Clear organization and supportive pedagogical features, includ- Chapter 22 Common Medications and Effects in Clients

ing Chapter reviews and test preparation. Chapter 23 Special Massage Routines for Common Pathologies
(Carpal Tunnel, Thoracic Outlet, Torticollis, Temporomandibular Joint
 Attractive and helpful design with integrated exam points de- Dysfunction, and Fibromyalgia)
signed to help you study and review for the National Certification

Quick Guide A: Resource List

Exam. Quick Guide B: Aromatherapy, Herbal Preparations, and Supple-
 Detailed content on topics such as Common Pathologies Mas- ments
sage Therapists Encounter and the Physiologic Benefits of Massage Quick Guide C: Medical Terminology
(including expanded examples on CD. Quick Guide D: Diseases Common to Body Systems
Quick Guide E: Skin Pathologies
 Full-color photographs and line art throughout the text give the Quick Guide F: Common Medications
student a realistic and step-by-step view of the application or points Quick Guide G: State-by-State Requirements
being studied. Full-color photos with anatomy overlays provide a Quick Guide H: State-by-State Guide to Massage Practice Laws
detailed view of the human body systems and structures.
219

ALLIED HEALTH
Math for Health Professions Medical Assisting

- Administrative and Clinical
MATH AND DOSAGE CALCULATIONS FOR

MEDICAL CAREERS WITH STUDENT
CD-ROM NEW
2nd Edition
By Kathryn Booth, Total Care Programming and James Whaley, Baker
College-Owosso ADMINISTRATIVE
2007 (September 2005) / 518 pages PROCEDURES FOR MEDICAL
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-302262-8 / MHID: 0-07-302262-4 ASSISTING FOR STUDENT CD
http://www.mhhe.com/mathdosage2e 3rd Edition
Math and Dosage Calculations for Medical Careers teaches the skills By Kathryn A Booth, Total Care Programming,
and techniques medical assistants, nurses, pharmacy technicians, Leesa Whicker, Central Piedmont Community
College, Donna Jeanne Pugh, Florida Metro
and paramedics need to calculate the amount of medication they University, Sharion K Thompson, Bryant & Strat-
should administer to patients. Students learn to calculate dosages ton Bookstore and Terri D Wyman, Sanford Brown
based on ratio proportions, fraction proportions, the formula method, Institute
and dimensional analysis. 2009 (January 2008)
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-326127-0 / MHID: 0-07-326127-0
Contents
Administrative Procedures for Medical Assisting, Third Edition ad-
1 Fractions and Decimals
dresses the most current competencies for medical assisting certifica-
2 Percents, Ratios, and Proportions tion, coding and insurance billing requirements, HIPAA regulations,
3 Systems of Weights and Measures and OSHA guidelines. It retains its thorough coverage of procedures.
4 Equipment for Dosage Measurement It trains students on medical office administrative procedures and
5 Drug Orders equipment and much more.
6 Drug Labels and Package Inserts
7 Methods of Dosage Calculations neW to tHIs eDItIon
8 Oral Dosages
 Pocket Guide is a quick and handy reference to use while
9 Parenteral Dosages
working as a medical assistant. It includes Critical Procedure Steps,
10 Intravenous Dosages
bulleted lists and brief information all medical assistants should know,
11 Calculations for Special Populations
and Patient Education Tips. Information is sorted by Administrative,
12 Specialized Calculations
Clinical, and General content.
Appendices A. Comprehensive Evaluation
B. Answer Key  Procedures revised to include Procedure Goals and Ration-
Glossary ales.
Credits
Index  Each text chapter opener includes a chart indicating Medical
Reference Cards Assisting Competencies (CMA and RMA) which are taught in the
chapter.
 New “Reflecting On...” feature boxes for Legal and Ethical Is-
sues, Communication Issues, Cultural Issues, Professionalism, and
HIPAA.
 Virtual Field Trips provide simulated activities for each chapter.
 Strong pedagogy, including boxed readings and end-of-chapter
material add educational value: *Glossary includes pronunciation
guide so students learn proper pronunciation of medical terms.
*Points on Practice (formerly Tips for the Office) provide helpful sug-
gestions for running an efficient office. *Career Opportunities provide
information about additional careers available for medical assistants.
McGraw-Hill is interested in *Caution: Handle with Care emphasizes infection control techniques.
reviewing manuscript for *Educating the Patient shows how to provide the detailed instructions
patients need to carry out their physician’s orders. *End-of-chapter
questions and activities help students assess their progress.
asiapub@mcgraw-hill.com  Updated and expanded information includes: *Current coding
and billing practices, including HIPAA. *Use of technology in the medi-
cal office - especially more and varied uses of the Internet, including
Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) web site development, patient education, billing and coding.
Website: www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg  Expanded Student CD-ROM with applications included in the
text. Includes “A Day in the Life of the Medical Assistant” case studies,
video clip library, audio glossary and much more!
 Comprehensive and thoroughly updated Student Workbook.
The workbook has been updated to reflect the extensive textbook
220

ALLIED HEALTH
revisions. There are more questions. The Procedure Competency

Checklists have been improved to include more procedure observer
comments.
 Online Learning Center with chapter-specific applications,
NEW
games, quizzes, and links. Also available as a cartridge for Distance
Education Platforms: WebCT, Blackboard and eCollege.
 Instructor’s Resources include lesson plans, teaching strategies,
tests and answers, SCANS competency correlation, full-color image
ANATOMY, PHYSIOLOGY, AND
bank, and CMA, RMA, and CCMA correlation charts. It also includes PATHOPHYSIOLOGY FOR
a CD-ROM with PowerPoint presentations, class syllabi, clip art from ALLIED HEALTH
the text and EZ Test test generator with answer rationales and cor- 2nd Edition
relation to texts and MEDICAL ASSISTING REVIEW.
Contents By Kathryn Booth, Total Care Programming and

Terri Wyman, Sanford Brown Institute
PART ONE INTRODUCTION TO MEDICAL ASSISTING
Section 1 Foundations and Principles 2009 (February 2008) / 288 pages
Chapter 1 The Profession of Medical Assisting ISBN-13: 978-0-07-337395-9 / MHID: 0-07-337395-8
Chapter 2 Types of Medical Practice
Chapter 3 Legal and Ethical Issues in Medical Practice, Including Anatomy, Physiology, and Pathophysiology for Allied Health, Second
HIPAA Edition, is an introductory book to the body systems for allied health
students. It acquaints students with basic information of all the body
Chapter 4 Communication with Patients, Families, and Coworkers
systems. The book speaks directly to the student, with chapter in-
troductions, case studies, and chapter summaries written to engage
PART TWO ADMINISTRATIVE MEDICAL ASSISTING the student’s attention.
Section 1 Office Work
Chapter 5 Using and Maintaining Office Equipment Contents
Chapter 6 Using Computers in the Office
Chapter 1 Organization of the Body
Chapter 7 Managing Correspondence and Mail
Chapter 2 The Integumentary System
Chapter 8 Managing Office Supplies
Chapter 3 The Skeletal System
Chapter 9 Maintaining Patient Records
Chapter 4 The Muscular System
Chapter 10 Managing the Office Medical Records
Chapter 5 The Cardiovascular System
Section 2 Interacting with Patients
Chapter 11 Telephone Techniques
Chapter 7 The Nervous System
Chapter 12 Scheduling Appointments and Maintaining the Physician’s
Schedule
Chapter 13 Patient Reception
Chapter 10 The Lymphatic and Immune Systems
Chapter 14 Patient Education
Section 3 Financial Responsibilities
Chapter 12 The Endocrine System
Chapter 15 Health Insurance Billing Procedures
Chapter 13 Special Senses
Chapter 16 Medical Coding
Appendix I Medical Assistant Role Delineation Chart (AAMA)
Chapter 17 Patient Billing and Collections
Appendix II RMA Certification Chart
Chapter 18 Accounting for the Medical Office
Appendix III NHA Certification Chart
Appendix IV Prefixes and Suffixes Commonly Used in Medical
Terms
Appendix V Latin and Greek Equivalents Commonly Used in Medi-
cal Terms
Terms
Appendix VI Abbreviations Commonly Used in Medical Notations
Appendix VII Symbols Commonly Used in Medical Notations
cal Terms
Appendix VIII Professional Organizations and Agencies
Appendix VIII Professional Organizations and Agencies
221

ALLIED HEALTH

NEW Education Platforms: WebCT, Blackboard and eCollege.
 Instructor’s Resources include lesson plans, teaching strategies,
tests and answers, SCANS competency correlation, full-color image
CLINICAL PROCEDURES FOR bank, and CMA, RMA, and CCMA correlation charts. It also includes
MEDICAL ASSISTING WITH a CD-ROM with PowerPoint presentations, class syllabi, clip art from
STUDENT CD the text and EZ Test test generator with answer rationales and cor-
relation to texts and MEDICAL ASSISTING REVIEW.
3rd Edition
By Kathryn A Booth, Total Care Programming, Contents
Leesa Whicker, Central Piedmont Community
College, Donna Jeanne Pugh, Florida Metro PART ONE CLINICAL MEDICAL ASSISTING
University, Sharion K Thompson, Bryant & Strat- Section 1 The Medical Office Environment
ton Bookstore and Terri D Wyman, Sanford Brown Chapter 1 Principles of Asepsis
Institute
Chapter 2 Infection Control Techniques
2009 (January 2008) Chapter 3 HIV, Hepatitis, and Other Blood-Borne Pathogens
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-325987-1 / MHID: 0-07-325987-X Chapter 4 Preparing the Examination and Treatment Areas
Clinical Procedures for Medical Assisting, Third Edition addresses Section 2 Anatomy and Physiology
the most current competencies for medical assisting certification, Chapter 5 Organization of the Body
CPR procedures, HIPAA regulations, OSHA guidelines, and clinical Chapter 6 The Integumentary System
diagnostic testing such as hemoglobin A1c (diabetes) testing. It also Chapter 7 The Skeletal System
includes coverage of procedures and the coverage of Anatomy and Chapter 8 The Muscular System
Physiology is increased significantly. It trains students on clinical Chapter 9 The Cardiovascular System
procedures, infection control, anatomy and physiology, assisting with
patients, medical emergencies and first aid, laboratory procedures,
nutrition, pharmacology, diagnostic equipment, and much more. Chapter 11 The Nervous System
neW to tHIs eDItIon Chapter 13 The Reproductive Systems
 Pocket Guide is a quick and handy reference to use while Chapter 15 The Digestive System
working as a medical assistant. It includes Critical Procedure Steps, Chapter 16 The Endocrine System
bulleted lists and brief information all medical assistants should know, Chapter 17 Special Senses
and Patient Education Tips. Information is sorted by Administrative, Section 3 Assisting with Patients
Clinical, and General content. Chapter 18 Interviewing the Patient, Taking a History, and Docu-
mentation
 Procedures revised to include Procedure Goals and Ration-
Chapter 19 Obtaining Vital Signs and Measurements
ales.
Chapter 20 Assisting with a General Physical Examination
 Each text chapter opener includes a chart indicating Medical Section 4 Specialty Practices and Medical Emergencies
Assisting Competencies (CMA and RMA) which are taught in the Chapter 21 Assisting with Examinations in the Basic Specialties
chapter. Chapter 22 Assisting with Highly Specialized Examinations
Chapter 23 Assisting with Minor Surgery
Chapter 24 Assisting with Cold and Heat Therapy and Ambulation
Chapter 25 Medical Emergencies and First Aid
HIPAA.
Chapter 26 Complementary and Alternative Medicine
 Virtual Field Trips provide simulated activities for each chapter. Section 5 Physician’s Office Laboratory Procedures
Chapter 27 Laboratory Equipment and Safety
 New chapter--Complementary and Alternative Medicine Chapter 28 Introduction to Microbiolog y
 Strong pedagogy, including boxed readings and end-of-chapter Chapter 29 Collecting, ProcessingMicrobiologyng Urine Specimens
material add educational value: *Glossary includes pronunciation Chapter 30 Collecting, Processing, and Testing Blood Specimens
guide so students learn proper pronunciation of medical terms. Section 6 Nutrition, Pharmacology, and Diagnostic Equipment
*Points on Practice (formerly Tips for the Office) provide helpful sug- Chapter 31 Nutrition and Special Diets
gestions for running an efficient office. *Career Opportunities provide Chapter 32 Principles of Pharmacology
information about additional careers available for medical assistants. Chapter 33 Drug Administration
*Caution: Handle with Care emphasizes infection control techniques. Chapter 34 Electrocardiography and Pulmonary Function Testing
*Educating the Patient shows how to provide the detailed instructions Chapter 35 X-Rays and Diagnostic Radiology
patients need to carry out their physician’s orders. *End-of-chapter Section 7 Externship
questions and activities help students assess their progress. Chapter 36 Medical Assisting Externships and Preparing to Find a
Position
 *Clinical diagnostic testing such as in-office Hemoglobin A1c Appendix I Medical Assistant Role Delineation Chart (AAMA)
testing. *CPR guidelines to comply with the latest American Heart Appendix II RMA Certification Chart
Association guidelines. *OSHA issues *Infection control and antibiotic Appendix III NHA Certification Chart
resistance. Appendix IV Prefixes and Suffixes Commonly Used in Medical
 Expanded Student CD-ROM with applications included in the Terms
text. Includes “A Day in the Life of the Medical Assistant” case studies, Appendix V Latin and Greek Equivalents Commonly Used in Medi-
video clip library, audio glossary and much more! cal Terms
 Comprehensive and thoroughly updated Student Workbook. Appendix VII Symbols Commonly Used in Medical Notations
The workbook has been updated to reflect the extensive textbook Appendix VIII Professional Organizations and Agencies
comments.
222

ALLIED HEALTH

NEW comments.
Contents
MEDICAL ASSISTING-
Section 1 Foundations and Principles
ADMINISTRATIVE AND Chapter 1 The Profession of Medical Assisting
CLINICAL COMPETENCIES Chapter 2 Types of Medical Practice
WITH STUDENT CD-ROMS Chapter 3 Legal and Ethical Issues in Medical Practice, Including
3rd Edition HIPAA
By Kathryn A Booth, Total Care Programming, Lee- Chapter 4 Communication with Patients, Families, and Coworkers
sa Whicker, Central Piedmont Community College,
Donna Jeanne Pugh, Florida Metro University, PART TWO ADMINISTRATIVE MEDICAL ASSISTING
Sharion K Thompson, Bryant & Stratton Bookstore Section 1 Office Work
and Terri D Wyman, Sanford Brown Institute
Chapter 5 Using and Maintaining Office Equipment
2009 (January 2008) Chapter 6 Using Computers in the Office
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-325988-8 / MHID: 0-07-325988-8 Chapter 7 Managing Correspondence and Mail
Medical Assisting, Third Edition addresses the most current competen- Chapter 8 Managing Office Supplies
cies for medical assisting certification, CPR procedures, coding and Chapter 9 Maintaining Patient Records
insurance billing requirements, HIPAA regulation, OSHA guidelines, Chapter 10 Managing the Office Medical Records
and clinical diagnostic testing such as hemoglobin A1c (diabetes) Section 2 Interacting with Patients
testing. Thorough coverage of procedures remains an asset and Chapter 11 Telephone Techniques
Anatomy & Physiology coverage is included in separate chapters.
Chapter 12 Scheduling Appointments and Maintaining the Physician’s
It trains students on medical office administrative procedures and
equipment, clinical procedures, infection control, anatomy and Schedule
physiology, assisting with patients, medical emergencies and first aid, Chapter 13 Patient Reception
laboratory procedures, nutrition, pharmacology, diagnostic equipment, Chapter 14 Patient Education
and much more. Section 3 Financial Responsibilities
Chapter 15 Health Insurance Billing Procedures
neW to tHIs eDItIon Chapter 16 Medical Coding
Chapter 17 Patient Billing and Collections
 Pocket Guide is a quick and handy reference to use while work- Chapter 18 Accounting for the Medical Office
ing as a medical assistant. It includes Critical Procedure Steps, bul-
leted lists and brief information all medical assistants should know, PART THREE CLINICAL MEDICAL ASSISTING
and Patient Education Tips. Information is sorted by Administrative, Section 1 The Medical Office Environment
Clinical, and General content. Chapter 19 Principles of Asepsis
 Procedures revised to include Procedure Goals and Ration- Chapter 20 Infection Control Techniques
ales. Chapter 21 HIV, Hepatitis, and Other Blood-Borne Pathogens
Chapter 22 Preparing the Examination and Treatment Areas
 Each text chapter opener includes a chart indicating Medical Section 2 Anatomy and Physiology
Assisting Competencies (CMA and RMA) which are taught in the Chapter 23 Organization of the Body
chapter. Chapter 24 The Integumentary System
 New “Reflecting On...” feature boxes for Legal and Ethical Is- Chapter 25 The Skeletal System
sues, Communication Issues, Cultural Issues, Professionalism, and Chapter 26 The Muscular System
HIPAA. Chapter 27 The Cardiovascular System
 Virtual Field Trips provide simulated activities for each chapter. Chapter 29 The Nervous System
 New chapter--Complementary and Alternative Medicine
 Updated and expanded information includes: Chapter 32 The Lymphatic and Immune Systems
*Current coding and billing practices, including HIPAA. Chapter 34 The Endocrine System
Chapter 35 Special Senses
*Use of technology in the medical office - especially more and varied
Section 3 Assisting with Patients
uses of the Internet, including web site development, patient educa-
tion, billing and coding. Chapter 36 Interviewing the Patient, Taking a History, and Docu-
mentation
*Clinical diagnostic testing such as in-office Hemoglobin A1c test- Chapter 37 Obtaining Vital Signs and Measurements
ing. Chapter 38 Assisting with a General Physical Examination
Section 4 Specialty Practices and Medical Emergencies
*CPR guidelines to comply with the latest American Heart Associa- Chapter 39 Assisting with Examinations in the Basic Specialties
tion guidelines. Chapter 40 Assisting with Highly Specialized Examinations
Chapter 41 Assisting with Minor Surgery
*OSHA issues Chapter 42 Assisting with Cold and Heat Therapy and Ambulation
*Infection control and antibiotic resistance. Chapter 44 Complementary and Alternative Medicine
Section 5 Physician’s Office Laboratory Procedures
 Expanded Student CD-ROM with applications included in the
Chapter 45 Laboratory Equipment and Safety
text. Includes “A Day in the Life of the Medical Assistant” case studies,
Chapter 46 Introduction to Microbiology
Chapter 47 Collecting, ProcessingMicrobiologyng Urine Specimens
 Comprehensive and thoroughly updated Student Workbook. Chapter 48 Collecting, Processing, and Testing Blood Specimens
The workbook has been updated to reflect the extensive textbook Section 6 Nutrition, Pharmacology, and Diagnostic Equipment
223

ALLIED HEALTH
Chapter 49 Nutrition and Special Diets material add educational value: *Glossary includes pronunciation
Chapter 50 Principles of Pharmacology guide so students learn proper pronunciation of medical terms.
Chapter 51 Drug Administration *Points on Practice (formerly Tips for the Office) provide helpful sug-
Chapter 52 Electrocardiography and Pulmonary Function Testing gestions for running an efficient office. *Career Opportunities provide
Chapter 53 X-Rays and Diagnostic Radiology information about additional careers available for medical assistants.
Section 7 Externship *Caution: Handle with Care emphasizes infection control techniques.
Chapter 54 Medical Assisting Externships and Preparing to Find a *Educating the Patient shows how to provide the detailed instructions
Position patients need to carry out their physician’s orders. *End-of-chapter
Appendices questions and activities help students assess their progress.
 Updated and expanded information includes: *Current coding
and billing practices, including HIPAA. *Use of technology in the medi-
cal office - especially more and varied uses of the Internet, including
web site development, patient education, billing and coding. *Clinical
Terms
diagnostic testing such as in-office Hemoglobin A1c testing. *CPR
guidelines to comply with the latest American Heart Association guide-
cal Terms
lines. *OSHA issues *Infection control and antibiotic resistance.
Appendix VII Symbols Commonly Used in Medical Notations  Expanded Student CD-ROM with applications included in the
Appendix VIII Professional Organizations and Agencies text. Includes “A Day in the Life of the Medical Assistant” case studies,
 Comprehensive and thoroughly updated Student Workbook.
The workbook has been updated to reflect the extensive textbook
NEW comments.
MEDICAL ASSISTING Education Platforms: WebCT, Blackboard and eCollege.
Administrative and Clinical  Instructor’s Resources include lesson plans, teaching strategies,
Procedures (without A&P tests and answers, SCANS competency correlation, full-color image
bank, and CMA, RMA, and CCMA correlation charts. It also includes
Chapters), 3rd Edition
a CD-ROM with PowerPoint presentations, class syllabi, clip art from
By Kathryn A Booth, Total Care Programming,
Leesa Whicker, Central Piedmont Community the text and EZ Test test generator with answer rationales and cor-
College, Donna Jeanne Pugh, Florida Metro relation to texts and MEDICAL ASSISTING REVIEW.
University, Sharion K Thompson, Bryant & Strat-
ton Bookstore and Terri D Wyman, Sanford Brown Contents
Institute
Section 1 Foundations and Principles
2009 (February 2008) / 992 pages Chapter 1 The Profession of Medical Assisting
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-337399-7 / MHID: 0-07-337399-0 Chapter 2 Types of Medical Practice
Medical Assisting, Third Edition addresses the most current competen- Chapter 3 Legal and Ethical Issues in Medical Practice, Including
cies for medical assisting certification, CPR procedures, coding and in- HIPAA
surance billing requirements, HIPAA regulation, OSHA guidelines, and Chapter 4 Communication with Patients, Families, and Coworkers
clinical diagnostic testing such as hemoglobin A1c (diabetes) testing.
Thorough coverage of procedures remains an asset. It trains students PART TWO ADMINISTRATIVE MEDICAL ASSISTING
on medical office administrative procedures and equipment, clinical Section 1 Office Work
procedures, infection control, anatomy and physiology, assisting with
Chapter 5 Using and Maintaining Office Equipment
patients, medical emergencies and first aid, laboratory procedures,
nutrition, pharmacology, diagnostic equipment, and much more. Chapter 6 Using Computers in the Office
Chapter 7 Managing Correspondence and Mail
FeAtURes Chapter 8 Managing Office Supplies
Chapter 9 Maintaining Patient Records
 Pocket Guide is a quick and handy reference to use while Chapter 10 Managing the Office Medical Records
working as a medical assistant. It includes Critical Procedure Steps, Section 2 Interacting with Patients
bulleted lists and brief information all medical assistants should know, Chapter 11 Telephone Techniques
and Patient Education Tips. Information is sorted by Administrative, Chapter 12 Scheduling Appointments and Maintaining the Physician’s
Clinical, and General content. Schedule
Chapter 13 Patient Reception
 Procedures revised to include Procedure Goals and Ration-
Chapter 14 Patient Education
ales.
Section 3 Financial Responsibilities
 Each text chapter opener includes a chart indicating Medical Chapter 15 Health Insurance Billing Procedures
Assisting Competencies (CMA and RMA) which are taught in the Chapter 16 Medical Coding
chapter. Chapter 17 Patient Billing and Collections
Chapter 18 Accounting for the Medical Office
PART THREE CLINICAL MEDICAL ASSISTING
HIPAA.
Section 1 The Medical Office Environment
 Virtual Field Trips provide simulated activities for each chapter. Chapter 19 Principles of Asepsis
Chapter 20 Infection Control Techniques
 New chapter--Complementary and Alternative Medicine Chapter 21 HIV, Hepatitis, and Other Blood-Borne Pathogens
 Strong pedagogy, including boxed readings and end-of-chapter
224

ALLIED HEALTH
Chapter 22 Preparing the Examination and Treatment Areas  The Student CD-ROM provides video, audio, and illustrations with
Section 2 Assisting with Patients interactive exercises to bring the competencies presented in the text to
Chapter 23 Interviewing the Patient, Taking a History, and Docu- life. Key terms are defined and pronounced correctly. Practicing Law
mentation & Ethics, Providing Safety and Infection Control, Patient Education
Chapter 24 Obtaining Vital Signs and Measurements and Communication, and Troubleshooting Activities include critical-
Chapter 25 Assisting with a General Physical Examination thinking questions. There are also drag-and-drop exercises in each
Section 3 Specialty Practices and Medical Emergencies Chapter to reinforce the student’s knowledge of anatomy, supplies,
Chapter 26 Assisting with Examinations in the Basic Specialties and equipment discussed in the text. Interactive Questions provide
Chapter 27 Assisting with Highly Specialized Examinations additional review and suggest areas for improvement. The CD-ROM
Chapter 28 Assisting with Minor Surgery can be used for traditional, hybrid, and distance learning classes.
Chapter 29 Assisting with Cold and Heat Therapy and Ambulation
 Troubleshooting feature identifies problems and provides sug-
gested solutions. These help promote critical thinking and prepare
Chapter 31 Complementary and Alternative Medicine
students for real life situations.
Section 4 Physician’s Office Laboratory Procedures
Chapter 32 Laboratory Equipment and Safety  Safety and Infection Control features tips and techniques to
Chapter 33 Introduction to Microbiolog y provide safe care to patients and prevent the spread of infection.
Chapter 34 Collecting, ProcessingMicrobiologyng Urine Specimens
Chapter 35 Collecting, Processing, and Testing Blood Specimens  Patient Education and Communication feature provides sug-
Section 5 Nutrition, Pharmacology, and Diagnostic Equipment gestions for communicating effectively, both orally and in writing, and
Chapter 36 Nutrition and Special Diets provides patient education related to IV Therapy.
Chapter 37 Principles of Pharmacology  HIPAA, Law, and Ethics: includes tips for practicing within the
Chapter 38 Drug Administration HIPAA regulations and legal and ethical standards.
Chapter 39 Electrocardiography and Pulmonary Function Testing
Chapter 40 X-Rays and Diagnostic Radiology  Check Questions throughout the text ensure learning and un-
Section 6 Externship derstanding.
Chapter 41 Medical Assisting Externships and Preparing to Find a
 Complete End of Chapter Review Section including a variety
Position
question types to accommodate various learning styles and ensure
comprehension.
Appendix III NHA Certification Chart  The print Instructor’s Manual provides an overview of the student
Appendix IV Prefixes and Suffixes Commonly Used in Medical text, suggestions for implementing the Interactive Drill, Practice, and
Terms Review CD-ROM included with the student text, teaching suggestions,
Appendix V Latin and Greek Equivalents Commonly Used in Medi- correlation charts, and answer keys. The Instructor’s Manual also
cal Terms includes an Instructor’s Productivity Center CD-ROM which includes
Appendix VI Abbreviations Commonly Used in Medical Notations PowerPoint presentations and EZ Test test generator.
Appendix VIII Professional Organizations and Agencies Contents
Chapter 1: Introduction to Intravenous Therapy
Chapter 2: Safety and Infection Control
Chapter 3: Intravenous Therapy Supplies and Equipment
Chapter 4: Intravenous Fluids, Components, and Compatibility
Chapter 5: Preparation and Patient Communication
Chapter 6: Monitoring and Maintaining IV Therapy
Chapter 7: Documenting and Discontinuation
NEW Chapter 8: Intravenous Therapy Calculations
Appendix A: IV Solutions and Concentrations Chart
Appendix B: IV Compatibility Chart
Appendix C: Common IV Medications
INTRAVENOUS THERAPY Appendix D: IV Formulas and Conversions
FOR HEALTH CARE Appendix E: Answer Key Glossary Index
PERSONNEL WITH STUDENT
CD-ROM
By Kathryn Booth, Total Care Programming
2008 (January 2007)

ISBN-13: 978-0-07-328112-4 / MHID: 0-07-328112-3 Complimentary desk copies are available for
Intravenous Therapy for Health Care Personnel is a one of a kind course adoption only. Kindly contact your
book for entry-level health care practitioners to learn the basics of local McGraw-Hill Representative or fax the
IV therapy. This eight-Chapter text/workbook covers the essential
topics for IV therapy for entry-level practitioners, including coverage Examination Copy Request Form available on
within the scope of practice for Medical Assistants. The book and the back pages of this catalog.
accompanying CD is highly visual and focus on application and un-
derstanding, as well as presenting real-life situations that can occur
during IV therapy and their necessary solutions. Visit McGraw-Hill Education
FeAtURes
 New 4-color text COMPLIMENTARY COPIES
225

ALLIED HEALTH
MEDICAL BILLING & CODING DEMYSTIFIED

Medical Billing and Coding By Marilyn Burgos, Donya Johnson and James Keogh
2007 / 239 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-147220-3 / MHID: 0-07-147220-7
This handy resource clearly explains the principles and practices used
by medical offices, hospitals, and health facilities to encode medical
NEW services in order to receive payment from government agencies and
insurance companies.
Contents
Chapter 1: Introduction to Medical Billing and Coding
THE COMPLETE DIAGNOSIS Chapter 2: Ethical and Legal Aspects of Medical Billing
CODING BOOK Chapter 3: Medical Terminology and Procedures
Chapter 4: Medical Office Procedures
By Shelley Safian, Herzing College Chapter 5: Introduction to Diagnostic Procedures
Chapter 6: Introduction to Procedural Coding
Chapter 7: Introduction to Insurance Plans
Chapter 8: The Insurance Claim Cycle
Chapter 9: Billing and Coding Errors--How to Avoid Them
2009 (February 2008) / 480 pages Chapter 10: Strategies for Handling Claim Disputes
Chapter 11: Medical Billing Software Programs and Systems
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-337394-2 / MHID: 0-07-337394-X
Chapter 12: Finding Employment in the Healthcare Industry
The Complete Diagnosis Book introduces students to the coding FINAL EXAM
process and uses case studies, examples, and a lighter writing style ANSWERS TO QUIZ AND EXAM QUESTIONS
to sit side-by-side with the student and bring them through learning INDEX
to code. This book speak directly to students, with respect, and helps
them to overcome the intimidation of learning such an important new
skill. Case studies, examples, and exercises are salted generously
throughout the book to connect the reader with real life scenarios and
to help them relate to the issues at hand.
FeAtURes
PATIENT BILLING WITH STUDENT CD-ROM
 Learning Outcomes
& FLOPPY DISK
 Coding Tips 5th Edition
By Susan Sanderson
 Examples
2006 (December 2004)
 Let’s Code It! Case Scenario ISBN-13: 978-0-07-310150-7 / MHID: 0-07-310150-8
 You Code It! Case Study http://www.mhhe.com/patientbilling5e
 Chapter Review Instruction in the fifth edition of this seven-Chapter text-workbook
tutorial is based on NDCMediSoft Advanced, version 9. Students
 You Code It! Practice will systematically learn how to use the patient billing features of this
popular software, which is used in thousands of medical offices. A
 You Code It! Simulation four-day simulation of patient billing in a Family Care System provides
hands-on practice in all billing tasks.
Contents
Chapter 1. Introduction to Diagnostic Coding Contents
Chapter 2. Introduction to the ICD-9-CM Book and Its Codes
1 Introduction to Patient Billing
Chapter 3. General Guidelines and Notations
2 Using The Computer For Patient Billing
Chapter 4. Coding Hypertension and Other Circulatory Conditions
3 Managing Data With A Computerized System
Chapter 5. Coding Neoplasms
4 Entering Patient and Case Information
Chapter 6. Coding Poisonings/Adverse Reactions
5 Processing Transactions
Chapter 7. Coding Burns
6 Processing Claims and Creating Statements
Chapter 8. Coding Orthopedics
7 Producing Reports
Chapter 9. Coding Obstetrics and Gynecology
Family Care Center—A Patient Billing Simulation Appendix—Office
Chapter 10. Coding Congenital and Pediatric Conditions
Hours Source Documents Index
Chapter 11. Coding Infectious Diseases
Chapter 12. Coding Diabetes Mellitus
Chapter 13. Coding Respiratory Conditions
Chapter 14. Complete Diagnostic Coding Review
Chapter 15. ICD-10-CM – An Introduction
226

ALLIED HEALTH
Medical Insurance NEW
FROM PATIENT TO PAYMENT

NEW Insurance Procedures for the
Medical Office with Student
Data CD, 5th Edition
HIPAA FOR ALLIED HEALTH CAREERS
By Cynthia Newby, Chestnut Hill Enterprises, Inc By Cynthia Newby, Chestnut Hill Enterprises, Inc
2009 (January 2008) / 192 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-337412-3 / MHID: 0-07-337412-1
HIPAA for Allied Health Careers covers the concepts and knowledge 2008 (September 2006)
allied health workers need to correctly handle patients’ protected ISBN-13: 978-0-07-325479-1 / MHID: 0-07-325479-7
health information (PHI) and to comply with all HIPAA regulations,
including: • Administrative Simplification • Privacy Rule • Security http://www.mhhe.com/fp2p5e
Rule • Transactions and Code Sets • Compliance to Avoid Fraud and From Patient to Payment: Insurance Procedures for the Medical Of-
Abuse Major emphasis is placed on communication skills--written and fice, provides a practical, focused overview of medical insurance and
oral—-because they underpin HIPAA compliance in most careers. billing. Each chapter is structured to give students a hands-on, practi-
Such skills include handling requests for release of information cal approach to understanding and working with claims, both paper
(ROI) from patients, payers, and other clinicians; effective interview- and electronic, and the medical billing process. This text is precisely
ing of patients to gather information, complete authorization forms, tailored for a brief introduction, as the fundamental understanding
and explain procedures; and documenting data using tools such as of coding and claim filing principles is the goal. Incorporated are the
electronic medical records. HIPAA for Allied Health Careers provides latest HIPAA forms and regulations, medical coding, and electronic
students with the must-know information on HIPAA compliance. Titles claims in a clear and focused program. It equips students with the
I (COBRA) and II (HIPAA) are covered. The HIPAA privacy, secu- basics of preparing correct health care claims, and provides a brief
rity, and e-transactions are taught in depth. The concluding chapter introduction to Medisoft Advanced v.11 software, which can be used
presents the recently-published final HIPAA enforcement rule, and to complete claims.
also provides an overview of compliance guidelines for the various
allied health career settings, such as hospital-, physician practice, neW to tHIs eDItIon
and billing-service based careers. Throughout the chapters, students
think through case scenarios that cover the types of situations in  The new CMS-1500 (08/05) and UB 04 claim forms are covered
which allied health personnel will need to make the correct choices in depth.
for protecting patient privacy under HIPAA.
 Text is almost 50 pages longer because new content has been
FeAtURes added in every chapter as well as more end of chapter material. New
content includes:
 Compliance Tips
-- Chapter 1 has ethics/etiquette and medical insurance specialist
 FYI boxes requirements for success.
 Internet-based activities
-- Chapter 2 has a section on electronic medical records.
 What Is Your Opinion?
-- Chapter 4 has additional pages covering Evaluation and Manage-
 Internet Resources ment (E/M) coding.
 HIPAA Communications
-- Chapter 5 has coverage of the new consumer-driven health
Contents plans.
Chapter 1 The Goal of HIPAA: Administrative Simplification -- Chapter 6 goes box-by-box through the CMS-1500 (08/05) claim
Chapter 2 The Privacy Rule form.
Chapter 3 The Security Rule
Chapter 4 Transactions and Code Sets Regulations -- Chapter 7 has expanded coverage on collections, including three
Chapter 5 Compliance sample collections letters.
 Provides coverage about the NPI (National Provider Identifier)

which is a unique number that doctors and other providers must use
on both electronic and paper claims.
 Online Learning Center (OLC) provides chapter-specific applica-
tions, relevant links, quizzes, and more.
 Updated information relative to government regulations and
industry regulations.
 Update Medisoft Advanced software applications for Version
11.
Contents
Chapter 1 From Patient to Payment: Becoming a Medical Specialist
Chapter 2 HIPAA and the Legal Medical Record
Chapter 3 Diagnostic Coding
227

ALLIED HEALTH
Chapter 4 Procedural Coding Contents

Chapter 5 Payment Methods: Managed Care and Indemnity Plans Part 1 ICD-9-CM
Chapter 6 Health Care Claim Preparation Part 2 CPT and HCPCS
Chapter 7 Claim Transmission, RA/EOB Follow-up, and Collections Part 3 Coding Linkage and Compliance
Chapter 8 Blue Cross and Blue Shield Appendix A ICD-9-CM Guidelines for Coding and Reporting Outpa-
Chapter 9 Medicare tient Services
Chapter 10 Medicaid Appendix B CPT Modifiers: Description and Common use in Main
Chapter 11 TRICARE and CHAMPVA Text Sections
Chapter 12 Worker’s Compensation
Chapter 13 Disability
Chapter 14 Dental Insurance
Chapter 15 Hospital Insurance
Appendix Health Care Claim Simulations Using Medisoft
Glossary
Index INSURANCE CODING AND ELECTRONIC
Glossary CLAIMS FOR THE MEDICAL OFFICE
Index
By Shelley Safian
2006 (July 2005)
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-305307-3 / MHID: 0-07-305307-4
http://www.mhhe.com/icec-safian
This text is structured to reflect a day in the life of an insurance cod-
ding and billing specialist. Using a “layered learning” concept, the
NEW student will move through the book in a logical progression, building
upon each element learned at each stage of the reimbursement
process. Students will learn to carefully glean pertinent data to code
accurately from review and analysis of: a.) Superbills, b.) Provider’s
notes, c.) Referral authorization forms, and d.) New patient informa-
MEDICAL INSURANCE tion forms.
CODING WORKBOOK
2007-2008 Contents
4th Edition 1 Insurance Overview

2 HIPPA’s Privacy Rule Overview
3 Source Documents
By Cynthia Newby, Chestnut Hill Enterprises
4 Introduction to Coding-Guidelines Overview
5 Coding Diagnoses: ICD-9-CM
6 Coding Diagnoses: ICD-10-CM
2008 (January 2007) / 160 pages 7 Coding Procedures: CPT
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-352205-0 / MHID: 0-07-352205-8 8 Coding Procedures: ICD-9-CM Volume 3 and ICD-10-PCS
www.mhhe.com/careercentral 9 Complete Coding Practice: ICD-9-CM and CPT
10 Health Claims Form CMS-1500
The Medical Insurance Coding Workbook for Physician Practices 11 Electronic Claims Management: Using Patient Accounting Soft-
builds coding expertise by providing thorough practice, tips, and ware
reinforcement in code selection and linkage. This supplementary
12 Working with Insurance Companies
workbook offers extensive opportunities for students to practice
ICD-9-CM (diagnoses) and CPT/HCPCS (procedures) coding us- 13 Receiving Revenues
ing the standard code reference manuals. Unique coding linkage 14 Complete Coding and Claims Practice
coverage reviews and practices reporting diagnosis and procedures Appendix A-Abbreviations
codes correctly together for compliant coding. The exercises build Appendix B-ICD-9-CM Offical Guidelines for Coding and Reporting
from one-line diagnostic/procedural statements to case studies. The Appendix C-1997 Documentation Guidelines for Evaluation and
Workbook also contains three comprehensive examinations cover- Management Services
ing ICD-9-CM, CPT/HCPCS, and Code Linkage topics. The Medical Appendix D-Medisoft Advanced, Version 9-Issues and Answers
Insurance Coding Workbook for Physician Practices is designed to
help users master the information needed to pass the coding certifica-
tion exams and become employable. The precise and tightly focused
nature of the workbook helps instructors to readily gauge students’
levels of coding proficiency.

neW to tHIs eDItIon
 Answers to workbook exercises are available on the password- reviewing manuscript for
protected Instructor’s site on the Valerius/Medical Insurance 3e Online publication. Please contact your
Learning Center.
 Updated Information: The workbook includes the latest ICD and asiapub@mcgraw-hill.com
CPT codes.
 Case Studies: Each section contains case studies to provide Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)
practice coding from medical documentation. Website: www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg
 Review and Practice: Updated Coding Compliance Coverage
provides review and practice so students learn to link diagnosis and
procedure codes correctly. Coding Quizzes test students’ understand-
ing of guidelines and prepare students for the coding certification
exams.
228

ALLIED HEALTH
Medical Law & Ethics

Part 2 Administrative Responsibilities
4 Telephone Procedures and Scheduling
5 Records Management
6 Written Communications
Part 3 Patient Records
7 Patient Medical Records
LAW & ETHICS FOR MEDICAL CAREERS 8 Insurance and Coding
4th Edition 9 Billing, Reimbursement, and Collections
By Karen Judson, Carlene Harrison, International College and Sharon Part 4 Practice Finances and Management
Blesie Hicks 10 Practice Finances
2006 (April 2005) / 352 pages 11 Office Management
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-302263-5 / MHID: 0-07-302263-2 Appendix A Introduction to MediSoft
http://www.mhhe.com/judson4e
Law and Ethics for Medical Careers, 4th edition, provides an overview
of the laws and ethics you should know to help you give competent,
compassionate care to patients that is within acceptable legal and
ethical boundaries. The text can also serve as a guide to help you
resolve the many legal and ethical questions you may reasonably
Medical Terminology
expect to face as a student and, later, as a health care practitioner. The
text features pertinent legal cases, anecdotes, and sidebars related
to health-related careers. Content has been updated and special at-
tention has been paid to legislation affecting health care.
Contents
Part 1 The Foundations of Law and Ethics
1 Introduction to Law and Ethics
NEW
2 Working in Health Care
3 Law, the Courts, and Contracts
Part 2 Legal Issues for Working Health Care Practitioners
4 Professional Liability and Medical Malpractice MEDICAL LANGUAGE FOR
5 Defenses to Liability Suits MODERN HEALTH WITH
6 Medical Records and Informed Consent STUDENT CD-ROM
7 Privacy Law and HIPAA
Part 3 Professional, Social, and Interpersonal Health Care Is- By David Allan, Michelle Buchman, Everest Col-
sues lege and Karen Lockyer
8 Physicians’ Public Duties and Responsibilities
9 Workplace Legalities
10 The Beginning of Life and Childhood
11 Death and Dying 2008 (March 2007)
12 Ethics for Health Care Practitioners
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-327294-8 / MHID: 0-07-327294-9
http://www.mhhe.com/allanmedlanguage
MEDICAL LANGUAGE FOR MODERN HEALTH CARE Combining
the Time-Tested A & P Approach with a New Contextual Approach
Promotes Active Learning Chapters in the textbook are organized by
body system in accordance with an overall anatomy and physiology
(A & P) approach. Lessons introduce and define terminology through
Medical Office Procedures the context of A & P, pathology, and clinical and diagnostic procedures/
tests. The organization of the body systems into Chapters is based on
an “outside to inside” sequence that reflects a physician’s differential
diagnosis method used during an examination. To provide students
with an authentic context, the medical specialty associated with each
body area or system is introduced along with the anatomy and physiol-
MEDICAL OFFICE PROCEDURES WITH DATA ogy. Students actually step into the role of an allied health professional
DISKS AND PROJECTS CD-ROM associated with each specialty. Patient cases and documentation
6th Edition are used to illustrate the real-life application of medical terminology
in modern health care: to care for and communicating with patients,
By Karonne Becklin
and to interact with other members of the health care team. The A &
2006 (January 2005) P organizational approach, used in conjunction an authentic medical
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-320108-5 / MHID: 0-07-320108-1 setting and patient cases, encourages student motivation and facili-
Medical Office Procedures is a text-workbook that introduces and tates active, engaged learning. Each Chapter is structured around a
teaches medical assisting administrative tasks; teaches records consistent and unique framework of pedagogic devices. No matter
management, medical communications, and scheduling skills; and what the subject matter of a Chapter, the structure enables students
describes procedures for preparing patients’ charts and bills. Practice to develop a consistent learning strategy, making Medical Language
management and finances are also addressed. Multi-day simulations for Modern Health Care a superior learning tool.
provide real-world experience with physician dictation.
FeAtURes
Contents  Focus on “modern” medicine
Part 1 The Administrative Medical Assistant’s Career Includes Chapters such as genetics and CAM that are not found in
1 The Administrative Medical Assistant other books.
2 Medical Ethics, Law, and Compliance
3 Computer Usage in the Medical Office
229

ALLIED HEALTH
 Lesson-based approach. Chapter 9: respiratory system: the language of pulmonology

Chapters are divided into Lessons, coverage of which can be taught Chapter 10: nervous system: the language of neurology
in a 50-minute installment. Chapter 11: urinary system: the language of urology
Chapter 12: male reproductive system: more language of urology
Each is supported by a 50-minute Lesson plan in the Instructor’s Chapter 13: female reproductive system and breast: the language of
Manual that pulls all teaching information and materials together into gynecology and obstetrics
a scripted, times presentation. Chapter 14: endocrine system: the language of endocrinology
Chapter 15: lymphatic and immune systems: the language of im-
munology
 Self-contained spreads.
Chapter 16: growth and development: the language of pediatrics
Each spread covers one topic only, each spread a complete unit that Chapter 17: aging: the language of gerontology
includes text, work analyses/definitions, and exercises. Chapter 18: rehabilitation medicine: the language of rehabilitation
Chapter 19: mental health: the language of psychology and psy-
 Contextualized, real-world approach. chiatry
Chapter 20: infection: the language of infectious diseases
A virtual medical facility, complete with medical practices, practition-
Chapter 21: genetics: the language of dna
ers and patients, provides the contextual framework for presenting
Chapter 22: nutrition: the language of nutrition
terms.
Chapter 23: complementary and alternative medicine: the language
of cam
Each Chapter represents the language of whichever specialty is
covered by that Chapter, for example “Respiratory System: The
Language of Pulmonology.”
Real-world scenarios throughout Chapters provide immediate ap-

plication of and context for terms.
 Terms presented within the context of anatomy and physi-

NEW
ology.
Chapters are organized by body systems, and terms are introduced
within the context of the body’s anatomical structures and/or physi-
ological processes. MEDICAL TERMINOLOGY
A Programmed Approach
 Frequent, innovative exercises. with Student CD/Flashcards/
Variety of exercises appear on each spread, at the end of each Online Learning Center
Chapter, on the CD-ROM, and on the Online Center.
By Paula Bostwick
Some exercises simulate documentation in the medical record.
End of Chapter exercises include all taxonomy levels and meet all 2008 (February 2007) / 608 pages
Chapter objectives.
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-333505-6 / MHID: 0-07-333505-3
 Strong supplements package. http://www.mhhe.com/medtermprogrammed

To include: Medical Terminology: A Programmed Approach is the ideal resource
Student CD-ROM with interactive, applied spread exercises and for instructors and students wanting a concise and systematic ap-
proach to learning the language of health care. Recognizing that
term pronunciations;
students learn medical terminology by constructing and deconstruct-
ing words into their parts, the authors have built this process into the
Online Learning Center for students with exercises and web research text and the numerous exercises. The approach builds and constantly
activities, and instructor resources; reinforces skills needed to deal with increasingly complicated terms.
A body systems organization is used, providing a clear content
Instructor’s Manual (PRINT) with 50-minute Lesson plans, assignment framework for the text. Each body system Chapter separates words
masters, and testbank masters; into easily learnable groups: major parts of each system; word parts
related to each system; and diagnostic, pathological, surgical and
Instructor Productivity CD-ROM with customizable Lesson plans, PPT pharmacological terms. Carefully chosen Chapter features help bring
the subject to life, and add an on-the-job perspective. Case-study in-
slides, electronic image collection, testbank in an EZ test generator
formation is built into examples, and real medical documents are used
program; whenever appropriate. Internet references are included throughout, to
emphasize the importance of online resources and tools. While most
Online medical terminology curriculum; online medical terminology activities are straight-forward practice exercises, word-building and
train-the-trainer course. critical thinking skills are also built in. Wherever possible, material
on Complementary and Alternative Medicine (“CAM”) is included to
Contents highlight this growing area of medicine. In addition to the text, students
Chapter 1: welcome will be able to access a wealth of electronic resources to aid their
Chapter 2: anatomy of word building studies: The Student CD-ROM will include a suite of activity-based
Chapter 3: the body as a whole:the language of primary care learning tools: crossword puzzles, “Hangman” game, “Concentration”,
Chapter 4: integumentary system:the language of dermatology term to definition matching, audio feedback, and “That’s Epidemic”, an
activity focusing on pathology terms. Exercises are gradable online,
Chapter 5: special senses: seeing and hearing-the language of
or can be used for self-paced review. The Online Learning Center
opthalmology an otology website (“OLC”) will provide a set of additional self-test questions;
Chapter 6: musculoskeletal system: the language of orthopedics Chapter study outlines; web links of interest; and additional word-
Chapter 7: digestive system: the language of gastroenterology building activities. An optional Spanish/English audio CD ROM is
Chapter 8: cardiovascular system: the language of cardiology and available, which includes pronunciations of key medical terms in both
hematology languages. English-language audio CD ROMs (2) are also available
230

ALLIED HEALTH
as an optional package item; these include pronunciation of all terms

included in the text. Instructors will also finds a wealth of teaching &
learning resources for their classes: The Instructor’s Manual (“IM”) will NEW
contain answers to all exercises, teaching strategy suggestions, and
discussion of word-building techniques. The Instructor Productivity
Center CD ROM (“IPC”) will contain the IM in electronic form; Pow-
erPoint presentations for each Chapter; and electronic test generator
and test banks (with 300 questions). MCGRAW-HILL MEDICAL
DICTIONARY FOR ALLIED
FeAtURes HEALTH
 Programmed methodology provides a streamlined, time-effective
way to learn basic terminology. By Kevin Dumith, Sanford Brown Institute
 Word-building skills are presented in the opening Chapters, then

used extensively with each Body System Chapter.
 Body systems organization is used to structure the text. 2008 (May 2007) / 1408 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-351096-5 / MHID: 0-07-351096-3
 Real-life case studies and medical records are used through-
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-334727-1 / MHID: 0-07-334727-2
out the text, to provide a career context for the terminology being
learned. (with Student CD)
Kevin Dumith has teamed up with Myrna Breskin to compile the
 Bound-in Student CD ROM provides readers with a wealth of McGraw Hill Allied Health Dictionary. With Kevin’s long experience
motivating medical terminology games and activities. working as a medical terminology instructor in a career college and
with Myrna’s background as a lexicographer, the dictionary has the
 OLC website contains study resources, self-tests and additional
combined experience of these two people directing a staff that has
activities for students; and resources for instructors under password written a truly useful reference book. This dictionary will be the only
protection. one on the market specifically aimed at the allied health level. This
important distinction makes it a very salable product for a student
 Optional audio CD sets--English-language, and Spanish/English-
population that has traditionally found the learning of medical terminol-
-are available for packaging with the text. ogy one of the most challenging in the allied health curriculum. It is
 Complementary and Alternative Medicine (CAM) terms are written for the student who finds the higher level dictionaries written for
included in the text. the health care practitioner too difficult to understand and to navigate.
the definitions are clear and concise. The only etymologies given are
 Internet Chapter features provide practical tips on how to use useful word-building breakdowns that reinforce this skill necessary to
the web. understanding medical terms. The appendices make this reference
a tool that will follow the allied health student into the workplace as a
Contents “keeper” for a long time to come. There is a 32-page insert of anatomy
plates that cover the body systems with beautiful illustrations as well
Chapter 1 Learning Terminology as instructive and helpful text.
Chapter 2 Prefixes and Suffixes in Medical Terms
Chapter 3 Body Structure FeAtURes
Chapter 4 The Integumentary System
Chapter 5 The Musculoskeletal System  Simple straightforward definitions in understandable language
Chapter 6 The Cardiovascular System with cross-referencing done meticulously. Cross-referencing is a very
Chapter 7 The Respiratory System important part of dictionaries. In many Stedman’s dictionaries, for
Chapter 8 The Nervous System example, you are sent to entries that don’t exist or words are defined
Chapter 9 The Urinary System with medical terms not in the dictionary. Our dictionary uses common
Chapter 10 The Female Reproductive System language as much as possible or uses medical terms that appear in
Chapter 11 The Male Reproductive System the dictionary or are explained where they are used.
Chapter 12 The Blood System
 Extensive coverage of anatomy groups (such as tables of mus-
cles, bones, and nerves at those entries) and an overview 32-page
4-color insert of anatomy art and text.
Chapter 15 The Endocrine System
Chapter 16 The Sensory System  Warnings are put at all abbreviations that are no longer allowed
to be handwritten in medical documents so as to avoid medical errors.
An appendix of these abbreviations is also included.
 A straightforward comprehensive pronunciation system with as
few symbols as possible enables the user to clearly pronounce medical
terms-a skill that is essential in allied health careers.
 Appendices of essential allied health reference material such
as lab values, combining forms, abbreviations, and so on round out
this comprehensive book.
 Four-color illustrations appear throughout the book and illustrate
medical concepts appropriate to the allied health level.
 Student CD-ROM to accompany the McGraw-Hill Allied Health
Dictionary. It will contain searchable list and audio pronunciations for
all terms in the Dictionary.
Contents
Introduction
How to use this dictionary
231

ALLIED HEALTH
Letters a-z  Reference appendices will make this a valuable reference tool
Anatomical plates 1-32 for use in medical terminology and related courses.
Appendices
Combining forms, prefixes, and suffixes Contents
Abbreviations and medical errors Unit 1 Communication Using Medical Terms, How Medical Terms Are
Normal laboratory values Formed, Legal and Ethical Issues, Communication in Healthcare
Spanish terms Unit 2 Prefixes
Weights and measures Unit 3 Suffixes
Dietary guidelines Unit 4 Terms in the Integumentary System
Unit 5 Terms in the Musculoskeletal System
Unit 6 Terms in the Cardiovascular System
Unit 7 Terms in the Respiratory System
Unit 8 Terms in the Nervous System
Unit 9 Terms in the Urinary System
NEW Unit 10 Terms in the Female Reproductive System
Unit 11 Terms in the Male Reproductive System
Unit 12 Terms in the Blood System
Unit 13 Terms in the Lymphatic and Immune Systems
MEDICAL TERMINOLOGY Unit 14 Terms in the Digestive System
WORD BUILDER AND Unit 15 Terms in the Endocrine System
COMMUNICATIONS Unit 16 Terms in the Sensory System
Appendix A Combining Forms, Prefixes, and Suffixes
WORKBOOK WITH Appendix B Normal Laboratory Values
FLASHCARDS Appendix C Sample Medical Documents
By Nina Thierer, Ivy Tech Comm College of Indi-
ana-Ft Wayne and Kevin Dumith, Sanford Brown
Institute
2008 (January 2007)

ISBN-13: 978-0-07-331544-7 / MHID: 0-07-331544-3
Nina Thierer has teamed with Kevin Dumith to bring to market a MEDICAL TERMINOLOGY ESSENTIALS
workbook that will complement a number of allied health products, With Student & Audio CD’s and Flashcards
especially the Allied Health Dictionary and the medical terminol- By Nina Thierer, Ivy Tech Comm College of Indiana-Ft Wayne and Lisa
ogy textbooks published by McGraw-Hill. The Medical Terminology Breitbard, Sunrise Senior Living
WordBuilder and Communications Workbook emphasizes the dual 2007 (January 2006) / 512 pages
tasks of word building and communication--the prime learning difficul-
ties for most students in medical terminology and related courses. ISBN-13: 978-0-07-325644-3 / MHID: 0-07-325644-7
Particularly in the private career colleges, these two areas are where http://www.mhhe.com/medtermess
schools are putting the bulk of their emphasis in an attempt to make
their students valuable employees in their allied health careers. The Essentials of Medical Terminology is a precise, completely up-to-date,
workbook is chock-full of exercises, case studies, and verbal and writ- student-oriented text that is ideal for the one-semester course in Medi-
ten communication work that will guide the student through realistic cal Terminology. The text emphasizes real world applications of the
simulations of job activities and job search tasks. vocabulary of medicine, and students will see current medical events
reflected in this book. The main text is accompanied by an outstanding
FeAtURes selection of supplementary learning resources. Essentials of Medical
Terminology concentrates on just the key terms and concepts that
 The organization of the workbook by body systems makes can be taught in a half-year course. Its clean, uncluttered design
it usable with McGraw-Hill products as well as with most medical keeps readers’ attention focused on learning these basic terms, and
terminology texts on the market. This free-standing item will sell into definitions are kept concise. The interactive Essentials of Medical
markets that use everything from Chabner to programmed texts to Terminology Student CD-ROM, and Audio Program CD-ROMs (2-disk
audio CD set), linked directly to the text and its selection of terms, are
no text at all, just resource materials.
included with each copy of the text. They provide a powerful suite of
 The workbook’s design is usable as a write-in, self-study guide or learning tools geared to the diverse learning styles of today’s students.
as a companion to various texts and resources. The workbook is also A Spanish-English Audio CD-ROM is also available for student pur-
chase. The Student CD-ROM is set up by text Chapter, and includes
usable for students working primarily on computer. Each unit begins
a variety of games and skill-building activities such as key terms
with a review of the word parts used to build words in a particular body with audio, flash cards, word building, multiple choice and true/false
system. This is immediately followed by a number of activities aimed questions, matching, crossword puzzles, and a game called “That’s
both at word building and basic body system knowledge. Epidemic”. A progress review component records and prints student
progress reports. The CD-ROM is ideal for reviewing terms, for group
 Word games such as word finds, crosswords, or word jumbles activities, and for courses that have a self-study component.
are featured in every unit to provide fun learning activities for each
body system. These word games require and reinforce body system Contents
knowledge at all learner levels.
To the Student
 Each of the body system units has a realistic case study that Getting the Most Out of Your Textbook
emphasizes the ability to communicate with coworkers, clients, su- Chapter 1 Learning Terminology
pervisors, job interviewers, and so on. The communication exercises Chapter 2 Prefixes and Suffixes in Medical Terms
require basic telephone and writing skills with an emphasis on polite, Chapter 3 Body Structure
accurate communications. These case studies include many letters Chapter 4 The Integumentary System
and forms similar to ones used in most health care facilities. The way Chapter 5 The Musculoskeletal System
the case studies are structured, they can be used by everyone from Chapter 6 The Cardiovascular system
the most inexperienced beginning student to students in the final Chapter 7 The Respiratory System
stages of their courses about to start the job search. Chapter 8 The Nervous System
232

ALLIED HEALTH
Chapter 10 The Female Reproductive System MEDICAL TERMINOLOGY

Chapter 11 The Male Reproductive System Language for Health Care with Student and
Chapter 12 The Blood System
Audio CD’s and Flashcards, 2nd Edition
Chapter 14 The Digestive System By Nina Thierer, Ivy Tech Comm College of Indiana-Ft Wayne
Chapter 15 The Endocrine System 2006 (December 2005) / 802 pages
Chapter 16 The Sensory System ISBN-13: 978-0-07-327295-5 / MHID: 0-07-327295-7
Chapter 17 Terms Pharmacology http://www.mhhe.com/medterm2e
Appendix A—Combining Forms, Prefixes, and Suffixes
Appendix B—Abbreviations- Ones to Use and Ones to Avoid Medical Terminology: Language for Health Care provides the com-
prehensive coverage needed for a 2-term or intensive 1-term Medical
Appendix C—Normal Laboratory Values
Terminology course. It provides clear instruction on the basics of
Appendix D—Medical Terminology Style anatomy and physiology, using a body systems approach, and making
Index use of extensive new line art figures and photos. The text includes
both clinical and administrative office examples and cases that provide
a realistic context for introducing terms and definitions. The up-to-
date coverage includes a new Chapter on Alternative Medicine, and
information on HIPAA guidelines. The student textbook comes with
a free Student CD-ROM with interactive exercises and activities, and
a 2-CD Audio Program for building pronunciation skills. Wordbuilding
INTRODUCTION TO MEDICAL exercises are included in every body system Chapter.
TERMINOLOGY WITH STUDENT AUDIO Contents
CD-ROM
How to Use This Program
By Pam Besser, KCTCS Jefferson Comm and Tech College and J Patrick
Fisher 1 Learning Terminology
2 Prefixes and Suffixes in Medical Terms
2006 (May 2005) / 543 pages
3 Body Structure
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-302261-1 / MHID: 0-07-302261-6
http://www.mhhe.com/besser 5 The Musculoskeletal System
This text-workbook gives students a firm foundation in medical 6 The Cardiovascular system
terminology meanings and pronunciations. It provides a concise 7 The Respiratory System
presentation of terms reinforced by practice exercises. It can be used 8 The Nervous System
in a short course or a review course of medical terminology or as a 9 The Urinary System
self-paced text. 10 The Female Reproductive System
Contents 12 The Blood System
Part 1 Learning About Medical Words 13 The Lymphatic and Immune Systems
1 Suffixes 14 The Digestive System
2 Prefixes 15 The Endocrine System
3 Numbers, Amounts, Colors and Positions 16 The Sensory System
Part 2 Systems of the Body 17 Human Development
4 Integumentary System 18 Terms in Oncology—Cancer and Its Causes
5 Respiratory System 19 Diagnostic Imaging, Radiation Oncology, and Surgery
6 Digestive System 20 Terms in Psychiatry
7 Cardiovascular System 21 Terms in Dental Practice
8 Hematic and Lymphatic Systems 22 Terms in Pharmacology
9 Urinary System 23 Terms in Complementary and Alternative Medicine
10 Male Reproductive System Appendix A—Combining Forms, Prefixes, and Suffixes
11 Female Reproductive System Appendix B—Abbreviations—Ones to Use and Ones to Avoid
12 Nervous System Appendix C—English Glossary
13 Endocrine System Appendix D—Spanish Glossary
14 Musculoskeletal Systems Appendix E—Normal Laboratory Values
15 Special Senses Appendix F-Medical Terminology Style
Part 3 Medical Specialties Index
16 Medical Specialties
17 Psychiatric Terminology
Appendices
A. Selected Medical and Chemical Abbreviations
B. Selected Abbreviations used in Pharmacy and Prescription Writ-
ing
C. Common Latin and Greek Singular and Plural Endings
D. Common Prefixes course adoption only. Kindly contact your
E. Common Suffixes local McGraw-Hill Representative or fax the
F. Common STDs for Male and Female Examination Copy Request Form available on
Glossary / Index the back pages of this catalog.

233

ALLIED HEALTH
Nurse Assisting / Long Term Care Pediatric First Aid, CPR, AED
THE EFFECTIVE NURSING ASSISTANT

2nd Edition
By Ruth Ann Stratton, Roanne Mancari, Glencoe McGraw-Hill NEW
2007 (May 2006)
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-874477-8 / MHID: 0-07-874477-6
The Effective Nursing Assistant is a skill-based program that integrates
academics with the National Health Care Skills Standards to enable PEDIATRIC FIRST AID, CPR
students to pursue nursing assistant certification. It also includes a
section on home health care for students who want to become home
AND AED
health aides, and a section on general patient care for those who 2nd Edition
choose to work in acute or general care settings.
Contents
Unit 1 Health Care Workplace Basics
Chapter 1--The Nursing Assistant
Chapter 2--Workplaces in the Health Care Industry 2008 (September 2006)
Chapter 3--Getting a Job as a Nursing Assistant ISBN-13: 978-0-07-329701-9 / MHID: 0-07-329701-1
Chapter 4--Legal Rights and Ethics
Chapter 5--Patient Needs No matter how careful you are, kids get hurt. The National Safety
Council can help you handle, the usual bumps and bruises, as well
Chapter 6--Safety
as more serious injuries and sudden illnesses. And because no one
Chapter 7--Vital Signs wants to see children get hurt in the first place, you will get tips on
Unit 2 The Human Body preventing injuries. The NSC’s pediatric emergency care programs
Chapter 8--Human Growth and Development were the first to focus specifically on how injuries affect babies and
Chapter 9--Health and the Human Body young children. The updated curriculum assures that you are learning
Chapter 10--Anatomy and Physiology the latest emergency care techniques. The program meets first aid
Chapter 11--Infection Control and Standard Precautions and CPR certification requirements for all 50 states and conforms to
Unit 3 Medical Communication the latest guidelines for CPR.
Chapter 12--Medical Terminology
Chapter 13--Observing, Reporting, and Recording neW to tHIs eDItIon
Unit 4 Patient Care  Suitable for 8 1/2 to 9 1/2 hour course
Chapter 14--Care of the Patient’s Room
Chapter 15--Admission, Transfer, and Discharge  Includes all topics from the NSC’s Standard First Aid, CPR and
Chapter 16--Body Mechanics AED course, adapted to the special needs of infants and children.
Chapter 17--Emergency Care
 Information on:
Chapter 18--Examinations and Therapies
Chapter 19--Elimination and Sample Collection  Common minor childhood problems and injuries
Chapter 20--Caring for the Surgical Patient
 Child abuse and neglect
Chapter 21--Patient Rehabilitation
Unit 5 Long-Term Care  Children with disabilities
Chapter 22--Personal Care in a Long-Term Care Facility
Chapter 23--Caring for Patients with Chronic Illnesses  Common childhood illnesses
Chapter 24--Assisting the Elderly in Long-Term Care  Preventing illness and infection
Unit 6 Home and Special Care
Chapter 25--Home Health Care  Preventing injuries
Chapter 26--Nutrition  Making places safe for children
Chapter 27--Understanding Mental Health
Chapter 28--Nursing Assistant Specialties  Instructor Kit includes:
Chapter 29--Caring for the Terminally Ill
 Instructor’s Manual
Chapter 30--Death and Postmortem Care
 Instructor’s CD-ROM
 Course preparations on DVD
 Student Manual
Contents
Introduction: Why Learn Injury Prevention and First Aid?
PART ONE: FIRST AID
Chapter 1- Take Action in an Emergency
Chapter 2- Basic Life Support
Chapter 3--Bleeding and Wound Care
Chapter 4--Shock
Chapter 5 – Burns
Chapter 6--Serious Injuries
Chapter 7--Bone, Joint, and Muscle Injuries
Chapter 8--Sudden Illness
234

ALLIED HEALTH
Chapter 9 – Poisoning Chapter 18: Psychotropic Drugs

Chapter 10--Heat and Cold Emergencies Chapter 19: Antineoplastic Drugs
Chapter 11 – Common Minor Childhood Problems and Injuries Chapter 20: Drugs for the Pediatric Patient
Chapter 12 – Child Abuse and Neglect Chapter 21: Drugs for the Geriatric Patient
PART TWO: CHILDHOOD ILLNESSES Appendix A-Abbreviations
Chapter 13 – Common Childhood Illnesses Glossary
PART THREE: PREVENTING ILLNESS AND INJURY Index
Chapter 14 – Preventing Illness and Infection
Chapter 15 – Preventing Injuries
Chapter 16 – Making Places Safe for Children
Index
NEW
NURSING SPECTRUM DRUG HANDBOOK

Pharmacology for Health 2009
4th Edition
Professions By Patricia Dwyer Schull
2008 (June 2008) / 543 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-154877-9 / MHID: 0-07-154877-7
Published in cooperation with the #1 Nursing periodical (NurseWeek);
the third edition of the Nursing Spectrum Drug Handbook continues
its focus on ease of use and patient safety. Created through the ad-
NEW vise and feedback from over 60 nurses from around the world, this
drug handbook was created from scratch with nurses’ needs in mind.
The Nursing Spectrum Drug Handbook is also the ONLY major drug
handbook to include for FREE a PDA download of the full guide to
ADMINISTERING MEDICATIONS all purchasers.
6th Edition
By Donna Gauwitz
2008 (October 2007) / 480 pages
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-352085-8 / MHID: 0-07-352085-3
Administering Medications: for Pharmacology for Health Careers is
designed to teach the safe administration of medications to health NURSING SPECTRUM DRUG HANDBOOK
care students entering medical assisting and other allied health care
professions. This textbook speaks directly to students and encourages 2008
students to identify and apply the concepts learned. By Patricia Dwyer Schull
2007 (June 2007) / 1375 pages
neW to tHIs eDItIon ISBN-13: 978-0-07-148994-2 / MHID: 0-07-148994-0
 NEW-Pediatric chapter http://www.nursesdrughandbook.com
 NEW! 4-color design with updated color photos and figures An Ultra-Convenient, Safety-Focused Drug Guide Written for RNs by
RNs. Nursing Spectrum Drug Handbook delivers instant access to
 NEW! Added intravenous section to the Parenteral Medications concise, need-to-know information on more than 3,000 brand-name
chapter and 1,000 generic drugs. Carefully updated and based on feedback
from nurses worldwide, the Handbook is an essential tool in ensuring
 Expanded Representative Drugs table with the top 50 drugs the safest, most effective drug administration possible.
bolded in every table
 NEW! Added more drug calculations to the chapters Contents
Foreword
Contents Preface and User’s Guide
Chapter 1: Orientation to Medications Drugs A-Z
Chapter 2: Principles of Drug Action Safe Drug Administration
Chapter 3: Measurement and Dosage Calculation Photo Gallery of Common Tablets & Capsules
Chapter 4: Administering Parenteral Medications Drug Classes
Chapter 5: Medication Therapy Vitamins and Minerals
Chapter 6: Vitamins, Minerals, and Herbs Herbs and Supplements
Chapter 7: Antibiotics and Antifungals Appendices
Chapter 8: Drugs for the Eye and Ear
Chapter 9: Drugs for the Skin
Chapter 10: Drugs for the Cardiovascular System
Chapter 11: Drugs for the Respiratory System
Chapter 12: Drugs for the Gastrointestinal System
Chapter 13: Drugs for the Urinary System and Fluid Balance
Chapter 14: Drugs for the Reproductive System
Chapter 15: Drugs for the Endocrine System
Chapter 16: Drugs for the Musculoskeletal System
Chapter 17: Drugs for the Nervous and Sensory System
235

ALLIED HEALTH
Phlebotomy
Contents
Chapter I Introduction to Phlebotomy
Chapter II Blood, Function, and Circulation Composition
Chapter III Equipment for Specimen Collection
Chapter IV Performing Venipuncture and Dermal Puncture
Chapter V Specimen Handling and Processing
Chapter VI Special Phlebotomy Procedures
NEW Chapter VII Risk Management
Appendices
Appendix A Competency Checklists
Appendix B Standard Precautions
Appendix C Review Body Systems
PHLEBOTOMY FOR HEALTH Appendix D Answer Key
CARE PERSONNEL WITH Glossary
Index
STUDENT CD-ROM
2nd Edition
By Kathryn A Booth, Total Care Programming and

Antonio C Wallace, Advanced Career Training
2009 (January 2008)

ISBN-13: 978-0-07-330977-4 / MHID: 0-07-330977-X
Phlebotomy for Health Care Personnel, Second has been updated
to include the CLSI standards and OSHA regulations. The text is
now four-color and includes all new photographs and illustrations. It
includes information about customer service and phlebotomy proce-
dures in multiple health care environments or situations in addition to
the traditional clinic setting. Emphasis is made on regulatory agencies,
standards, and certification. Quality control and reporting/treatment
procedures for accidental injuries are addressed in the text. Patient
education and troubleshooting techniques are prominent features of
the text. The instruction in the text is directly linked to the CD-ROM
included in the text to reinforce skills and techniques. The can be used
in the classroom as well as independent and distance learning.
neW to tHIs eDItIon

 NEW! Text is now 4-color.
 Updated information added about waived office procedures.
 Added information on safety needles.
 The updated Student CD-ROM provides video, audio, and illus-
trations with interactive exercises to bring the competencies presented
in the text to life. Key terms are defined and pronounced correctly.
Practicing Law & Ethics, Providing Safety and Infection Control, Pa-
tient Education and Communication, and Troubleshooting Activities
include critical-thinking questions. There are also drag-and-drop exer-
cises in each chapter to reinforce the student’s knowledge of anatomy,
supplies, and equipment discussed in the text. Interactive Questions
provide additional review and suggest areas for improvement. The
CD-ROM can be used for traditional, hybrid, and distance learning
classes. CD has plenty of practice activities with various strips.
 Troubleshooting features identify problems which may arise for
the phlebotomist and provide suggested solutions. These help pro-

mote critical thinking and prepare students for real life situations.
 Safety and Infection Control features provide tips and techniques McGraw-Hill is interested in
to provide safe care to patients and prevent the spread of infection. reviewing manuscript for
 Patient Education and Communication provides suggestions for publication. Please contact your
communicating effectively, both orally and in writing, and provides for local McGraw-Hill offi ce or email to
patient education related to Phlebotomy. asiapub@mcgraw-hill.com
 Law and Ethics features provide information about HIPAA, legal
responsibilities, limitations, and implications, as well as performing Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)
duties within established ethical practices. Website: www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg
 Critical Thinking and Interactive Questions provide review and
suggest areas for improvement.
236

EMERGENCY MEDICAL SERVICES
ACLS/Advanced Cardiac Life Support..............................................................243
EMT Paramedic.................................................................................................240
First Responder.................................................................................................240
Homeland Security............................................................................................239
FIREFIGHTING.................................................................................................244
237
HED 08 Fire & Emergency Services237 237 11/13/2007 2:30:36 PM

NEW TITLES

2009
The Paramedic Chapleau 9780073520711 0073520713 240
The Paramedic Workbook with Student CD Hsieh 9780073205328 007320532X 241
2008
Homeland Security and Emergency Medical Response Campbell 9780073044378 0073044377 239, 242
Paramedic Review DVD and CD-ROM Delve Productions 9780073220697 0073220698 243
ACLS Basics and More with Student CD & DVD McKenna 9780073019710 0073019712 243
Catastrophe Preparation and Prevention for Law Enforcement Palin 9780073317748 0073317748 239
Professionals with Student CD
238

Emergency Medical Contents
Services
Introduction
Chapter 1. Recognition and Emergency Medical Response
Chapter 2. Chemical Agents used in Terrorist Attacks
Chapter 3. Biological Weapons I
Homeland Security
Chapter 4. Biological Weapons II
Chapter 5. Radiological or Nuclear Incidents
Chapter 6. Incendiaries and Explosives
Chapter 7. Clandestine Drug Laboratories
Chapter 8. Putting it All Together
Practical Skills
Skills Chapter 1. Selection and Use of Personal Protective Equip-
ment
NEW Skills Chapter 2. Decontamination of Patients
Skills Chapter 3. Use of Nerve Agent Antidote Kit (NAAK)
Skills Chapter 4. Use of the Anthrax Test Kit
Skills Chapter 5. Use of Chemical Agent Detectors
Skills Chapter 6. Use of Radiation Detection Equipment
HOMELAND SECURITY AND Skills Chapter 7. Scenario Review
EMERGENCY MEDICAL Appendix: Acronyms
RESPONSE
By John Campbell
2008 (March 2007) / 352 pages

NEW
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-304437-8 / MHID: 0-07-304437-7
Homeland Security and Emergency Response is a first edition product
for McGraw-Hill Higher Education. The book and its ancillaries are
being developed and designed to meet the needs of a 16 hour course CATASTROPHE PREPARATION
by the same name. If focuses on providing information on recognizing
threats, acting on threats, and providing patient care as well as the
AND PREVENTION FOR
communication that must occur when a threat to homeland security LAW ENFORCEMENT
occurs. Threats covered include Biological, Nuclear, Chemical, In- PROFESSIONALS WITH
cendiary and Explosive threats. Additional information on Clandestine
Drug Laboratories is also covered. The information is easy-to-read and
STUDENT CD
step-by-step procedures for using related equipment and skills are
included. The primary market for this product suite and course include By Phil Palin, Teleologic Learning Company
those in emergency medical services (paramedics, EMT-Basics, First
Responders), police, and those in fire. 2008 (October 2006)
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-331774-8 / MHID: 0-07-331774-8
FeAtURes
Catastrophe Preparation and Prevention for Law Enforcement is a
 This text is divided into two distinct sections –The first 8 Chapters multi-media product for Homeland Security designed for law enforce-
cover concepts. The remaining 7 Chapters are a compilation of skills ment personnel. This spiral-bound worktext contains a link to an online
(personal protective equipment, decontamination, use of nerve agent simulation game called “San Luis Rey” and a CD-ROM containing
antidote kit, use of anthrax test kit, use of chemical agent detectors, selected government documents and excerpts from McGraw-Hill refer-
use of radiation detectors, practical response situations) which out- ence texts. Instructors can use the wealth of material in the CD-ROM
line the steps involved in performing each skill. The student will be to adjust the length of the course. It can be taught in a single day or
two-day course or expanded into a full semester. The worktext guides
taught these skills using the same equipment he/she would use in
the student through the material and links the learning experience from
real life situations. the different formats. The simulation-based program is sponsored by
 Each of the first 8 Chapters begin with a Case Study to grab the the Office for Domestic Preparedness and Department of Homeland
Security to build a common, minimum level of preparedness among
student’s attention. There are “It Happens” boxes that contain “real
the nation’s first responders and related homeland security profes-
world” information about content. sions in fulfilling the National Homeland Security Strategy. Its goal is
 There are several end of Chapter elements that highlight impor- to support the ability of every jurisdiction in the United States to 1)
develop capacity in preventing terrorism, 2) demonstrate coherence
tant areas for the student to retain:
with a common standard of practice in prevention of terrorism; and 3)
1. Pearls – this is a list of key summary points for the Chapter. These ensure that every jurisdiction has a basic ability to recognize crucial
are “tips to remember” in the field. links between prevention, response, and recovery.
2. Case Study Conclusion – this is a continuation of the case study
at the beginning of the Chapter. FeAtURes
3. Case Study Discussion – this leads the class through a discussion
 The flexibility of this program allows instructors to teach it in a 1
of the preceding case.
2, or semester long course.
4. Want to Know More? – this section will be a list of bibliographical
references and suggested learning sources.  During the course, learners participate in an online simulation
game where they will have to detect and prevent a terrorist attack.
Failure has dire consequences for them and the fictional jurisdiction
of San Luis Rey. The game challenges learners to move beyond
response-oriented training and think about what it takes to prevent
a terrorist attack.
239

EMT Paramedic
Contents
Orientation
Chapter 1--Introduction
Chapter 2 – Recognize Threats
Chapter 3 – Share Information
Chapter 4--Collaborate
Chapter 5 – Manage Risk
Chapter 6 – Decide to Intervene
Chapter Review
NEW
Apply What You Have Learned Acknowledgments Works Cited Ap-
pendix – San Luis Rey General Index
THE PARAMEDIC
By Will Chapleau, Angel Burba, Peter Pons, David

Page, Inver Hills Community College
First Responder
2009 (January 2008)
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-352071-1 / MHID: 0-07-352071-3
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-320533-5 / MHID: 0-07-320533-8
(with Drug Reference Guide, Mandatory Package)
EMERGENCY MEDICAL RESPONDER
First Responder in Action with Student http://www.mhhe.com/chapleau1e
CD-ROM, Student DVD and Pocket Guide Ever since the first EMT book was written, there have been two
philosophies chosen by the authors for the reader: One type is to
By Barbara Aehlert
provide for the minimal required information and to meet only the
2007 (March 2006) / 604 pages minimum standards required by the profession. At the other end of
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-302260-4 / MHID: 0-07-302260-8 the spectrum is the philosophy that is written to be all-inclusive. This
will give the student reader (and ultimately patient care provider) the
http://www.mhhe.com/aehlertemr strongest knowledge possible. If you or your family were to become
Emergency Medical Responder: First Responder in Action, 1st edi- sick or injured in the middle of the night, in the blowing snow or in
tion by Barbara Aehlert, RN, provides the first responder student the cold rain, do you want the EMT taking care of you to be the very
with must-know information. This product is the only product that best they possibly could be or simply one who has taken the course
integrates the didactic and skills information. First Responder train- to “get by”? This book is not a “get by” book. This book is not written
ing is the entry level of emergency medical services. This full-color, by “get by” authors. This book is not edited by “get by” editors. Just
well-illustrated textbook/workbook combo is the only first responder open this book and look at the four editors—four better people in the
product written by an EMS educator who is an experienced author. United States to write such a book could not have been chosen.
It includes information on the medical management of the results of
current national security threats. FeAtURes
Contents  In the age of evidence-based medicine, it is important that a

text be referenced to the science that supports the knowledge and
Module 1: Preparatory
standards of practice within the field. Throughout the text, when a
1 Introduction to the EMS System
statement of fact is made, you’ll find the science to support the state-
2 The Well-Being of the Emergency Medical Responder
ment in the notes at the end of each chapter.
3 Legal and Ethical Issues
4 The Human Body  DOT objectives are listed at points in the text where they are
5 Lifting and Moving Patients covered.
Module 2: Airway
 Each chapter begins with Need to Know Objectives. These
6 Airway and Breathing
are things every Paramedic should know that will described in the
Module 3: Circulation
chapter
7 Circulation
Module 4: Patient Assessment  The experience of this author team bring you “Nice to Know”.
8 Patient Assessment These are pieces of information that enhance the material being
Module 5: Illness and Injury studied and the patient interactions.
9 Medical Emergencies
10 Bleeding and Soft-Tissue Injuries  “Connection Boxes” throughout the text direct the reader to
11 Injuries to Muscles and Bones related information in other chapters.
Module 6: Childbirth and Children  When applicable, the reader will find do/ask tables at the be-
12 Childbirth ginning of a chapter. These will guide readers through actions and
13 Infants and Children questions appropriate to the patients the chapter will describe.
Module 7: EMS Operations
14 EMS Operations Contents
Appendices Part 1-Foundations
Appendix 1: Weapons of Mass Destruction: Awareness and Re- 1. The ems profession
sponse 2. The well-being of the paramedic
Appendix 2: Rural and Frontier EMS 3. Professional ethics
Appendix 3: Special Populations 4. Legal issues
5. Clinical decision making
240

6. Medical terminology
7. Anatomy overview
8. Physiology overview
9. Safety and scene size-up
NEW
Part 2-Foundations of communication and assessment
10. Therapeutic communications and history taking
11. The normal physical examination
Part 3-Foundations of critical care: caring for the sick patient THE PARAMEDIC WORKBOOK
12. Airway management, ventilation, and oxygenation WITH STUDENT CD
13. Shock overview
14. Patient assessment
By Arthur Hsieh and Kevin Boone
15. Pharmacology
16. Medication administration and iv
17. Documentation & communication
Part 4-Trauma
18. Mechanism of injury
19. Hemostasis and hermorrhagic shock 2009 (January 2008)
20. Head, face, and neck trauma ISBN-13: 978-0-07-320532-8 / MHID: 0-07-320532-X
21. Thoracic trauma
Website: http://www.mhhe.com/chapleau1e
22. Abdominal trauma
23. Spinal trauma The Paramedic Manual is not a traditional workbook in that it goes
24. Skeletal trauma beyond the simple “review and test” approach of most workbooks.
25. Soft tissue and muscle trauma Instead, this manual supports the students’ exploration of the art
and science of prehospital medicine by providing a rich palette of
26. Burn trauma
learning tools, images, and even video to better explain concepts
27. Trauma patients and trauma systems and techniques. The Paramedic Manual speaks clearly and directly
Part 5-Medical Issues to the paramedic student. The material in each chapter revolves
28. Pulmonary around “Need To Know” (NTK) objectives; those that the authors of
29. Cardiology both the Textbook and Manual felt were absolutely necessary for the
30. Neurology paramedic student to master before moving on to the next section
31. Endocrinology, electrolytes, and acid/base or chapter. All features in the Manual were designed to ensure that
32. Allergies and anaphylaxis learners can successfully master these NTK objectives. Multimedia
33. Infectious and communicable diseases tools on the accompanying DVD create an educational space that is
rich with information.
34. Gastroenterology
35. Toxicology
FeAtURes
36. Urology
37. Hematology  Skills--This section presents Step-by-Steps, illustrated instruc-
38. Environmental conditions tions for performing key skills. Accompany skill sheets for these and
39. Eyes, ears, nose, and throat additional skills are provided in the back of the book.
40. Behavioral and psychiatric disorders
41. Obstetrics and gynecology  Ample vignettes and progressive case studies, followed by critical
Part 6-Special Populations thinking questions (answers at the end of each chapter), effectively
42. Neonatology review basic concepts, encourage students to build on and apply new
43. Pediatric patients information, and require the learner integrate what he or she has been
44. Geriatric patients learning into real-world practice.
45. The abused and neglected  Problem-Based Learning (PBL) cases – These unique cases
46. Patients with special challenges are designed to be challenging and open-ended--just like many EMS
47. Patients with chronic illnesses patients. The learner must work his or her way through the case, us-
48. Patients from diverse cultures ing not just the manual and textbook, but often other resources that
Part 7-Operations must be found and researched. In the process, the student will learn
49. Ambulance operations about the process of learning itself.
50. Medical incident command
51. Rescue awareness  Activities--Self-directed, student-centered activities provide al-
52. Teamwork and operational interface ternative methods for mastering the chapters’ main concepts. Many
53. Hazardous materials incidents are designed for use with partners and small groups.
54. Special events and mass gatherings  The student CD that accompanies the manual provides skills
55. Responding to wmd events – Step-by-Steps in a PowerPoint format that show skills being cor-
Glossary / Index rectly performed using Quicktime video. Text “bubbles” and arrows
point to key aspects of skill performance
Contents
Part 1-Foundations
Chapter 1-the ems profession
Chapter 2-The well-being of the paramedic
Chapter 3-Professional ethics
Chapter 4-Legal issues
Chapter 5-Clinical decision making
Chapter 6-Medical terminology
Chapter 7-Anatomy overview
Chapter 8-Physiology overview
Chapter 9-Safety and scene size-up
Part 1 problem-based learning case
241

Part 2-Foundations of communication and assessment

Chapter 10-Therapeutic communications and history taking
Chapter 11-The normal physical examination
Chapter 12-Airway management, ventilation, and oxygenation
NEW
Part 2 problem-based learning case
Part 3-Foundations of critical care: caring for the sick patient
Chapter 13-Shock overview
Chapter 14-Patient assessment HOMELAND SECURITY AND
Chapter 15-Pharmacology
Chapter 16-Medication administration and iv
EMERGENCY MEDICAL
Chapter 17-Documentation RESPONSE
Part 3 Problem-based learning case
Part 4-Trauma By John Campbell
Chapter 18-Mechanism of injury
Chapter 19-hemorrhage and hemorrhagic shock
Chapter 20-Head, face, and neck trauma
Chapter 21-Thoracic trauma 2008 (March 2007) / 352 pages
Chapter 22-Abdominal trauma ISBN-13: 978-0-07-304437-8 / MHID: 0-07-304437-7
Chapter 23-Spinal trauma
Chapter 24-Skeletal trauma Homeland Security and Emergency Response is a first edition prod-
Chapter 25-Soft tissue and muscle trauma uct for McGraw-Hill Higher Education. The book and its ancillaries
are being developed and designed to meet the needs of a 16 hour
Chapter 26-Burn trauma
course by the same name. If focuses on providing information on
Chapter 27-Trauma patients and trauma systems recognizing threats, acting on threats, and providing patient care as
Part 4 Problem-based learning case well as the communication that must occur when a threat to home-
Part 5-Medical land security occurs. Threats covered include Biological, Nuclear,
Chapter 28-Pulmonary Chemical, Incendiary and Explosive threats. Additional information
Chapter 29-Cardiology on Clandestine Drug Laboratories is also covered. The information is
Chapter 30-Neurology easy-to-read and step-by-step procedures for using related equipment
Chapter 31-Endocrinology and skills are included. The primary market for this product suite and
Chapter 32-Allergies and anaphylaxis course include those in emergency medical services (paramedics,
EMT-Basics, First Responders), police, and those in fire.
Chapter 33-Infectious and communicable diseases
Chapter 34-Gastroenterology
FeAtURes
Chapter 35-Toxicology
Chapter 36-Urology  This text is divided into two distinct sections –The first 8 Chapters
Chapter 37-Hematology cover concepts. The remaining 7 Chapters are a compilation of skills
Chapter 38-Environmental conditions (personal protective equipment, decontamination, use of nerve agent
Chapter 39-Eyes, ears, nose, and throat antidote kit, use of anthrax test kit, use of chemical agent detectors,
Chapter 40-Behavioral and psychiatric disorders use of radiation detectors, practical response situations) which out-
Chapter 41-Obstetrics/gynecology line the steps involved in performing each skill. The student will be
Part 5 Problem-based learning case taught these skills using the same equipment he/she would use in
Part 6-Special populations real life situations.
Chapter 42-Neonatology
Chapter 43-Pediatric patients  Each of the first 8 Chapters begin with a Case Study to grab the
Chapter 44-Geriatric patients student’s attention. There are “It Happens” boxes that contain “real
Chapter 45-The abused and neglected world” information about content.
Chapter 46-Patients with special challenges  There are several end of Chapter elements that highlight impor-
Chapter 47-Patients with chronic illnesses tant areas for the student to retain:
Chapter 48-Patients from diverse cultures
1. Pearls – this is a list of key summary points for the Chapter. These
Part 6 Problem-based learning case
are “tips to remember” in the field.
Part 7-Operations
2. Case Study Conclusion – this is a continuation of the case study
Chapter 49-Ambulance operations
at the beginning of the Chapter.
Chapter 50-Medical incident command
3. Case Study Discussion – this leads the class through a discussion
Chapter 51-Rescue awareness
of the preceding case.
Chapter 52-Teamwork and operational interface
4. Want to Know More? – this section will be a list of bibliographical
Chapter 53-Hazardous materials incidents
references and suggested learning sources.
Chapter 54-Special events and mass gatherings
Chapter 55-Responding to the wmd events Contents
Chapter 56-Military paramedicine Introduction
Part 7 Problem-based learning case Chapter 1. Recognition and Emergency Medical Response
Appendices Chapter 2. Chemical Agents used in Terrorist Attacks
Skill sheets Chapter 3. Biological Weapons I
Answers and rationale Chapter 4. Biological Weapons II
Answers to problem-based learning cases Chapter 5. Radiological or Nuclear Incidents
Resources Chapter 6. Incendiaries and Explosives
Chapter 7. Clandestine Drug Laboratories
Chapter 8. Putting it All Together
Practical Skills
Skills Chapter 1. Selection and Use of Personal Protective Equip-
ment
Skills Chapter 2. Decontamination of Patients
Skills Chapter 3. Use of Nerve Agent Antidote Kit (NAAK)
242

ACLS/Advanced Cardiac Life

Skills Chapter 4. Use of the Anthrax Test Kit
Skills Chapter 5. Use of Chemical Agent Detectors
Support
Skills Chapter 6. Use of Radiation Detection Equipment
Skills Chapter 7. Scenario Review
Appendix: Acronyms
NEW
NEW
ACLS BASICS AND MORE
PARAMEDIC REVIEW DVD WITH STUDENT CD & DVD
AND CD-ROM
By Kim McKenna
By Delve Productions, Inc

ISBN-13: 978-0-07-301971-0 / MHID: 0-07-301971-2
2008 (January 2007) ACLS-Basics and More contains the “Cliff Notes” of the ACLS Provider
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-322069-7 / MHID: 0-07-322069-8 Course, as well as essential info from the advanced resuscitation
course. The textbook provide 60 illustrations, including approximately
A paramedic student needs a review product that contains both 20 rhythm strips for essential review. It also features 19 essential
all testable certification skills and the ability to test and assess the treatment algorithms. Appendices include a comprehensive medica-
didactic course material. Paramedic Plus Review combines both tions table and a listing of common ACLS abbreviations. For each
skills (all ALS skills) and a didactic review of all paramedic material medication within the appendix, the following information is provided:
in a DVD and CD-ROM format. It can be used by a student studying action, uses, adult dose, common side-effects, and notes. In addition,
for their written and practical exam or by an instructor for classroom within the medications table, ACLS medications and medication details
teaching of the skills. for the experienced provider are italicized. The textbook is packaged
with a DVD that provides the most common scenarios the end-user
FeAtURes may encounter in the field. It is also packaged with a CD that contains
multiple-choice, self-test questions with answer key and rationales.
 The DVD includes videos which provide review of steps and
Authored by a knowledgeable ACLS provider and DVD experts.
procedures of each testable skill plus a didactic review.
 Passing the paramedic course and National Registry written and FeAtURes
practical skills examinations will be stressed.  The textbook contains a streamlined or “Cliff Notes” approach
 DVD skills performed according to national standards. of the ACLS Provider Course, as well as essential information from
the advanced resuscitation course.
 Well-known and proven development team.
 The textbook will provide rhythm strips and numerous drug tables
Contents for essential review.
Well-Being  Textbook will be packaged with a DVD. The accompanying DVD
Lifting and Moving Patients will contain the following information in a video format: 10 scenarios
Airway reflecting the “core” ACLS cases and 4 scenarios reflecting topics
Patient Assessment covered in the advanced ACLS course. Additionally, the DVD will
Bleeding and Soft Tissue Injuries include skills that are not part of the scenarios (e.g., CPR).
Injuries to Muscles and Bones
Child Birth Contents
Neonatology Section I – Introduction to ACLS
Infants and Children hapter 1 – Passing ACLS
Geriatrics Chapter 2 – ACLS Fundamentals
Abuse & Assault Chapter 3 – Respiratory Distress and Arrest
Pharmacology Chapter 4 – Public Access Defibrillation
Venous Access/Meds Chapter 5 – ECG Rhythms and ACLS Algorithms
Advanced Airway Techniques Chapter 6 – Acute Coronary Syndromes
EMS Operations Chapter 7 – Acute Ischemic Stroke
Assessment Based Management Section II – ACLS for Experienced Providers
Chapter 8 – Advanced Acute Coronary Syndromes
Chapter 9 – Toxicology in ACLS
Chapter 10 – Special Resuscitation Situations
Appendices
Appendix A: ACLS Medication Table
Appendix B: Common ACLS Abbreviations
243

Firefighting
SAFE FIREFIGHTING - FIRST THINGS FIRST

WITH STUDENT DVD
By Steve Kidd and John Czajkowski of Delve Productions, Inc and Garry
Briese, International Association of Fire Chiefs
2007 (July 2006)
ISBN-13: 978-0-07-312397-4 / MHID: 0-07-312397-8
Safe Firefighting: First Things First, is the initial orientation and train-
ing for beginning firefighters who will not be going inside to fight a
structure fire. It will empower the beginning firefighter with the ability
to assist on most exterior firefighting and emergency rescue opera-
tions. At this level, the firefighter will need tight supervision and will
only have the capabilities to assist the next two levels of firefighters
trained in this program. By providing condensed entry-level training
to the newest firefighter recruit, the fire department can get personnel
safely involved in some fire department emergency operations sooner,
while you complete your more advanced training. This approach is
a great help for fire departments that are in dire need of personnel,
particularly volunteer departments.
Contents
Chapter 1--Welcome to the Fire Service
Chapter 2--First Aid and CPR
Chapter 3--Protective Equipment
Chapter 4--Pre-Connected Attack Lines
Chapter 5--Response Safety and Vehicle Crashes (No Entrapment)
Chapter 6--Extinguishing Small Fires
Chapter 7--Ground Cover Fires
Chapter 8--Passenger Vehicle Fires
Chapter 9--Supply Hose Lines
Chapter 10--Large Attack Lines
Chapter 11--Single Family Dwelling Fires (Two Story, Exterior At- Complimentary desk copies are available for
tack) course adoption only. Kindly contact your



244

TITLE INDEX
A
ACLS Basics and More with Student CD & DVD McKenna 243
Administering Medications, 6e Gauwitz 235
Administrative Procedures for Medical Assisting for Student CD, 3e Booth 220
A&P Animations Collection (CD-ROM) McGraw-Hill 38, 47, 55
AIDS Update 2008, 2e Stine 92
Analysis of Biological Development, 2e Kalthoff 94
Anatomy & Physiology, 8e Seeley 28
Anatomy, Physiology, and Pathophysiology for Allied Health, 2e Booth 221
Anatomy & Physiology Laboratory Manual t/a Saladin, 4e Wise 33
Anatomy & Physiology Laboratory Textbook: Complete Version, 8e Benson 34
Anatomy & Physiology Laboratory Textbook: Essentials Version, 4e Gunstream 26
Anatomy & Physiology Laboratory Textbook: Intermediate Version, CAT, 6e Benson 34
Anatomy & Physiology Laboratory Textbook: Short Version, 8e Benson 34
Anatomy & Physiology Revealed CDs 1-4 Complete Series Medical College of Ohio 37, 47, 54
Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Version 2.0 CD Medical Colllege of Ohio 36, 47, 53
Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Version 2.0 Online Medical College of Ohio 35, 46, 53
Anatomy & Physiology: The Unity of Form and Function, 4e Saladin 29
Anatomy & Physiology with Integrated Study Guide, 3e Gunstream 24
Animal Behavior, 5e Drickamer 116
Animal Diversity, 4e Hickman 121
Animal Sciences: The Biology, Care, and Production of Domestic Animals, 4e Campbell 19
ARIS for General Chemistry Access Card WCB/McGraw-Hill 167
Atlas of Skeletal Muscles, 6e Stone 39
Atlas to Human Anatomy (An) Strete 41
Astronomy Demystified Gibilisco 145
Astronomy for the Utterly Confused Jones 144
Astronomy: Journey to the Cosmic Frontier with Starry Night Pro DVD Version 5.0, 5e Fix 143
B
Basic Concepts in Biochemistry: A Student’s Survival Guide, 2e Gilbert 163
Basic Electronics for Scientists, 5e Brophy 140
Basic Histology: Text & Atlas, 11e Junqueira 56
Basic Life Support: Healthcare and Professional Rescuers National Safety Council 211
Benson’s Microbiological Applications: Laboratory Manual in General Microbiology, Complete Version, 11e Brown 86
Benson’s Microbiological Applications: Laboratory Manual in General Microbiology, Short Version, 11e Brown 87
Biochemistry: An Introduction, 3e McKee 163
Biological Investigations Lab Manual, 8e Dolphin 73
Biology Brooker 70
Biology, 9e Mader 69
Biology, 8e Raven 72
249
HED 08 Science Indexes.indd 249 11/13/2007 2:34:35 PM

TITLE INDEX
Biology: An Australian Focus, 3e Knox 65
Biology: Concepts and Investigations Hoefnagels 59
Biology Demystified Layman 35
Biology Digitized Video Clips McGraw-Hill 76
Biology: Dimensions of Life Presson 64
Biology Laboratory Manual, 8e Vodopich 74
Biology of Invertebrates, 5e Pechenik 118
Biology of Viruses, 2e (The) Voyles 92
Biotechnology Demystified Walker 99
Biotechnology: DNA to Protein: A Laboratory Project in Molecular Biology Thiel 99
Bloodborne and Airborne Pathogens, 2e National Safety Council 211
Bringing Fossils to Life: An Introduction to Paleobiology, 2e Prothero 202
C
Cardiology Atlas CD-ROM, 2e Blausen Medical Communications 37
Case Studies for the Medical Office, 4e Sanderson 212
Catastrophe Preparation and Prevention for Law Enforcement Professionals with Student CD Palin 239
Changing Landscapes of Singapore Teo 188
Chemical Kinetics and Reaction Dynamics Houston 171
Chemistry Burdge 156
Chemistry, 9e Chang 158
Chemistry Animations Library Version 2.0 DVD, 4e McGraw-Hill 162
Chemistry: A World of Choices, 2e Kelter 150
Chemistry Demystified Williams 160
Chemistry In Context, 6e American Chemical Society 149
Chemistry: The Molecular Nature of Matter and Change, 5e Silberberg 157
Chemskill Builder Online: Version 2, 2e Spain 162
Clinical Procedures for Medical Assisting with Student CD, 3e Booth 222
College Physics, 2e Giambattista 133
Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrates, 9e Kent 120
Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy: Laboratory Dissection Guide, 4e Kardong 119
Complete Diagnosis Coding Book (The) Safian 226
Computers in the Medical Office with Student CD-ROM, 5e Sanderson 212
Concepts in Biology, 13e Enger 59
Concepts of Biology Mader 60
Concepts of Modern Physics, 6e Beiser 139
Conceptual Introduction Chemistry Bauer 151
Contemporary College Physics: 2001 Update, 3e Jones 134
Contemporary Nutrition, 7e Wardlaw 104
Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach Wardlaw 105
Contemporary World Regional Geography, 2e Bradshaw 191
250

TITLE INDEX
Cooperative Chemistry Lab Manual, 4e Cooper 160
Cooperative Chemistry Lab Manual, 3e Cooper 161
CPR & AED, 2e National Safety Council 213
CPR & AED Skills Refresher Card National Safety Council 213
D
Data Reduction and Error Analysis for the Physical Sciences, 3e Bevington 141
Dictionary of Bioscience, 2e McGraw-Hill 30
Dictionary of Chemistry, 2e McGraw-Hill 160
Dictionary of Earth Science, 2e McGraw-Hill 196
Dictionary of Geology and Mineralogy, 2e McGraw-Hill 198
Dictionary of Physics, 3e McGraw-Hill 128
Digital Zoology Version 2.0 CD-ROM Houseman 76, 122
Dinosaurs: The Textbook, 5e Lucas 195
Discovery Channel Video Series DVD Discovery Channel 178
E
Earth Science: Understanding Environmental Systems Spencer 197
Ecology: Concepts and Applications, 4e Molles 179
Economic Botany, 3e Simpson 116
Effective Nursing Assistant, 2e (The) Stratton 234
Electricity and Magnetism: Berkeley Physics Course, Volume II, 2e Berkeley Physics 140
Electrocardiography for Health Care Personnel with Student CD-ROM, 2e Booth 214
Electrocardiography In Ten Days, 2e Ferry 216
Electronic Health Records Hamilton 216
Emergency Medical Responder: First Responder in Action with Student CD-ROM, Student DVD Aehlert 240
and Pocket Guide
Environmental Geology, 8e Montgomery 197
Environmental Science Kaufmann 178
Environmental Science: A Global Concern, 10e Cunningham 175
Environmental Science: A Study of Interrelationships, 11e Enger 177
Essentials of Anatomy & Physiology, 6e Seeley 24
Essentials of Biology Mader 65
Essentials of the Living World, 2e Johnson 62
Essentials of World Regional Geography Bradshaw 190
Experimental and Applied Physiology Laboratory Manual, 8e Pflanzer 52
Experiments in Physical Chemistry, 8e Garland 169
Explorations: An Introduction to Astronomy with Starry Night Pro DVD Version 5.0, 5e Arny 142
Exploring Geology Reynolds 205
Exploring the World Ocean Chamberlin 200
251

TITLE INDEX
Evolution of the Earth, 7e Prothero 199
F
Farm Management, 6e Kay 16, 17, 18
Fast and Easy ECGs with DVD Shade 216
First Aid Taking Action National Safety Council 211
First Aid with Pocket Guide, 2e National Safety Council 217
Foodwise 1.2 CD-ROM, 6e McGraw-Hill 107
Forest Measurements, 5e Avery 16
Foundations in Microbiology, 6e Talaro 84
Foundations in Microbiology: Basic Principles, 6e Talaro 85
Foundations of General, Organic and Biochemistry Denniston 153
Foundations of Parasitology, 7e Roberts 118
From Patient to Payment: Insurance Procedures for the Medical Office with Student Data CD, 5e Newby 227
Fundamentals of Chemistry, 5e Goldberg 151
Fundamentals of Ecology, 2e Madhab 179
Fundamentals of Human Physiology Fox 48
Fundamentals of Oceanography, 5e Sverdrup 202
Fundamentals of Statistical and Thermal Physics Reif 141
G
General Chemistry: The Essential Concepts, 5e Chang 157
General Ecology Laboratory Manual, 8e Cox 180
General, Organic & Biochemistry, 6e Denniston 152
General Zoology Laboratory Manual, 14e Lytle 124
General Zoology Laboratory Manual to accompany Zoology, 6e Miller 124
Genetics: Analysis and Principles, 3e Brooker 95
Genetics Demystified Willet 97
Genetics: From Genes to Genomes, 3e Hartwell 96
GIS Applications in Forestry and Natural Resources Bettinger 15
Good Earth: Introduction to Earth Sciences (The) McConnell 195
H
Hands On Chemistry Laboratory Manual Paradis 162
Harlow and Harrar’s Textbook of Dendrology, 9e Hardin 15
HIPAA for Allied Health Careers Newby 227
Hole’s Essentials of Human Anatomy & Physiology, 10e Shier 23
Hole’s Human Anatomy & Physiology, 11e Shier 29
Homeland Security and Emergency Medical Response Campbell 239, 242
252

TITLE INDEX
How to Solve Physics Problems and Make the Grade Oman 136
How to Solve Word Problems in Chemistry Goldberg 150
How to Study Science, 4e Milligan 78
Human Aging: Biological Perspectives, 2e Digiovanna 55
Human Anatomy, 2e McKinley 41
Human Anatomy, 2e Saladin 42
Human Anatomy, 6e Van De Graaff 43
Human Anatomy & Physiology Laboratory Manual: Fetal Pig Dissection, 3e Martin 32
Human Anatomy Lab Manual to accompany Human Anatomy by McKinley Eckel 44
Human Anatomy Laboratory Manual, 2e Wise 45
Human Anatomy Laboratory Textbook, 7e Benson 46
Human Atlas (Formerly Interactive Clinical Resource CD-ROM), 2e Blausen Medical Communications 37
Human Biology, 10e Mader 75
Human Genetics, 8e Lewis 98
Human Geography, 10e Fellman 186
Human Physiology, 10e Fox 49
Human Reproductive Biology, 3e Mader 56
Hyperclinic 2 CD-ROM for Windows, 2e Tomalty 92
I
Inquiry into Life, 12e Mader 63
Insurance Coding and Electronic Claims for the Medical Office Safian 228
Integrated Principles of Zoology, 14e Hickman 120

Integrated Science, 4e Tillery 129
Interactive Laboratory and Biological Simulations: Version 2.0, 2e Raineri 68, 70, 74, 76
Interactive World Issues CD-ROM Cambridge Studios 187
Intravenous Therapy for Health Care Personnel with Student CD-ROM Booth 225
Introduction to Biological Evolution, 2e Kardong 181
Introduction to Biostatistics Glover 180
Introduction to Forest and Renewable Resources, 7e Sharpe 15
Introduction to Genetics Hyde 96
Introduction to Geographic Information Systems, 4e Chang 185
Introduction to Geography, 11e Getis 187
Introduction to Hydrogeology Deming 200
Introduction to Limnology Dodson 181
Introduction to Medical Terminology with Student Audio CD-ROM Besser 233
Introduction to the Worlds Oceans, 9e Sverdrup 201
Introductory Plant Biology, 11e Stern 113
253

TITLE INDEX
L
Lab Manual to accompany Biology, 9e Mader 69
Lab Manual to accompany Integrated Science, 4e Tillery 130
Lab Manual to accompany Integrated Science, 3e Tillery 130
Lab Manual to accompany Physical Geology, 6e Jones 206
Lab Manual to accompany Physical Science, 7e Tillery 127
Lab Manual to accompany Seeley’s Principles of Anatomy & Physiology Wise 30
Laboratory Atlas of Anatomy and Physiology, 5e Eder 40
Laboratory Exercises in Human Physiology: A Clinical and Experimental Approach with Ph.I.L.S 3.0, 2e Lutterschmidt 50
Laboratory Exercises in Organismal and Molecular Microbiology Alexander 91
Laboratory For General, Organic & Biochemistry, 6e (A) Henrickson 154, 155
Laboratory Guide to Human Physiology: Concepts and Clinical Applications, 12e Fox 52
Laboratory Manual and Workbook in Microbiology: Applications to Patient Care, 9e Morello 89
Laboratory Manual by Hendrickson to accompany General, Organic & Biochemistry, 5e Hendrickson 154, 155
Laboratory Manual for Applied Botany Levetin 114
Laboratory Manual for Physical Geology, 13e Zumberge 206
Laboratory Manual to accompany Chemistry in Context: Applying Chemistry to Society, 6e American Chemical Society 149
Laboratory Manual to accompany Chemistry in Context: Applying Chemistry to Society, 5e American Chemical Society 149
Laboratory Manual to accompany Concepts in Biology, 13e Enger 66
Laboratory Manual to accompany Concepts in Biology, 12e Enger 67
Laboratory Manual to accompany Essentials of Anatomy and Physiology, 6e Patton 26
Laboratory Manual to accompany Essentials of Biology Mader 67
Laboratory Manual to accompany Hole’s Essentials of Human Anatomy & Physiology, 10e Martin 25
Laboratory Manual to accompany Hole’s Human Anatomy and Physiology, 11e Martin 32
Laboratory Manual to accompany Human Biology, 10e Mader 76
Laboratory Manual to accompany Inquiry into Life, 12e Mader 66
Laboratory Manual to accompany Introductory Plant Biology, 11e Stern 114
Laboratory Manual to accompany Seeley’s Anatomy and Physiology, 8e Wise 31
Laboratory Studies in Animal Diversity, 4e Hickman 123
Laboratory Studies in Earth History, 9e Levin 199
Laboratory Studies in Integrated Principles of Zoology, 14e Hickman 123
Laboratory Studies in Integrated Principles of Zoology, 13e Hickman 123
Latin America and the Caribbean, 4e Clawson 191
Law & Ethics for Medical Careers, 4e Judson 229
Life, 6e Lewis 68
Living World, 5e (The) Johnson 62
M
Mader’s Understanding Human Anatomy & Physiology, 6e Longenbaker 23
Manual of Mammalogy with Keys to Families of the World, 3e (A) Martin 116
Map Use and Analysis, 4e Campbell 189
254

TITLE INDEX
Marine Biology, 7e Castro 117
Massage Therapy Review: Passing the NCETMB and NCETM with Student CD-ROM Abbott 218
Mastering ArcGIS with Video Clips CD-ROM, 3e Price 185
Math and Dosage Calculations for Medical Careers with Student CD-ROM, 2e Booth 220
McGraw-Hill Dictionary of Astronomy, 2e McGraw-Hill 146
McGraw-Hill Medical Dictionary for Allied Health Dumith 231
McGraw-Hill’s The New MCAT with CD-ROM Hademenos 167
MediaPhys Version 3.0: An Introduction to Human Physiology, 3e Stavraky 37, 55
Medical Assisting: Administrative and Clinical Competencies with Student CD-ROMs, 3e Booth 223
Medical Assisting: Administrative and Clinical Procedures (without A&P Chapters), 3e Booth 224
Medical Assisting Review: Passing the CMA, RMA & CCMA Exams with Student CD, 3e Moini 212
Medical Billing & Coding Demystified Burgos 226
Medical Insurance Coding Workbook 2007-2008, 4e Newby 228
Medical Language for Modern Health with Student CD-ROM Allan 229
Medical Office Procedures with Data Disks and Projects CD-ROM, 6e Becklin 229
Medical Terminology: A Programmed Approach with Student CD/Flashcards/Online Learning Center Bostwick 230
Medical Terminology Essentials with Student & Audio CD’s and Flashcards Thierer 232
Medical Terminology: Language for Health Care with Student and Audio CD’s and Flashcards, 2e Thierer 233
Medical Terminology World Builder and Communications Workbook with Flashcards Thierer 232
Meteorology, 2e Danielson 189, 200
Microbes in Motion III CD-ROM, 3e Delisle 77
Microbiology: A Human Perspective, 5e Nester 86
Microbiology: A Systems Approach, 2e Cowan 83
Microbiology Experiments: A Health Science Perspective, 5e Kleyn 90
Microbiology Lab Manual, 7e Harley 88
Microscale and Miniscale Organic Chemistry Laboratory Experiments, 2e Schoffstall 166
Modern Analytical Chemistry Harvey 170
Molecular Biology, 4e Weaver 93
N
Natural Disasters, 6e Abbott 198
New Foundations in Therapeutic Massage and Bodywork with Student CD-ROM Saeger 219
Nursing Spectrum Drug Handbook 2009, 4e Schull 235
Nursing Spectrum Drug Handbook 2008 Schull 235
Nutritional Assessment, 4e Lee 109
Nutrition Almanac, 6e Dunne 106
NutritionCalc Plus 3.0 CD-ROM ESHA Research 106
NutritionCalc Plus 2.0 CD-ROM Standalone McGraw-Hill 107
NutritionCalc Plus 3.0 Online Access Card ESHA Research 107
NutritionCalc Plus 2.0 Online Standalone, 6e McGraw-Hill 108
Nutrition for Health, Fitness and Sport, 8e Williams 109
255

TITLE INDEX
Nutrition for Healthy Living Schiff 103
Nutrition Throughout The Life Cycle, 4e Worthington-Roberts 108
O
Online Standard FA, CPR & AED with Student Workbook & Access Card, 2e National Safety Council 214, 217
Optics, 3e Ghatak 142
Organic Chemistry, 7e Carey 165
Organic Chemistry, 2e Smith 166
Organic Chemistry: A Brief Course, 3e Atkins 164
Organic Chemistry Demystified Bloch 164
Orthopedic Atlas CD-ROM, 2e Blausen Medical Communications 38
P
Paramedic (The) Chapleau 240
Paramedic Review DVD and CD-ROM Delve Productions Inc 243
Paramedic Workbook with Student CD (The) Hsieh 241
Pathophysiology: Concepts and Applications for Health Care Professionals, 3e Nowak 56
Pathways to Astronomy: Solar System (Volume 1) with Starry Nights Pro CD-ROM Schneider 144
Pathways to Astronomy: Stars and Galaxies (Volume 2) with Starry Nights Pro CD-ROM Schneider 145
Pathways to Astronomy with Starry Nights Pro CD-ROM (Version 3.1) Schneider 144
Patient Billing with Student CD-ROM & Floppy Disk, 5e Sanderson 226
Pediatric First Aid, CPR and AED, 2e National Safety Council 234
Perspectives in Nutrition, 7e Wardlaw 106
Perspectives of Modern Physics Beiser 140
Perthes World Atlas Klett International 186, 187, 191
Petrology: The Study of Igneous, Sedimentary and Metamorphic Rocks, 2e Raymond 203
Ph.I.L.S Version 3.0 CD-ROM Stephens 36, 54
Phlebotomy for Health Care Personnel with Student CD-ROM, 2e Booth 236
Photo Atlas for General Biology, 2e Strete 77
Physical Chemistry, 6e Levine 168
Physical Geography Laboratory Manual Lemke 188
Physical Geology, 7e Carlson 203
Physical Geology, 12e Plummer 204
Physical Science, 7e Tillery 128
Physical Universe, 12e (The) Krauskopf 127
Physics Giambattista 132
Physics, 7e Tippens 137
Physics Demystified Gibilisco 134
Physics for Poets, 5e March 131
Physics for the Utterly Confused Oman 135
256

TITLE INDEX
Physics of Everyday Phenomena, 5e Griffith 131
Plants and Society, 5e Levetin 115
Pocket ECGs: A Quick Information Guide Shade 215
Poisoning & Drug Overdose, 5e Olson 217
Practical Reflexology: Interpretation and Techniques Watson 217
Practicing ECGs Shade 215
Prescott/Harley/Klein’s Microbiology, 7e Willey 82
Prescott’s Principles of Microbiology Willey 81
Principles of Botany Uno 113
Principles of Environmental Science: Inquiry and Applications, 4e Cunningham 176
Principles of General Chemistry Silberberg 159
Principles of Genetics, 7e Tamarin 98
Principles of Quantitative Chemical Analysis De Levie 170
Process Geomorphology, 4e Ritter 198
Q
Quantum Mechanics, 3e Schiff 142
Quantum Mechanics Demystified McMahon 141
R
Regional Human Anatomy: A Laboratory Workbook for use with Models and Prosections, 3e Grine 44
Relativity Demystified McMahon 133

Reproduction Atlas CD-ROM, 2e Blausen Medical Communications 38
S
Safe Firefighting - First Things First with Student DVD Kidd 244
Schaum’s A-Z Biology Indge 77
Schaum’s A-Z Chemistry Hunt 159
Schaum’s A-Z Physics Chapple 134
Schaum’s Easy Outline Beginning Chemistry Goldberg 152
Schaum’s Easy Outline of Biology Fried 78
Schaum’s Easy Outline of College Physics Bueche 135
Schaum’s Easy Outline of Human Anatomy and Physiology Van De Graaff 40
Schaum’s Easy Outline: Organic Chemistry Meislich 164
Schaum’s Easy Outlines: College Chemistry Rosenberg 160
Schaum’s Outline of Analytical Chemistry Gordus 170
Schaum’s Outline of Applied Physics, 4e Beiser 134
Schaum’s Outline of Astronomy Palen 146
Schaum’s Outline of Beginning Chemistry, 3e Goldberg 150
257

TITLE INDEX
Schaum’s Outline of Beginning Physics II Halpern 135
Schaum’s Outline of Beginning Physics I Halpern 136
Schaum’s Outline of Biochemistry, 2e Kuchel 163
Schaum’s Outline of Biology, 2e Fried 78
Schaum’s Outline of College Chemistry, 9e Rosenberg 152, 158
Schaum’s Outline of College Physics, 10e Bueche 133
Schaum’s Outline of General, Organic and Biological Chemistry Odian 155
Schaum’s Outline of Genetics, 4e Elrod 97
Schaum’s Outline of Human Anatomy and Physiology, 2e Van De Graaff 41
Schaum’s Outline of Immunology Pinchuk 94
Schaum’s Outline of Lagrangian Dynamics Wells 129
Schaum’s Outline of Mathematics for Physics Students Steiner 140
Schaum’s Outline of Microbiology Alcamo 92
Schaum’s Outline of Modern Physics, 2e Gautreau 140
Schaum’s Outline of Molecular Biology Stansfield 94
Schaum’s Outline of Optics Hecht 142
Schaum’s Outline of Organic Chemistry, 3e Hademenos 164
Schaum’s Outline of Physical Chemistry, 2e Metz 170
Schaum’s Outline of Physical Science, 2e Beiser 129
Schaum’s Outline of Physics for Engineering and Science Browne 139
Schaum’s Outline of Physics for Pre-Med, Biology and Allied Health Students Hademenos 139
Schaum’s Outline of Quantum Mechanics Zaarur 141
Schaum’s 3000 Solved Problems in Biology Bernstein 70
Seeley’s Principles of Anatomy & Physiology Tate 27
Six Ideas that Shaped Physics: Unit C - Conservation Laws Constraint Interactions, 2e Moore 137
Six Ideas that Shaped Physics: Unit E - Electromagnetic Fields, 2e Moore 137
Six Ideas that Shaped Physics: Unit N - Laws of Physics are Universal, 2e Moore 138
Six Ideas that Shaped Physics: Unit Q - Matter Behaves Like Waves, 2e Moore 138
Six Ideas that Shaped Physics: Unit R - Laws of Physics are Frame-Independent, 2e Moore 138
Six Ideas that Shaped Physics: Unit T - Some Processes are Irreversible, 2e Moore 138
Six Ideas that Shaped Physics - 6 Unit Package, 2e Moore 138
3,000 Solved Problems in Chemistry Goldberg 150
3,000 Solved Problems in Organic Chemistry Meislich 167
3,000 Solved Problems in Physics Halpern 136
Solve Saladin: Anatomy & Physiology Crossword Puzzles Specially Prepared for Anatomy & Reeder 40
Physiology: The Unity of Form and Function, 4e by Ken Saladin
Standard First Aid, CPR and AED with Pocket Guide, 2e National Safety Council 214
258

TITLE INDEX
T
Taxonomic Wall Chart, 12e Hickman 122
U
Understanding Chemistry: Student Study Guide Lovett 159
United States and Canada: The Land and the People, 2e (The) Getis 192
University Chemistry Laird 156
V
Vander’s Human Physiology: The Mechanisms of Body Function with ARIS, 11e Widmaier 49
Vertebrate Biology Linzey 119
Vertebrates: Comparative Anatomy, Function, Evolution, 4e Kardong 119
Virtual Anatomy Dissection Review CD-ROM, Version 2.0 Waters 38, 48
Visual Atlas for Anatomy & Physiology to accompany Saladin’s A&P, 3e (A) McGraw-Hill 40
W
Workbook to accompany Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Broyles 51
Workbook to accompany Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Version 2 CD Broyles 25, 30, 39, 43, 51
Z
Zoology, 7e Miller 121
259

AUTHOR INDEX
A
Abbott Massage Therapy Review: Passing the NCETMB and NCETM with Student CD-ROM 218
Abbott Natural Disasters, 6e 198
Aehlert Emergency Medical Responder: First Responder in Action w/Student CD-ROM, Student DVD & Pocket Guide 240
Alcamo Schaum’s Outline of Microbiology 92
Alexander Laboratory Exercises in Organismal and Molecular Microbiology 91
Allan Medical Language for Modern Health with Student CD-ROM 229
American Chemical Society Chemistry In Context, 6e 149
American Chemical Society Laboratory Manual to accompany Chemistry in Context: Applying Chemistry to Society, 6e 149
American Chemical Society Laboratory Manual to accompany Chemistry in Context: Applying Chemistry to Society, 5e 149
Arny Explorations: An Introduction to Astronomy with Starry Night Pro DVD Version 5.0, 5e 142
Atkins Organic Chemistry: A Brief Course, 3e 164
Avery Forest Measurements, 5e 16
B
Bauer Conceptual Introduction Chemistry 151
Becklin Medical Office Procedures with Data Disks and Projects CD-ROM, 6e 229
Beiser Concepts of Modern Physics, 6e 139
Beiser Perspectives of Modern Physics 140
Beiser Schaum’s Outline of Applied Physics, 4e 134
Beiser Schaum’s Outline of Physical Science, 2e 129
Benson Anatomy & Physiology Laboratory Textbook: Complete Version, 8e 34
Benson Anatomy & Physiology Laboratory Textbook: Intermediate Version, CAT, 6e 34
Benson Anatomy & Physiology Laboratory Textbook: Short Version, 8e 34
Benson Human Anatomy Laboratory Textbook, 7e 46
Berkeley Physics Electricity and Magnetism: Berkeley Physics Course, Volume II, 2e 140
Bernstein Schaum’s 3000 Solved Problems in Biology 70
Besser Introduction to Medical Terminology with Student Audio CD-ROM 233
Bettinger GIS Applications in Forestry and Natural Resources 15
Bevington Data Reduction and Error Analysis for the Physical Sciences, 3e 141
Blausen Med. Communications Cardiology Atlas CD-ROM, 2e 37
Blausen Med. Communications Human Atlas (Formerly Interactive Clinical Resource CD-ROM), 2e 37
Blausen Med. Communications Orthopedic Atlas CD-ROM, 2e 38
Blausen Med. Communications Reproduction Atlas CD-ROM, 2e 38
Bloch Organic Chemistry Demystified 164
Booth Administrative Procedures for Medical Assisting for Student CD, 3e 220
Booth Anatomy, Physiology, and Pathophysiology for Allied Health, 2e 221
Booth Clinical Procedures for Medical Assisting with Student CD, 3e 222
Booth Electrocardiography for Health Care Personnel with Student CD-ROM, 2e 214
Booth Intravenous Therapy for Health Care Personnel with Student CD-ROM 225
Booth Math and Dosage Calculations for Medical Careers with Student CD-ROM, 2e 220
260

AUTHOR INDEX
Booth Medical Assisting: Administrative and Clinical Competencies with Student CD-ROMs, 3e 223
Booth Medical Assisting: Administrative and Clinical Procedures (without A&P Chapters), 3e 224
Booth Phlebotomy for Health Care Personnel with Student CD-ROM, 2e 236
Bostwick Medical Terminology: A Programmed Approach with Student CD/Flashcards/Online Learning Center 230
Bradshaw Contemporary World Regional Geography, 2e 191
Bradshaw Essentials of World Regional Geography 190
Brooker Biology 70
Brooker Genetics: Analysis and Principles, 3e 95
Brophy Basic Electronics for Scientists, 5e 140
Brown Benson’s Microbiological Applications: Laboratory Manual in General Microbiology, Complete Version, 11e 86
Brown Benson’s Microbiological Applications: Laboratory Manual in General Microbiology, Short Version, 11e 87
Browne Schaum’s Outline of Physics for Engineering and Science 139
Broyles Workbook to accompany Anatomy & Physiology Revealed 51
Broyles Workbook to accompany Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Version 2 CD 25, 30, 39, 43, 51
Bueche Schaum’s Easy Outline of College Physics 135
Bueche Schaum’s Outline of College Physics, 10e 133
Burdge Chemistry 156
Burgos Medical Billing & Coding Demystified 226
C
Cambridge Studios Interactive World Issues CD-ROM 187
Campbell Animal Sciences: The Biology, Care, and Production of Domestic Animals, 4e 19
Campbell Homeland Security and Emergency Medical Response 239, 242
Campbell Map Use and Analysis, 4e 189
Campbell Map Use and Analysis, 4e 189
Carey Organic Chemistry, 7e 165
Carlson Physical Geology, 7e 203
Castro Marine Biology, 7e 117
Chamberlin Exploring the World Ocean 200
Chang Chemistry, 9e 158
Chang General Chemistry: The Essential Concepts, 5e 157
Chang Introduction to Geographic Information Systems, 4e 185
Chapleau Paramedic (The) 240
Chapple Schaum’s A-Z Physics 134
Clawson Latin America and the Caribbean, 4e 191
Cooper Cooperative Chemistry Lab Manual, 4e 160
Cooper Cooperative Chemistry Lab Manual, 3e 161
Cox General Ecology Laboratory Manual, 8e 180
Cowan Microbiology: A Systems Approach, 2e 83
Cunningham Environmental Science: A Global Concern, 10e 175
Cunningham Principles of Environmental Science: Inquiry and Applications, 4e 176
261

AUTHOR INDEX
D
Danielson Meteorology, 2e 189, 200
De Levie Principles of Quantitative Chemical Analysis 170
Delisle Microbes in Motion III CD-ROM, 3e 77
Delve Productions Inc Paramedic Review DVD and CD-ROM 243
Deming Introduction to Hydrogeology 200
Denniston Foundations of General, Organic and Biochemistry 153
Denniston General, Organic & Biochemistry, 6e 152
Digiovanna Human Aging: Biological Perspectives, 2e 55
Discovery Channel Discovery Channel Video Series DVD 178
Dodson Introduction to Limnology 181
Dolphin Biological Investigations Lab Manual, 8e 73
Drickamer Animal Behavior, 5e 116
Dumith McGraw-Hill Medical Dictionary for Allied Health 231
Dunne Nutrition Almanac, 6e 106
E
Eckel Human Anatomy Lab Manual to accompany Human Anatomy by McKinley 44
Eder Laboratory Atlas of Anatomy and Physiology, 5e 40
Elrod Schaum’s Outline of Genetics, 4e 97
Enger Concepts in Biology, 13e 59
Enger Environmental Science: A Study of Interrelationships, 11e 177
Enger Laboratory Manual to accompany Concepts in Biology, 13e 66

Enger Laboratory Manual to accompany Concepts in Biology, 12e 67
ESHA Research NutritionCalc Plus 3.0 CD-ROM 106
ESHA Research NutritionCalc Plus 3.0 Online Access Card 107
F
Fellman Human Geography, 10e 186
Ferry Electrocardiography In Ten Days, 2e 216
Fix Astronomy: Journey to the Cosmic Frontier with Starry Night Pro DVD Version 5.0, 5e 143
Fox Fundamentals of Human Physiology 48
Fox Human Physiology, 10e 49
Fox Laboratory Guide to Human Physiology: Concepts and Clinical Applications, 12e 52
Fried Schaum’s Easy Outline of Biology 78
Fried Schaum’s Outline of Biology, 2e 78
262

AUTHOR INDEX
G
Garland Experiments in Physical Chemistry, 8e 169
Gautreau Schaum’s Outline of Modern Physics, 2e 140
Gauwitz Administering Medications, 6e 235
Getis Introduction to Geography, 11e 187
Getis United States and Canada: The Land and the People, 2e (The) 192
Ghatak Optics, 3e 142
Giambattista College Physics, 2e 133
Giambattista Physics 132
Gibilisco Astronomy Demystified 145
Gibilisco Physics Demystified 134
Gilbert Basic Concepts in Biochemistry: A Student’s Survival Guide, 2e 163
Glover Introduction to Biostatistics 180
Goldberg Fundamentals of Chemistry, 5e 151
Goldberg How to Solve Word Problems in Chemistry 150
Goldberg Schaum’s Easy Outline Beginning Chemistry 152
Goldberg Schaum’s Outline of Beginning Chemistry, 3e 150
Goldberg 3,000 Solved Problems in Chemistry 150
Gordus Schaum’s Outline of Analytical Chemistry 170
Griffith Physics of Everyday Phenomena, 5e 131
Grine Regional Human Anatomy: A Laboratory Workbook for use with Models and Prosections, 3e 44
Gunstream Anatomy & Physiology Laboratory Textbook: Essentials Version, 4e 26
Gunstream Anatomy & Physiology with Integrated Study Guide, 3e 24
H
Hademenos McGraw-Hill’s The New MCAT with CD-ROM 167
Hademenos Schaum’s Outline of Organic Chemistry, 3e 164
Hademenos Schaum’s Outline of Physics for Pre-Med, Biology and Allied Health Students 139
Halpern Schaum’s Outline of Beginning Physics II 135
Halpern Schaum’s Outline of Beginning Physics I 136
Halpern 3,000 Solved Problems in Physics 136
Hamilton Electronic Health Records 216
Hardin Harlow and Harrar’s Textbook of Dendrology, 9e 15
Harley Microbiology Lab Manual, 7e 88
Hartwell Genetics: From Genes to Genomes, 3e 96
Harvey Modern Analytical Chemistry 170
Hecht Schaum’s Outline of Optics 142
Henrickson Laboratory For General, Organic & Biochemistry, 6e (A) 154, 155
Hendrickson Laboratory Manual by Hendrickson to accompany General, Organic & Biochemistry, 5e 154, 155
Hickman Animal Diversity, 4e 121
Hickman Integrated Principles of Zoology, 14e 120
263

AUTHOR INDEX
Hickman Laboratory Studies in Animal Diversity, 4e 123
Hickman Laboratory Studies in Integrated Principles of Zoology, 14e 123
Hickman Laboratory Studies in Integrated Principles of Zoology, 13e 123
Hickman Taxonomic Wall Chart, 12e 122
Hoefnagels Biology: Concepts and Investigations 59
Houseman Digital Zoology Version 2.0 CD-ROM 76, 122
Houston Chemical Kinetics and Reaction Dynamics 171
Hsieh Paramedic Workbook with Student CD (The) 241
Hunt Schaum’s A-Z Chemistry 159
Hyde Introduction to Genetics 96
I
Indge Schaum’s A-Z Biology 77
J
Johnson Essentials of the Living World, 2e 62
Johnson Living World, 5e (The) 62
Jones Astronomy for the Utterly Confused 144
Jones Contemporary College Physics: 2001 Update, 3e 134
Jones Lab Manual to accompany Physical Geology, 6e 206
Judson Law & Ethics for Medical Careers, 4e 229
Junqueira Basic Histology: Text & Atlas, 11e 56
K
Kalthoff Analysis of Biological Development, 2e 94
Kardong Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy: Laboratory Dissection Guide, 4e 119
Kardong Introduction to Biological Evolution, 2e 181
Kardong Vertebrates: Comparative Anatomy, Function, Evolution, 4e 119
Kaufmann Environmental Science 178
Kay Farm Management, 6e 16, 17, 18
Kelter Chemistry: A World of Choices, 2e 150
Kent Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrates, 9e 120
Kidd Safe Firefighting - First Things First with Student DVD 244
Klett International Perthes World Atlas 186, 187, 191
Kleyn Microbiology Experiments: A Health Science Perspective, 5e 90
Knox Biology: An Australian Focus, 3e 65
Krauskopf Physical Universe, 12e (The) 127
Kuchel Schaum’s Outline of Biochemistry, 2e 163
264

AUTHOR INDEX
L
Laird University Chemistry 156
Layman Biology Demystified 35
Lee Nutritional Assessment, 4e 109
Lemke Physical Geography Laboratory Manual 188
Levetin Laboratory Manual for Applied Botany 114
Levetin Plants and Society, 5e 115
Levin Laboratory Studies in Earth History, 9e 199
Levine Physical Chemistry, 6e 168
Lewis Human Genetics, 8e 98
Lewis Life, 6e 68
Linzey Vertebrate Biology 119
Longenbaker Mader’s Understanding Human Anatomy & Physiology, 6e 23
Lovett Understanding Chemistry: Student Study Guide 159
Lucas Dinosaurs: The Textbook, 5e 195
Lutterschmidt Laboratory Exercises in Human Physiology: A Clinical and Experimental Approach with Ph.I.L.S 3.0, 2e 50
Lytle General Zoology Laboratory Manual, 14e 124
M
Mader Biology, 9e 69
Mader Concepts of Biology 60
Mader Essentials of Biology 65
Mader Human Biology, 10e 75

Mader Human Reproductive Biology, 3e 56
Mader Inquiry into Life, 12e 63
Mader Lab Manual to accompany Biology, 9e 69
Mader Laboratory Manual to accompany Essentials of Biology 67
Mader Laboratory Manual to accompany Human Biology, 10e 76
Mader Laboratory Manual to accompany Inquiry into Life, 12e 66
Madhab Fundamentals of Ecology, 2e 179
March Physics for Poets, 5e 131
Martin Human Anatomy & Physiology Laboratory Manual: Fetal Pig Dissection, 3e 32
Martin Laboratory Manual to accompany Hole’s Essentials of Human Anatomy & Physiology, 10e 25
Martin Laboratory Manual to accompany Hole’s Human Anatomy and Physiology, 11e 32
Martin Manual of Mammalogy with Keys to Families of the World, 3e (A) 116
McConnell Good Earth: Introduction to Earth Sciences (The) 195
McGraw-Hill A&P Animations Collection (CD-ROM) 38, 47, 55
McGraw-Hill Biology Digitized Video Clips 76
McGraw-Hill Chemistry Animations Library Version 2.0 DVD, 4e 162
McGraw-Hill Dictionary of Bioscience, 2e 30
McGraw-Hill Dictionary of Chemistry, 2e 160
265

AUTHOR INDEX
McGraw-Hill Dictionary of Earth Science, 2e 196
McGraw-Hill Dictionary of Geology and Mineralogy, 2e 198
McGraw-Hill Dictionary of Physics, 3e 128
McGraw-Hill Foodwise 1.2 CD-ROM, 6e 107
McGraw-Hill McGraw-Hill Dictionary of Astronomy, 2e 146
McGraw-Hill NutritionCalc Plus 2.0 CD-ROM Standalone 107
McGraw-Hill NutritionCalc Plus 2.0 Online Standalone, 6e 108
McGraw-Hill Visual Atlas for Anatomy & Physiology to accompany Saladin’s A&P, 3e (A) 40
McKee Biochemistry: An Introduction, 3e 163
McKenna ACLS Basics and More with Student CD & DVD 243
McKinley Human Anatomy, 2e 41
McMahon Quantum Mechanics Demystified 141
McMahon Relativity Demystified 133
Medical College of Ohio Anatomy & Physiology Revealed CDs 1-4 Complete Series 37, 47, 54
Medical Colllege of Ohio Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Version 2.0 CD 36, 47, 53
Medical College of Ohio Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Version 2.0 Online 35, 46, 53
Meislich Schaum’s Easy Outline: Organic Chemistry 164
Meislich 3,000 Solved Problems in Organic Chemistry 167
Metz Schaum’s Outline of Physical Chemistry, 2e 170
Miller General Zoology Laboratory Manual to accompany Zoology, 6e 124
Miller Zoology, 7e 121
Milligan How to Study Science, 4e 78
Moini Medical Assisting Review: Passing the CMA, RMA & CCMA Exams with Student CD, 3e 212
Molles Ecology: Concepts and Applications, 4e 179
Montgomery Environmental Geology, 8e 197
Moore Six Ideas that Shaped Physics: Unit C - Conservation Laws Constraint Interactions, 2e 137
Moore Six Ideas that Shaped Physics: Unit E - Electromagnetic Fields, 2e 137
Moore Six Ideas that Shaped Physics: Unit N - Laws of Physics are Universal, 2e 138
Moore Six Ideas that Shaped Physics: Unit Q - Matter Behaves Like Waves, 2e 138
Moore Six Ideas that Shaped Physics: Unit R - Laws of Physics are Frame-Independent, 2e 138
Moore Six Ideas that Shaped Physics: Unit T - Some Processes are Irreversible, 2e 138
Moore Six Ideas that Shaped Physics - 6 Unit Package, 2e 138
Morello Laboratory Manual and Workbook in Microbiology: Applications to Patient Care, 9e 89
N
National Safety Council Basic Life Support: Healthcare and Professional Rescuers 211
National Safety Council Bloodborne and Airborne Pathogens, 2e 211
National Safety Council CPR & AED, 2e 213
National Safety Council CPR & AED Skills Refresher Card 213
National Safety Council First Aid Taking Action 211
National Safety Council First Aid with Pocket Guide, 2e 217
266

AUTHOR INDEX
National Safety Council Online Standard FA, CPR & AED with Student Workbook & Access Card, 2e 214, 217
National Safety Council Pediatric First Aid, CPR and AED, 2e 234
National Safety Council Standard First Aid, CPR and AED with Pocket Guide, 2e 214
Nester Microbiology: A Human Perspective, 5e 86
Newby From Patient to Payment: Insurance Procedures for the Medical Office with Student Data CD, 5e 227
Newby HIPAA for Allied Health Careers 227
Newby Medical Insurance Coding Workbook 2007-2008, 4e 228
Nowak Pathophysiology: Concepts and Applications for Health Care Professionals, 3e 56
O
Odian Schaum’s Outline of General, Organic and Biological Chemistry 155
Olson Poisoning & Drug Overdose, 5e 217
Oman How to Solve Physics Problems and Make the Grade 136
Oman Physics for the Utterly Confused 135
P
Palen Schaum’s Outline of Astronomy 146
Palin Catastrophe Preparation and Prevention for Law Enforcement Professionals with Student CD 239
Paradis Hands On Chemistry Laboratory Manual 162
Patton Laboratory Manual to accompany Essentials of Anatomy and Physiology, 6e 26
Pechenik Biology of Invertebrates, 5e 118
Pflanzer Experimental and Applied Physiology Laboratory Manual, 8e 52

Pinchuk Schaum’s Outline of Immunology 94
Plummer Physical Geology, 12e 204
Presson Biology: Dimensions of Life 64
Price Mastering ArcGIS with Video Clips CD-ROM, 3e 185
Prothero Bringing Fossils to Life: An Introduction to Paleobiology, 2e 202
Prothero Evolution of the Earth, 7e 199
R
Raineri Interactive Laboratory and Biological Simulations: Version 2.0, 2e 68, 70, 74, 76
Raven Biology, 8e 72
Raymond Petrology: The Study of Igneous, Sedimentary and Metamorphic Rocks, 2e 203
Reeder Solve Saladin: Anatomy & Physiology Crossword Puzzles Specially Prepared for Anatomy & Physiology: 40
The Unity of Form and Function, 4e by Ken Saladin
Reif Fundamentals of Statistical and Thermal Physics 141
Reynolds Exploring Geology 205
Ritter Process Geomorphology, 4e 198
Roberts Foundations of Parasitology, 7e 118
267

AUTHOR INDEX
Rosenberg Schaum’s Easy Outlines: College Chemistry 160
Rosenberg Schaum’s Outline of College Chemistry, 9e 152, 158
S
Saeger New Foundations in Therapeutic Massage and Bodywork with Student CD-ROM 219
Safian Complete Diagnosis Coding Book (The) 226
Safian Insurance Coding and Electronic Claims for the Medical Office 228
Saladin Anatomy & Physiology: The Unity of Form and Function, 4e 29
Saladin Human Anatomy, 2e 42
Sanderson Case Studies for the Medical Office, 4e 212
Sanderson Computers in the Medical Office with Student CD-ROM, 5e 212
Sanderson Patient Billing with Student CD-ROM & Floppy Disk, 5e 226
Schiff Nutrition for Healthy Living 103
Schiff Quantum Mechanics, 3e 142
Schneider Pathways to Astronomy: Solar System (Volume 1) with Starry Nights Pro CD-ROM 144
Schneider Pathways to Astronomy: Stars and Galaxies (Volume 2) with Starry Nights Pro CD-ROM 145
Schneider Pathways to Astronomy with Starry Nights Pro CD-ROM (Version 3.1) 144
Schoffstall Microscale and Miniscale Organic Chemistry Laboratory Experiments, 2e 166
Schull Nursing Spectrum Drug Handbook 2009, 4e 235
Schull Nursing Spectrum Drug Handbook 2008 235
Seeley Anatomy & Physiology, 8e 28
Seeley Essentials of Anatomy & Physiology, 6e 24
Shade Fast and Easy ECGs with DVD 216
Shade Pocket ECGs: A Quick Information Guide 215
Shade Practicing ECGs 215
Sharpe Introduction to Forest and Renewable Resources, 7e 15
Shier Hole’s Essentials of Human Anatomy & Physiology, 10e 23
Shier Hole’s Human Anatomy & Physiology, 11e 29
Silberberg Chemistry: The Molecular Nature of Matter and Change, 5e 157
Silberberg Principles of General Chemistry 159
Simpson Economic Botany, 3e 116
Smith Organic Chemistry, 2e 166
Spain Chemskill Builder Online: Version 2, 2e 162
Spencer Earth Science: Understanding Environmental Systems 197
Stansfield Schaum’s Outline of Molecular Biology 94
Stavraky MediaPhys Version 3.0: An Introduction to Human Physiology, 3e 37, 55
Steiner Schaum’s Outline of Mathematics for Physics Students 140
Stephens Ph.I.L.S Version 3.0 CD-ROM 36, 54
Stern Introductory Plant Biology, 11e 113
Stern Laboratory Manual to accompany Introductory Plant Biology, 11e 114
Stine AIDS Update 2008, 2e 92
268

AUTHOR INDEX
Stone Atlas of Skeletal Muscles, 6e 39
Stratton Effective Nursing Assistant, 2e (The) 234
Strete Atlas to Human Anatomy (An) 41
Strete Photo Atlas for General Biology, 2e 77
Sverdrup Fundamentals of Oceanography, 5e 202
Sverdrup Introduction to the Worlds Oceans, 9e 201
T
Talaro Foundations in Microbiology, 6e 84
Talaro Foundations in Microbiology: Basic Principles, 6e 85
Tamarin Principles of Genetics, 7e 98
Tate Seeley’s Principles of Anatomy & Physiology 27
Teo Changing Landscapes of Singapore 188
Thiel Biotechnology: DNA to Protein: A Laboratory Project in Molecular Biology 99
Thierer Medical Terminology Essentials with Student & Audio CD’s and Flashcards 232
Thierer Medical Terminology: Language for Health Care with Student and Audio CD’s and Flashcards, 2e 233
Thierer Medical Terminology World Builder and Communications Workbook with Flashcards 232
Tillery Integrated Science, 4e 129
Tillery Lab Manual to accompany Integrated Science, 4e 130
Tillery Lab Manual to accompany Integrated Science, 3e 130
Tillery Lab Manual to accompany Physical Science, 7e 127
Tillery Physical Science, 7e 128
Tippens Physics, 7e 137
Tomalty Hyperclinic 2 CD-ROM for Windows, 2e 92
U
Uno Principles of Botany 113
V
Van De Graaff Human Anatomy, 6e 43
Van De Graaff Schaum’s Easy Outline of Human Anatomy and Physiology 40
Van De Graaff Schaum’s Outline of Human Anatomy and Physiology, 2e 41
Vodopich Biology Laboratory Manual, 8e 74
Voyles Biology of Viruses, 2e (The) 92
269

AUTHOR INDEX
W
Walker Biotechnology Demystified 99
Wardlaw Contemporary Nutrition, 7e 104
Wardlaw Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach 105
Wardlaw Perspectives in Nutrition, 7e 106
Waters Virtual Anatomy Dissection Review CD-ROM, Version 2.0 38, 48
Watson Practical Reflexology: Interpretation and Techniques 217
WCB/McGraw-Hill ARIS for General Chemistry Access Card 167
Weaver Molecular Biology, 4e 93
Wells Schaum’s Outline of Lagrangian Dynamics 129
Widmaier Vander’s Human Physiology: The Mechanisms of Body Function with ARIS, 11e 49
Willet Genetics Demystified 97
Willey Prescott/Harley/Klein’s Microbiology, 7e 82
Willey Prescott’s Principles of Microbiology 81
Williams Chemistry Demystified 160
Williams Nutrition for Health, Fitness and Sport, 8e 109
Wise Anatomy & Physiology Laboratory Manual t/a Saladin, 4e 33
Wise Human Anatomy Laboratory Manual, 2e 45
Wise Lab Manual to accompany Seeley’s Principles of Anatomy & Physiology 30
Wise Laboratory Manual to accompany Seeley’s Anatomy and Physiology, 8e 31
Worthington-Roberts Nutrition Throughout The Life Cycle, 4e 108
Z
Zaarur Schaum’s Outline of Quantum Mechanics 141
Zumberge Laboratory Manual for Physical Geology, 13e 206
270

M c G R AW- H I L L M A I L I N G L I S T
McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Please include me in your mailing list for information on McGraw-Hill books.
60 Tuas Basin Link
Singapore 638775 Please email information on McGraw-Hill books to my email address at
Tel (65) 6863 1580
Fax (65) 6862 3354
I am already on your mailing list but my address has changed.

www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg
Please update my record to the following new address.
Name
(Mr / Ms / Dr / Prof) (Underline family name)
Position
Department
University
Address
Postal Code
Tel Fax
Email address
SUBJECT OF INTEREST o Electrical Engineering o English

o Accounting o General Engineering o English as a 2nd Language/ELT
o Advertising o Industrial & Plant Engineering o Foreign Language
o Business Management o Mechanical Engineering o Health & Nutrition
o Finance & Investment o Medical Science o History
o Marketing o Dentistry o Law
o Economics o Nursing o Library Science
o Human Resource Management o Agriculture o Mass Communication
o Insurance & Real Estate o Biology o Music
o Training o Chemistry o Philosophy & Religion
o Computing o Forestry o Physical Education
o Aeronautical & Aerospace Engg o Geography & Geology o Political Science
o Architecture & Urban Planning o Physics & Astronomy o Psychology
o Chemical Engineering o Zoology o Sociology
o Civil Engineering o Mathematics & Statistics
Please return by fax at (65) 6862 3354 to
o Construction o Art & Humanities McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)
o Electronics & Communications o Education
Singapore office.
E X A M I N AT I O N C O P Y R E Q U E S T F O R M
McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)  Professors/lecturers who are interested to review titles listed in this catalog for
60 Tuas Basin Link text adoption consideration, please complete this request form and fax to your
Singapore 638775 local McGraw-Hill office (see inside back cover for fax number) or to McGraw-
Tel (65) 6863 1580 Hill Singapore.
Fax (65) 6862 3354  Requests for examination copies are subject to approval. McGraw-Hill reserve
the right to refuse any requests which do not relate to teaching.
www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg  Please make copies of this form if necessary.
REQUESTED BY
Name Room #
Department
University
Address
Tel Fax
Email address
COMP REQUEST
Please indicate ISBN No, Author & Title
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
Course Name Enrolment
Subject Commencement Date
Decision Date Individual Decision Group Decision
Current Text Used

Your Partner in
Test Generation
Imagine being able to create and access you test anywhere, at any time without installing the testing
software. Now, with the newest release of EZ Test Online, instructors can select questions from multiple
McGraw-Hill test banks, author their own and then either print the test for paper distribution or give it online.
Features and Functions

n Test Creation
n Online Test Management
n Online Scoring and Reporting
n EZ Test is designed to make it simple for you to select questions from McGraw-Hill test banks. You can
use a single McGraw-Hill test bank, or easily choose questions from multiple McGraw-Hill test banks.
n EZ Test supports the use of following question types:
n True or False n Fill In the Blank n Short Answer
n Yes or No n Numeric Response n Survey
n Multiple Choice n Matching n Essay
n Check All That Apply n Ranking

n Uses variables to create algorithmic questions for any question type.
n You can create multiple versions of the same test.
n You can scramble questions to create different versions of your test.
n Automated scoring for most of EZ test’s numerous questions types.
How do you get it?

To learn if it is available with your book, contact your local McGraw-Hill Education Representatives
or email mghasia_sg@McGraw-Hill.com.
aris.mhhe.com
Why ARIS?
McGraw-Hill’s ARIS (Assessment, Review, and Instruction System) is an electronic homework and
course management system designed for greater flexibility, power, and ease of use than any other
system. Whether you are looking for a “ready-to-use, straight-out-of-the-box” system or one you
can customize to fit your specific course needs, ARIS is your smart solution.
Flexibility n Choose pre-built assignments or create your own custom content

and assignments.
n Administer and share course sections with peers, adjuncts, part-
timers and TAs.
n Integrate ARIS with third-party course management systems,
including Blackboard/WebCT™.
n Set Mathematical tolerance standards for accepting alternative
versions of a student’s correct answer. (This feature is only
applicable to ARIS disciplines that utilize algorithmically generated
questions, i.e., Chemistry, Physics and Engineering.)
Power n Assign problems, videos, and other learning aids as homework.

n Provide students with immediate feedback.
n Know exactly where your students stand with robust gradebook
reporting.
Ease of Use n Save yourself and your students time and stress by enjoying the
industry’s most intuitive user interface for electronic homework.
n Help from our online technical support 24-hours a day, seven days
a week.
ARIS is available for the subjects in

Anatomy & Physiology Geography
Astronomy Geology
Biology Microbiology
Chemistry Nutrition
Engineering Physics
For More Information

n Contact your local McGraw-Hill Higher Education sales
representatives.
n Visit aris.mhhe.com & click on the technical support tab.
www.mathzone.com
Why MathZone?
McGraw-Hill’s MathZone is an electronic homework and course management system designed
for greater flexibility, power, and ease of use than any other system. Whether you are looking for a
“ready-to-use, straight-out-of-the-box” system or one you can customize to fit your specific course
needs, MathZone is your smart solution.
Flexibility n Set Mathematical tolerance standards for flexibility in accepting

alternative versions of a student’s correct answer.
n Choose pre-built assignments or create your own custom content
and assignments.
n Use the “Print” feature to create hard-copy versions of
algorithmically generated quizzes and tests to hand out in class.
n Allow students to print algorithmic assignments; work the math at
their own pace using pencil and paper; and enter their answers at
a later date.
n Administer and share course sections with peers, adjuncts, part-
timers and TAs.
n Integrate MathZone with third-party course management systems,
including Blackboard/WebCT™.
Power n Know exactly where your students stand with robust gradebook
reporting and individualized, assignable assessment powered by
ALEKS®.
n Assign problems, videos, and other learning aids as homework.
Choose algorithmic problems from an entire library of McGraw-Hill
titles.
Ease of Use n Save yourself and your students time and stress by enjoying the
industry’s most intuitive user interface for electronic homework.
n Help from our online technical support 24-hours a day, seven days
a week.
MathZone is available for the subjects in

Mathematics & Statistics
For More Information

n Contact your local McGraw-Hill Higher Education sales
representatives.
n Visit www.mathzone.com & click on the technical support tab.
New Version
ISBN-13: 978-007-337807-7
MHID: 007-337807-0
Anatomy &Physiology | REVEALED® Version 2.0 has the following new features:
n System selection menu enables easy switching between systems.
n Type-in “Google-like” search integrated across all body systems quickly locates information.
n Separate histology section contains labeled micrographs organized by system.
n All-new integumentary system module includes skin and fingernail dissections.
n Expanded skeletal system coverage offers images of individual bones, origin/insertion maps, and joint
dissections.
n Larger viewing area maximizes structure visibility.
n Color-coded layer tags distinguish system-specific and reference structures.
n Directional labels clarify dissection views.
Over 100,000 students are using

Anatomy & Physiology | REVEALED®
and recommending it to their friends!
To see why, please visit www.aprevealed.com
Anatomy &Physiology | REVEALED® Version 2.0 is a virtual cadaver dissection tool with
animations and quizzes to help students succeed in any of the following courses:
n Anatomy & Physiology n Allied Health (Medical Assisting, Radiology Technician,
n Human Anatomy Surgical Technician, Massage Therapy, Medical Billing,
n Human Physiology Medical Insurance, Medical Coding)
n Human Biology n Public Safety (Paramedic & Emergency Medical
n Nursing Technician)
www.blackboard.com / www.webct.com course management systems
Course Management Systems like Black-

board and WebCT offer you another way to integrate
digital McGraw-Hill content into your class. McGraw-
Hill Online Learning Center content is formatted to
save you hours of computer inputting.
How instructors use it

Load McGraw-Hill content into your
platform and you will have a fully populated
course online. You can then customize the
content to match your syllabus. You will
also be able to assign specific exercises,
quizzes, or readings to your students.
Grades are posetd automatically to let you
know how students are doing as a whole,
or individually. Built-in communication
allows you to conduct live chats, oversee
bulletin board topics, and e-mail students
who might need more help than others.
How students use it

Students can visit your online course via
the Internet to check the coursework you
have assigned. The platform will record the
students’ progress through your course,
which will enable you to see where they
are studying most. Self-grading quizzes
also indicate exactly where students
need further review. The platform’s
communicaiton system encourages
student collaboration with features such
as live chat rooms, asynchronous bulletin
boards, or traditional e-mail.

Science 08

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

Science 08

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Science 08

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

CONTENTS

Agriculture & Forestry Biology

Anatomy & Physiology Human Biology - Textbook...................................................75

Anatomy & Physiology - Supplements................................39

HED 08 Science Content & New Tit1 1 11/13/2007 2:11:15 PM

Nutrition Physics & Astronomy

Plants & Animals University Physics.............................................................137

Animal Behavior................................................................ 116

HED 08 Science Content & New Tit2 2 11/13/2007 2:11:15 PM

Environmental Science & Paleontology......................................................................202

HED 08 Science Content & New Tit3 3 11/13/2007 2:11:15 PM

Allied Health Dushkin/McGraw-Hill

Fire & Emergency Services

HED 08 Science Content & New Tit4 4 11/13/2007 2:11:15 PM

AGRICULTURE & FORESTRY

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

Fundamentals of Human Physiology Fox 9780077226350 0077226356 48

Laboratory Exercises in Human Physiology: A Clinical and Lutterschmidt 9780077229733 0077229738 50

Experimental Approach with Ph.I.L.S 3.0, 2e

Laboratory Manual to accompany Hole’s Essentials of Martin 9780072965674 0072965673 25

Human Anatomy & Physiology, 10e

Atlas of Skeletal Muscles, 6e Stone 9780073049687 0073049689 39

Seeley’s Principles of Anatomy & Physiology Tate 9780077226480 0077226488 27

Lab Manual to accompany Seeley’s Principles of Anatomy Wise 9780077216900 0077216903 30

Human Physiology, 10e Fox 9780073312934 0073312932 49

with Models and Prosections, 3e

Mader’s Understanding Human Anatomy & Physiology, 6e Longenbaker 9780073288864 0073288861 23

Human Anatomy, 2e McKinley 9780077213404 0077213408 41

Human Anatomy, 2e Saladin 9780073293691 0073293695 42

Anatomy & Physiology, 8e Seeley 9780073293684 0073293687 28

HED 08 Science Content & New Tit5 5 11/13/2007 2:11:16 PM

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY

with ARIS, 11e

Human Anatomy Laboratory Manual, 2e Wise 9780073347202 0073347205 45

Laboratory Manual to accompany Seeley’s Anatomy and Wise 9780073347257 0073347256 31

Laboratory Manual to accompany Concepts in Biology, 13e Enger 9780073377926 0073377929 66

Biology: Concepts and Investigations Hoefnagels 9780073342528 0073342521 59

Concepts of Biology Mader 9780077229979 0077229975 60

Biological Investigations Lab Manual, 8e Dolphin 9780072992878 0072992875 73

Essentials of the Living World, 2e Johnson 9780073309354 0073309354 62

The Living World, 5e Johnson 9780073256535 0073256536 62

Human Biology, 10e Mader 9780072986860 0072986867 75

Inquiry into Life, 12e Mader 9780073309330 0073309338 63

Laboratory Manual to accompany Human Biology, 10e Mader 9780072986907 0072986905 76

Biology: Dimensions of Life Presson 9780073227368 0073227366 64

Biology, 8e Raven 9780073227399 0073227390 72

Biology Laboratory Manual, 8e Vodopich 9780072995220 007299522X 74

HED 08 Science Content & New Tit6 6 11/13/2007 2:11:16 PM

CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENETICS

Benson’s Microbiological Applications: Laboratory Manual Brown 9780073522555 0073522554 86

in General Microbiology, Complete Version, 11e

Benson’s Microbiological Applications: Laboratory Manual Brown 9780073522548 0073522546 87

in General Microbiology, Short Version, 11e

Microbiology: A Systems Approach, 2e Cowan 9780077224776 0077224779 83

Introduction to Genetics Hyde 9780073224817 0073224812 96

Human Genetics, 8e Lewis 9780077221270 0077221273 98

AIDS Update 2008, 2e Stine 9780073375281 0073375284 92

Prescott’s Principles of Microbiology Willey 9780077213411 0077213416 81

Genetics: From Genes to Genomes, 3e Hartwell 9780073227382 0073227382 96